&t  !  H 


^ije  Hafee  Cla*£tcal  &tvit& 


First  Latin  Lessons 


BY 

HARRY  FLETCHER  S£OTT 

PROFESSOR   OF   CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES   IN 
OHIO   UNIVERSITY,   ATHENS,   OHIO 


With  Selections  for  Reading 
from  Decem  Fabulae 


SCOTT,  FORESMAN  AND  COMPANY 
CHICAGO  ATLANTA  NEW  YORK 


V  EDlicATION  DEPT. 


COPTRIQHT  1922,   BT 
SCOTT,   FOBESMAN  AND  COMPANT 

261.7 


PREFACE 

The  fact  that  the  work  of  the  first  and  second  years  of  the 
high  school  Latin  course  should  give  value  in  itself ,  apart  from 
being  merely  a  preparation  for  later  study,  has  come  to  be 
generally  recognized.  The  number  of  Latin  pupils  whose 
study  of  the  subject  does  not  go  beyond  these  first  two  years 
is  very  large  in  proportion  to  the  total  number  studying  Latin, 
and  probably  this  has  always  been  the  case.  But  in  the 
efTort  to  provide  for  those  whose  capacities  and  opportunities 
make  it  possible  for  them  to  continue  the  study  of  Latin 
through  the  high  school  and  into  the  college,  the  needs  of  the 
larger  group  whose  opportunities  were  certain  to  be  more 
narrowly  limited  have  not  always  been  taken  into  account. 
Further,  the  fact  that  the  values  which  we  recognized  were 
so  f ar  in  the  distance  has  probably  tended  to  diminish  the 
number  who  chose  to  continue  beyond  the  two-year  stage. 

Evidently  one  of  the  chief  values  to  be  gained  from  two 
years'  study  of  Latin  is  a  better  knowledge  of  the  English 
language.  This  should  involve  on  the  one  hand  a  clearer 
comprehension  of  grammatical  structure  and  on  the  other 
an  enlarged  vocabulary  and  an  increased  accuracy  in  the 
use  of  words.  If  these  are  to  be  among  the  major  objectives, 
they  should  be  recognized  in  the  organization  of  the  material 
which  is  first  presented. 

But  young  pupils  will  not  study  patiently  mere  lists  of 
words  for  any  long  time.  Words  must  be  employed  in  the 
expression  of  thought  if  they  are  to  make  an  impression  on 
the  mind  of  the  boy  or  girl  which  is  sufhciently  vivid  to  add 
to  the  store  of  memory.     The  exercises  through  which  the 

iii 


C  C\  K  d  C  fk 


iv  PREFACE 

vocabulary  of  the  Latin  language  is  to  be  made  familiar  should 
have  something  of  the  same  kind  of  appeal  as  that  made  by 
the  reading  material  employed  in  the  first  steps  of  learning 
to  read  the  pupiFs  own  language. 

The  material  presented  in  this  book  has  been  prepared  in 
accordance  with  the  point  of  view  above  stated.  Its  dis- 
tinctive  f eatures  are  the  f ollowing : 

1.  The  study  of  English  derivatives  is  introduced  from  the 
first  through  exercises  which  illustrate  the  use  of  the  words 
given. 

2.  The  principles  of  English  grammar  are  presented  in 
connection  with  the  early  Lessons  in  such  a  way  that  they 
may  be  reviewed  or  studied  if  necessary,  while  they  may 
easily  be  omitted  with  classes  which  have  mastered  them. 

3.  Connected  paragraphs  for  translation  are  employed 
instead  of  isolated  sentences,  in  order  to  make  possible  the 
more  rapid  acquisition  of  vocabulary. 

4.  The  vocabularies  and  study  of  forms  have  been  so 
arranged  as  to  lead  up  to  the  reading  of  easy  plays  dealing 
with  classical  stories  and  myths,  which  are  likely  to  make  a 
more  natural  appeal  to  the  beginner  than  Caesar  or  Viri 
Romae. 

5.  Regularly  only  one  new  principle  or  set  of  forms  is 
introduced  in  a  Lesson. 

6.  The  Lesson  vocabularies  are  small,  never  exceeding 
ten  words  and  often  not  reaching  that  number. 

7.  A  relatively  small  number  of  English  sentences  to  be 
written  in  Latin  has  been  given.  In  their  place  completion 
exercises  have  been  employed,  through  which  the  pupiPs 
attention  can  be  concentrated  on  the  specific  usage  to  be 
taught. 

8.  Most  of  the  irregular  inflections  have  been  postponed 
to  the  second  year. 

9.  Only  the  indicative,  imperative,  and  infinitive  moods  of 
the  verb  are  given.     The  forms  and  uses  of  the  subjunctive 


PREFACE  V 

are  presented  in  A  Junior  Latin  Reader,  the  second  book  of 
this  same  series. 

10.  The  small  amount  of  syntax  or  form  study  given  in 
each  lesson,  and  the  simplicity  of  the  reading  matter  will 
commonly  make  it  possible  to  complete  a  lesson  in  a  single 
recitation.  Naturally  no  such  plan  can  be  made  to  meet 
the  needs  of  every  class,  and  the  teacher  may  sometimes 
choose  to  omit  or  leave  for  later  review  part  of  the  exercises 
of  a  lesson. 

The  plays  "Horatius",  "Circe",  "Polyphemus",  "Reditus 
Ulixis",  and  "Medicus"  are  used  by  the  kind  permission  of 
Miss  Ryle,  the  only  survivor  of  the  co-authors  of  Decem 
Fabulae,  from  which  they  are  taken.1  A  few  changes  have 
been  made  in  the  text  of  the  plays,  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of 
decreasing  the  vocabulary  or  avoiding  idioms  which  seemed 
likely  to  prove  difficult  for  young  pupils. 

The  character  j  has  been  used  to  represent  the  consonant 
value  of  i  in  the  spelling  of  Latin  words  in  order  to  enable 
the  young  pupil  to  recognize  more  easily  the  relation  between 
Latin  words  and  their  English  derivatives.  The  origin  of 
such  words  as  injury,  juvenile,  conjunction,  and  the  like  is  more 
leadily  seen  by  the  beginner  when  the  Latin  words  from 
which  these  words  are  derived  are  spelled  injuria,  juvenis, 
conjunctus,  than  when  the  classical  spelling  is  used.  Other 
variations  from  the  classical  spelling  have  been  made  for  the 
same  reason.  Among  them  are  afficio,  appropinquo,  expecto. 
The  uncontracted  genitive  of  filius  and  nouns  in  -ium  is  given 
to  avoid  confusion.  The  standard  of  spelling  (including  the 
use  of  j)  represents  in  general  the  prevalent  usage  in  Latin 
textbooks  in  this  country  and  in  England  until  a  compara- 
tively  recent  period.  If  the  pupil  should  at  a  later  time  in 
his  course  use  textbooks  which  employ  a  slightly  different 
spelling  he  will  have  little  difficulty  in  becoming  accustomed 

1  Captains  Paine  and  Mainwaring,   who  were  Miss  Ryle's  associates  in  the  writing 
of  these  plays,  were  numbered  among  those  who  gave  up  their  lives  in  the  World  War. 


vi  PREFACE 

to  the  forms  which  are  used.  Our  Latin  textbooks  have  never 
at  any  time  been  uniform  in  spelling,  and  it  seems  preferable 
in  such  a  book  as  this  to  adopt  the  standard  which  will  give 
the  greatest  value  to  the  large  number  of  those  who  are  unable 
to  continue  the  study  for  more  than  a  few  years. 

The  author  wishes  to  make  acknowledgment  of  obligation 
to  Professor  H.  C.  Morrison  of  the  University  of  Chicago  for 
encouragement  in  undertaking  the  preparation  of  this  book, 
to  Miss  Marie  Denneen  of  the  University  High  School  of 
Minnesota,  Professor  Victor  D.  Hill  of  Ohio  University,  and 
Professor  F.  W.  Sanford  of  the  University  of  Nebraska,  who 
have  kindly  read  the  proofs.  Professor  Sanford  and  Professor 
W.  L.  Carr  of  Oberlin  have  also  given  valuable  assistance  in 
the  preparation  of  the  manuscript. 

The  colored  picture  of  the  Roman  Forum  is  from  Le  Forum 
Romain  et  la  Voie  Sacree,  by  M.  1'Abbe  H.  Thedenat,  membre 
de  Tlnstitut,  and  is  here  used  with  the  consent  of  the  pub- 
lishers,  Plon-Nourrit  et  Cie,  of  Paris,  France.  The  other 
illustrations  in  color  which  are  presented  in  this  book  are 
reproduced  with  the  permission  of  G.  Bell  and  Sons,  London, 
England,  from  their  admirable  series  of  Latin  Picture  Cards, 
by  Grainger. 

Harry  Fletcher  Scott. 

Ohio  Universitt 
Athens,  Ohio 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Preface iii 

List  of  Illustrations xi 

Pronunciation xiii 

Elementary  Principles  of  Grammar xix 

Lesson      I.  Importance  of  Latin 1 

II.  Subject,    Object,    and    Predicate   (Singular  Num- 

ber) 4 

III.  Agreement  of  Adjectives 7 

IV.  PluralNumber:    Nominative  and  Accusative  Cases  9 
V.  Genitive  Case 12 

VI.  Indirect  Object:  the  Dative  Case 14 

VII.  Indirect  Object:  the  Dative  Case  (continued)     .    .  16 

VIII.  Dative  with  Adjectives 18 

IX.  Prepositions  :  the  Ablative  Case 20 

X.  Nouns  of  the  First  Declension 22 

First  Review  Lesson 26 

XI.    CONJUGATION  OF  SUm  IN  THE  PrESENT  TENSE      ....  28 

XII.  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation:  Present  Tense     .  30 

XIII.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  Ending  in  -um    .    .  33 

XIV.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  Ending  in  -us  .    .  36 
XV.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  Ending  in -er  ...  39 

XVI.    SUMMARY  OF  THE  SeCOND  DECLENSION 41 

XVII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions    .  43 
XVIII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

(continued) 46 

XIX.  Passive  Voice,  Present  Indicative 49 

Second  Review  Lesson 52 

XX.  Declension  and  Use  of  hic 53 

XXI.  Prepositions  with  the  Accusative 56 

XXII.  Second  Conjugation 58 

XXIII.  Declension  and  Use  of  ille 60 

vii 


vin  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

XXIV.  Imperfect  Active  of  the  First  and  Second  Conju- 

GATIONS 62 

XXV.  Interrogative  Pronoun  and  Adjective 65 

XXVI.  Imperfect   Indicative  Passive   of   the   First    and 

Second  Conjugations 67 

XXVII.  Declension  and  Use  of  is 70 

Third  Review  Lesson 73 

XXVIII.  Future  Active  and  Passive  of  the  First  and  Second 

CONJUGATIONS 75 

XXIX.  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  of  sum 77 

XXX.  Possessives  of  the  Third  Person 79 

XXXI.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  with  the  Genitive 

Plural  in  -um,  Masculine  and  Feminine  Genders    82 
XXXII.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  with  the  Genitive 

Plural  in -um,  Neuter  Gender 85 

XXXIII.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  with  the  Genitive 

Plural  in  -ium,  Masculine  and  Feminine  Genders    88 

XXXIV.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  with  the  Genitive 

Plural  in -ium,  Neuter  Gender      90 

XXXV.  Perfect  Tense,  Active  Voice 93 

Fourth  Review  Lesson 96 

XXXVI.  Past  Passive  Participle 98 

XXXVII.  Principal  Parts:  Stems  of  Verbs 100 

XXXVIII.  Perfect  Indicative  Passive  :  Past  Infinitive  ....  103 
XXXIX.  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  Ending  in  -6,  Pres- 

ent  Indicative 106 

XL.  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  Ending  in  -io,  Pres- 

ent  Indicative       108 

XLI.  Ablative  of  Means 110 

XLII.  Verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation 113 

XLIII.  Imperfect   Indicative    of   the  Third   and   Fourth 

CONJUGATIONS 116 

XLIV.  Reflexive    Pronouns 118 

Fifth  Review  Lesson 120 

XLV.  Future  Tense  of  the  Third  and  Fourth  Conjuga- 

tions:  Present  Infinitives 122 


CONTENTS  ix 

PAGE 

XLVI.  Relative  Pronoun 125 

XLVII.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension  with  Two  End- 

INGS  AND  THREE  EnDINGS 127 

XLVIII.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension  with  One  End- 

ING 130 

XLIX.  Nouns  of  the  Fourth  Declension 132 

L.  Conjugation  of  eo  and  Its  Compounds 134 

LI.    EXPRESSIONS  OF  TlME  WITH  THE  ABLATIVE  AND  THE  Ac- 

cusative 136 

Sexth  Review  Lesson 139 

LII.  Imperative 141 

LIII.  Conjugation  of  possum 144 

LIV.  Personal  Pronouns 146 

LV.  Past  Perfect  Tense 149 

LVI.  Declension  of  idem 151 

LVII.  Future  Perfect:  Synopsis  of  Verbs      154 

LVIII.  Dative  with  Special  Verbs      157 

LIX.  Forms  of  Questions 159 

Seventh  Review  Lesson 161 

HORATIUS 163 

Vocative  of  Proper  Names  in  -ius 164 

Declension  of  quidam 164 

CONJUGATION  OF  VOl6 165 

Declension  of  aliquis 166 

Lesson  LX.  Present  Participle 172 

LXI.  Ablative  Absolute 175 

LXII.  Quotations:  Indirect  Discourse 178 

LXIII.  Nouns  of  the  Fifth  Declension:  Impersonal  Verbs  .  180 

LXIV.  Cardinal  Numerals 184 

CIRCE      187 

Dative  with  Compounds 187 

Ablative  of  Description 188 

comparison  of  adjectives    . 190 

Declension  of  Comparatives 191 


x  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Comparison  of  Adjectives  in  -er 192 

Special  Adjectives  in  -lis 193 

Adjectives  Compared  Irregularly 194 

formation  of  adverbs 195 

comparison  of  adverbs 196 

Irregular  Adverbs 197 

POLYPHEMUS *198 

REDITUS  ULIXIS 206 

Exercises  for  Translation  into  Latin 216 

MEDICUS 220 

Latin  Songs 224 

Grammatical  Appendix .      .      .     231 

supplementary  readings 

I.  The  Story  of  Perseus 275 

II.  The  Story  of  Hercules 287 

Latin-English  Vocabulary 323 

English-Latin  Vocabulary 354 

Index 361 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

The  Roman  Forum  (Restoration — Colored)       ....      Frontispiece 

Roman  Farmer  with  Plow 6 

Roman  Children  at  Play  .            9 

An  Arch  over  a  Roman  Road 11 

Roman  Writing  Materials 13 

roman  sword  and  scabbard 17 

View  of  Ancient  Rome  (Reconstructton) 25 

Roman  Seal  Rings 27 

Ruins  OF  a  Roman  Aqueduct 38 

A  Roman  Farm  Scene  (Colored) Facing  45 

roman  coins 51 

Three  Roman  Boys 54 

Roman  Javelins 55 

Street  of  Pompeii 69 

Roman  Drinking  Cups 72 

Manner  of  Wearing  the  Toga 80 

Roman  Standards 91 

The  Capitoline  Hill  (Restoratign) 105 

The  Appian  Way  in  the  Time  of  Augustus 112 

Theater  of  Pompeii 115 

A  Roman  Harbor  (Colored) Facing  116 

Roman  Helmets 124 

View  of  Modern  Rome  from  the  Capitoline  Hill 138 

Entrance  to  a  Roman  Fortified  Camp 143 

View  on  the  Appian  Way 153 

Roman  Spoons  and  Bowl 156 

A  Roman  Road  (Colored)           Facing  163 

ruins  of  the  coliseum 171 

Roman  Oil  Vault 174 

Victims  for  a  Roman  Sacrifice 180 

Roman  Lamps 181 

The  Pyramid  of  Cestius 182 

Roman  Table 185 

A  Street  Scene  (Colored) Facing  220 

Roman  Buckles 259 

Jupiter 278 

Minerva 281 

Juno 290 

Hercules 305 

xi 


INTRODUCTORY  LESSON 

PRONUNCIATION 

I.  The  Latin  alphabet  is  the  same  as  the  English,  except 
that  the  Latin  has  no  w. 

a.  The  letter  j  was  not  introduced  until  long  after  the 
time  of  the  great  Roman  writers.  Its  sound  was  repre- 
sented  by  i,  which  was  used  both  as  a  vowel  and  as  a 
consonant.  But  since  j  was  used  in  the  spelling  of  Latin 
words  during  the  period  in  which  the  greater  number  of  the 
English  derivatives  from  Latin  were  brought  into  the  Eng- 
lish  language,  and  since  its  use  is  helpful  to  beginners  in 
learning  the  pronunciation  of  new  words,  it  is  retained  in 
this  book.  The  sounds  of  u  and  v  were  also  represented 
originally  by  one  letter. 

VOWELS   AND   CONSONANTS 

II.  The  vowels,  as  in  English,  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  and  y.1  The 
other  letters  are  consonants. 

THE  ROMAN   METHOD   OF  PRONUNCIATION 
SOUNDS   OF  THE   LETTERS 

III.  The  vowels  in  Latin  are  either  long  or  short.  In  this 
book  long  vowels  are  indicated  by  a  mark  placed  above  them. 
A  vowel  which  is  unmarked  is  short.  The  vowel  sounds  are 
indicated  in  the  following  table : 

a.  =  ainfather  a2  =  first  a  in  ahd 

e  =  a  in  fade  e  =  e  in  net 

i  =  i  in  machine  i  =  i  in  this 

6  =  o  in  holy  o  =  o  in  domain 

u  =  u  in  rude  u  =  u  in  full 

*y  is  seldom  used.  Its  sound  is  the  same  as  that  of  u  in  the  French  language 
or  u  in  German. 

2  Like  a,  but  pronounced  more  quickly. 

xiii 


XIV  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

IV.  The  consonants  have  in  general  the  same  sounds  as 
in  English.     The  following  exceptions  are  to  be  noted: 

c  and  ch  have  the  sound  of  k. 

g  has  only  one  sound,  that  heard  in  go. 

j  is  equivalent  to  y  in  yes. 

s  has  only  the  sound  heard  in  say. 

t  always  has  the  sound  heard  in  top.     It  does  not  corn- 

bine  with  i  to  give  the  sound  of  sh  as  in  nation. 
v  has  the  sound  of  w. 
x  has  only  the  sound  of  ks,  as  in  exercise. 
bs  and  bt  are  equivalent  to  ps  and  pt. 
ph  and  th  are  nearly  equivalent  to  p  and  t. 

DIPHTHONGS 

V.  A  diphthong  is  a  combination  of  two  vowels  in  one  syl- 
lable.  The  diphthongs  are  ae,  au,  ei,  eu,  oe,  and  ui.  Their 
sounds  are  as  follows: 

ae  =  ai  in  aisle  eu  =  eu  in  feud 

au  =  ou  in  out  oe  =  oi  in  boil 

ei  =  ei   in  vein  ui^almost1  ui  in  ruin 

SYLLABLES 

VI.  A  syllable  is  either  a  group  of  letters  the  sounds  of 
which  are  taken  together  in  pronunciation,  or  a  vowel  or 
diphthong  which  is  taken  by  itself  in  pronunciation.  The  fol- 
lowing  words  are  divided  into  syllables  by  hyphens :  ac-ci-dent, 
re-li-a-ble.  A  syllable  must  always  have  a  vowel  or  a  diphthong. 
The  rules  for  the  division  of  Latin  words  into  syllables  are 
as  follows: 

(1)  A  consonant  between  two  vowels  is  taken  with  the  vowel 
which  follows  it:  po-no,  ha-be-6. 

(2)  Two  consonants  between  two  vowels  are  divided,  one 
going  with  the  vowel  which  precedes  and  one  with  the  vowel 
which  follows.     But  if  the  second  of  two  consonants  is  1  or  r, 

1  The  u  is  shorter  than  in  the  EngUsh  word,  and  the  vowels  are  more  closely  blended. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  XV 

and  if  the  combination  can  be  pronounced  at  the  beginning  of 
a  word,  as  bl,  br,  etc,  the  two  are  taken  with  the  vowel  which 
follows,  like  a  single  consonant1:  man-da-re,  car-do;  but  fe-bris, 
a-cris. 

LENGTH    OF    SYLLABLES 

VII.  (1)  A  syllable  is  long  if  it  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a 
diphthong:   do-num,  cau-tus. 

(2)  A  syllable  is  regularly  long  if  its  vowel  is  followed  by 
two  consonants:  con-do,  mit-to. 

a.  But  if  the  two  consonants  consist  of  a  mute2  fol- 
lowed  by  1  or  r  the  syllable  is  short,  unless  it  has  a  long 
vowel  or  a  diphthong:  pa-tris. 

(3)  All  other  syllables  are  short :  me-mor,  a-gri. 

a.  x  and  z  have  the  value  of  two  consonants  because 
they  represent  a  combination  of  sounds.  A  syllable  is  long 
if  its  vowel  is  followed  by  either  of  these  double  consonants. 

ACCENT 

VIII.  In  pronouncing  a  word  of  two  or  more  syllables  we 
make  one  of  the  syllables  more  prominent  than  any  other. 
Thus  in  the  word  mem-o-ry  we  make  the  first  syllable  prominent. 
This  prominence  in  pronunciation  given  to  a  syllable  is  called 
accent.  In  the  word  memory  the  accent  is  said  to  fall  on  the 
first  syllable.  The  accent  of  Latin  words  is  determined  by  the 
following  rules: 

IX.  (l)  In  a  word  of  two  syllables  the  accent  falls  on  the 
first  syllable:  hVmen. 

(2)    In  a  word  of  more  than  two  syllables  the  accent  falls 

on  the  syllable  before  the  last,  if  it  is  long,  otherwise  on  the 

second  syllable  from  the  last:  au-di're,  con-ten'tus,  me'mi-ni. 

a.    The  syllable  before  the  last  is  called  the  penult;  the 

second  from  the  last  is  called  the  antepenult. 

1  In  the  division  of  a  compound  verb  into  syllables  in  writing  or  printing,  the  preposi- 
tional  element  is  separated  f rom  the  simple  verb :  ad-it. 

2  The  mutes  are  b,  p,  c,  k,  q,  g,  d,  t,  ph,  th,  ch. 


xvi  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

ELEMENTARY  PRINCIPLES  OF  GRAMMAR 

THE  NOUN 

(1)  Words  which  are  used  to  denote  persons  or  things  are 
called  nouns.  Thus  the  words  boy,  girl,  house,  Iree,  city  are 
nouns.  Nouns  are  also  used  as  the  names  of  qualities  or  ideas, 
such  as  bravery,  kindness,  happiness,  truth,  love,  patriotism. 

THE  VERB 

(2)  In  the  sentences  The  boy  walks  and  The  tree  has  fallen 
the  words  walks  and  has  fallen  denote  actions.  Such  words 
are  called  verbs.  Some  verbs  denote  mere  existence  or  con- 
tinuance  in  a  place  rather  than  action.  In  the  sentences  He 
is  in  the  city  and  We  shall  stay  here,  is  and  shall  stay  are  verbs. 

THE  ADJECTIVE 

(3)  We  often  use  some  other  word  with  a  noun  to  tell  some- 
thing  about  the  appearance  or  character  of  the  person  or  thing 
to  which  the  noun  refers.  Thus,  in  the  expressions  tall  trees 
and  brave  men  the  words  tall  and  brave  tell  something  about 
the  trees  and  the  men.    Such  words  are  called  adjectives. 

a.  There  are  a  few  adjectives  which  merely  show 
what  person  or  thing  is  meant  without  telling  any  qual- 
ity  of  the  person  or  thing.  Such  are  this,  that,  other, 
same.  The,  a,  and  an  belong  to  this  class.  These  last 
three  words  are  called  articles. 

THE  PRONOUN 

(4)  In  the  sentence  The  man  saw  the  boy,  but  did  not  speak  to 
him,  the  word  him  is  used  instead  of  boy.  A  word  which  is  used 
instead  of  a  noun  is  called  a  pronoun.  Pronouns,  as  well  as 
nouns,  are  used  as  subjects  or  as  direct  objects. 

(5)  The  word  instead  of  which  a  pronoun  is  used  is  called 
its  antecedent.  In  the  sentence  given  above  boy  is  the  antece- 
dent  of  him. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  xvii 


CLASSES  OF  PRONOUNS 


(6)  The  pronouns  /,  you,  he,  she,  it,  we,  and  they  are  called 
personal  pronouns. 

When  who,  which,  and  what  are  used  to  introduce  questions 
they  are  called  interrogative  pronouns.  When  they  are  used 
in  sentences  which  are  not  questions  they  are  called  relative 
pronouns.  Thus,  in  the  sentence  Who  gave  you  a  knifef  who  is 
an  interrogative  pronoun.  In  the  sentence  It  was  my  mother 
who  gave  me  a  knife,  who  is  a  relative  pronoun.  Sometimes  that 
is  used  instead  of  who  or  which.  Thus,  The  man  that  just  came 
is  my  uncle.    When  so  used,  that  is  a  relative  pronoun. 

(7)  Point  out  the  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns,  and  verbs 
in  the  following  sentences: 

1.  The  heavy  storm  had  injured  many  trees.  2.  My 
father  has  read  this  book.  3.  The  horses  draw  a  heavy  load. 
4.  Your  uncle  built  a  new  house.  5.  My  letter  has  been 
sent.  6.  Where  was  the  money  found?  7.  This  picture 
has  often  been  admired.  8.  Why  did  these  men  leave  their 
homes?  9.  Columbus  discovered  a  new  continent.  10.  These 
books  contain  many  interesting  stories. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  I 
IMPORTANCE  OF  LATIN 

LATIN  IN  ANCIENT  TIMES 

1.  Latin  is  the  language  which  was  spoken  by  the  Romans. 
After  they  conquered  the  nations  living  in  the  region  which 
is  now  occupied  by  Spain,  Portugal,  France,  Switzerland,  and 
part  of  Austria,  Latin  began  to  be  known  here  as  well  as  in 
Italy,  and  it  finally  replaced  in  large  measure  the  languages 
formerly  spoken  throughout  this  entire  region. 

MODERN  LATIN,  OR  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

2.  When  the  Roman  empire  gradually  lost  its  power,  and 
when  the  barbarians  drove  back  the  Roman  armies,  the  in- 
fluence  of  the  Latin  language  still  remained.  The  Spanish, 
French,  Portuguese,  Italian,  and  Rumanian  languages  are 
simply  modern  Latin.  Many  changes  have  taken  place  in  the 
spelling  and  pronunciation  of  the  Latin  words  which  appear 
in  these  Romance  languages,  as  they  are  called,  and  words 
have  been  introduced  from  other  sources.  But  in  the  main 
these  languages  are  Latin,  and  their  relation  to  the  language 
spoken  by  the  Romans  can  easily  be  traced. 

3.  Many  words  in  common  use  in  French,  Spanish,  and 
the  other  Romance  languages,  have  been  very  slightly  changed 
from  the  original  Latin  form.  Thus,  the  French  word  arbre, 
meaning  tree,  is  from  the  Latin  arbor;  terre,  meaning  land,  is 
from  the  Latin  terra;  and  vendre,  meaning  to  sell,  is  from  the 
Latin  vendere. 

The  Spanish  agua,  meaning  water,  is  from  the  Latin  aqua; 
mar,  meaning  sea,  is  from  the  Latin  mare;  amar,  meaning  to 
love,  is  from  the  Latin  amare. 


2  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

4.  In  the  greater  part  of  Austria  and  in  part  of  Switzerland, 
Latin  was  displaced  by  other  languages.  But  the  extension 
of  the  Romance  languages  over  South  America  and  part  of 
North  America  has  more  than  made  up  for  this  loss. 

The  Spanish  language  is  used  throughout  the  whole  of  South 
America,  with  the  exception  of  Brazil.  In  Brazil  the  language 
is  Portuguese.  Spanish  is  also  the  language  of  Mexico  and  is 
spoken  extensively  in  parts  of  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  Ari- 
zona,  and  to  some  extent  in  southern  California.  French  is 
the  language  of  part  of  Canada  and  is  also  spoken  in  some 
portions  of  Louisiana. 

THE  LATIN  ELEMENT  IN  ENGLISH 

5.  In  addition  to  the  importance  which  Latin  has  through 
the  Romance  languages,  it  has  also  given  us  a  great  many 
of  our  English  words.  Latin  had  borrowed  a  number  of  words 
from  Greek  and  many  of  these  have  come  into  English,  so  that 
it  is  difficult  to  decide  in  the  case  of  some  words  whether  their 
use  in  English  is  due  to  Latin  or  Greek  influence.  More  than 
half  the  words  in  an  English  dictionary  are  derived  from  Latin 
and  Greek. 

NEW  WORDS  FROM  LATIN 

6.  The  greater  number  of  the  new  words  which  are  being 
added  to  our  language  from  time  to  time  come  from  Latin  or 
Greek.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  names  of  new  inventions. 
Such  words  as  submarine,  automobile,  telephone,  tractor,  motor, 
turbine,  are  of  this  class.  Further,  the  special  terms  used  in 
chemistry,  botany,  physics,  and  other  scientific  studies,  are  of 
Latin  or  Greek  origin. 

LATIN  TERMS  IN  LAW  AND  MEDICINE 

7.  In  the  study  of  law,  words  derived  from  Latin  are  of 
very  great  importance.  Such  words  as  jury,  court,  legal,  con- 
viction,  acquittal,  and  a  great  many  other  important  words  and 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  3 

expressions  which  lawyers  must  understand  come  from  Latin. 
In  the  study  of  medicine  also  a  great  many  Latin  and  Greek 
words  or  derivatives  are  used.  The  words  medicine,  sanator- 
iuniy  hospital,  invalid,  doctor,  patient,  come  from  Latin.  When 
a  doctor  writes  a  prescription  he  generally  uses  Latin  words  or 
their  abbreviations. 

THE  FORMS  OF  ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

8.  Some  Latin  words  which  have  been  taken  into  the 
English  language  have  the  same  spelling  in  English  as  in 
Latin.  Such  are  census,  terminus,  stimulus,  veto,  [momentum, 
animal.  The  meanings  have  in  some  instances  changed,  but 
the  greater  number  of  such  words  retain  the  same,  or  nearly 
the  same,  meaning  as  in  the  original  Latin. 

But  most  English  words  of  Latin  origin  have  been  somewhat 
changed  in  their  form.  We  shall  see  later  that  the  spelling 
of  many  English  words  is  explained  by  the  development  of  the 
Latin  words  f rom  which  they  have  come,  and  that  a  knowledge 
of  Latin  aids  one  in  remembering  how  to  spell  these  words. 

9.  The  following  Latin  words  have  familiar  English  deriva- 
tives  or  related  words: 

Insula,  island  insular,  insulation 

non,  not  non-conductor,  non-in- 

terference 

patria,  native  country  patriot1,  patriotic1 

terra,  land  territory2,  terra  firma 

Britannia,  Great  Britain  Britannic 

Hibernia,  Ireland  Hibernian 

Italia,  Italy  Italian 

America,3  America  American 

Europa,  Europe  European 


1  These  words  are  derived  through  Latin  from  Greek. 

J  There  is  a  Latin  word  territorium,  meaning  territory,  which  is  derived  from  terra, 
and  from  this  word  territory  has  come  into  English. 

•  While  America  does  not  represent  a  word  known  to  the  Romans,  it  is  a  Latin  word 
in  its  formation. 


FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON  II 

SUBJECT,  OB  JECT,  AND  PREDICATE  (SINGULAR 
NUMBER) 

READING  EXERCISE 

10.  1.  America  patria  mea  est.  America  patria  tua  est. 
Americam  amo.     Americam  amas. 

2.  Hibernia  Insula  est.  Britannia  Insula  est.  America  non 
est  Insula.     Italia  non  est  Insula. 

3.  Hibernia  non  est  patria  mea.  Italia  non  est  patria 
mea.  Soror  mea  Italiam  amat.  Soror  tua  quoque  Italiam 
amat.     Italia  est  terra  pulchra. 

4.  Hibernia  est  Insula  pulchra.  Britannia  quoque  est 
Insula  pulchra.  Britannia  est  magna  Insula.  Hibernia  est 
magna  Insula. 

11.  VOCABULARY 

amas,  you  love  mea,  my,  mine 

amat,  loves  pulchra,  beautiful 

amo,  I  love  quoque,  also 

est,  is  soror,  sister 

magna,  large  tua,  your,  yours 

SUBJECT  AND  OBJECT  FORMS,  SINGULAR  NUMBER: 
PREDICATE  NOUNS 

12.  In  the  exercise  above,  the  forms  America,  Hibernia, 
Britannia,  and  Italia  are  subjects,  Americam  and  Italiam  are 
direct  objects;  patria,  Insula,  and  terra  are  predicate  nouns, 
and  have  the  same  form  as  subjects.  All  these  nouns  are  in 
the  singular  number. 

THE  PARTS  OF  THE  SENTENCE:    THE  SUBJECT 

(8)  When  we  make  a  statement  or  ask  a  question,  there  is  some  word 
which  indicates  the  person  or  thing  about  whom  or  about  which  we  wish 
to  say  or  ask  something.    Thus,  in  the  sentences  The  boy  runs  and  The 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  5 

THE  ARTICLE 

13.  Latin  has  no  word  for  the  definite  article  the  or  for  the 
indefinite  article  a  or  an.  The  Latin  equivalent  for  The  boy 
has  a  book  or  A  boy  has  a  book  means  literally  Boy  has  book.  In 
translating  a  Latin  sentence  into  English  we  supply  the,  a,  or 
an  whenever  the  sense  requires. 

WORD  ORDER,  VERB  AND  ADJECTIVE 

14.  The  Latin  verb  commonly  stands  at  the  end  of  its  sen. 
tence,  as  in  the  reading  exercise  above.  The  Latin  adjective 
often  follows  its  noun.  Thus  in  section  10  the  Latin  equiva- 
lent  for  a  beautiful  island  is  Insula  pulchra.  But  the  adjective 
magna  and  other  adjectives  denoting  size  commonly  stand 
before  their  nouns,  as  in  English. 

letter  was  sent,  we  say  something  about  the  boy  and  the  letter.  In  the 
question  When  did  the  storm  beginf  we  ask  something  about  the  storm.  A 
word  which  is  used  in  this  way  in  a  sentence  is  said  to  be  the  subject  of  the 
sentence.  In  the  sentences  given  above  boy,  letter,  and  storm  are  the 
subjects. 

THE  PREDICATE 

(9)  What  we  say  or  ask  about  the  subject  is  called  the  predicate.  In 
the  sentences  which  have  been  given,  runs,  was  sent,  and  did  begin  are  the 
predicates. 

A  noun  or  adjective  which  is  joined  to  the  subject  by  a  form  of  to  be 
(is,  are,  was,  were,  will  be,  has  been,  etc.)  is  called  a  predicate  noun  or  a 
predicate  adj^ctive. 

In  the  sentence  My  brother  is  a  teacher  the  word  teacher  is  a  predicate 
noun.  In  the  sentence  Your  friend  is  unhappy  the  word  unhappy  is  a 
predicate  adjective. 

THE  DIRECT  OBJECT 

(10)  Often  the  subject  of  a  sentence  is  said  to  do  something  which 
directly  affects  a  person  or  thing.  In  the  sentence  The  man  helps  his 
brother  the  act  which  the  subject  does  directly  affects  the  brother.  A  word 
which  is  used  to  denote  a  person  or  thing  directly  affected  by  an  act  is 
said  to  be  the  direct  object.  In  the  sentence  above,  brother  is  the  direct 
object.  In  like  manner,  in  the  sentences  My  father  built  a  house  and  The 
fire  destroyed  the  city  the  words  house  and  city  are  direct  objects. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 


15.     Copy  the  following  sentences,  putting  the  proper  end- 
ing  (-a  or  -am)  in  place  of  the  dashes. 

1.  America  est  terr —  pulchra. 

2.  Soror  tua  Americ —  amat. 

3.  Soror  mea  Britanni —  amat. 

4.  Patria  mea  terr —  pulchra  est. 

5.  Patria  tua  Tnsul —  est. 

6.  Insul —  amo. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  direct  objects.  2.  Write 
two  English  sentences  containing  predicate  nouns.  3.  Point  out  the 
nouns  in  section  10.  4.  After  you  have  copied  the  sentences  of  section  15 
in  correct  form,  draw  one  line  under  each  predicate  noun  and  two  lines 
under  each  direct  object. 


ROMAN   FARMER  WITH    PLOW 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  7 

LESSON   III 

AGREEMENT  OF  ADJECTIVES 
READING  EXERCISE 

16.  1.  Agricola  parvam  flliam  habet.  Parva  filia  agrico- 
lam  amat.  Agricola  parvam  f lliam  amat.  Soror  mea  quoque 
parvam  puellam  amat. 

2.  Agricola  casam  pulchram  habet,  sed  casa  non  magna 
est.     Casa  mea  quoque  parva  est.     Parvam  casam  meam  amo. 

3.  Parva  puella  epistulam  habet.  Epistula  mea  est.  Cur 
parva  puella  epistulam  meam  habet? 

4.  Patriam  meam  amo,  sed  patriam  tuam  non  amo.  Soror 
mea  patriam  tuam  amat.  Ciir  patriam  meam  non  amas? 
Patria  tua  non  est  America. 

5.  Britannia  Insula  magna  et  pulchra  est.  Hibernia  quoque 
est  magna  et  pulchra.  Fllia  tua  Britanniam  et  Hiberniam 
amat. 

17.  VOCABULARY 

agricola,  farmer  fflia,  daughter 

casa,  cottage  habet,  has 

cur,  why  parva,  small,  little 

epistula,  letter  puella,  girl 

et,  and  sed,  but 

DIFFERENT  ENDINGS  FOR  ADJECTIVES 

18.  In  the  reading  exercise  above,  the  adjectives  which 
modify  subjects  or  predicate  nouns  end  in  -a;  those  which 
modify  direct  objects  end  in  -am. 

A  predicate  adjective  modifies  the  subject. 

a.  The  Latin  words  for  your  or  yours  and  my  or  mine 
are  adjectives,  and  their  endings,  like  those  of  other  ad- 
jectives,  depend  on  the  words  with  which  they  are  used. 


8  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

THE  USE  OF  "DO"  IN  NEGATIVE  SENTENCES 

19.  In  English  sentences  containing  the  adverb  not  we  com- 
monly  have  do  or  did.  Thus,  I  do  not  work;  he  does  not  see; 
they  did  not  go.  In  Latin  there  is  no  word  corresponding  to 
this  use  of  do.     I  do  not  love  is  in  Latin  Non  amo  (I  love  not). 

20.  EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING1 

1.  Soror  mea  casam  pulchr —  habet. 

2.  Casa  est  pulchr —  sed  parv — . 

3.  Cur  patri —  me —  non  amas? 

4.  Parv —  puell —  est  soror  mea. 

5.  Parv —  puell —  amo. 

ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

21.  1.  What  English  word  is  suggested  by  agricola?  2.  In 
"The  Courtship  of  Miles  Standish,"  John  Alden  is  said  to 
have  been  "writing  epistles  important  to  go  next  day  by  the 
May  Flower";  what  are  epistlesf  3.  Find  from  a  dictionary 
the  meaning  and  source  of  the  abbreviation  etc. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  direct  objects  which  are 
modified  by  adjectives.  2.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  pred- 
icate  adjectives.    3.  Point  out  two  predicate  nouns  in  section  16. 

THE  ADVERB 

(11)  We  often  use  a  word  with  a  verb  to  tell  how  an  action  is  done.  In 
the  sentence  He  runs  swiftly  the  word  swiftly  tells  how  the  act  of  the  verb 
runs  is  done.  Such  words  are  called  adverbs.  Adverbs  are  also  used  to 
tell  something  about  adjectives  and  even  about  other  adverbs.  In  the 
expressions  too  small  and  very  swiftly  the  adverbs  too  and  very  tell  some- 
thing  about  the  adjective  small  and  the  adverb  swiftly. 


1  In  this  exercise  and,  unless  otherwise  specified,  in  the  exercises  of  the  same  character 
which  are  found  in  the  lessons  following,  the  sentences  are  to  be  copied  by  the  pupil,  with 
the  proper  endings  supplied  in  place  of  the  dashes. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON   IV 


PLURAL  NUMBER,  NOMINATIVE  AND  ACCUSATIVE 

READING  EXERCISE 

22.  1.  Soror  tua  non  multam  pectiniam  habet.  Sed  soror 
mea  multam  pectiniam  habet.     Soror  tua  pecuniam  amat. 

2.  Agricola  parvas  filias  habet.  Parvae  flliae  agricolam 
amant.  Agricola  parvas  filias  amat.  Soror  mea  quoque 
parvas  puellas  amat. 

3.  Epistulae  meae  non  longae  sunt.  Sed  soror  mea  epis- 
tulas  longas  scrlbit.  Soror  tua  quoque  epistulas  longas 
scrlbit.     Soror  mea  et  soror  tua  epistulas  longas  amant. 

4.  Britannia  et  Hibernia  magnae  Insulae  sunt.  Italia  et 
Hispania  terrae  pulchrae  sunt.  Hispania  et  Italia  non  sunt 
Insulae. 

5.  Europa  multas  Insulas  habet.  Europa  terras  pulchras 
habet.    'Europam  saepe  laudamus,  sed  Americam  amamus. 


23. 


VOCABULARY 


amamus,  we  love 
amant,  (they)  love 
Hispania,  Spain 
laudamus,  we  praise 
longa,  long 


multa,  much  (multae,  many) 
pecunia,  money 
saepe,  often 
scrlbit,  writes 
sunt,  (they)  are 


ROMAN  CHILDREN    AT  PLAY 


10  FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 

SUBJECTS  AND  OBJECTS  IN  THE  PLURAL 

24.  In  the  sentences  of  section  22,  the  nouns  in  the  plural 
which  are  used  as  subjects  or  as  predicate  nouns  end  in  -ae; 
those  used  in  the  plural  as  direct  objects  end  in  -as. 

FORMS  OF  ADJECTIVES  WITH  PLURAL  NOUNS 

25.  In  the  sentences  of  section  22,  adjectives  which  modify 
plural  subjects  or  predicate  nouns  end  in  -ae ;  those  which  modi- 
fy  plural  direct  objects  end  in  -as. 

CASE  NAMES 

26.  The  subject  is  said  to  be  in  the  nominative  case,  and  the 
direct  object  is  said  to  be  in  the  accusative  case.  The  predicate 
noun  is  also  in  the  nominative  case. 


NUMBER 

(12)  We  have  different  forms  of  pronouns  and  also  of  nouns  to  show 
whether  we  are  referring  to  one  person  or  thing  or  to  more  than  one.  Thus 
/  refers  to  one  person,  we  refers  to  more  than  one.  This  distinction  is 
called  number.  I  is  in  the  singular  number,  and  we  is  in  the  plural  number. 
In  the  same  way,  book  is  in  the  singular  number,  and  books  is  in  the  plural 
number. 

CASE 

(13)  Such  pronouns  as  he,  she,  and  who  have  different  forms  to  show 
how  they  are  used  in  sentences.  We  say  He  walks,  I  see  him,  and  /  have 
his  ball.  In  these  sentences  he  is  subject,  him  is  direct  object,  and  his 
refers  to  a  person  as  possessing  something.  In  like  manner  we  use  she  and 
who  as  subjects,  her  and  whom  as  direct  objects  of  a  verb  or  as  objects  of  a 
preposition,  and  her  (or  hers)  and  whose  to  denote  the  person  possessing 
something. 

A  noun  has  the  same  form  for  the  subject  as  for  the  object  of  a  verb  or 
a  preposition,  but  it  has  a  different  form  to  refer  to  a  person  as  possessing 
something.  Thus  we  say  The  boy  walks,  I  see  the  boy,  I  have  the  boy's  ball. 
These  different  forms  and  uses  of  nouns  and  pronouns  in  sentences  are 
called  cases  or  case-uses.  The  subject  is  in  the  nominative  case,  the  direct 
object  is  in  the  accusative  case,  and  the  word  referring  to  the  possessor  is 
in  the  genitive  case  (sometimes  called  possessive). 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


11 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

27.  1.  Parva  puella  epistul — (letters)  me — habet.  2.  Casae 
sunt  parv —  sed  pulchr — .  3.  America  Insul —  (islands) 
pulchr —  habet.  4.  Soror  mea  et  soror  tua  sunt  puell — 
pulchr — .     5.    Patri —  me —  amo.     6.    Patri —  tu —  amas. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

28.  1.  What  is  meant  by  a  laudable  action?  2.  What  are 
pecuniary  losses?  3.  What  is  meant  by  inscribef  Find  other 
English  words  suggested  by  scribit. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 
1.  From  paragraph  2,  section  22,  give  the  singular  form  of  the  object 
in  the  first  sentence  and  the  plural  form  of  the  object  in  the  second  sen- 
tence.  2.  Write  the  accusative  singular  of  Hispania  and  the  accusative 
plural  of  casa.  3.  Point  out  the  subjects,  objects,  and  predicate  nouns  in 
paragraphs  3  and  4  of  section  22. 


AN  ARCH  OVER  A  ROMAN  ROAD 


12  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  V 

GENITIVE  CASE 

READING  EXERCISE 

29.  1.  Agricola  est  amlcus  nautae  (o/  the  sailor).  Nauta 
est  amlcus  poetae.  Poeta  est  amlcus  f  Iliarum  tuarum  (o/  your 
daughters).     Flliae  tuae  poetam  amant. 

2.  Poeta  incola  Americae  est.  Sed  Italia  est  patria  poetae. 
Poeta  f Iliam  habet.  America  est  patria  f Iliae  poetae.  Poeta 
Italiam  amat.     Fllia  poetae  Americam  amat. 

3.  Incolae  Insularum  sunt  agricolae  et  nautae.  Vlta  agri- 
colarum  vlta  bona  est.  Poetae  saepe  vltam  agricolarum 
laudant.  Vltam  nautarum  interdum  laudamus.  Nautae  mul- 
tas  terras  vident.     Sed  vlta  nautarum  perlculosa  est. 

30.  VOCABULARY 

amicus,  friend  nauta,  sailor 

bona,  good  periculosa,  dangerous 

incola,  inhabitant  poeta,  poet 

interdum,  sometimes  vident,  (they)  see 

laudant,  (they)  praise  vita,  life 

LATIN  NOUNS  DENOTING  POSSESSION  OR  OWNERSHIP 

31.  Latin  nouns  which  end  in  -a  in  the  nominative  singular 
and  in  -am  in  the  accusative  singular  have  a  f  orm  ending  in  -ae 
in  the  singular  to  denote  ownership  or  possession  and  certain 
other  ideas.  The  corresponding  form  in  the  plural  ends  in 
-arum.  This  form  is  translated  either  by  the  Enghsh  genitive 
(possessive)  form,  or  by  of  and  the  noun.  Thus,  epistula 
puellae  means  the  girVs  letter  or  the  letter  of  the  girl.  Soror 
puellarum  means  the  sister  of  the  girls.  In  translating  a  sen- 
tence  with  a  form  of  this  sort  we  should  use  whichever  of  the 
two  translations  makes  the  better  sense. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


13 


THE  GENITIVE  CASE 

32.  The  Latin  nouns  which  are  described  in  section  31  are 
said  to  be  in  the  genitive  case. 

An  adjective  modifying  a  noun  in  the  genitive  is  also  in  the 
genitive,  and  is  in  the  same  number  as  its  noun. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

33.  1.  Nauta  amicus  agricol —  (of  the  farmer)  est.  2.  Soror 
mea  epistulam  puell —  (the  girVs)  habet.  3.  Hibernia  patria 
naut —  (the  sailor's)  est.  4.  Soror  parvarum  puell —  epistulas 
scrlbit.  5.  Incolae  Insul —  (of  the  island)  nautae  sunt.  6.  In- 
colae  multarum  Insul —  agricolae  sunt. 


ROMAN  WRITING  MATERIALS 
ENGLISH  DERTVATrVES  FROM  LATIN 

34.  1.  What  is  meant  by  the  statement  "They  lived  on 
amicable  terms  with  each  other"?  2.  Find  from  a  dictionary 
the  derivation  of  amiable.  3.  What  is  an  aeronautt  4.  What 
is  meant  by  great  vitalityl 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  genitive  singular  of  incola,  nauta,  poeta,  vita.  2.  Give  the 
genitive  plural  of  casa,  terra,  and  epistula.  3.  Write  the  nominative, 
genitive,  and  accusative,  singular  and  plural,  of  the  words  for  girl,  land, 
and  island. 


14  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  VI 

INDIRECT  OBJECT:    DATIVE  CASE 
READING   EXERCISE 

35.  1.  Mater  mea  epistulam  scrlbit  et  epistulam  parvae 
puellae  (to  the  little  girl)  dat.  Parva  puella  epistulam  agricolae 
dat.  Agricola  epistulam  legit.  Agricola  mihi  epistulam  dat. 
Pecuniam  agricolae  do.  Agricola  parvae  puellae  peciiniam 
dat.  Parva  puella  pecuniam  Corneliae  dat.  Cornelia  est 
mater  parvae  puellae. 

2.  Mater  mea  donum  parvis  puellls  (to  the  little  girls)  dat. 
Parvae  puellae  laetae  sunt.     Mater  mea  parvas  puellas  amat. 

3.  Nautae  epistulas  do.  Nauta  epistulas  incolls  Insularum 
dat.  Incolae  Insularum  pecuniam  nautae  dant.  Nauta  mihi 
pecuniam  dat. 

36.  VOCABULARY 

Cornelia,  Cornelia  laeta,  happy 

dant,  (they)  give  legit,  reads 

dat,  gives  mater,  mother 

do,  I  give  mihi,  to  me,  me  (as  indirect 

donum,  gift,  present  object) 

LATIN  NOUNS  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECTS 

37.  In  the  reading  exercise  above,  the  forms  puellae  and 
agricolae  in  the  first  and  second  sentences  of  1,  and  puellls 
in  the  first  sentence  of  2  are  indirect  objects. 

Nouns  which  end  in  -a  in  the  nominative  singular  and  in  -ae 
in  the  genitive  singular  have  the  ending  -ae  in  the  singular  and 
-Is  in  the  plural  when  used  as  indirect  objects. 

THE  INDIRECT  OBJECT 

(14)  A  noun  or  pronoun  which  is  used  to  denote  the  person  to  whom 
something  is  given,  said,  or  shown  is  said  to  be  an  indirect  object.  In  the 
sentences  He  gave  his  sister  a  picture  and  My  brother  told  me  an  interesting 
story  the  words  sister  and  me  are  indirect  objects. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  15 

PHRASES  WITH  TO  EQUIVALENT  TO  INDIRECT  OBJECTS 

38.  Instead  of  saying  I  gave  the  girl  a  letter  we  may  express 
the  same  idea  by  saying  I  gave  a  letter  to  the  girl.  In  the  second 
sentence  to  the  girl  takes  the  place  of  the  indirect  object  girl 
in  the  first.  A  phrase  consisting  of  to  and  a  noun,  when  used 
in  the  place  of  an  indirect  obj  ect,  is  translated  in  Latin  by  the 
same  form  as  the  indirect  object.  That  is,  either  girl  in  the 
first  of  the  sentences  above  or  to  the  girl  in  the  second  will  be 
translated  puellae. 

THE     DATIVE  CASE 

39.  A  Latin  noun  used  as  an  indirect  object  is  said  to  be  in 
the  olative  case. 

An  adjective  modifying  a  noun  in  the  dative  is  also  in  the 
dative,  and  is  in  the  same  number  as  its  noun. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

40.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin: 

1.  The  farmer  gives  a  letter  to  the  poet. 

2.  The  poet  gives  money  to  the  farmer. 

3.  I  give  a  present  to  the  little  girls. 

4.  The  little  girls  give  me  a  letter. 

5.  Your  daughter  gives  money  to  the  sailor. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

41.  1.  What  connection  can  you  see  between  the  word 
dative  and  any  Latin  word  in  the  vocabulary  of  this  lesson? 
2.  What  is  a  donationf  3.  What  is  legible  handwriting? 
4.  What  is  maternal  care? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Point  out  the  indirect  objects  in  1  of  section  35.  2.  Write  two  English 
sentences  each  containing  a  direct  and  an  indirect  object.  3.  Write  the 
nominative,  genitive,  dative,  and  accusative,  singular  and  plural,  of  the 
Latin  words  for  letter  and  cottage. 


16  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  VII 
INDIRECT  OBJECT:  DATIVE  CASE  (Continued) 

READING  EXERCISE 

42.  1.  Mater  tua  Corneliae  donum  dat.  Cornelia  flliae 
agricolae  donum  ostendit.  Fllia  agricolae  quoque  donum 
cupit,  sed  mater  tua  f  Tliae  agricolae  donum  non  dat. 

2.  Agricolae  epistulas  do,  et  agricola  mihi  pecuniam  dat. 
Agricola  epistulas  legit.  Agricola  epistulas  flliae  ostendit,  sed 
fllia  epistulas  non  legit. 

3.  Puella  mihi  casam  poetae  monstrat.  Casa  est  parva. 
Poetam  non  video,  sed  filiam  poetae  interdum  video.  Fllia 
poetae  parvam  casam  amat. 

4.  Poeta  flliae  picturam  dat.  Fllia  poetae  mihi  picturam 
ostendit.  Picttiram  laudo  et  poetam  laudo.  Fllia  poetae 
est  laeta  puella. 

5.  Nauta  mihi  fabulam  narrat.  Mater  mea  quoque  mihi 
interdum  fabulas  narrat.  Soror  mea  multas  fabulas  legit  et 
saepe  parvls  puellls  fabulas  narrat.  Parvae  puellae  fabulas 
amant. 

43.  VOCABULARY 

cupit,  wishes,  desires  narrat,  tells 

fabula,  story  ostendit,  shows 

laudo,  I  praise  pictura,  picture 

monstrat,  points  out  video,  I  see 

OMISSION  OF  PRONOUN  AS  SUBJECT 

44.  We  have  seen  that  amo  is  translated  I  love,  without  a 
separate  word  for  I.  In  the  same  manner  amat,  which  is 
translated  loves  when  used  with  a  noun  as  subject,  may  be 
translated  he  loves  or  she  loves  when  the  preceding  sentence 
makes  it  perfectly  clear  who  the  subject  is.     When  we  have 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  17 

been  talking  about  a  man  we  may  say  patriam  amat,  meaning, 
he  loves  his  country. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

45.  1.  Mater  mea  fili —  tu —  (your  daughter)  donum  dat. 
2.  Epistulas  saepe  naut —  (to  the  sailors)'  do.  3.  Agricola 
poet —  (the  poet)  pecuni —  dat.  4.  Poeta  agricol —  (thefarmer) 
epistul —  me —  ostendit.  5.  Puella  naut —  (to  the  sailor)  cas — 
me —  monstrat.  6.  Soror  tua  agricol —  (the  farmer)  epistul — 
(the  letters)  ostendit. 


ROMAN  SWORD   AND   SCABBARD 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  phrases  with  to  which  are 
equivalent  to  indirect  objects.  2.  Rewrite  the  last  sentence  in  4  of  section 
42,  changing  the  subject  to  the  plural,  and  making  any  other  necessary 
change.  3.  Point  out  the  indirect  objects  in  section  42.  4.  Rewrite  the 
last  sentence  of  5,  section  42,  changing  the  subject  to  the  singular  and 
making  any  other  changes  which  are  necessary. 


THE  CONJUNCTION 

(15)  The  words  and,  but,  and  or  are  used  to  join  words  or  parts  of 
sentences.  In  the  sentence  Your  father  and  mother  are  not  in  the  city  the 
word  and  is  used  to  join  the  words  father  and  mother.  In  like  manner,  in 
the  sentence  The  train  is  late,  but  it  will  soon  arrive  the  word  but  joins  the 
two  parts  of  the  sentence  The  train  is  late  and  it  will  soon  arrive.  Such 
words  are  called  conjunctions.  Conjunctions  of  a  somewhat  different  kind 
are  because,  although,  if,  and  some  other  words.  In  the  sentence  /  shall 
go  if  I  receive  the  letter  the  conjunction  if  is  used  to  join  the  verb  shall  go 
and  /  receive  the  letter. 


18  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON  VIII 


DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 
READING  EXERCISE 

46.  1.  Epistula  mea  agricolae  (to  the  farmer)  grata  est. 
Agricola  mihi  pecuniam  dat.  Pecuniam  nautae  do.  Peciinia 
nautae  grata  est. 

2.  Fllia  tua  parvae  puellae  benigna  est.  Parva  puella  f  Iliam 
tuam  amat.  Fllia  tua  parvae  puellae  rosam  dat.  Rosa 
puellae  grata  est. 

3.  Poetae  Italiam  saepe  laudant.  Italia  poetls  cara  est. 
Sed  patria  mea  mihi  cara  est. 

4.  Epistulam  flliae  tuae  non  laudo.  Epistula  longa  est, 
sed  mihi  non  grata  est.  Fllia  tua  non  bene  scrlbit.  Sed 
epistula  tibi  grata  est. 

5.  Fenestram  casae  tuae  video.  Fenestra  parva  est.  Casa 
agricolae  multas  fenestras  habet. 

6.  America  multas  silvas  habet.  Silvae  Americae  magnae 
sunt.     Hibernia  magnas  silvas  non  habet. 

47.  VOCABULARY 

bene,  well  grata,  pleasing 

benigna,  kind  rosa,  rose 

cara,  dear  silva,  forest 

fenestra,  window  tibi,  to  you 

ADJECTIVES  WHICH  TAKE  THE  DATIVE 

48.  In  the  first  sentence  of  the  reading  exercise  above, 
agricolae,  to  the  farmer,  is  in  the  dative.  With  adjectives 
meaning  dear,  pleasing,  kind,  friendly,  near,  and  the  like,  the 
dative  is  often  used  to  express  an  idea  which  is  expressed  in 
English  by  to  and  a  noun  or  pronoun. 

POSITION  OF  THE  GENITIVE  AND  DATIVE 

49.  (1)  The  genitive  commonly  stands  after  the  word  on 
which  it  depends,  even  though  the  corresponding  English  word 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  19 

denoting  possession  would  stand  first.     Thus  the  poeVs  cottage 
may  be  translated  casa  poetae. 

(2)  The  dative  commonly  stands  before  the  word  on 
which  it  depends.  The  words  kind  to  me  translated  into  Latin 
would  take  the  order  to  me  kind. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

50.  1.  Pecunia  agricol — (to  thefarmer)  grataest.  2.  Italia 
poet—  (to  the  poet)  cara  est.  3.  Soror  mea  fili —  tu —  (io 
your  daughter)  benigna  est.  4.  Epistul —  tu —  mihi  non  gratae 
sunt.  5.  Rosae  parv —  puell —  (to  the  little  girls)  gratae  sunt. 
6.  Rosam  parv —  puell —  (to  the  little  girl)  do. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

51.  1.  Give  two  English  words  of  which  bene  is  a  compo- 
nent  part.  2.  What  is  meant  by  a  benignant  influence? 
3.  What  connection  in  meaning  can  you  see  between  grata  and 
gratifyf  4.  Complete  the  following  formula:  rose  :  rosa  :  : 
fame  :  x;  that  is,  replace  x  by  a  word  which  bears  the  same 
relation  to  fame  which  rosa  bears  to  rose. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Point  out  all  the  datives  in  section46.  2.  Rewrite  the  first  sentence 
in  2  of  section  46,  changing  the  subject  to  the  plural.  3.  Rewrite  the  third 
sentence  in  2  of  section  46,  changing  the  direct  and  indirect  objects  to  the 
plural. 


PERSON 

(16)  The  pronoun  /  and  its  plural  we  refer  to  the  person  or  persons 
speaking,  and  are  said  to  be  in  the  first  person;  you  refers  to  the  person 
to  whom  one  is  speaking  and  is  said  to  be  in  the  second  person;  he, 
she,  and  it  (plural  they)  refer  to  a  person  or  thing  spoken  of,  and  are  said 
to  be  in  the  third  person.    Nouns  are  ordinarily  in  the  third  person. 


20  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

LESSON  IX 

PREPOSITIONS:  ABLATIVE  CASE 
READING  EXERCISE 

52.  1.  Poeta  casam  in  Insula  habet.  Casa  mea  quoque 
ibi  est,  et  saepe  poetam  video.  Ex  fenestrls  casae  meae  silvam 
video.  Silva  pulchra  est,  et  saepe  ibi  ambulo.  Saepe  cum 
poeta  in  silva  ambulo.     Poeta  silvam  amat. 

2.  Soror  mea  et  soror  tua  nunc  in  viis  ambulant.  Mater 
tua  et  mater  mea  interdum  cum  puellis  ambulant.  Sed  nunc 
mater  tua  in  casa  est.     Mea  mater  in  America  non  est. 

3.  Mater  mea  nunc  in  Hispania  est.  Soror  poetae  in 
.Britannia  est  cum  fllia  Corneliae.  Cornelia  in  Hibernia  quo- 
que  flliam  habet.     Mater  mea  epistulas  ex  Hispania  scribit. 

53.  VOCABULARY 

ambulant,  (they)  walk  ibi,  there,  in  that  place 

ambulo,  I  walk  in,  in,  on 

cum,  with  nunc,  now 

ex,  from  via,  street,  road,  way 

THE  EXPLETIVE  "THERE" 

54.  As  seen  above,  there,  meaning  in  that  place,  is  in  Latin 
ibi.  But  in  such  sentences  as  There  is  no  danger  we  use  there 
merely  to  introduce  the  sentence,  and  no  idea  of  place  is  ex- 
pressed.  When  thus  used  there  is  called  an  expletive.  Latin 
has  no  equivalent  for  this  expletive  use  of  there,  and  the  sen- 
tence  There  is  no  danger  will  be  translated  as  if  it  read  No 
danger  is.  In  such  sentences  the  Latin  verb  usually  stands 
before  the  subject. 

LATIN  NOUNS  GOVERNED  BY  PREPOSITIONS 

55.  In  the  reading  exercise  above,  Insula  in  the  first  sen- 
tence  of  1  is  governed  by  in;  inthe  second  sentence  of  2  puellis 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  21 

is  governed  by  cum,  and  in  the  third  sentence  of  1  fenestris  is 
governed  by  ex.  The  letter  a,  in  which  Insula  ends,  is  long, 
while  the  form  of  the  nominative  ends  in  (short)  a. 

THE  ABLATIVE 

56.  Latin  nouns  or  pronouns  governed  by  prepositions 
meaning  from,  in,  or  with  are  said  to  be  in  the  ablative  case. 

An  adjective  modifying  a  noun  in  the  ablative  case  is  also 
put  in  the  ablative,  and  is  in  the  same  number  as  its  noun. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

57.  1.  Casae  in  Insul —  (the  islands)  sunt.  2.  Parv — 
puell —  in  vi —  (the  street)  ambulant.  3.  Soror  mea  cum 
parv —  puell —  (the  little  girls)  ambulat.  4.  Insul —  (islands) 
ex  me —  fenestr —  (window)  video.  5.  Cornelia  non  est  in 
Hispani —  cum  flli —  (the  daughter)  poetae. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

58.  1.  What  is  a  perambulator?  2.  Find  the  literal  mean- 
ing  of  the  name  Pennsylvania  (English  words  derived  from 
silva  usually  have  syl-  for  the  Latin  sil-) .  3.  What  is  the  mean- 
ing  of  via  as  used  in  railroad  time  tables? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  the  nominative,  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative  of 
silva  in  the  singular  number.  2.  Write  all  the  case  forms  of  puella  in  the 
plural  number,  following  the  order  of  cases  given  above.  3.  Point  out  the 
ablatives  and  the  datives  in  section  52. 

THE  PREPOSITION 

(17)  There  is  a  class  of  small  words  such  as  of,  in,  with,  by,  from,  which 
are  used  with  nouns  or  pronouns.  The  combination  of  one  of  these  words 
and  the  noun  or  pronoun  which  is  used  with  it  serves  to  tell  something 
about  an  act  or  about  a  person  or  thing.  These  words  are  called  preposi- 
tions.  The  noun  or  pronoun  which  follows  a  preposition  is  called  its 
object,  or  the  preposition  is  said  to  govern  the  noun  or  pronoun  which 
follows  it.  In  the  sentence  /  live  in  the  city  the  word  city  is  the  object 
of  in. 


22  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  X 
FIRST  DECLENSION 

THE  CASE  FORMS  OF  ROSA 

59.  The  different  case  forms  of  the  noun  rosa  with  their 
meanings  are  as  f ollows : 

Singular  Number 

Nom.  rosa,  a  rose  (as  subject  or  predicate) 

Gen.  rosae,  of  a  rose,  rose's 

Dat.  rosae,  to  a  rose,  rose  (as  indirect  object) 

Acc.  rosam,  rose  (as  direct  object) 

Abl.  rosa,  (from,  with,  in,  on)  a  rose 

Plural   Number 

Nom.  rosae,  roses  (as  subject  or  predicate) 

Gen.  rosarum,  of  roses 

Dat.  rosls,  to  the  roses,  roses  (as  indirect  object) 

Acc.  rosas,  roses  (as  direct  object) 

Abl.  rosis,  (from,  with,  in,  on)  roses 

60.  The  following  sentences  illustrate  the  use  of  the  Latin 
cases : 

The  rose  (rosa)  is  beautiful. 

The  fragrance  of  the  rose  (rosae)  is  delightful. 

The  sunshine  has  given  color  to  the  rose  (rosae). 

The  girl  is  carrying  a  rose  (rosam). 

The  butterfly  is  on  the  rose  (in  rosa). 

The  roses  (rosae)  are  beautiful. 

The  fragrance  of  the  roses  (rosarum)  is  delightful. 

The  sun  has  given  color  to  the  roses  (rosis). 

The  girl  is  carrying  roses  (rosas). 

The  butterflies  are  on  the  roses  (in  rosis). 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  23 

THE  FIRST  DECLENSION 

61.  Nouns  which  form  their  cases  with  the  same  endings  as 
those  of  rosa  are  said  to  belong  to  the  first  declension.  All 
nouns  with  the  nominative  ending  in  -a  and  the  genitive  in 
-ae  are  of  the  first  declension. 

a.  In  the  vocabularies  hereafter  the  nominative  of 
new  nouns  of  the  first  declension  will  be  given,  with  the 
genitive  ending  printed  after  the  nominative  to  show 
that  the  noun  is  of  the  first  declension.  Thus  luna,  -ae 
indicates  that  luna  is  a  first  declension  noun. 

CASE  OF  NOUNS  IN  APPOSITION 

62.  A  noun  in  apposition  is  in  the  same  case  as  the  noun 
which  it  explains. 

Fflia  tua  Cornelia  in  via  stat,  your  daughter  Cornelia  is 
standing  in  the  street. 

READING  EXERCISE 

63.  1.  Casa  nostra  magnas  fenestras  habet.  Fenestrae 
sunt  apertae.  Ex  fenestrls  vias  videmus.  Flliae  agricolae  in 
vils  ambulant. 

2.  Mater  tua  puellas  expectat.  Puellae  ex  schola  prope- 
rant.  Soror  tua  cum  puellls  est.  Puellae  laetae  sunt.  Mater 
tua  nunc  puellas  videt. 

3.  Schola  nostra  est  magna.     Scholam  nostram  laudamus. 

APPOSITION 

(18)  Sometimes  two  nouns,  or  a  pronoun  and  a  noun,  denoting  the 
same  person  or  thing  are  put  side  by  side,  without  a  verb  being  used  to 
connect  them.  The  second  is  used  to  explain  the  first  by  making  known 
some  fact  or  by  telling  more  definitely  who  or  what  is  meant.  Thus,  A 
boy,  a  friend  of  my  brother,  is  visiting  at  my  home.  The  word  friend 
denotes  the  same  person  as  boy,  and  serves  to  make  known  a  fact 
regarding  the  boy.  A  noun  used  in  this  way  is  called  an  appositive,  and 
is  said  to  be  in  apposition  with  the  word  which  it  explains.  In  the  sen- 
tence  above,  friend  is  in  apposition  with  boy. 


24  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

In  schola  nostra  linguam  Latinam  discimus.     Fama  scholae 
nostrae  bona  est. 

4.  Scholae  Americae  sunt  multae  et  bonae.  In  multls 
terris  Europae  quoque  sunt  scholae  bonae.  Sed  Hispania  non 
habet  multas  scholas.  Incolae  Europae  scholas  Americae 
saepe  laudant. 

64.  VOCABULARY 

aperta,  open  lingua,  language 

discimus,  we  learn  nostra,  our 

expectat,  awaits,  waits  for  properant,  (they)  hasten,  hurry 

fama,  reputation  schola,  school 

Latina,  Latin  •  videmus,  we  see 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

65.  1.  Viam  ex  apert —  fenestr —  (the  open  windows)  video. 
2.  Soror  mea  ex  schol —  properat.  3.  Soror  tua  non  est  cum 
parv —  puell —  (the  little  girl).  4.  Sunt  mult —  schol —  in 
Americ — .  5.  Cornelia  flliam  poet —  expectat.  6.  Agricola 
Corneli —  expectat. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

66.  1.  What  is  an  aperturef  2.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the 
original  meaning  of  disciple.  3.  What  is  meant  by  a  bilin- 
gual  country?     4.  What  is  an  expectant  attitude? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  out  in  full  the  declension  of  the  nouns  lingua  and  schola. 
2.  Write  out  the  declension  of  the  phrase  casa  mea.  3.  Name  the  three 
prepositions  which  have  been  used  witb  the  ablative  in  the  lessons  thus 
far.  4.  Write  an  English  sentence  containing  a  phrase  with  to  which  is 
equivalent  to  an  indirect  object. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


25 


26 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


67. 


FIRST  REVIEW  LESSON 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  I-X 


agncola 

tibi 

amant 

amicus 

ambulant 

casa 

ambulo 

dant 

donum 

amo 

laudant 

epistula 

do 

properant 

fabula 

laudo 

sunt 

fama 

video 

vident 

fenestra 

filia 

amas 

bene 

incola 

amat 

cur 

lingua 

dat 

mater 

expectat 

ibi 

nauta 

monstrat 

interdum 

narrat 

peciinia 

nunc 

pictura 

habet 

quoque 

poeta 

cupit 

saepe 

puella 

legit 

rosa 

ostendit 

cum 

schola 

scribit 

e,  ex 

silva 

est 

in 

soror 

amamus 

et 

via 

laudamus 

vlta 

videmus 

sed 

mihi 

discimus 

WORD  STUDY 

68.  We  have  seen  (page  3)  that  many  English  words,  such 
as  terminus,  stimulus,  veto,  animal,  census,  were  originally  Latin 
words,  and  have  been  taken  into  English  without  change  of 
spelling.  Others,  such  as  humble,  count,  blame,  sure,  are 
greatly  changed  from  their  original  Latin  form,  because  they 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


27 


have  not  come  directly  from  Latin,  but  were  developed  in 
French  from  Latin,  with  changed  pronunciation  and  spelling, 
and  were  taken  from  French  into  English.  Sometimes  the 
meaning  as  well  as  the  form  of  these  words  has  changed,  but 
usually  we  can  recognize  the  original  meaning. 

69.  We  often  find  a  group  of  Latin  words  which  are  related 
in  derivation  and  meaning.  Thus  amo,  amor,  amicus,  amicitia, 
amabilis,  inimicus,  inimicitia  have  a  common  element.  We 
shall  see  later  something  of  how  Latin  words  are  formed.  We 
sometimes  say  that  an  English  word  is  related  in  derivation  to 
a  certain  Latin  word,  although  it  does  not  come  directly  from 
that  word,  but  from  another  word  which  is  derived  from  the 
Latin  word  given.  Thus,  we  may  say  the  word  amiable  is 
related  in  derivation  to  the  Latin  amo,  although  it  comes 
more  directly  from  amabilis,  which  in  turn  is  from  amo.  Some 
of  the  Latin  words  from  which  our  English  words  are  directly 
derived  were  not  often  used  by  good  Latin  writers,  and  there- 
fore  the  derivation  of  the  English  word  is  more  easily  explained 
by  a  related  Latin  word  of  common  use. 

70.  There  are  certain  changes  of  spelling  which  we  find  in 
the  development  of  English  words  from  Latin.  Thus,  Latin 
words  ending  in  -tia  often  give  English  words  in  -ce  (occasionally 
-cy).  For  example,  temperance  is  from  temperantia,  patience 
f rom  patientia,  clemency  from  clementia.  Other  changes  will  be 
explained  later. 

EXERCISE 

Select  twelve  nouns  from  the  Review  Vocabulary  on  page  26,  from 
which  you  can  find  English  derivatives.  Give  the  meaning  of  these  deriva- 
tives. 


ROMAN   SEAL   RINGS 


28  FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 

LESSON  XI 
CONJUGATION  OF  SUM 

THE  FORMS  OF  SUM 

71.  The  forms  of  the  Latin  verb  sum  meaning  I  am  are  as 
follows  when  referring  to  present  time: 

Ist  person     sum,  I  am  sumus,  we  are 

2d  person       es,  you  (singular)  are      estis,  you  (plural)  are 

3d  person       est,  (he,  she,  it)  is  sunt,  (ihey)  are 

a.  In  English  you  may  denote  one  person  or  more  than 
one.  We  say  You  are  my  friend  when  speaking  to  one 
person,  and  You  are  my  friends  when  speaking  to  two  or 
more  persons.  Latin,  however,  has  different  forms  for 
the  singular  and  plural  of  this  pronoun.  The  verb  forms 
used  to  denote  an  act  of  the  persons  or  person  spoken  to 
also  differ  according  as  the  subject  is  singular  or  plural. 
In  Latin  the  word  used  for  are  in  translating  You  are 
my  friend  would  be  different  from  that  used  for  are  in 
translating  You  are  my  friends,  because  thesubject,  you, 
denotes  one  person  in  the  first  sentence  and  more  than 
one  in  the  second. 

READING  EXERCISE 

72.  1.  Incola  Britanniae  sum.  Soror  mea  incola  Hiberniae 
est.  Sed  patria  nostra  est  America,  et  amicl  patriae  nostrae 
sumus. 

PERSON  AND  NUMBER  OF  VERBS 

(19)  In  some  tenses  a  verb  has  a  different  form  when  its  subject  is  in 
the  first  person  from  what  it  would  have  if  the  subject  were  in  the  third 
person.  Thus  we  say  /  walk,  but  he  walks.  The  third  person  plural  also 
differs  from  the  third  person  singular.  Thus,  he  walks,  they  walk.  A  verb 
is  said  to  be  in  the  same  person  and  number  as  its  subject. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  29 

2.  Nunc  in  America  es,  sed  America  non  est  patria  tua. 
Ciir  non  amlcus  Americae  es?     Ctir  Americam  non  amas? 

3.  Nunc  in  Italia  estis.  In  Italia  sumus.  Italia  est  terra 
pulchra.  Sed  Italia  non  est  patria  nostra.  Italiam  saepe 
laudamus,  sed  Americam  amamus. 

4.  Ex  fenestra  mea  noctu.  stellas  specto.  Saepe  lunam 
quoque  specto.     Liina  nunc  obscura  est,  sed  stellae  clarae  sunt. 

5.  Ex  via  fenestram  tuam  videmus.  Fenestra  aperta  est. 
Soror  tua  ex  fenestra  puellas  in  via  spectat.  Cur  soror  tua  non 
in  via  cum  puellls  est? 

6.  Soror  mea  aegra  est.  Mater  mea  est  misera  quod  soror 
mea  est  aegra. 

73.  VOCABULARY 

aegra,  ill  noctu,  at  night 

amici,  friends  obscura,  dim 

clara,  bright,  clear;  famous  quod,  because 

luna,  -ae,  f.,  moon  specto,  I  watch,  look  at 

misera,  unhappy  stella,  -ae,  f.,  star 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

74.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin: 

1.  I  am  now  an  inhabitant  of  America. 

2.  The  poefs  daughters  are  in  Ireland. 

3.  You  are  in  a  beautiful  country. 

4.  We  are  in  the  cottage  with  the  sailor. 

5.  I  am  watching  (I  watch)  the  stars,  but  I  do  not  see  the 

moon. 

TRANSITIVE  AND  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS 

(20)  A  verb  which  takes  a  direct  object  is  called  a  transitive  verb.  In 
the  sentence  /  saw  the  fire,  the  verb  saw  is  transitive.  A  verb  which  does 
not  take  a  direct  object  is  called  an  intransitive  verb.  In  the  sentence  We 
walked  in  the  park,  the  verb  walked  is  intransitive. 


30  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

75.  1.  What  is  the  meaning  of  clarify?  What  part  of 
speech  is  it?  2.  What  is  a  lunar  eclipse?  3.  Find  two 
English  verbs  derived  from  specto  with  a  syllable  placed 
before  -spect-.    4.   What  is  a  constellationf 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Change  the  verbs  of  the  first  two  sentences  in  paragraph  3,  section 
72,  to  the  singular  number.  2.  Change  the  verb  of  the  second  sentence 
of  paragraph  5,  section  72,  to  the  plural  number,  making  such  other 
changes  as  are  necessary.    3.  Decline  together  magna  stella. 


LESSON  XII 
FIRST  CONJUGATION 

THE  VERB  PORTO 

76.  The  forms  of  porto,  I  carry,  when  referring  to  present 
time  and  representing  the  subject  as  doing  the  act  expressed 
by  the  verb  are  as  f ollows : 

Singular  Plural 

Ist  person     porto,  I  carry  portamus,  we  carry 

2d  person      portas,  you  carry  portatis,  you  carry 

3d  person      portat  he,  she,  it  carries  portant,  they  carry 

a.  The  forms  given  above  may  also  be  translated  I 
am  carrying,  you  are  carrying,  he  is  carrying,  etc.  Latin 
has  no  means  of  distinguishing  between  such  expressions 
as  I  carry  and  2"  am  carrying,  he  praises  and  he  is  praising, 
they  walk  and  they  are  walking. 

b.  To  conjugate  a  verb  means  to  give  its  different 
forms  in  regular  order,  as  above. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  31 

THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

77.  The  verb  porto  is  said  to  be  of  the  first  conjugation.  The 
infinitive  meaning  to  carry  is  portare.  All  verbs  which  have 
the  infinitive  ending  -are  are  of  the  first  conjugation  and  are 
conjugated  like  porto.  These  verbs  have  as  a  characteristic 
element  the  vowel  a,  which  becomes  short  before  the  endings 
-t  and  -nt. 

a.  The  verbs  amo,  laudo,  ambulo,  propero,  specto, 
laboro,  and  sto,  which  appear  in  this  or  the  preceding 
lessons,  are  of  the  first  conjugation.  In  the  vocabularies 
hereafter  the  infinitive  ending  -are  will  be  given  after 
the  first  form  of  a  new  verb  of  the  first  conjugation. 

b.  The  verb  do  is  of  the  first  conjugation,  but  it  is 
irregular  in  that  it  has  the  vowel  a  short  where  it  would 
be  long  in  porto  and  other  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation, 
except  in  a  very  few  forms.     The  infinitive  is  dare. 

PERSONAL  ENDINGS 

78.  With  a  verb  denoting  an  act  done  by  the  subject  the 
following  are  the  personal  endings  which  are  used  to  show 
person  and  number,  together  with  their  meanings. 

Singular  Plural 

-6,  I  -mus,  we 

-s,  you  (singular)  -tis,  you  (plural) 

-t,  he,  she,  it  -nt,  they 

READING  EXERCISE 

79.  1.  Schola  nostra  est  schola  bona.  Scholam  nostram 
laudamus  et  amamus. 

THE  INFINITIVE 

(21)  A  verb  form  preceded  by  to  is  often  used  to  refer  to  an  act  without 
saying  that  it  really  took  place.  The  expressions  to  walk,  to  have  heard, 
to  be  seen,  are  of  this  kind.  These  forms  of  the  verb  with  to  are  called 
infinitives. 


32  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

Scholam  laudatis,  sed  in  schola  non  bene  laboratis.  Soror 
mea  scholam  laudat  et  in  schola  bene  laborat.  Soror  mea  est 
puella  impigra. 

2.  Cur  hic  statis? 

Hic  stamus  quod  flliam  tuam  expectamus.     Ubi  fllia  tua  est? 
Filia  mea  nunc  in  schola  est. 

3.  Vesperl  saepe  in  vils  ambulo.  Amici  quoque  ibi  am- 
bulant.  Nautas  saepe  videmus  cum  in  viis  ambulamus. 
Nautae  quoque  in  viis  vesperl  ambulant. 

4.  Janua  est  aperta,  et  Corneliam  in  casa  video.  Cor- 
nelia  agricolam  expectat.  Agricola  epistulam  portat.  Agricola 
epistulam  Corneliae  dat. 


80.  VOCABULARY 

cum,  when  porto,  -are,  carry 

hic,  here  sto,  stare,  stand 

impigra,  energetic,  industrious  ubi,  where,  when 

janua,  -ae,  f.,  door  vesperi,  in  the  evening 
laboro,  -are,  work 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

81.  1.  Puellae  saepe  in  vils  vesperi  ambula — .  2.  Cur 
agricola  ex  silv —  propera — ?  3.  Epistulas  tuas  nunc  ex- 
pecta —  (subjed  "we").  4.  Ciir  mater  mea  mihi  donum  non 
da — ?  5.  Mater  tua  tibi  donum  non  da —  quod  non  bene 
labora —  (subject  "you"  singular). 


ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

82.  1.  What  do  you  suppose  was  originally  the  duty  of 
a  porterf  2.  What  connection  in  meaning  can  you  see  be- 
tween  sto  and  station?  3.  At  what  time  of  day  are  vesper 
services  held? 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  33 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

Give  English  meanings  f  or  the  f  ollowing : 

1 .  Ambulamus ;  properamus.  2.  Specto ;  spectat ;  spectamus.  3.  Laboras ; 
spectas.  4.  Amare;  stare;  spectare.  5.  Properant;  properas;  propero. 
6.  Laborat;  laboratis;  laborant.  7.  Sunt;  stant;  sum,  sto.  8.  Ambulatis; 
ambulat;  ambulare.    9.  Do;  dat;  dant. 


LESSON  XIII 


SECOND  DECLENSION 
DECLENSION  OF  TEMPLUM 

83.  The  different  case  forms  of  the  noun  templum,  a  temple, 
are  as  follows: 

Singular 

Nom.  templum,  d  temple  (as  subject) 

Gen.  templi,  of  a  temple 

Dat.  templo,  to  a  temple,  temple  (as  indirect  object) 

Acc.  templum,  a  temple  (as  direct  object) 

Abl.  templo,  (from,  with,  in)  a  temple 

Plural 

Nom.  templa,  temples  (as  subject) 

Gen.  templorum,  of  temples 

Dat.  templls,  to  temples,  temples  (as  indirect  object) 

Acc.  templa,  temples  (as  direct  object) 

Abl.  templis  (from,  with,  in)  temples 

a.   To  decline  a  noun  (or  adjective)  means  to  give  its 
different  case  forms  in  regular  order. 

the  second  declension 

84.  Nouns  with  the  genitive  singular  ending  in  -I  are  of 
the  second  declension.  The  second  declension  nouns  are  not 
all  alike  in  the  nominative.  Some  have  the  nominative  ending 
in  -um,  others  in  -us,  and  others  in  -er.  Those  ending  in  -um 
are  declined  like  templum. 


34  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

GENDER  IN  THE  FIRST  DECLENSION 

85.  Most  first  declension  nouns  are  feminine,  even  though 
we  should  expect  many  of  them  to  be  neuter  from  their  mean- 
ings.  Those  denoting  males,  however,  are  masculine.  Thus, 
agricola,  incola,  nauta,  and  poeta  are  masculine.  All  other 
nouns  of  this  declension  which  have  been  given  are  feminine. 

GENDER  OF  NOUNS  IN  -UM 

86.  All  nouns  ending  in  -um  in  the  nominative  singular 
are  of  the  neuter  gender. 

AGREEMENT  OF  ADJECTIVES  IN  GENDER 

87.  The  adjectives  which  have  been  given  with  the  ending 
-a  have  also  a  neuter  form  in  -um,  declined  like  templum. 

An  adjective  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender  as  well  as  in 
case  and  number.  Thus  we  say  parva  puella,  a  small  girl, 
but  parvum  templum,  a  small  temple. 

READING  EXERCISE 

88.  1.  Tectum  in  magno  oppido  habeo,  sed  oppidum  non 
amo.  Mater  mea  casam  in  silva  habet,  et  aestate  in  casa 
habito.     Soror  mea  quoque  in  casa  aestate  habitat. 

2.  Tectum  tuum  in  oppido  saepe  video.  Tectum  magnum 
est  sed  non  pulchrum.     Casa  in  silva  est  pulchra. 

GENDER 

(22)  We  use  the  pronoun  he  when  we  are  referring  to  a  man  or  boy  or 
a  male  animal,  the  pronoun  she  when  we  are  referring  to  a  woman  or  girl 
or  a  female  animal,  and  the  pronoun  it  when  we  are  referring  to  something 
without  sex.  Thus  when  we  are  speaking  of  a  boy  we  may  say  He  is  a 
stranger,  when  speaking  of  a  girl  we  may  say  She  is  not  at  home,  and  when 
speaking  of  a  book  we  say  It  is  mine.  This  distinction  in  pronouns  is 
called  gender. 

Such  words  as  he  are  in  the  masculine  gender,  such  words  as  she  are  in 
the  feminine  gender,  and  such  words  as  it  are  in  the  neuter  gender. 

Nouns  also  are  said  to  have  gender.  Thus,  brother  is  masculine,  sister 
is  feminine,  and  house  is  neuter. 

a.     A  word  like  friend  which  may  ref er  to  either  a  man  or  a  woman 
is  sometimes  said  to  be  in  the  common  gender. 


'  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  35 

3.  Poeta  magnum  tabernaculum  in  Insula  habet.  Ex  casa 
nostra  tabernaculum  poetae  videmus.  Poeta  est  arnicus  agri- 
colae.  Tectum  agricolae  quoque  in  Insula  est.  Agricolam 
et  poetam  saepe  videmus  cum  in  Insula  sumus. 

4.  Oppida  patriae  nostrae  laudas.  Soror  tua  oppida 
Italiae  saepe  laudat,  sed  in  oppidls  Italiae  non  diu  manet. 
Nunc  in  parvo  oppido  Hispaniae  est.  Multa  oppida  Hispaniae 
et  Italiae  sunt  pulchra. 

5.  Quid  (direct  objed)  mater  tua  tibi  dat?  Mater  mea  mihi 
praemium  dat,  quod  ex  via  propero.  Soror  mea  quoque 
praemium  habet,  quod  impigra  est. 

89.  VOCABULARY 

aestate,  in  summer  oppidum,  -I,  n.,  town 

diu,  long,  for  a  long  time  praemium,  -I,  n.,  reward 

habeo,  I  have  quid,  what? 

habito,  -are,  live  tabernaculum,  -I,  n.,  tent 

manet,  remains  tectum,  -I,  n.,  house 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

90.  1.  Magn —  oppid —  (towri)  non  laudas.  2.  Oppid — 
(the  towns)  Italiae  saepe  laudamus.  3.  Tabernacul —  (a  tent) 
in  silva  video.  4.  Cornelia  mihi  magn —  praemi —  (reward) 
dat.     5.   Soror  mea  in  oppid —  (the  towri)  aestate  non  manet. 

ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

91.  1.  What  is  a  habitation?  2.  What  was  the  original 
meaning  of  tabernaclet     3.   What  is  a  premium? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  parvum  oppidum.  2.  Decline  together  ddnum 
meum.  3.  Name  the  case  of  each  noun  in  the  sentences  of  paragraph  3, 
section  88. 


36  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XIV 

SECOND  DECLENSION  (Continued) 
DECLENSION  OF  AMWUS 

92.  The  noun  amlcus  is  of  the  second  declension,  and  is 
declined  as  follows: 

Singular 
Nom.     amlcus,  afriend  (as  subject) 
Gen.      amlcl,  of  a  friend 

Dat.      amlco,  to  afriend,  afriend  (as  indirect  object) 
Acc.       amicum,  afriend  (as  direct  object) 
Abl.       amlco  (from,  with,  in)  a  friend 

Plural 
Nom.     amicl,  friends  (as  subject) 
Gen.      amlcorum,  of  friends 

Dat.      amicis,  to  friends,  friends  (as  indirect  object) 
Acc.       amlcos,  friends  (as  direct  object) 
Abl.      amlcls  (from,  with,  in)  friends 

a.   Nouns  of  the  second  declension  ending  in  -us  are 
chiefly  masculine. 

ADJECTIVES  IN  -US 

93.  Such  adjectives  as  bona  and  magna  have  a  masculine 
form  ending  in  -us  in  the  nominative,  with  the  other  case 
endings  like  those  of  the  noun  amicus. 

READING  EXERCISE:    FlLIUS  ET  FILIA  AGRICOLAE 

94.  1.  Agricola  fllium  et  filiam  habet.  Filius  agricolae 
doml  manet,  sed  fllia  in  schola  hieme  est,  et  tum  in  oppido 
cum  amlco  benigno  agricolae  habitat.  Agricola  oppidum  non 
amat,  et  flliam  hieme  non  saepe  videt.  Aestate  puella  domi 
manet.  Agricola  equos  habet,  et  flliae  equum  bonum  dat. 
Filia  equos  non  timet,  et  laeta  est  quod  equum  bonum  habet. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  37 

Mater  puellae  laeta  est  cum  filia  doml  est.     Fllius  agricolae 
nullos  amlcos  in  oppido  habet. 

2.  Tectum  amlci  agricolae  in  nostro  oppido  est.  Ex 
fenestra  mea  tectum  amlcl  agricolae  video.  Ibi  fllia  agricolae 
hieme  habitat.  Amlcus  agricolae  parvum  fllium  habet,  sed 
nullas  fllias  habet. 

95.  VOCABULARY 

domi,  at  home  nullus,  no,  none 

equus,  -I,  m.,  horse  timet,  fears 

fflius,1  -I,  m.,  son  tum,  then 

hieme,  in  winter  videt,  sees 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

96.  1.  Amlcus  meus  equ —  (horse)  bon —  habet.  2.  Flli — 
(the  son)  nautae  poeta  est.  3.  Fili —  (the  son)  nautae  epistu- 
lam  do.  4.  CorneUa  flli —  (a  daughter)  habet,  sed  niill — 
flli —  (sons)  habet.     5.   Casa  amlc —  poetae  in  oppid —  est. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

97.  1.  What  is  an  equestrian  statue?  2.  From  a  con- 
sideration  of  fflius  and  filia,  what  do  you  think  is  meant  by 
filial  respect?     3.   What  is  the  meaning  of  nullify? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  nominative  singular  and  plural  of  all  the  first  and  second 
declension  nouns  in  paragraph  1,  section  94.  2.  Give  the  accusative 
singular  and  plural  of  all  the  first  and  second  declension  nouns  in  para- 
graph  2,  section  94.     3.  Decline  equus. 

1  The  genitive  of  this  word  is  oommonly  fili  (contracted  from  fflii).    The  uncontraeted 
form,  however,  is  used  in  the  exercises  of  this  book. 


38 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


39 


LESSON  XV 
SECOND  DECLENSION  (Continued) 

DECLENSION  OF  PUER  AND  AGER 

98.     The  nouns  puer,  boy,  and  ager,  field,  of  the  second 
declension,  are  declined  as  follows: 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

puer 

pueri 

ager 

agrl 

Gen. 

pueii 

puerorum 

agrl 

agrorum 

Dat. 

puero 

puerls 

agro 

agris 

Acc. 

puerum 

pueros 

agrum 

agros 

Abl. 

puero 

pueris 

agro 

agrls 

TWO  CLASSES  OF  NOUNS  IN  -ER 

99.  The  two  classes  of  second  declension  nouns  represented 
by  puer  and  ager  differ  only  in  the  fact  that  nouns  like  puer 
keep  the  e  before  r  in  all  the  cases,  while  in  ager  and  similar 
nouns  e  appears  before  r  only  in  the  nominative  singular. 
When  a  new  word  appears  in  the  vocabulary  the  genitive,  or 
a  part  of  it,  is  printed  after  the  nominative  to  show  whether 
it  is  declined  like  puer  or  ager. 

READING  EXERCISE:  COLLOQUIUM  (A  Didlogue) 

100.  1.    Quid  facit  puer? 

Puer  librum  legit. 

2.  Quis  est  puer? 

Puer  est  fllius  poetae. 

3.  Quid  discit  puer  in  schola? 

Puer  in  schola  linguam  Latlnam  discit. 

4.  Quid  facit  puer  cum  in  schola  non  est? 
Puer  laborat  in  agrls  cum  in  schola  non  est. 

5.  Quid  facit  puella? 
Puella  epistulam  scrlbit. 

6.  Cur  puellam  non  laudas? 


40  FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 

Puellam  non  laudo  quod  non  est  impigra. 

7.  Quid  portat  soror  tua? 
Soror  mea  lllia  portat. 

8.  Ciir  Sextus  non  habet  pecuniam? 

Sextus  non  habet  pecuniam  quod  non  laborat. 

9.  Quid  femina  puero  dat? 
Femina  puero  librum  dat. 

10.   Quid  puella  in  agro  agricolae  videt? 
Puella  in  agro  agricolae  equum  videt. 

101.  VOCABULARY 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field  lllium,  -I,  n.,  Uly 

discit,  learns  puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy 

facit,  does,  makes  quis,  who? 

femina,  -ae,  f.,  woman  Sextus,    -I,    m.,    Sextus    (the 

liber,  libri,  m.,  book  name  of  a  man  or  boy) 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

102.  1.  Puer  libr —  (a  book)  legit.  2.  Sextus  in  agr — 
(the  field)  cum  agricol —  (the  farmer)  laborat.  3.  Cur  puer — 
(the  boys)  non  laudas?  4.  Puer —  (the  boys)  non  laudo  quod 
non  labor —  (subject  "they").  5.  Puer —  (the  boys)  praemium 
non  do. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

103.  1.  What  grammatical  term  is  connected  in  derivation 
with  femina?  2.  Find  two  nouns  derived  from  liber.  3.  The 
plural  form  pueri  sometimes  means  "children."  What  is  a 
puerile  objection? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  liber.  2.  Make  the  direct  objects  plural  in  the  answers  to 
questions  1,  5,  and  10  of  section  100.  3.  Make  the  direct  and  indirect 
objects  plural  in  the  answer  to  9. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


41 


LESSON  XVI 

SECOND  DECLENSION 

:  (Continued) 

104. 

SUMMARY  OF  SECOND  DECLENSION  NOUNS 

Singular 

Nom. 

templum 

amlcus 

ager 

puer 

Gen. 

templi 

amlcl 

agrl 

puerl 

Dat. 

templo 

amlco 

agro 

puero 

Acc. 

templum 

amicum 

agrum 

puerum 

Abl. 

templo 

amlco 

Plural 

agro 

puero 

Nom. 

templa 

amicl 

agrl 

puerl 

Gen. 

templorum 

amlcorum 

agrorum 

puerorum 

Dat. 

templis 

amlcls 

agrls 

puerls 

Acc. 

templa 

amlcos 

agros 

pueros 

Abl. 

templis 

amlcls 

agrls 

puerls 

a.  The  noun  vir  (genitive  viri)  also  belongs  to*this 
declension.  The  endings  of  the  genitive,  dative,  ac- 
cusative,  etc,  are  added  to  the  nominative  as  in  puer. 


THE  VOCATIVE 

105.  In  addition  to  the  cases  which  have  been  given,  there 
is  another  case  called  the  vocative,  which  is  used  to  denote  the 
person  addressed.  Thus,  in  the  sentences  "John,  come  here," 
and  "Boy,  what  street  is  this?"  the  words  John  and  boy  are  in 
the  vocative  case. 

The  vocative  has  the  same  form  as  the  nominative  in  all 
Latin  nouns  except  those  of  the  second  declension  ending  in 
-us.  The  vocative  singular  of  these  nouns  ends  in  -e.  Thus, 
the  vocative  singular  of  amicus  is  amice,  the  vocative  of 
Marcus  is  Marce.  The  vocative  plural  is  always  the  same 
as  the  nominative  plural. 


42  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

SUMMARY  OF  IMPORTANT  FACTS  REGARDING  THE 
SECOND  DECLENSION 

106.  (1)    The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -I. 

(2)  Nouns  ending  in  -us  and  -er  are  chiefly  masculine. 

(3)  Nouns  ending  in  -um  are  neuter. 

(4)  The  nominative  plural  of  masculine  nouns  ends  in  -I. 

(5)  The  nominative  and  accusative  plural  of  all  neuter 
nouns  (in  all  declensions)  end  in  -a. 

READING  EXERCISE 

107.  1.  Marcus,  amlcus  meus,  agricola  est,  et  multos  equos 
habet.  Marcus  equls  hieme  multum  frumentum  dat.  Equl 
magnl  et  validl  sunt.  Aestate  equi  interdum  in  agrls  sunt,  et 
tum  frumentum  non  edunt.  Sed  frumentum  equls  damus 
cum  laborant. 

2.  Puerum  in  agro  cum  agricola  videmus.  Puer  fllius 
agricolae  est.  Agricola  flliam  quoque  habet.  Fllia  hodie  in 
horto  laborat.  Sed  fllia  non  est  sola  in  horto.  Mater  puellae 
quoque  in  horto  est. 

3.  Cur,  Sexte,  solus  in  via  ambulas? 

Solus  in  via  ambulo  quod  amlcl  mel  hodie  in  agrls  laborant. 
Cur  in  agrls  cum  amlcls  tuls  non  laboras? 
In  agrls  non  laboro  quod  non  validus  sum. 

108.  VOCABULARY 
edunt,  they  eat  multi,  many 
frumentum,  -I,  n.,  grain  solus,  alone 
hodie,  today                               validus,  strong,  well 
hortus,  -I,  m.,  garden 

Marcus,  -I,  m.,  Marcus  (the 
name  of  a  man  or  boy) 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

109.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin: 
1.   The  boy  is  the  son  of  my  friend. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  43 

2.  I  often  praise  the  boy,  but  I  do  not  praise  the 
boy's  friend. 

3.  We  see  the  farmer's  fields  from  the  window  of  the 
cottage. 

4.  The  boys  are  now  in  the  garden  with  your  daughter. 

5.  My  friend's  horse  stands  in  the  street. 

ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

110.  1.  What  is  horticulturef  2.  Give  two  English  words 
connected  in  derivation  with  solus.  3.  What  is  a  valid 
reason?  4.  What  connection  in  meaning  do  you  see  between 
validus  and  invalidt     5.   What  are  edible  berries? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Make  a  list  of  the  neuter  nouns  in  this  lesson  and  the  three  preceding 
lessons,  and  give  the  nominative  plural  of  each.  2.  Give  the  nominative 
plural  of  the  masculine  nouns  in  this  lesson  and  the  two  preceding  lessons. 
3.  Decline  hortus  tuus. 


LESSON  XVII 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
111,  DECLENSION  OF  BONUS  IN  ALL  GENDERS 

The  adjective  bonus  is  declined  as  follows: 

Singular 

Masculine  Feminine  Neuter 

Nom.  bonus  bona  bonum 

Gen.   boni  bonae  bonl 

Dat.   bono  bonae  bono 

Acc.   bonum         bonam  bonum 

Abl.   bono  bona  bono 


44  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Plural 


Nom. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonls 

bonis 

Acc. 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonls 

bonls 

a.  The  following  adjectives,  which  have  previously 
been  given  in  the  f eminine,  are  declined  like  bonus : 

magnus,  parvus,  longus,  multus,  periculosus,  benig- 
nus,  carus,  gratus,  laetus,  Latinus,  clarus,  obscurus, 
validus.1 

ADJECTIVES    WITH    MASCXJLINE    NOUNS    OF   THE   FIRST   DECLENSION 

112.  An  adjective  must  agree  with  its  noun  in  gender,  but 
its  endings  are  not  necessarily  the  same  as  those  of  the  noun. 
Since  agricola,  nauta,  and  poeta  are  masculine,  any  adjective 
modifying  one  of  them  will  be  masculine. 

The  words  for  a  good  sailor  are  declined  as  follows: 


Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

nauta  bonus 

nautae  bonl 

Gen. 

nautae  bonl 

nautarum  bonorum 

Dat. 

nautae  bono 

nautls  bonls 

Acc. 

nautam  bonum 

nautas  bonos 

Abl. 

nauta  bono 

nautls  bonls 

SUBSTANTIVE  USE  OF  ADJECTIVES 

113.  The  masculine  form  of  some  adjectives  may  be  used 
in  the  plural  without  a  noun  to  denote  persons.  Thus,  multi 
means  many  (persons),  boni  means  the  good  (persons).  In 
descriptions  of  war  or  military  operations  of  any  kind  nostri 
means  our  men  or  our  soldiers. 

The  neuter  form  of  some  adjectives  may  be  used  in  the 
plural  to  refer  to  things.     Thus,  multa  means  many  things. 

1  The  adjectives  sdlus  and  nullus  are  like  bonus  except  in  the  genitive  and  dative 
singular. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  45 

READING  EXERCISE 

114.  1.  Sextus  bonus  agricola  est,  et  multum  frumentum 
habet.  Magnum  tectum  et  parvum  hortum  habet.  In  horto 
cum  filia  et  filio  nunc  stat.  Vesperl  saepe  in  vils  cum  amlcis 
ambulat.     Multl  Sextum  amant  quod  benignus  est. 

2.  Filius  Sextl  in  magno  bello  pugnat,  et  gladium  et  scutum 
habet.     Publius  quoque,  amlcus  Sextl,  in  bello  pugnat. 

3.  Libros  multorum  poetarum  laudo,  sed  libros  tuos  non 
laudo.     Poeta  bonus  non  es.     Fama  tua  non  magna  est. 

4.  Nauta  solus  in  via  stat.  Amlcum  expectat.  Sed 
amlcus  in  tecto  tuo  manet.     Nautam  non  videt. 

5.  Nunc  amicus  ex  tecto  properat.  Nauta  laetus  est  quod 
amlcum  videt.  Nauta  et  amlcus  non  diu  in  via  ambulant, 
quod  amlcus  defessus  est. 

6.  Cur,  amlce,  ex  tecto  properas?  Ex  tecto  propero  quod 
nautam  in  via  video. 

7.  Amlcus  tuus  sum,  sed  consilium  tuum  non  laudo.  Non 
est  consilium  bonum.     Publius  habet  consilium  bonum. 

115.  VOCABULARY 

bellum,  -l,  n.,  war  Publius,  -I,  m.,  Publius  (name 

consilium,  -I,  n.,  plan  of  a  man  or  boy) 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired,  weary  pugnat,  fights 

gladius,  -I,  m.,  sword  scutum,  -I,  n.,  shield 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

116.  1.  Sextus  magn —  equ —  (horses)  habet.  2.  Tectum 
me —  est  magn — ,  casa  tu —  est  parv — .  3.  Amlcos  benign — 
habeo.  4.  Puerl  in  silva  sunt  sol — .  5.  Nauta  est  valid — , 
sed  filius  naut —  non  est  valid — . 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

117.  1.  What  is  a  belligerent  attitude?  2.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  the  expression  "ante  bellum  days"  (referring  to  the 


46 


FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 


American  Civil  War)?  3.  What  was  the  original  meaning  of 
gladiatorf  4.  Find  the  meaning  of  the  name  of  the  flower, 
gladiolus. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Rewrite  the  first  sentences  in  paragraphs  4  and  5  of  section  114,  chang- 
ing  the  subjects  to  the  plural.  2.  Decline  meus  and  tuus  in  all  genders 
and  both  numbers. 


LESSON  XVIII 


AD  JECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
(Continued) 

ADJECTIVES  WITH  THE  MASCULINE  IN  -ER 

118.  There  are  certain  adjectives  which  end  in  -er  instead 
of  -us  in  the  nominative  singular  of  the  masculine.  These 
are  of  two  classes,  with  the  same  difference  which  has  been 
seen  in  nouns  ending  in  -er. 


Singular 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

Gen. 

miserl 

miserae 

miseri 

Dat. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Acc. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

Abl. 

misero 

misera 
Plural 

misero 

Nom. 

miserl 

miserae 

misera 

Gen. 

miserorum 

miserarum 

miserorum 

Dat. 

miserls 

miserls 

miserls 

Acc. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Abl. 

miserls 

miserls 

miseris 

FIRST 

LATIN  LESSONS 

Singular 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Gen. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchri 

Dat. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Acc. 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchrum 

Abl. 

pulchro 

pulchra 
Plural 

pulchro 

Nom. 

pulchrl 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen. 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

Dat. 

pulchrls 

pulchrls 

pulchrls 

Acc. 

pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Abl. 

pulchrls 

pulchrls 

pulchrls 

47 


REVIEW  LIST  OF  ADJECTIVES 


119.  The  following  adjectives  have  previously  been  seen 
in  the  feminine  form.  The  nominative  in  all  three  genders  is 
here  given. 


apertus,  -a,  -um 
benignus,  -a,  -um 
bonus,  -a,  -um 
carus,  -a,  -um 
clarus,  -a,  -um 
gratus,  -a,  -um 
laetus,  -a,  -um 
Latlnus,  -a,  -um 
magnus,  -a,  -um 
meus,  -a,  -um 


multus,  -a,  -um 
obscurus,  -a,  -um 
parvus,  -a,  -um 
perlculosus,  -a,  -um 
tuus,  -a,  -um 
aeger,  -gra,  -grum 
impiger,  -gra,  -grum 
miser,  -a,  -um 
noster,  -tra,  -trum 
pulcher,  -chra,  chrum 


a.  The  adjectives  aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  ill,  sick, 
impiger,  -gra,  -grum,  energetic,  noster,  nostra,  nostrum, 
our,  and  vester,  vestra,  vestrum,  your,  are  declined 
like  pulcher. 


48  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES 

120.  As  has  been  said  before,  the  words  for  my  (mine), 
your  (yours),  our  (ours),  are  adjectives  in  Latin,  and  hence 
they  must  agree  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  nouns 
denoting  the  thing  possessed.  The  word  for  your,  yours, 
when  denoting  possession  by  more  than  one  person,  is  vester, 
-tra,  -trum.     It  will  appear  later  in  the  reading  exercises. 

READING  EXERCISE 

121.  1.  Amicus  meus  multos  libros  habet.  Libros  amat. 
Fllius  amicl  mei  libros  non  amat.  Sed  puer  bonus  est,  et 
bene  laborat.  Validus  et  impiger  est.  Equos  bonos  amat  et 
laetus  est  cum  in  agrls  laborat. 

2.  Mater  tua  parvum  hortum  habet.  In  horto  sunt  rosae 
et  lllia.  Mater  tua  mihi  saepe  rosas  dat.  Soror  mea  lllia  et 
rosas  amat,  et  in  horto  cum  filia  amlci  mel  interdum  ambulat. 
Ex  fenestra  tecti  nostrl  hortum  videmus. 

3.  Hortus  Marcl  est  pulcher,  et  ibi  cum  Marco  saepe  ambulo. 
Marcus  est  amlcus  meus.  Sed  hodie  in  horto  solus  ambulo 
quod  Marcus  est  aeger.  Miser  sum  quod  amlcus  meus  est 
aeger. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

122.  1.  Sextus  equos  me —  laudat.  2.  Bellum  long — 
expectamus.  3.  Fllia  tu —  est  puella  bon — .  4.  Insula  est 
parv —  sed  pulchr — .     5.   Nautae  sunt  valid — . 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  the  words  for  an  unhappy  friend.  2.  Decline  to- 
gether  the  words  for  a  beautiful  garden.  3.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  follow- 
ing  phrases  as  subjects  and  as  direct  objects:  an  unhappy  sailor,  a  sick 
friend,  a  strong  boy.  4.  Decline  impiger,  energetic,  using  pulcher  as  a 
model. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  49 

LESSON  XIX 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  PRESENT  INDICATIVE 
THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  PORTO 

123.  The  verb  porto  is  conjugated  as  follows  in  the  present 
indicative  passive. 

Singular  Plural 

portor,  I  am  carried  portamur,  we  are  carried 

portaris,1  you  are  carried  portamini,  you  are  carried 

portatur,  he,  she,  it  is  carried  portantur,  they  are  carried 

a.  These  forms  may  also  be  translated:   I  am  being 
carried,  you  are  being  carried,  he  is  being  carried,  etc. 

b.  A  verb  which  represents  an  action  or  state  as  a 
fact  is  said  to  be  in  the  indicative  mood. 

PERSONAL  ENDINGS 

124.  The  personal  endings  used  in  the  passive  are  as  follows: 

Singular  Plural 

-or  (-r),  I  -mur,  we 

-ris,  you  -mini,  you 

-tur,  he,  she,  it  -ntur,  they 

a.   The  characteristic  vowel  -a-  becomes  short  before 
-ntur,  and  it  disappears  before  -or. 

VOICE 

(23)  The  two  sentences  The  boy  helps  his  friend  and  The  boy  is  helped 
by  his  friend  both  have  the  word  boy  as  subject,  since  in  each  sentence  we 
say  something  about  the  boy.  But  in  the  first  sentence  the  subject  does 
the  act,  while  in  the  second  the  act  is  done  by  someone  else.  A  verb  which 
denotes  an  act  done  by  the  subject  is  said  to  be  in  the  active  voice,  and  a 
verb  which  denotes  an  act  which  is  done  to  the  subject  by  some  other 
person  or  thing  is  said  to  be  in  the  passive  voice. 

1  There  is  also  a  form  of  the  second  person  singular  ending  in  -re.  It  is  not  used  in 
the  exercises  of  this  book. 


50  FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 

READING  EXERCISE 

125.  1.  Publius  est  vir  bonus,  et  ab  amlcls  amatur  et 
laudatur.  Fllium  habet,  sed  filius  non  laudatur,  quod  impiger 
non  est  et  male  laborat.  Publius  est  miser  quod  fllius  non  est 
impiger. 

2.  In  tecto  tuo  galeam  et  scutum  video.  Gladium  quoque 
video.  Tua  arma  sunt  Romana.  Nunc  galeas  et  gladios 
in  bello  videmus,  sed  scuta  non  videmus. 

3.  Oppidum  nostrum  vias  latas  habet.  In  vils  multos 
pueros  et  puellas  videmus.    Puerl  et  puellae  ex  schola  prope- 

rant. 

4.  Cur   nullos   libros   hodie   portas?     Librl   mel   hodie   ab" 

amlco  meo  portantur.     Saepe  libros  amlcl  mel  porto. 

5.  Ex  oppido  nostro  castra  videmus.  Castra  magna  sunt. 
Amlcus  meus  nunc  in  castrls  est. 

126.  VOCABULARY 

a,  ab,  preposition  wiih  ablative,  galea,  -ae,  f.,  helmet 

by,  from  latus,  -a,  -um,  wide,  broad 

arma,  -orum,  n.  pl.,  weapons,  male,  badly 

arms  Romanus,  -a,  -um,  Roman 

castra,  -orum,  n.  pl,  camp  vir,  viri,  m.,  man 

a.  The  word  castra  is  used  in  the  plural  number  with 
singular  meaning.  When  it  is  the  subject  of  a  verb  the 
verb  must  be  plural,  although  translated  by  an  English 
verb  in  the  singular.  When  more  than  one  camp  is 
meant  the  same  form  is  used  as  for  one,  but  the  rest 
of  the  sentence  will  make  clear  the  fact  that  the 
meaning  is  plural.  An  adjective  modifying  castra  must 
be  plural. 

b.  In  a  sentence  with  a  passive  verb  a  or  ab  com- 
monly  means  by.  Sometimes,  however,  this  preposition 
is  translated  from.  The  distinction  between  e  or  ex 
and  a  or  ab  meaning  from  is  that  e  or  ex  is  used  to  de- 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  51 

note  place  from  within  which,  while  a  or  ab  means  from 
near,  or  does  not  indicate  that  the  starting  point  is 
within  the  place  named.  Thus,  They  set  out  from  the 
town  means  that  they  were  in  the  town  when  they 
started,  and  therefore  e  or  ex  will  be  used.  In  the 
sentence  We  walked  from  the  river  to  the  hill,  from  means 
from  near  or  from  the  side  of,  and  hence  a  or  ab  will  be 
used. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

127.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  The 
small  boy  reads  many  books.  2.  Marcus  is  unhappy  today. 
3.  The  field  is  large,  but  the  garden  is  small.  4.  Your  horse 
is  beautiful,  but  he  is  not  strong.  5.  There  are  many  roses 
in  my  garden. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

128.  1.  Find  some  English  words  in  which  the  first  syllable 
appears  to  come  from  a  or  ab.  Look  up  the  derivation  of 
these  words  in  the  dictionary.  2.  What  is  an  armoryf 
3.  What  sort  of  person  is  a  malefactorf  4.  What  are  virile 
qualities? 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following:  1.  Laudatur,  laudantur,  laudamur. 
2.  Amamus,  amamur,  amas,  amaris.  3.  Portat,  portant,  portatur,  por- 
tantur.    4.  Specto,  spector,  spectare,  properare. 


ROMAN   COINS 


52 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


SECOND  REVIEW  LESSON 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  XI-XTX 


129. 

ager,  agri 
arma,  -orum 
bellum,  -I 
castra,  -orum 
consilium,  -I 
equus,  -I 
femina,  -ae 
fllius,  -I 
frumentum,  -I 
galea,  -ae 
gladius,  -I 
hortus,  -I 
janua,  -ae 
liber,  libri 
lilium,  -I 
luna,  -ae 
oppidum,  -I 
praemium,  -I 
puer,  pueri 
sciitum,  -I 
stella,  -ae 
tabernaculum, 
tectum,  -I 


WORD   STUDY:  LATIN  AE,   OE,  AND   ENGLISH  E 

130.  In  section  70  we  saw  certain  changes  in  the  spelting 
of  some  English  words  from  Latin.  Another  change,  which  is 
to  be  found  in  a  rather  large  number  of  words,  is  illustrated 
by  the  word  premium,  from  Latin  praemium.  The  diph- 
thong  ae  of  the  Latin  word  is  represented  by  the  leiter  e  in 
the  English  derivative.  In  like  manner  equal  is  from  Latin 
aequalis,  which  has  about  the  same  meaning  as  equal,  and 


vir,  viri 

porto,  -are 

aestate 
domi 

specto,  -are 
sto,  stare 

hieme 

1TQC"r\OT»l 

discit 

vespen 

facit 

aeger 

manet 

clarus 

timet 

defessus 

videt 

latus 

edunt 

miser 
multus 

diu 

multi 

hodie 

nfillus 

interdum 

obscurus 

male 

solus 

noctii 

validus 

quis 
quid 

cum  (conj.) 

quod 

tum 

habito,  -are 

ubi 

habeo 
laboro,  -are 

a,  ab 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  53 

which  in  turn  comes  from  another  Latin  word  aequus,  meaning 
level,  equal,  or  fair. 

Similarly  the  Latin  diphthong  oe  becomes  e  in  English 
derivatives.  From  Latin  poena,  punishment,  we  have  penalty, 
penal.  Latin  poenitere  (also  spelled  paenitere),  to  repent,  is  of 
common  origin  with  poena  and  is  the  source  of  penitent  and 
penitentiary.  The  word  federation  is  connected  with  a  Latin 
word  foederatus,  meaning  bound  together  by  a  treaty  (foedus, 
a  treaty). 

WORDS  FORMED  WITH  EX 

131.  Another  change  is  seen  in  the  combination  of  ex 
with  words  beginning  with  s,  as  for  example  ex+specto.  In 
the  Latin  word  expecto,  as  given  in  this  book,  s  is  dropped, 
as  in  the  English  word  expect.  In  like  manner  exist  and  exile 
come  from  compounds  of  ex  with  words  beginning  with  s,  in 
which  s  has  been  dropped.  In  the  Latin  of  the  time  of  Caesar 
and  Cicero  s  was  retained  in  these  words  (exspecto,  exsisto), 
but  at  a  later  time  the  spelling  without  s  developed.  Some 
Latin  textbooks  employ  the  form  with  s. 


LESSON  XX 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE  HIC 

132.     The  demonstrative  hic,  this  (plural  these),  is  declined 
as  follows: 


Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

hic 

haec 

hoc 

hl 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

hujus 

hujus 

hujus 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

hls 

hls 

his 

Acc. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

his 

hls 

his 

54 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


READING  EXERCISE:  TRES  PUERl  ROMANl 
133.  1.  Hic  puer  est  Marcus.  A  dextra  stat  Sextus,  a 
sinistra  stat  Piiblius.  Hl  tres  sunt  pueri  Romanl.  Arma 
quoque  Romana  videmus.  Marcus  gladium  et  sctitum  habet. 
Sextus  jaculum  et  sagittas  portat.  Ptiblius  est  parvus,  et 
arma  non  habet.  Marcus  et  Sextus  et  Publius  sunt  fllii  Titl. 
Titus  est  sagittarius,  et  nunc  in  Hispania  est.  Romani  cum 
incolls  Hispaniae  pugnant. 

2.  (Marcus  speaks.)  Marcus  sum.  Hic  puer  parvus  est 
Piiblius.  Publius  gladium  non  habet  quod  parvus  est.  Puer 
tertius  est  Sextus.  Sextus  est  magnus  puer  et  arma  portat. 
Filii  Titl  sumus. 

3.  (Publius  speaks.)  Publius  sum.  Arma  non  habeo  quod 
parvus  sum.  Sextus  et  Marcus  sunt  puerl  magni  et  arma 
habent.  Arma  amant  et  bellum  laudant,  sed  non  in  bello 
pugnant.     Mater  mea  bellum  non  laudat. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  55 

134.  VOCABULARY 

dextra,  -ae,  f.,  right  hand;  sinistra,  -ae,  f.,  left  hand; 

a  dextra,  on  the  right  a  sinistra,  on  the  left 

hic,  haec,  hoc,  this  tertius,  -a,  -um,  third 

jaculum,  -I,  N.,  javelin  Titus,  -I,  m.,  Titus  {name  of  a 
pugno,  -are,  fight  man  or  boy) 

sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  arrow  tres,  three 
sagittarius,  -I,  m.,  archer 


^SE 


ROMAN  JAVELINS 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 


135.  Write  in  Latin:  1.  This  boy  and  this  girl  are  in  our 
school.  2.  A  friend  of  this  boy  is  now  in  our  town.  3.  I 
often  give  this  boy  money.  4.  (There)  are  no  roses  in  this 
garden.     5.   This  farmer  is  a  strong  man. 


ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 


136.     1.   What  is  dexterityf     2.   What  is  a  pugnacious  dis- 
position?     3.   What  is  a  sinister  appearance? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  as  subjects:  these  boys,  these  girls, 
these  dangers,  these  sailors.  2.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  as  objects: 
thesefields,  these  cottages,  these  farmers.  3.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following 
phrases:  in  this  field,  in  these  fields,  to  this  boy,  to  these  boys,  from  these 
cottages. 


56  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XXI 
PREPOSITIONS  WITH  THE  ACCUSATIVE 

CASE  USE  WITH  PREPOSITIONS 

137.  The  prepositions  cum,  ex,  and  in,  as  has  been  seen, 
take  the  ablative  case.  There  are,  however,  many  preposi- 
tions  with  which  the  accusative  is  used.  The  accusative, 
therefore,  in  addition  to  being  the  case  of  the  object  of  a  verb, 
is  also  found  with  certain  prepositions. 

When  a  new  preposition  is  given  in  the  vocabulary,  the 
case  with  which  it  is  used  will  be  indicated.  Thus  ante, 
prep.  with  acc,  means  that  ante  is  a  preposition  which  takes 
the  accusative.  The  number  of  prepositions  taking  the 
accusative  is  larger  than  the  number  taking  the  ablative. 

PHRASES  WITH  TO 

138.  We  have  seen  that  an  English  phrase  with  to  is  trans- 
lated  by  the  dative  case  if  it  is  equivalent  to  an  indirect  object 
or  if  it  depends  on  an  adjective  similar  in  meaning  to  those 
given  in  section  48.  In  such  phrases  the  English  word  to  is 
represented  by  the  case  ending  of  the  Latin  word.  But 
phrases  with  to  which  denote  the  place  to  which  a  person  or 
thing  moves  are  expressed  by  the  preposition  ad  followed  by 
the  accusative  case  of  the  word  denoting  the  place  to  or  toward 
which  the  motion  is  directed. 

READING  EXERCISE:  SCHOLA  MEA  ET  AMlCl  MEl 

139.  1.  Mane  ad  scholam  propero.  Multl  virl  tum  per 
vias  properant.  Ante  scholam  nostram  est  magnum  aedificium. 
In  hoc  aedificio  multl  vir!  laborant.  Amicus  meus,  Piiblius, 
ibi  aestate  laborat,  sed  nunc  in  schola  est.  Post  hoc  aedificium 
est  via  lata.  Trans  hanc  viam  est  parva  casa,  et  amlcus  meus 
in  hac  casa  habitat. 

2.   Vesperl  post  horas  scholae  cum  amlcls  mels  saepe  ambulo. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  57 

Interdum  amlcos  ad  tectum  nostrum  invlto.     Saepe  ad  tecta 
amlcorum  invltor.     Multos  amlcos  habeo. 

3.  Mane  puerl  et  puellae  ad  scholam  properant.  Haec  schola 
est  ante  magnum  aedificium.  Ibi  laboro.  Fllius  amici  mel 
in  hoc  aedificio  aestate  laborat,  sed  nunc  in  schola  est.  Ves- 
perl  post  horas  scholae  fllius  amlcl  in  via  ambulat.  Multl 
puerl  tum  in  vils  ambulant.  Interdum  fllius  amlcl  ad  tectum 
meum  invltatur.     Multos  amlcos  habet. 

140.  VOCABULARY 

ad,  prep.  with  acc,  to,  toward  mane,  in  the  morning 

aedificium,  -l,  n.,  building  per,  prep.  with  acc,  through 

ante,  prep.  with  acc,  before,  post,  prep.  with  acc,  behind, 

in  f ront  of  af ter 

hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour  trans,  prep.  with  acc,  across 
invlto,  -are,  invite 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

141.  1.  Puella  ad  cas —  (the  cottages)  properat.  2.  Cum 
amlco  per  silv —  (foresi)  ambulamus.  3.  Tabernaculum  est  in 
silva  post  oppid —  (town).  4.  Est  magnum  aedificium  trans 
vi — (the  street).  5.  Amlcl  mel  saepe  ad  tect —  tu —  (your 
house)  invltantur. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

142.  1.  What  is  an  edifice?  2.  Find  the  origin  of  the 
abbreviations  a.  m.  and  p.  m.  3.  What  is  a  transcontinental 
railroad?     4.   What  is  an  ante-roomt 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 
1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  phrases:  Behind  the  forest,  in  the 
forest,  through  the  forest,  from  the  forest.  2.  Tell  which  of  the  phrases 
with  to  in  the  following  sentences  will  be  translated  by  ad  with  the  ac- 
cusative  and  which  by  the  dative  case  alone:  (a)  I  gave  the  letter  to  the 
boy.  (6)  He  is  walking  to  the  town.  (c)  We  hurried  to  the  window. 
(d)  The  report  was  not  pleasing  to  your  father.  3.  Decline  together  the 
words  for  this  hour. 


58  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XXII 

SECOND  CONJUGATION 

CHARACTERISTIC  VOWEL  OF  THE  SECOND  CONJUGATION 

143.  The  verb  monet,  he  warns,  differs  from  portat,  he 
carries,  in  that  it  has  e  instead  of  a  before  the  ending  -t.  Simi- 
larly  monemus,  we  warn,  differs  from  portamus,  we  carry,  and 
monetur,  he  is  warned,  differs  from  portatur,  he  is  carried. 

This  verb  belongs  to  the  second  conjugation.  The  infinitive, 
meaning  to  warn,  is  monere.  All  verbs  which  have  the  present 
active  infinitive  ending  in  -ere  are  of  the  second  conjugation 
and  are  conjugated  like  moneo.  The  present  indicative  of 
moneo  is  as  follows: 

THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  MONEO 

144.  ACTIVE  PASSIVE 
Singular  Singular 

moneo,  I  warn,  am  warning         moneor,  I  am  warned 
mones,  you  warn,  etc  moneris,  you  are  warned 

monet,  he,  she,  it  warns,  etc         monetur,  he,  she,  it  is  warned 

Plural  Plural 

monemus,  we  warn  monemur,  we  are  warned 

monetis,  you  warn  moneminl,  you  are  warned 

monent,  they  warn  monentur,  they  are  warned 

a.   The  personal  endings  are  the  same  as  in  the  forms 
of  porto. 

READING  EXERCISE:   PERICULUM  SOCIORUM  NOSTRORUM 

145.  1.  Socil  nostri  magno  in  perlculo  sunt  quod  satis 
magnas  copias  non  habent.  Saepe  monentur,  sed  non  timent. 
Sl  auxilium  nostrum  expectant,  arma  habere  debent.  Magnas 
copias  habere  debent.  Perlculum  non  vident,  sed  perlculum 
magnum  est. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  59 

2.  Cur  socii  nostrl  monentur? 

Socil  nostri  monentur  quod  in  perlcul5  sunt. 

3.  Cur  socii  in  perlculo  sunt? 

Socil  in  perlculo  sunt  quod  satis  magnas  copias  non 
habent. 

4.  Quid  socil  expectant? 

Socil  auxilium  nostrum  expectant. 

5.  Quid  socil  habere  debent? 

Socil  magnas  copias  habere  debent. 

6.  Cur  socil  satis  magnas  copias  non  habent? 

Socil  satis  magnas  copias  non  habent  quod  perlculum 
non  vident. 

7.  Ciir  socios  habere  debemus? 

Socios  habere  debemus  quod  patria  nostra  interdum  in 
perlculo  est. 

146.  VOCABULARY 

auxilium,  -I,  n.,  assistance,  help  periculum,    -I,  n.,  danger, 
copia,    -ae,    f.,    plenty;    plural,         peril 

copiae,  -arum,  troops,  forces  satis,  adv.,  enough 

debeo,  -ere,  owe,  ought  si,  conj.,  if 

moneo,  -ere,  warn  socius,  -l,  m.,  ally 

paratus,  -a,  -um,  ready,  prepared  timeo,  -ere,  fear 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

147.  Write  in  Latin:  1.  We  are  sometimes  warned  by  our 
friends.  2.  You  (singular)  ought  to  have  your  book.  3.  War 
is  not  feared  by  our  allies.  4.  You  do  not  see  our  house 
from  your  window.  5.  We  do  not  fear  danger,  because  we 
are  prepared. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

148.  1.  What  is  an  auxiliary  verb?  2.  What  is  a  copious 
supply?  3.  Find  in  a  dictionary  the  origin  of  the  words 
debt  and  peril.     4.   What  is  the  original  meaning  of  monitor? 


60 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.   Conjugate  debeo,  timeo,  and  video  in  the  present  tense,  active  and 
passive.     2.   Give  the  Latin  for  they  see,  they  praise,  he  sees,  he  praises. 


LESSON  XXIII 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE  ILLE 
149.     The  demonstrative  ille,  that  (plural  those)  is  declined 


as  f ollows : 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom.     ille 

illa 

illud 

illl 

illae 

illa 

Gen.      illms 

illlus 

illius 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat.      illi 

illi 

illl 

illls 

illls 

illls 

Acc.      illum 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

illa 

Abl.      illo 

illa 

illo 

illls 

illis 

illls 

READING  EXERCISE 

150.  1.  Ille  vir  est  caecus,  sed  in  vils  sine  amlco  saepe 
ambulat  neque  perlculum  timet.  Saepe  ad  tectum  f  Ilil  ambulat. 
Fllius  in  tecto  post  hortum  nostrum  habitat. 

2.  Quam  timida  illa  puella  est.  Sed  nullum  perlculum  in 
hls  locls  est,  et  puella  ttita  est. 

3.  Ciir  pecuniam  illi  puero  iterum  das?  Peciiniam  iterum 
illi  puero  do  quod  epistulas  meas  portat.  Hodie  epistulam  ad 
amlcum  tuum  portat. 

4.  Marcus  non  adest.  Ubi  est?  Cum  amlco  in  silva  est. 
Sed  Titus  et  Sextus  adsunt.  Hl  puerl  sunt  amlcl  mel.  Marcus 
quoque  amlcus  meus  est. 

5.  Fllia  illlus  feminae  nunc  in  Britannia  est.  Femina 
epistulas  ad  flliam  saepe  scrlbit.  Fllia  quoque  epistulas 
scrlbit.  Has  epistulas  amlco  dat.  Amlcus  epistulas  ad 
Americam  portat. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  61 

151.  VOCABULARY 

adsum,  adesse,  be  present,  neque,  conj.,  nor,  and  not 

be  at  hand  quam,  adv.,  how,  as,  than 

caecus,  -a,  -um,  blind  sine,  prep.  with  abl.,  without 

ille,  illa,  illud,  that  timidus,  -a,  -um,  timid 

iterum,  adv.,  again  tutus,  -a,  -um,  safe 
locus,  -I,  m.  (pl.  loca,  -orum, 
n.),  place 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

152.  1.  Quis  est  ill —  puer?  2.  Cur  ill —  puella  nullos 
libros  habet?  3.  Filia  ill —  viri  aegra  est.  4.  Epistulas 
saepe  ill —  puero  do.  5.  111 —  femina  et  ill —  vir  incolae 
Hiberniae  sunt. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

153.  1.  What  is  the  meaning  of  reiteratef  2.  Find  an 
adjective,  a  noun,  and  a  verb  which  are  connected  in  derivation 
with  locus.  3.  What  is  meant  by  the  statement  "The  legis- 
lature  adjourned  sine  die"?  4.  Find  a  noun  which  is  con- 
nected  in  derivation  with  timidus. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  phrases  as  subjects:  that  town, 
those  towns,  these  towns,  that  friend,  those  friends,  these  friends.  2.  Give 
the  Latin  for  the  following  phrases  as  direct  objects:  that  forest,  those 
forests,  these  forests,  that  field,  those  fields,  these  fields.  3.  Decline  together 
the  words  illa  terra. 


62  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XXIV 
IMPERFECT  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  CONJTJGATIONS 

THE  IMPERFECT  TENSE 

154.  In  the  English  sentences  I  walked  and  I  was  walking 
the  verbs  walked  and  was  walking  both  denote  past  time.  The 
only  difference  is  that  the  second  represents  the  act  as  con- 
tinuing  or  in  progress  in  the  past,  while  the  first  merely  indi- 
cates  that  the  act  was  in  past  time,  without  any  reference  to 
its  continuance.  Latin  has  no  means  of  showing  the  differ- 
ence  between  these  two  expressions.  The  verb  ambulabam 
may  mean  either  I  walked  or  I  was  walking. 

The  Latin  tense  which  corresponds  to  such  verb  forms  as 
walked  and  was  walking  is  called  the  imperfect. 

THE  IMPERFECT  ACTIVE  OF  PORTO  AND  MONEO 

155.  The  verbs  porto  and  moneo  have  the  following  forms 
in  the  imperf ect  active : 

Singular 
portabam,  I  was  carrying  or  /  carried 
portabas,  you  were  carrying,  you  carried 
portabat,  he,  she,  it  was  carrying,  he  carried,  etc. 

Plural 
portabamus,  we  were  carrying,  we  carried 
portabatis,  you  were  carrying,  you  carried 
portabant,  they  were  carrying,  they  carried 

TENSE  OF  VERBS 

/24)  When  someone  says  The  boy  stands  in  the  street,  we  know  that 
the  act  is  going  on  while  we  are  being  told  about  it;  that  is,  in  the  present 
time.  If  the  sentence  is  The  boy  stood  in  the  street,  we  know  that  the  act 
took  place  at  some  past  time,  and  similarly  the  sentence  The  boy  will  stand 
in  the  street  shows  that  the  act  is  going  to  take  place  in  the  future.    In  these 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  63 

Singular 

monebam,  I  was  warning  or  I  warned 
monebas,  you  were  warning,  you  warned 
monebat,  he,  she,  it  was  warning,  etc. 

Plural 

monebamus,  we  were  warning,  etc. 
monebatis,  you  were  warning,  etc. 
monebant,  they  were  warning,  etc. 

a.   The  syllable  ba,  which  is  seen  in  all  the  forms  of 
the  imperfect,  is  called  the  tense  sign  of  the  imperfect. 

READING  EXERCISE 

156.  1.  Galli  auxilium  Romanorum  postulabant  quod  Ger- 
mani  agros  Galliae  vastabant  et  oppida  occupabant.  Galli 
pro  patria  fortiter  pugnabant,  sed  satis  magnas  copias  non 
habebant,  et  propter  perlculum  auxilium  desiderabant. 

2.  Auxilium  vestrum  postulamus  quod  bellum  timemus. 
Agrl  nostrl  vastantur,  et  oppida  occupantur.  Sine  socils 
patria  nostra  non  tiita  est. 

3.  Bellum  non  deslderamus,  sed  Romanos  non  timemus. 
Patria  cara  est,  et  pro  patria  pugnamus. 

sentences  the  form  of  the  verb  shows  what  is  the  time  of  the  act.  The 
forms  of  a  verb  which  show  time  are  called  tenses.  There  are  six  tenses  in 
English.  Their  names  are  present,  past,  future,  present  perfect,  past  perfect, 
and  future  perfect.  The  following  forms  of  the  verb  walk  with  the  subject 
I  show  how  these  tenses  are  used. 

Present  I  walk 

Past  I  walked 

Future  I  shall  walk 

Present  Perfect  I  have  walked 

Past  Perfect  I  had  walked 

Future  Perfect  I  shall  have  walked 


64  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

4.  In  bello  agricolae  non  sine  perlculo  in  agrls  laborant. 
Tum  feminae  et  puerl  et  puellae  in  oppidls  timent.  Bellum 
feminls  non  gratum  est. 

5.  Marcus  in  via  cum  parva  puella  ambulabat.  Puella 
rosam  portabat.  Parva  puella  soror  Marcl  est,  et  saepe  cum 
Marco  ambulat. 

157.  VOCABULARY 

desidero,  -are,  desire  postulo,  -are,  demand 

fortiter,  adv.,  bravely  pro,   prep.   with  abl.,   for,    on 

Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul  (a  country)  behalf  of,  before 

Gallus, -I,  m.,  a  Gaul  propter,    prep.    with   acc,    on 

Germanus,  -I,  m.,  a  German  account  of 

occupo,  -are,  seize  vasto,  -are,  lay  waste 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

158.  1.  In  via  cum  amlcls  ambulaba —  (subject  "I"). 
2.  Bellum  non  timeba —  (subject  uwe"),  quod  socios  habeba — 
(subject  "we").  3.  Ille  puer  librum  et  epistulam  portaba — . 
4.  Socil  nostrl  pro  patria  fortiter  pugnaba — .  5.  Auxilium 
postulaba —  (subject  "we"),  sed  perlculum  non  videba —  (sub- 
ject  "you"  singular). 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

159.  1.  Find  two  adjectives  ending  in  -ic  which  are  related 
to  Gallus  and  Germanus.  2.  What  is  the  meaning  of  pro- 
slaveryf    3.   What  is  a  devastated  region? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  occupo  and  timeo  in  the  imperfect  active.  2.  Give  the 
Latin  for  the  following:  they  were  carrying,  they  were  warning;  he  was 
praising,  he  was  fearing.  3.  Rewrite  paragraph  1  of  section  156,  changing 
the  verbs  to  the  present  tense. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


65 


LESSON  XXV 

INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE 
THE  INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUN 

160.  The  Latin  word  for  who  when  used  in  a  question  is 
quis,  and  for  what  similarly  used  is  quid,  as  has  already  been 
seen  in  preceding  vocabularies.  The  genitive,  meaning  whose, 
of  whom,  or  of  what  is  cujus  in  the  singular  and  quorum  or 
quarum  in  the  plural.  Whom  is  quem  (or  quam)  in  the  sin- 
gular  and  quos  (or  quas)  in  the  plural.  These  are  forms  of 
the  interrogative  pronoun. 

THE  INTERROGATIVE  ADJECTIVE 

161.  In  the  phrases  what  man,  which  booh,  what  woman, 
the  forms  what  and  which  are  attached  to  nouns,  just  as  ad- 
jectives  are.  When  thus  used  they  are  called  interrogative 
adjectives. 

THE  FORMS  OF  THE  INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE 

162.  The  forms  of  the  interrogative  pronoun  and  adjective 
are  the  same  for  most  cases  in  Latin,  but  there  are  some  forms 
of  the  adjective  which  are  not  used  as  pronouns. 


Singular 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

quis  (qul) 

quae 

quid  (quod) 

who,  which,  what 

Gen. 

cujus 

cujus 

cujus 

whose,  of  whomy  of 
what 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

to  whom,  whom  (as 
indirect  object) 

Acc. 

quem 

quam 

quid  (quod) 

whom,  which,  what 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

(from,  by)  whom, 
etc. 

66 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


Nom.     qui 
Gen.      quorum 


Plural 
quae  quae 

quarum    quorum 


Dat.      quibus  quibus      quibus 


Acc.       quos 
Abl.      quibus 


quas  quae 

quibus      quibus 


who,  which,  what 
whose,  of  whom,  of 

what 
to  whom,  to  what, 

whom,  what   (as 

indirect  object) 
whom,  which,  what 
(from,   by)    whom, 

etc. 


a.  The  forms  qui  and  quod,  which  are  placed  in  paren- 
theses  above,  are  sometimes  used  as  adjectives  in  the 
singular  number.  The  nominative  quis  as  a  pronoun 
may  be  either  masculine  or  feminine.  It  is  sometimes 
used  as  a  masculine  adjective. 


READING  EXERCISE 

163.     1.   Cujus  librum  habes? 
Librum  meum  habeo. 

2.  In  quo  loco  liber  meus  est? 
Librum  tuum  non  video. 

3.  Quis  in  via  clamat? 

Sextus  clamat  in  via.     Me  vocat. 

4.  Cur  Sexto  non  respondes? 

Non  respondeo  quod  mater  mea  me  in  tecto  manere  jubet. 

5.  Cur  puero  praemium  das? 
Praemium  puero  do  quod  impiger  est. 

6.  Quos  in  via  vides? 
Sextum  et  tres  amlcos  video. 

7.  Quibus  tua  mater  praemia  dat? 

Mea  mater  praemia  Tito  et  Publio  dat. 

8.  Hortus  noster  est  inter  tectum  et  viam.  A  dextra  est 
miirus  altus,  a  sinistra  est  parvum  aedificium.  Hoc  aedificium 
a  tecto  non  longe  abest,  et  saepe  ibi  laboro. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  67 

164.  VOCABULARY 

absum,  abesse,  be  away,  be  jubeo,  -ere,  order,  command 

absent,  be  distant  longe,  adv.,  at  a  distance,  far 

altus,  -a,  -um,  high,  tall,  deep  me,  me 

clamo,  -are,  shout  murus,  -I,  m.,  wall 

inter,  prep.  with  acc,  between,  respondeo,  -ere,  answer,  reply 

among  voco,  -are,  call 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

165.  Write  in  Latin:  1.  Whose  son  are  you?  2.  Whose 
(plural)  daughters  are  those  girls?  3.  Those  girls  are  the 
daughters  of  Sextus  and  Marcus.  4.  To  whom  (singular)  was 
Titus  giving  money?  5.  Whom  (singular)  do  you  see  in  the 
street?     6.   Whom  (plural)  do  the  Germans  fear? 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

166.  1.  What  is  meant  by  altitudef  2.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  inter-urbant  3.  What  are  mural  decorations? 
4.   What  is  a  vocationt 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  in  the  singular  number  and  the 
raasculine  gender:  whom  (direct  object),  whose,  by  whom,  to  whom  (indirect 
object).  2.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  in  the  masculine  plural: 
whom  (direct  object),  of  whom  (whose),  by  whom.  3.  Conjugate  respondeo 
in  the  imperfect  tense,  active  voice. 


LESSON  XXVI 


THE  IMPERFECT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  PORTO  AND  MONEO 

167.     The  verbs  porto  and  moneo  have  the  following  forms 
in  the  imperfect  indicative  passive: 


68  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Singular  Singular 

portabar,  I  was  being  carried  or  I  was  carried        monebar 
portabaris,  you  were  being  carried,  etc.  monebaris 

portabatur,  he  was  being  carried,  etc.  monebatur 

Plural  Plural 

portabamur,  we  were  being  carried,  etc.  monebamur 

portabamini,  you  were  being  carried,  etc.  monebamini 

portabantur,  they  were  being  carried,  etc.  monebantur 

READING  EXERCISE 

168.  1.  Socil  nostri  superabantur  quod  satis  magnas 
copias  non  habebant.  Agrl  vastabantur  et  oppida  acriter 
oppugnabantur.  Auxilium  rogabatur,  sed  copias  tum  non 
habebamus.     Nunc  socios  juvare  parati  sumus. 

2.  Agri  nostrl  vastabantur  quod  satis  magnas  copias  non 
habebamus.  Auxilium  postulabamus,  sed  multl  periculum 
non  videbant.     Nunc  socios  habemus,  et  tutl  sumus. 

3.  Consilia  mea  olim  laudabantur.  Ciir  nunc  non  pro- 
bantur? 

Consilia  tua  olim  probabantur  quod  bellum  non  timebamus. 
Sed  nunc  consilia  tua  non  bona  videntur,  quod  patria  nostra 
in  perlculo  est. 

4.  Quamquam  populus  Romanus  magnas  copias  habebat, 
socios  quoque  habebat.  Hl  socil  in  bello  saepe  auxilium 
rogabant.    Romanl  socios  in  bello  juvabant. 

169.  VOCABULARY 

acriter,  adv.,  vigorously  probo,  -are,  approve 

juvo,  -are,  help  quamquam,  conj.,  although 

olim,  adv.,  formerly,  once  rogo,  -are,  ask 

upon  a  time  supero,  -are,  defeat,  over- 
oppugno,  -are,  attack  come 

populus,  -I,  m.,  people  videor,  -eri,  seem 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


69 


STREET  OF  POMPEII 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

170.  1.  Oppidum  nostrum  a  Romanls  acriter  oppugnaba — . 
2.  Romani  a  socils  et  amlcls  juvaba — .  3.  Consilium  meum 
a  Sexto  et  Publio  laudaba — .  4.  Olim  socil  nostri  a  Germanls 
non  timeba — ,  sed  nunc  time — .  5.  Hic  puer  saepe  auxilium 
rogaba — .  6.  Olim  patria  tua  a  socils  non  laudaba — ,  sed 
nunc  saepe  lauda — . 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

171.  1.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  meaning  and  origin  of 
adjutant  and  coadjutor.  2.  Give  an  adjective  and  a  noun 
which  are  derived  from  populus.  3.  What  is  the  meaning  of 
approbationf  Why  is  it  spelled  with  two  p's?  4.  What  is  an 
insuperable  difficulty? 


70 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Copy  the  conjugation  of  moneo  in  the  imperfect  passive  as  given 
above,  and  write  the  English  meaning  after  each  form.  2.  Give  the 
Latin  for  the  following:  they  were  being  defeated,  they  were  being  warnedt 
they  are  being  warned.     3.    Decline  the  interrogative  pronoun. 


LESSON  XXVII 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE  IS 


172. 

Masculine 

Nom.   is,  he 
Gen.    ejus,  his 
Dat.    el,  to  him 


THE  FORMS  OF  /S 

Singular 

Feminine  Neuter 

ea,  she  id,  it 

ejus,  her  (possessive)     ejus,  its 
el,  to  her  ei,  to  it 


Acc.     eum,  him  (dir.  obj.)  eam,  her  (dir.  obj.)        id,  it  (dir.  obj.) 

Abl.     eo  (from,  by,  with)  him    ea  (from,  by,  with)  her  eo  (from,  by,  with)  it 


Nom.   el 
ii 


Gen. 
Dat. 


they 


eorum,  their 


eis 

iis 


to  them 


Acc.     eos,  them  (dir.  obj.) 

Abl.    elsl  (from,  by,  with) 

ils  /       them 


Plural 
eae,  they 
earum,  their 


els 
iis 


ea, they,  those  things 
e5rum,  their 


to  them 


ns 


to  them 


eas,  them  (dir.  obj.) 
els)  (from,  by,  with) 
ils  /       them 


ea,  them  (dir.  obj.) 
elsl  (from,  by,  with) 
ils  f       them 


a.  The  masculine  and  feminine  forms  will  be  trans- 
lated  like  those  of  the  neuter  gender  if  they  refer  to 
antecedents  which  would  be  neuter  in  English.  Thus  a 
masculine  form  (is,  eum,  eo,  etc.)  will  be  used  to  refer 
to  ager  because  it  is  masculine,  and  a  feminine  form 
will  be  used  to  refer  to  silva.  But  since  field  and  forest 
are  neuter  in  English,  the  pronouns  which  refer  to  them 
will  be  translated  it. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  71 

ADJECTIVE  USE  OF  IS 

173.  The  forms  of  is  are  commonly  used  as  pronouns 
meaning  he,  she,  it,  his,  him,  her,  etc,  as  has  been  seen,  but 
sometimes  they  are  used  as  adjectives.  When  they  modify 
nouns  they  will  be  translated  either  this  or  that  as  the  sense 
requires.  Thus  is  puer  may  mean  either  this  boy  or  that  boy, 
and  ea  puella  may  mean  either  this  girl  or  that  girl.  But  is 
does  not  emphasize  the  idea  that  the  thing  denoted  by  the 
noun  it  modifies  is  near,  as  does  hic,  or  that  it  is  at  some  dis- 
tance  away,  as  does  ille. 

HIC  AND  ILLE  AS  PRONOUNS 

174.  The  forms  of  hic  and  ille  are  sometimes  used  as  pro- 
nouns  meaning  he,  she,  it,  him,  his,  her,  etc,  instead  of  the 
forms  of  is.  The  plural  forms  hi,  illi,  etc,  mean  these  or  those 
(persons);  the  neuter  haec,  illa,  etc,  mean  these  things  or  those 
things. 

READING  EXERCISE 

175.  1.  Mater  nostra  ex  janua  nos  vocat.  In  tectum 
properamus,  et  avunculum  nostrum  cum  fllils  ejus  ibi  videmus. 
Avunculus  noster  et  fllii  ejus  nos  saliitant.     Eos  salutamus. 

2.  Avunculus  meus  in  parvo  oppido  habitat.  Tectum 
ejus  est  magnum  et  pulchrum.  Marcus  non  longe  a  tecto 
avunculi  mel  habitat.  Interdum  ad  tectum  avuncull  mel 
invltor,  et  Marcum  tum  video.  Cum  eo  saepe  in  viis  ambulo. 
Olim  in  eo  oppido  habitabam,  et  Marcum  saepe  videbam. 

3.  Cur  ita  timidus  es?  Timeo  quod  nulla  arma  habeo,  et 
inimicus  meus  armatus  est.  Nullum  auxilium  video,  quam- 
quam  undique  circumspecto.     Manere  non  audeo. 

176.  VOCABULARY 

armatus,  -a,  -um,  armed  is,  ea,  id,  this,  that;  he,  she,  it 

audeo,  -ere,  dare  ita,  adv.,  so 

avunculus,  -I,  m.,  uncle  nos,  we,  us 

circumspecto,  -are,  look  around  saluto,  -are,  greet 

inimicus,  -I,  m.,  enemy  undique,  adv.,  on  all  sides 


72 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

177.  Write  in  Latin:  1.  Titus  is  a  good  man,  and  we  love 
him.     2.   Sextus  works  well,  but  his  son  is  not  industrious. 

3.  I  do  not  give  him  a  reward,  because  he  does  not  work  well. 

4.  These  men  have  no  money,  but  they  have  many  friends. 

5.  We  were  looking  around  on  all  sides,  because  our  enemies 
had  weapons. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

178.  1.  What  was  the  Spanish  Armadaf  From  what  Latin 
word  is  armada  derived?  2.  What  is  an  audacious  plan? 
3.  What  is  a  circumspect  person?  4.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  inimicalf  5.  What  is  the  source  and  the  meaning  of  the 
abbreviation  i.  e.f 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  him  (direct  object),  with  him,  with 
her,  his  (of  him),  by  him,  to  him  (indirect  object);  them  (masculine, 
direct  object),  of  them,  with  them,  to  them  (indirect  object),  by  them. 
2.  Conjugate  audeo  in  the  imperfect  active  and  saluto  in  the  imperfect 
passive. 


ROMAN   DRINKING  CUPS 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


73 


179. 


THIRD  REVIEW  LESSON 

VOCABITLARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  XX-XXVn 


aedificium,  -I 

ille,  illa,  illud 

videor,  -eri 

auxilium,  -I 

is,  ea,  id 

voco,  -are 

avunculus,  -I 

nos 

copia,  -ae 

tres 

acriter 

copiae,  -arum 

fortiter 

dextra,  -ae 

absum,  abesse 

ita 

hora,  -ae 

adsum,  adesse 

iterum 

inimicus,  -I 

audeo,  ere 

longe 

jaculum,  -I 

circumspecto,  -are 

mane 

locus,  -l 

clamo,  -are 

olim 

mtirus,  -I 

debeo,  -ere 

quam 

periculum,  -1 

desidero,  -are 

satis 

populus,  -1 

invlto,  -are 

undique 

sagitta,  -ae 

jubeo,  -ere 

sagittarius,  -I 

juvo,  -are 

ad 

sinistra,  -ae 

moneo,  -ere 

ante 

socius,  -I 

occupo,  -are 

inter 

oppugno,  -are 

per 

altus,  -a,  -um 

postulo,  -are 

post 

armatus,  -a,  -um 

probo, -are 

pro 

caecus,  -a,  -um 

pugno,  -are 

propter 

paratus,  -a,  -um 

rogo,  -are 

sine 

tertius,  -a,  -um 

timeo,  -ere 

trans 

timidus,  -a,  -um 

respondeo,  -ere 

tiitus,  -a,  -um 

saliito,  -are 

neque 

supero,  -are 

quamquam 

hic,  haec,  hoc 

vasto,  -are 

si 

PREPOSITIONS  AS  PREFIXES 


180.  Latin  prepositions  are  sometimes  joined  to  the  begin- 
ning  of  other  words  in  order  to  form  new  words.  Thus  ab 
and  ad  are  combined  with  sum  to  form  absum  and  adsum, 


74  FIRST  LATIN.LESSONS 

and  circum  (around)  is  joined  to  specto  to  form  circumspecto. 
A  word  or  syllable  attached  to  the  beginning  of  a  word  to 
modify  its  meaning  and  thus  f orm  a  new  word  is  called  a  prefix. 

CHANGES  IN  MEANING  WITH  PREFIXES 

181.  Usually  we  can  understand  the  meaning  of  a  new 
word  formed  with  a  prefix  when  we  know  the  meaning  of  the 
prefix  and  of  the  original  word  to  which  it  is  attached.  Thus 
circum,  around,  and  specto,  look,  form  circumspecto,  look 
around.  But  sometimes  the  meaning  of  the  new  word  has 
changed  from  that  indicated  by  the  parts  or  elements  of  which 
it  is  made  up.  Thus  expecto  (originally  exspecto)  cannot  be 
defined  exactly  by  taking  the  meanings  of  ex  and  specto, 
although  it  keeps  something  of  the  idea  of  look  (look  for) . 

INSEPARABLE  PREFIXES 

182.  In  addition  to  the  prepositions  employed  as  prefixes 
there  are  some  syllables  which  are  used  as  prefixes  and  which 
are  never  found  as  separate  words.  A  very  important  prefix 
of  this  sort  is  re-  (sometimes  spelled  red-),  which  regularly 
means  back  or  again.  From  re-  and  voco  we  have  revoco, 
call  back. 

A  prefix  which  is  never  used  as  an  independent  word  is 
called  an  inseparable  prefix.  Thus  re-  (red-)  is  an  inseparable 
prefix. 

CHANGES  IN  SPELLING 

183.  When  a  prefix  is  joined  to  a  word,  a  vowel  in  the 
original  word  is  sometimes  changed.  From  ex  and  capio  we 
have  excipio,  from  inter  and  facio  we  have  interficio.  Changes 
of  this  kind  take  place  only  with  short  vowels.  Such  English 
words  as  efficient,  recipient,  confess,  have  come  from  Latin 
words  in  which  such  changes  as  those  above  mentioned  have 
taken  place. 

EXERCISE 

Find  twenty  words  in  your  English  dictionary  beginning  with  ex  (not 
extra). 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


75 


LESSON  XXVIII 


FUTURE  TENSE  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  CONJUGATIONS 
184.     The  future  tense  of  porto  and  moneo  is  as  follows: 


Singular 
portabo,  I  shall  carry 
portabis,  you  will  carry 
portabit,  he  will  carry 

Plural 
portabimus,  we  shall  carry 
portabitis,  you  will  carry 
portabunt,  they  will  carry 


ACTIVE 

Singular 
monebo,  I  shall  warn 
monebis,  you  will  warn 
monebit,  he  will  warn 

Plural 
monebimus,  we  shall  warn 
monebitis,  you  will  warn 
monebunt,  they  will  warn 


PASSIVE 


Singular 

portabor,  I  shall  be  carried 
portaberis,  you  will  be  carried 
portabitur,  he,  she,  it  will  be 
carried 


Singular 

monebor,  /  shall  be  warned 
moneberis,  you  will  be  warned 
monebitur,  he,  she,  it  will  be 
warned 


Plural 

portabimur,  we  shall  be  carried 
portabiminl,  you  will  be  carried 
portabuntur,     they     will     be 
carried 


Plural 

monebimur,  we  shall  be  warned 
monebimini,  you  will  be  warned 
monebuntur,     they     will     be 
warned 


a.  The  syllable  -bi-  is  the  tense  sign  of  the  future  in 
the  first  and  second  conjugations.  It  has  the  form  -bu- 
in  the  third  person  plural,  -b-  in  the  first  person  singular 
of  both  voices,  and  -be-  in  the  second  person  singular 
of  the  passive. 


76  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

READING  EXERCISE 

185.  1.  Germanl  a  Romanls  superabuntur,  et  multa  oppida 
eorum  occupabuntur.  Sed  Romanl  haec  oppida  non  delebunt. 
Oppida  Germanorum  a  periculo  servabuntur. 

2.  Romanl  Germanos  superabunt  et  multa  oppida  eorum 
occupabunt.  Sed  haec  oppida  a  Romanls  non  delebuntur. 
Romani  non  sunt  barbarl. 

3.  Illud  oppidum  cras  oppugnabimus.  Multl  vulnerabun- 
tur,  et  multi  necabuntur,  sed  oppidum  a  copils  nostrls  occupa- 
bitur. 

4.  Galll  castra  ex  hoc  loco  mox  movebunt.  Nam  Romanl 
magnas  copias  habent,  et  castra  Gallorum  oppugnare  paratl 
sunt. 

5.  Castra  nostra  movebimus,  quod  copiae  Romanorum  nos 
oppugnare  paratae  sunt.  Tum  eos  non  timebimus,  quamquam 
magnas  copias  non  habemus. 

186.  VOCABULARY 

barbari,  -orum,  m.  pl,  barbarians  mox,  adv.,  soon 

(masculine  form  of  an  aoljective,  nam,  conj.,  for 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  barbarian)  neco,  -are,  kill 

cras,  adv.,  tomorrow  servo,  -are,  save,  preserve 

deleo,  -ere,  destroy,  blot  out  vulnero,  -are,  wound 

moveo,  -ere,  move 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

187.  1.  Socios  nostros  juvabi —  (subject  "we"),  et  patria 
eorum  servabi — .  2.  Copiae  Romanorum  Gallos  non  timeb — 
(will  notfear).  3.  Hoc  oppidum  oppugnabi —  (will  be  attacked) 
et  delebi — .  4.  Castra  nostra  ex  eo  loco  moveba —  (subject 
"we").  5.  Galll  castra  nostra  in  hoc  loco  non  oppugnab— 
(will  not  attack). 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  77 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

188.  1.  Mention  an  adjective  which  is  suggested  by 
barbari.  2.  What  is  an  indelible  stain?  3.  What  is  a  vul- 
nerable  spot?    4.   What  is  an  immovable  obstacle? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  he  praises,  he  was  praising,  he  will 
praise;  they  fear,  they  feared,  they  will  fear;  I  see,  I  saw,  I  shall  see. 
2.  Conjugate  supero  and  video  in  the  future  active.  3.  Decline  together 
is  gladius. 

LESSON  XXIX 

IMPERFECT  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM 

189.  The  irregular  verb  sum  does  not  have  the  tense  signs 
which  have  been  seen  in  the  imperfect  and  future  of  regular 
verbs. 

IMPERFECT  FUTURE 

Singular  Singular 

eram,  I  was  ero,  I  shall  be 

eras,  you  were  eris,  you  will  be 

erat,  he,  she,  it  was  erit,  he  will  be 

Plural  Plural 

eramus,  we  were  erimus,  we  shall  be 

eratis,  you  were  eritis,  you  will  be 

erant,  they  were  erunt,  they  will  be 

a.   The  present  infinitive  of  sum  is  esse,  to  be. 

READING  EXERCISE 

190.  1.  Olim  in  hac  terra  erant  silvae  multls  in  locis.  Per 
has  silvas  ferae  bestiae  errabant.  Barbarl  quoque  per  silvas 
errabant  et  bestias  saepe  necabant.     Nunc  tecta  agricolarum 


78  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

et  oppida  videmus  in  els  locis  ubi  olim  erant  barbarl  et  ferae 
bestiae. 

2.  Semper  amicus  tuus  ero.  Amicl  tul  erunt  amlci  mel,  et 
eos  juvabo  sl  in  perlculo  erunt.  Sed  patriae  tuae  amlcus  non 
sum. 

3.  Romanl  totum  oppidum  delere  parant.  Quamquam 
Galll  fortiter  pugnabunt,  superabuntur,  et  multl  necabuntur. 
Ceterl  erunt  servl. 

4.  Cfir  in  silva  cum  amlco  herl  non  eras? 
In  silva  non  eram,  quod  aeger  eram. 

5.  Ubi  herl  erat  hic  puer?     Eum  non  videbam. 
Hic  puer  in  tecto  avuncull  mel  herl  erat. 

191.  VOCABULARY 

bestia,  -ae,  r.,  beast,  animal  heri,  adv.,  yesterday 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  the  other,  the  paro,  -are,  prepare 

others  semper,  adv.,  always 

erro,  -are,  wander,  err  servus,  -l,  m.,  slave,  servant 

ferus,  -a,  -um,  fierce,  wild  totus,  -a,  -um,  the  whole,  all 

a.   The  adjective  ceteri  is  used  chiefly  in  the  plural. 
Its  forms  in  the  singular  may  be  disregarded. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

192.  Write  in  Latin:  1.  Yesterday  I  was  in  town  with 
my  uncle.  2.  Your  present  will  always  be  dear  to  me.  3.  We 
were  in  the  tents  behind  the  forest.  4.  We  are  Romans;  we 
will  not  be  slaves.  5.  Formerly  there  were  many  fierce 
animals  on  this  island. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

193.  1.  What  abbreviation  is  used  for  et  ceteraf  2.  Find 
the  meaning  of  the  expression  Errare  est  humanum.  3.  What 
is  the  meaning  of  the  motto  semper  paratusf  4.  What  is  a 
total  failure? 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  79 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  he  is,  he  was,  he  will  be;  I  am, 
I  was,  I  shall  be;  he  is  fierce,  he  is  warned;  she  will  be  happy,  she  will  be 
praised.  2.  Conjugate  impero  and  habeo  in  the  future  active.  3.  De- 
cline  in  full  the  adjective  ferus. 


LESSON  XXX 


POSSESSIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  PERSON 

THE  USE  OF  SUUS 

194.  In  the  sentences  The  boy  praises  his  friends  and 
The  boys  praise  their  friends  the  words  his  and  their  refer 
to  the  subjects  of  the  sentences  in  which  they  stand.  That 
is,  the  "possessors"  are  the  same  persons  as  the  subjects. 
The  Latin  word  which  translates  his,  her,  its,  or  their  when 
thus  used  is  suus,  which  is  an  adjective,  declined  like  meus 
and  tuus.     The  two  sentences  given  above  are  in  Latin: 

(1)  Puer  amicos  suos  laudat. 

(2)  Pueri  amicos  suos  laudant. 

It  is  possible  to  decide  whether  his  or  their  will  be  used  to 
translate  suos  in  these  sentences  by  observing  whether  the 
subject  is  singular  or  plural. 

If  the  subject  is  feminine  suus  will  be  translated  her.  Thus, 
Puella  amicos  suos  laudat  means  The  girl  praises  her  friends. 

DISTINCTION  BETWEEN  SUUS  AND  EJUS 

195.  In  the  sentences  They  praise  his  friends  and  He 
praises  their  friends  the  words  his  and  their  do  not  refer  to  the 
subjects  of  the  sentences  in  which  they  stand.  That  is,  the 
"possessors"  are  not  the  same  persons  as  the  subjects.  When 
his,  her,  its  are  thus  used  they  are  translated  by  ejus,  the 
genitive  singular  of  is,  and  their  similarly  used  is  translated 
by  eorum  (or  earum),  the  genitive  plural  of  is. 


80 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


It  must  be  remembered  that  suus  is  an  adjective,  and  takes 
the  same  gender,  number,  and  case  as  the  word  denoting 
the  thing  possessed.  Thus  in  the  sentence  above,  suos  is 
masculine  accusative  plural  to  agree  with  amicos.  The  words 
ejus  and  eorum  (earum)  are  pronouns,  and  do  not  change  their 
forms  to  agree  with  the  noun  which  they  modify. 

a.  Sometimes  possessive  words  are  omitted  in  Latin 
when  the  meaning  is  quite  clear,  even  though  the  cor- 
responding  English  sentence  requires  that  possessives 
be  used.  They  are  to  be  supplied  in  translation  when- 
ever  the  sense  requires. 

Femina  filiam  amat,  the  woman  loves  her  daughter. 


MANNER  OF  WEARING  THE  TOGA 


READING  EXERCISE 

196.  1.  Hic  vir  filium  suum  semper  laudat.  Sed  filius 
ejus  non  est  impiger,  neque  habet  multos  amlcos. 

2.  Hl  virl  fllios  suos  laudant.  Sed  fllii  eorum  non  sunt 
impigri,  neque  bene  laborant.  Quamquam  laudantur,  pueri 
boni  non  sunt. 

3.  Cornelia  flliam  suam  amat,  sed  flliam  amicl  mei  non  amat. 
Fllia  ejus  ad  tectum  amici  mei  non  saepe  invitatur. 

4.  Illl  barbarl  sunt  perfidl,  et  castra  nostra  oppugnare 
parant.  Igitur  arma  nostra  parata  sunt.  Sl  castra  oppugna- 
bunt,  statim  eos  in  fugam  dabimus. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  81 

Barbari  castra  vestra  non  oppugnabunt,  quod  arma  parata 
habetis. 

5.  Lignum  ex  silva  ad  tabernaculum  porto.  Soror  mea 
ante  tabernaculum  cenam  parat.  Tabernaculum  in  loco 
aperto  est.     Ex  hoc  loco  tabernaculum  vides. 

6.  Mater  tua  imperat;  cur  non  pares? 
Statim  parebo. 

197.  VOCABULARY 

cena,  -ae,  f.,  dinner  perfidus,  -a,  -um,  treacherous 

fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight  suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its, 

igitur,  conj.,  therefore  their 

imperd,  -are,  command  statim,  adv.,  at  once 

lignum,  -I,  n.,  wood  vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your  (o/ 

pareo,  -ere,  obey  more  than  one  persori) 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

198.  Give  the  Latin  equivalent  for  the  italicized  words  in 
the  following  sentences,  and  then  translate  the  sentences  into 
Latin:  1.  The  farmer  is  working  in  his  (own)  field.  2.  His 
son  is  also  working  in  the  field.  3.  The  barbarians  were  de- 
stroying  their  (own)  towns.  4.  We  see  their  camp  from  this 
place.     5.   The  woman  stands  before  the  door  of  her  cottage. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

199.  1.  What  is  an  imperious  manner?  2.  Find  from  a 
dictionary  the  origin  of  empire.  3.  What  is  a  perfidious 
enemy?    4.   What  is  lignitef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  two  English  sentences  which  if  translated  into  Latin  would 
require  a  form  of  suus,  and  two  which  would  require  ejus  or  eorum. 
2.   Conjugate  sum  in  the  future  indicative.     3.   Decline  suus  in  fuil. 


82  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XXXI 
THIRD  DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS 

THE  NOMINATIVE  AND  GENITIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 

200.  Nouns  of  the  third  declension  have  the  genitive 
singular  ending  in  -is.  In  this  declension  the  nominative 
singular  is  formed  in  a  number  of  ways.  But  if  the  genitive 
singular  is  learned  at  the  same  time  as  the  nominative,  these 
variations  in  the  nominative  will  cause  no  difhculty.  This 
declension  includes  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter  nouns. 

MASCULINE  AND  FEMININE  NOUNS  WITH  THE 
GENITIVE  PLURAL  IN  -UM 

201.  There  are  two  general  classes  of  nouns  in  the  third 
declension.  They  differ  mainly  in  the  ending  of  the  genitive 
plural.  Those  which  belong  to  the  first  class  have  the  genitive 
plural  ending  in  -um.  Masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of 
this  class  are  declined  as  follows: 


lex,  f. 

,  law 

Singular 

mfles, 

m.,  soldier 

Nom. 

lex 

Nom. 

miles 

Gen. 

legis 

Gen. 

mlhtis 

Dat. 

legl 

Dat. 

mllitl 

Acc. 

legem 

Acc. 

mllitem 

Abl. 

lege 

Plural 

Abl. 

mllite 

Nom. 

leges 

Nom. 

mllites 

Gen. 

legum 

Gen. 

mlhtum 

Dat. 

legibus 

Dat. 

mllitibus 

Acc. 

leges 

Acc. 

mllites 

Abl. 

legibus 

Abl. 

mllitibus 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


83 


frater, 

m.,  brother 

Singular 

homo, 

m.,  man 

Nom. 

frater 

Nom. 

homo 

Gen. 

fratris 

Gen. 

hominis 

Dat. 

fratrl 

Dat. 

homini 

Acc. 

fratrem 

Acc. 

hominem 

Abl. 

fratre 

Plural 

Abl. 

homine 

Nom. 

fratres 

Nom. 

homines 

Gen. 

fratrum 

Gen. 

hominum 

Dat. 

fratribus 

Dat. 

hominibus 

Acc. 

fratres 

Acc. 

homines 

Abl. 

fratribus 

Abl. 

hominibus 

ENDINGS 

202.     The  case  endings,  as  seen  above,  are  as  follows: 

Singular  Plural 

Nom.     — x  -es 

Gen.     -is  -um 

Dat.      -I  -ibus 

Acc.      -em  -es 

Abl.      -e  -ibus 


READING  EXERCISE 

203.  1.  In  Gallia  est  niillus  rex.  In  America  est  nullus 
rex.  Olim  in  multls  terrls  Europae  erant  reges.  Etiam  nunc 
in  Hispania  est  rex. 

2.  Frater  meus  et  pater  tuus  in  bello  erant.  Frater  meus 
erat  dux,  et  multl  eum  laudabant.  Pater  tuus  non  erat  dux, 
sed  erat  bonus  mlles,  et  fortiter  pugnabat. 

1  The  ending  of  the  nominative  singular  in  lex  and  miles  is  really  -s,  which  gives  -X 
when  combined  with  g  or  c.  But  this  ending  does  not  appear  in  all  third  declension 
nouns. 


84  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

3.  Castra  Romanorum  a  tergo  oppugnabimus.  Paucl 
mllites  in  eo  loco  sunt,  et  eos  facile  superabimus.  Sine  mora 
tota  castra  occupabimus. 

4.  Socil  iterum  auxilium  nostrum  postulant.  Patria  eorum 
in  periculo  est,  et  mllites  non  sunt  paratl.  Eos  juvabimus, 
quamquam  bellum  non  deslderamus. 

5.  Hi  virl  tecta  sua  iterum  vident,  et  laeti  sunt.  Amlci 
eorum  quoque  laetl  sunt. 


204.  VOCABULARY 

dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader  pater,  -tris,  m.,  father 

etiam,  adv.,  even,  also  pauci,  -ae,  -a,  pl.,  few,  a  few 

facile,  adv.,  easily  rex,  regis,  m.,  king 

frater,  -tris,  m.,  brother  tergum,  -I,  n.,  back;   a  tergo, 
mora,  -ae,  f.,  delay  at  the  rear,  from  the  rear 

mfles,  mflitis,  m.,  soldier 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

205.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  The  king  of  the  barbarians 
has  large  forces.  2.  Our  allies  do  not  have  (have  not)  a  king. 
3.  I  see  your  father  and  your  brother  in  the  street.  4.  The 
soldiers  praise  their  leaders.  5.  We  shall  invite  the  soldier 
and  his  brother. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

206.  1.  Find  in  a  dictionary  the  derivation  of  duke. 
2.  What  is  a  fraternal  organization?  3.  Explain  the  state- 
ment  "A  moratorium  was  declared  at  the  beginning  of  the 
war."  4.  What  is  the  meaning  and  derivation  of  militiaf 
5.  What  is  paternal  affection?  6.  Find  in  a  dictionary  a 
word  derived  from  pauci.  7.  How  is  regalia  connected  in 
meaning  with  rex? 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 


85 


1.  Decline  together  magnus  rex.  2.  Decline  together  lex  bona. 
3.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  of  the  leader,  of  the  leaders,  with  the 
leader,  with  the  leaders.  4.  Give  the  third  person  plural,  active  voice,  of 
the  future  tense  of  all  the  verbs  of  paragraph  3,  section  203. 


LESSON  XXXII 


THIRD  DECLENSION  (Continued) 

NEUTER  NOUNS  WITH  THE  GENITIVE  PLURAL  IN  -UM 

207.  There  are  many  neuter  nouns  of  the  third  declension. 
These,  like  the  masculine  and  feminine  nouns,  f orm  the  ncmina- 
tive  in  different  ways.  Neuter  nouns  belonging  to  the  same 
general  class  of  the  third  declension  as  the  masculine  and 
feminine  nouns  which  have  been  given  in  the  preceding  lessons 
are  declined  as  follows: 


flumen,  n.,  river 


Nom.  fliimen 

Gen.  fluminis 

Dat.  fliimini 

Acc.  flumen 

Abl.  flumine 


Singular 


caput,  n.,  head 


Nom.  caput 

Gen.  capitis 

Dat.  capiti 

Acc.  caput 

Abl.  capite 


Plural 

Nom.     flumina  Nom.  capita 

Gen.      fluminum  Gen.  capitum 

Dat.      fluminibus  Dat.  capitibus 

Acc.      flumina  Acc.  capita 

Abl.      fluminibus  Abl.  capitibus 


86  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

corpus,  n.,  body 


Singular 

Plural 

Nom.     corpus 

Nom. 

corpora 

Gen.      corporis 

Gen. 

corporum 

Dat.      corpori 

Dat. 

corporibus 

Acc.       corpus 

Acc. 

corpora 

Abl.      corpore 

Abl. 

corporibus 

a.  These  three  words  illustrate  different  formations 
of  the  nominative,  but  there  is  no  difference  in  the 
manner  in  which  they  are  declined.  If  any  one  of  the 
three  is  learned,  the  others  can  be  declined  when  the 
nominative  and  genitive  are  known.  Another  important 
neuter  noun  of  this  class  is  iter,  genitive  itineris,  road 
or  journey,  which  appears  in  a  later  lesson. 

b.  In  the  neuter  noun  templum  of  the  second  declen- 
sion,  we  have  seen  that  the  accusative  singular  is  the 
same  as  the  nominative  singular,  that  the  accusative 
plural  is  the  same  as  the  nominative  plural,  and  that 
the  nominative  and  accusative  plural  end  in  -a.  These 
facts  are  also  true  of  the  neuter  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  given  above,  and  they  are  true  of  all  neuter 
nouns  in  the  Latin  language,  no  matter  what  the  de- 
clension  to  which  they  belong. 


READING  EXERCISE:   PUER  QUI  (WHO)  NATAT 

208.  1.  Tectum  nostrum  non  longe  a  rlpa  fluminis  abest. 
Saepe  in  eo  flumine  nato  aut  in  rlpa  sto.  Frater  meus  quoque 
interdum  in  flumine  natat.  Natare  amamus.  In  medio 
flumine  est  magnum  saxum.  Ad  saxum  natamus,  tum  in 
saxo  diti  sedemus  et  ceteros  pueros  spectamus.  Fliimen  non 
altum  est,  et  caput  meum  vides  cum  in  flumine  sto.  Corpora 
valida  habemus  quod  saepe  natamus  et  quod  in  agrls  labora- 
mus. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  87 

2.  Pueri  Romanl  quoque  natare  amabant.  Roma  est  in 
ripa  magni  fluminis,  et  in  flumine  puerl  Romanl  saepe 
natabant.  Etiam  hieme  Romanl  in  flumine  natabant.  Illl 
virl  corpora  valida  habebant,  et  mllites  bonl  erant. 

209.  VOCABULARY 

aut,  conj.,  or  nato,  -are,  swim 

caput,  capitis,  n.,  head  ripa,  -ae,  f.,  bank  (ofastream) 

corpus,  corporis,  n.,  body  saxum,  -I,  n.,  rock,  stone 

diu,  adv.,  for  a  long  time,  long     sedeo,  -ere,  sit 
flumen,  fluminis,  n.,  river 
medius,  -a,  -um,  middle,  the 
middle  of 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

210.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  From  this  place  I  see 
the  river.  2.  This  horse  has  a  small  head.  3.  The  soldiers 
have  strong  bodies.  4.  The  boys  sometimes  swim  in  the 
rivers.     5.   There1  are  forests  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers. 

ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

211.  1.  What  is  capital  punishment?  corporal  punishment? 
2.  Find  an  English  word  from  medius.  3.  What  are  riparian 
rights?  4.  What  is  a  natatoriumf  5.  What  is  a  sedentary 
occupation? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Rewrite  the  last  sentence  of  paragraph  1,  section  208,  changing 
the  noun  corpora  and  all  the  verbs  to  the  singular  number.  2.  Decline 
together  hoc  flumen.  3.  Conjugate  sedeo  in  the  future  active. 
4.  Give  the  accusative  singular  of  ripa,  equus,  rex,  mfles,  corpus, 
flumen. 


1  See  section  54,  page  20. 


88 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XXXIII 
THIRD  DECLENSION  (Continued) 

MASCULINE  AND  FEMININE  NOUNS  WITH  THE 
GENITIVE  PLURAL  IN  -IUM 

212.  The  second  of  the  two  general  classes  of  nouns  of 
the  third  declension  differs  from  the  first  class  in  that  the 
genitive  plural  ends  in  -ium  instead  of  -um.  There  are  also 
a  few  other  differences.  Masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of 
this  class  are  declined  as  follows: 


collis,  M. 

,  hill 

nubes,  f.,  cloud 

Singular 

nox,  f.,  night 

Nom. 

collis 

ntibes 

nox 

Gen. 

collis 

nubis 

noctis 

Dat. 

colli 

niibl 

noctl 

Acc. 

collem 

nubem 

noctem 

Abl. 

colle 

ntibe 
Plural 

nocte 

Nom. 

colles 

nubes 

noctes 

Gen. 

collium 

nubium 

noctium 

Dat. 

collibus 

nubibus 

noctibus 

Acc. 

collls,  -es 

nubls,  -es 

noctls,  -es 

Abl. 

collibus 

nubibus 

noctibus 

a.  The  Romans  sometimes  used  -Is  and  sometimes 
-es  as  the  ending  of  the  accusative  plural  of  these  nouns. 
The  form  in  -es  is  regularly  used  in  this  book. 

CLASSES  OF  MASCULINE  AND  FEMININE  NOUNS  WITH 
THE  GENITIVE  IN  -IUM 

213.  The  following  two  classes  include  practically  all 
masculine  and  feminine  nouns  which  have  the  genitive  plural 
in  -ium : 

(1)   Nouns  ending  in  -is  or  -es,  and  having  the  same  num- 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  89 

ber  of  syllables  in  the  nominative  and  in  the  genitive  singular: 
avis,  gen.  avis;  nubes,  gen.  nubis. 

(2)  Nouns  which  have  two  consonants  immediately  pre- 
ceding  the  ending  of  the  genitive  singular:  nox,  gen.  noctis. 

Other  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion  regularly  have  the  genitive  plural  in  -um.  In  this  book 
the  genitive  plural  ending  -ium  is  printed  in  the  vocabulary 
after  nouns  which  have  that  ending. 

READING  EXERCISE:   HOMO  QUI  LONGE  A 
TECTO  SUO  EST 

214.  Nox  est,  et  in  silva  aves  et  bestiae  silent.  Lux 
obscura  est  propter  nubes,  quamquam  luna  videtur.  Longe 
a  tecto  meo  sum.  Ex  summo  colle  parvum  oppidum  video. 
Appropinquabo  et  cibum  rogabo.  Nam  defessus  sum,  et 
nullam  pecuniam  habeo.  Si  non  barbari  sunt,  cibum  mihi 
dabunt.     Pecuniam  non  rogabo. 

Cibum  el  dabimus,  nam  defessus  est.  Non  sumus  barbarl. 
Longe  a  tecto  suo  est,  et  nullam  pecuniam  habet.  Nullos 
amicos  in  hoc  loco  habet.  Sed  homo  est,  et  homo  hominem 
juvare  debet. 

215.  VOCABULARY 

appropinquo,  -are,  approach  nox,  noctis,  -ium,  f.,  night 

avis,  avis,  -ium,  f.,  bird  nubes,  nubis,  -ium,  f.,  cloud 

cibus,  -I,  m.,  food  sileo,  -ere,  be  silent 

collis,  collis,  -ium,  m.,  hill  summus,  -a,  -um,  highest, 
homo,  hominis,  m.,  man  highest  part  of,  top  of 

lux,  lucis,  f.,  light 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

216.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  This  boy  is  a  friend  of  the 
birds.  2.  The  nights  are  long  in  winter.  3.  I  see  the  light 
in  the  window  of  the  cottage.  4.  We  are  hastening  from  the 
street  because  we  see  the  clouds.  5.  This  man  has  no  food 
because  he  has  no  money. 


90 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

217.  1.  What  is  an  aviatorf  2.  What  is  a  translucent 
substance?  3.  What  are  nocturnal  birds?  4.  What  is  meant 
by  the  phrase  summum  bonumf 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  genitive  singular  of  all  the  nouns  in  the  first  two  lines  of 
section  214.  2.  Decline  together  collis  altus.  3.  Decline  together  avis 
pulchra.  4.  Conjugate  appropinquo  and  sileo  in  the  imperfect  active, 
and  give  the  meaning  of  each  form. 


LESSON  XXXIV 


THIRD  DECLENSION  (Continued) 
NEUTER  NOUNS  WITH  THE  GENITIVE  PLURAL  IN  -IVM 

218.  The  second  class  of  nouns  of  the  third  declension  has 
a  number  of  nouns  which  are  neuter.  The  nominative  of  these 
ends  in  -e,  -al,  or  -ar.     They  are  declined  as  follows: 

Insigne,  n.,  badge   exemplar,  n.,  pattern  animal,  n.,  animal 

Singular 


Nom. 

Insigne 

exemplar 

animal 

Gen. 

Insignis 

exemplaris 

animalis 

Dat. 

Insignl 

exemplari 

animali 

Acc. 

Insigne 

exemplar 

animal 

Abl. 

Insignl 

exemplarl 
Plural 

animall 

Nom. 

Insignia 

exemplaria 

animalia 

Gen. 

Insignium 

exemplarium 

animahum 

Dat. 

Insignibus 

exemplaribus 

animahbus 

Acc. 

Insignia 

exemplaria 

animalia 

Abl. 

Insignibus 

exemplaribus 

animalibus 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


91 


a.  In  addition  to  having  the  genitive  plural  ending  in 
-ium,  these  nouns  differ  from  the  neuter  nouns  of  the 
first  class  in  that  the  ablative  singular  ends  in  -I  and  the 
nominative  and  accusative  plural  in  -ia. 


GENDER  IN  THE  TfflRD  DECLENSION 

219.     The  following  rules  will  help  in  determining  the  gender 
of  nouns  of  the  third  declension: 

(1)  Nouns  ending  in  -tas  and  -tus  are  feminine. 

(2)  Nouns  ending  in  -tor  are  masculine. 

(3)  Nouns  ending  in  -e,  -al,  -ar,  -n,  and  -t  are  neuter. 


ROMAN    STANDARDS 


READING  EXERCISE:   INSIGNIA  MILITUM 

220.     1.   Olim   mllites   in   proelhs   Insignia   habebant.     Sic 
hostes  et  amlci  notl  erant.     Signa  quoque  habebant.     Inter- 


92  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

dum  haec  signa  erant  figtirae  animalium.  In  pictfira  exem- 
plaria  horum  signorum  videtis.  Nunc  signa  in  proelils  non 
videmus,  et  Insignia  saepe  celantur. 

2.  Hostes  appropinquant.  Ex  hoc  loco  Insignia  eorum 
videmus.  Oppidum  nostrum  oppugnabunt,  sed  mllites  nostrl 
paratl  sunt,  et  non  timemus.  Hostes  superabuntur  et  oppi- 
dum  nostrum  tiitum  erit  quod  mllites  bonos  patria  nostra 
habet. 

221.  VOCABULARY 

animal,    animalis,    -ium,    n.,  notus,  -a,  -um,  known,  well 

animal  known 

celo,  -are,  conceal  proelium,  -I,  n.,  battle 

exemplar,  -aris,  -ium,  n.,  copy,  sic,  adv.,  thus,  so 

specimen  signum,    -I,   n.,    sign,    stand- 

figura,  -ae,  f.,  figure  ard 
hostis,  hostis,  -ium,  m.,  enemy 
insigne,    Insignis,    -ium,    n., 

decoration,  badge 

a.  The  word  hostis  is  applied  to  an  enemy  of  one's 
country,  while  inimicus  means  a  personal  enemy. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

222.  1.  Corpora  horum  animal —  parva  sunt.  2.  Dux 
host —  (of  the  enemies)  gladium  habet.  3.  Frater  meus  Insignia 
pulchr —  habet.  4.  Mllites  nostrl  sign —  (standards)  in  proelils 
non  portant.     5.   Haec  picttira  pulchra  multls  not —  est. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

223.  1.  What  is  exemplary  conduct?  2.  Find  an  adjec- 
tive  and  a  noun  derived  from  hostis.  3.  What  is  meant  by 
the  insignia  of  office?  4.  What  distinction  in  use  is  commonly 
made  between  notorious  and  notedf 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  93 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  hostis  miser.  2.  Decline  together  parvum  animal. 
3.  Rewrite  paragraph  2  of  section  220,  changing  all  the  verbs  to  the  im- 
perfect  tense.  4.  Give  the  genitive  plural  of  collis,  homo,  nox,  hostis, 
figura,  proelium. 


LESSON  XXXV 
PERFECT  TENSE 


MEANING  OF  THE  PERFECT 

224.  In  addition  to  the  imperfect,  Latin  has  another  tense, 
called  the  perfect,  denoting  past  time. 

The  perfect  tense  of  the  Latin  verb  is  sometimes  translated 
by  such  forms  as  I  have  carried,  you  have  carried,  etc,  and  some- 
times  by  the  simple  past  tense  I  carried,  you  carritd,  etc.  The 
meaning  of  the  rest  of  the  sentence  will  usually  make  it  easy  to 
decide  which  of  these  two  translations  should  be  used. 

FORMS  OF  THE  PERFECT 

225.  The  verbs  porto  and  moneo  are  conjugated  as  follows 
in  the  perfect  active: 

Singular 
portavl,  I  carried,  or  I  have  carried 
portavistl,  you  carried,  or  you  have  carried 
portavit,  he  carried,  or  he  has  carried 

Plural 
portavimus,  we  carried,  or  we  have  carried 
portavistis,  you  carried,  or  you  have  carried 
portaverunt,  they  carried,  or  they  have  carried 

Singular  Plural 

monul,  I  warned,  or  I  have  warned  monuimus 

monuistl  monuistis 

monuit  monuerunt 


94  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

a.  The  verbs  amo,  laudo,  supero,  and  most  other 
verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  form  their  perfects  like 
porto.  The  perfects  of  terreo,  timeo,  and  habed  are 
like  that  of  moneo.  The  perfect  of  maneo  is  mansi, 
mansisti,  etc. 

b.  The  personal  endings  used  in  the  perfect  active  differ 
from  those  used  with  the  other  tenses.  They  are  as 
f  ollows : 

Singular  Plural 

-I  -imus 

-istl  -istis 

-it  -erunt 

THE  PERFECT  OF  SUM 

226.  The  verb  sum  is  conjugated  as  follows  in  the  perfect: 

Singular  Plural 

fui,  /  have  been  fuimus,  we  have  been 

fuistl,  you  have  been  fuistis,  you  have  been 

fuit,  he  has  been  fuerunt,  they  have  been 

DISTINCTION  BETWEEN  THE  PERFECT  AND  THE  IMPERFECT 

227.  The  distinction  between  the  perf ect  and  the  imperfect 
tenses  consists  in  the  fact  that  the  imperfect  represents  an 
act  as  going  on  in  past  time  or  denotes  a  situation  in  past 
time,  while  the  perfect  either  denotes  a  single  past  act  without 
reference  to  its  continuance  or  is  equivalent  to  the  English 
present  perfect. 

In  the  sentence  We  crossed  the  river  a  single  act  in  past  time 
is  denoted,  and  hence  the  perfect  will  be  used  in  Latin.  Simi- 
larly,  in  the  sentence  We  have  crossed  the  river,  the  verb  is  in 
the  present  perfect,  and  the  Latin  equivalent  will  require  the 
perfect.  On  the  other  hand,  We  were  crossing  the  river  repre- 
sents  an  act  as  going  on  in  past  time,  and  Everyone  feared  war 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  95 

denotes  a  situation  in  past  time.     Hence  the  imperfect  will 
be  used  in  these  two  sentences. 

READING  EXERCISE 

228.  1.  Gens  vestra  bellum  amat,  et  semper  amavit.  Ro- 
mani  vos  in  proelils  saepe  superaverunt  et  multas  urbes  vestras 
etiam  expugnaverunt.     Sed  in  terra  vestra  non  manserunt. 

2.  Clves  nostri  bellum  non  deslderant,  sed  gentem  vestram 
non  timent  neque  timuerunt.  Non  sunt  ignavl,  sed  non  facile 
ad  bellum  excitantur. 

3.  Ciir  huc  properavistl?  Hiic  properavl,  quod  frater  meus 
in  perlculo  est  et  auxilium  meum  postulat.  Auxilium  tuum 
quoque  desiderat.  Tibi  semper  benignus  fuit,  et  auxilium  dare 
debes. 

4.  Fratrem  tuum  saepe  monul.  Cur  perlculum  non  videt? 
Auxilium  non  dabo. 

229.  VOCABULARY 

civis,  civis,  -ium,  m.,  citizen  ignavus,  -a,  -um,  cowardly 

excito,   -are,   arouse,   stir   up,  urbs,  urbis,  -ium,  f.,  city 

excite  vos,  you   (plural,  nominative 
gens,  gentis,  -ium,  f.,  nation        and  accusative) 
huc,  adv.,  to  this  place,  hither 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

230.  1.  Mllites  hunc  ducem  semper  amav — .  2.  Pater 
meus  saepe  fratrem  meum  monu — .  3.  Socii  nostri  auxilium 
postulav — .  4.  Amlcl  nostri  benignl  fu — ,  et  eos  amamus. 
5.   Hanc  gentem  timu —  (subject  (W). 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

231.  1.  What  is  meant  by  civic  virtues?  2.  What  connec- 
tion  in  meaning  can  you  see  between  civilization  and  civis? 

3.  Give    an    English    noun    which   is    derived   from   excito. 

4.  What  is  the  difference  between  urban  and  urbanef 


96 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  moneo  and  maneo  through  the  perfect  indicative  active, 
and  give  meanings.  2.  Decline  civis.  3.  Write  the  third  person  plural 
of  porto  and  moneo  in  the  active  voice,  in  all  the  tenses  given  thus  far. 


FOURTH  REVIEW  LESSON 

232.                 VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  XXVIII-XXXV 

animal,  -alis 

proelium,  -I 

expugno,  -an 

avis,  avis 

rex,  regis 

impero,  -are 

barbari,  -orum 

rlpa,  -ae 

moveo,  -ere 

bestia,  -ae 

saxum,  -I 

nato, -are 

caput,  capitis 

servus,  -I 

neco,  -are 

cena, -ae 

signum,  -I 

paro,  -are 

cibus,  -I 

tergum,  -I 

pareo,  -ere 

civis,  civis 

urbs,  urbis 

sedeo, -ere 

collis,  collis 

servo, -are 

corpus,  corporis 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a 

sileo,  -ere 

dux,  ducis 

ferus,  -a,  -um 

vulnero,  -are 

exemplar,  -aris 

ignavus,  -a,  -um 

figura,  -ae 

medius,  -a,  -um 

cras 

fliimen,  fluminis 

notus,  -a,  -um 

diu 

frater,  fratris 

pauci,  -ae,  -a 

etiam 

fuga,  -ae 

perfidus,  -a,  -um 

facile 

gens,  gentis 

summus,  -a,  -um 

heri 

homo,  hominis 

suus,  -a,  -um 

hiic 

hostis,  hostis 

totus,  -a,  -um 

mox 

Insigne,  Insignis 

vester,  -tra,  -trum 

semper 

lignum,  -I 

vos 

sic 

lux,  lticis 

statim 

miles,  militis 

appropinquo,  -are 

mora,  -ae 

celo,  -are 

aut 

nox,  noctis 

deleo,  -ere 

igitur 

nubes,  niibis 

erro,  -are 

nam 

pater,  patris 

excito,  -are 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  97 

WORD  STUDY:   ASSIMILATION 

233 .  The  f  orm  of  a  Latin  prefix  is  sometimes  changed  because 
of  the  letter  which  immediately  f ollows  it.  For  example,  before 
words  beginning  with  p  the  prefix  ad  becomes  ap-.  Thus  from 
ad  and  propinquo  we  get  appropinquo.  The  change  of  a  letter 
because  of  the  influence  of  an  adjoining  letter  is  called  as- 
similation.  The  words  occupo  and  oppugno  in  the  review  vocab- 
ulary  of  page  73  are  examples  of  assimilation.  The  prefix 
with  which  they  are  both  formed  is  ob,  against.  Before  c  this 
has  become  oc-  (ob+capio,  occupo),  and  before  p  it  has  become 
op-  (ob+pugno,  oppugno). 

Sometimes  a  letter  is  not  changed  to  the  same  letter  as  that 
which  follows,  but  to  one  which  can  be  easily  pronounced  with 
it.  The  prefix  com-  becomes  con-  before  d  or  s.  Hence  we 
have  conduco  from  com-  and  duco,  and  conservo  from  com- 
and  servo.     The  meaning  of  this  prefix  will  be  explained  later. 

SPELLING  OF  ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

234.  The  fact  that  certain  English  words  have  doubled 
consonants  (acc-,  occ-,  off-)  is  due  to  assimilation  in  the  Latin 
words  from  which  they  have  come.  Thus  difficult  is  from  a 
Latin  word  in  the  development  of  which  the  inseparable 
prefix  dis-  has  become  dif-  bef ore  a  word  beginning  with  f ;  hence 
we  have  ff  in  difficult.  In  the  word  correction  the  letters  cor 
represent  the  prefix  com-,  and  the  second  r  is  from  rego  to 
which  com-  has  been  prefixed,  giving  rr  in  the  derived  word. 

(1)  The  following  words  have  aff-  because  they  are  from 
Latin  words  in  which  ad  was  prefixed  to  a  word  beginning  with  f . 


affable 

affidavit 

affix 

affect 

affiliate 

afflict 

affection 

affirm 

affront 

(2)  The  following  words  have  ann-  because  they  are  from 
Latin  words  in  which  ad  was  prefixed  to  a  word  beginning 
with  n. 


98  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

annex  announce 

annihilate  annul 

annotate 

EXERCISE 

Pind  how  many  words  in  your  English  dictionary  begin  with  acc-. 
(Nearly  all  these  are  derived  from  the  combination  of  ad  and  a  word 
beginning  with  c.) 


LESSON  XXXVI 


PAST  PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE 


235.  The  past  passive  participle  of  porto  is  portatus,  -a, 
-um,  translated  either  by  the  compound  participle  having 
been  carried,  or  simply  by  the  past  participle  carried.  The 
participle  of  moneo  is  monitus,  -a,  -um,  meaning  having  been 
warned,  or  simply  warned.  Thus,  Puer  a  patre  monitus  ad 
scholam  properabat,  may  be  translated  The  boy,  having  been 
warned  by  his  father,  was  hastening  to  school,  or  The  boy,  warned 
by  his  father,  was  hastening  to  school. 

The  past  passive  participle  is  declined  throughout  like  bonus. 
A  participle  agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  noun 
or  pronoun  to  which  it  belongs. 

PARTICIPLES 

(25)  There  are  certain  verb  forms  which  not  only  denote  action,  but 
also  serve  to  tell  something  about  a  person  or  thing  very  much  as  an 
adjective  does.  Thus,  in  the  sentence,  The  boy,  frightened  by  the  noise, 
called  for  help,  the  word  frightened  is  a  f orm  of  the  verb  frighten,  but  it 
serves  to  tell  something  about  the  situation  or  condition  of  the  boy.  It  is 
called  a  participle,  and  it  shares  something  of  the  character  of  a  verb  and 
of  an  adjective.  It  has  the  character  of  a  verb  in  that  it  denotes  action 
and  it  has  the  character  of  an  adjective  in  that  it  tells  something  about  a 
noun  or  pronoun. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  99 

a.  The  past  participle  of  juvo  is  jutus,  -a,  -um,  of 
do  is  datus,  -a,  -um  (differing  from  portatus  in  that 
the  a  is  short).  All  other  verbs  of  the  first  conjuga- 
tion  which  have  been  given  thus  far  form  their  past  par- 
ticiples  like  porto  i1  for  example,  laudatus,  amatus,  etc. 

READING  EXERCISE:  HOSTES  URBEM  OPPUGNARE 
PARANT 

236.  1.  Vigiles  ex  moenibus  urbis  prospectant  et  agmen 
hostium  procul  vident.  Hostes  appropinquant  et  urbem 
oppugnare  parant.  Sed  portae  et  moenia  urbis  sunt  valida, 
et  ante  moenia  est  vallum.  Mllites  a  duce  monitl  nunc  ad 
moenia  properant.     Clves  auxilium  a  socils  quoque  expectant. 

2.  Ad  urbem  aporopinquamus  et  eam  oppugnare  paramus. 
Mllites  nostri  sunt  defessl,  quod  iter  hodie  longum  fuit.  Sed 
statim  oppugnabimus,  quod  clves  urbis  auxilium  a  socils 
expectant. 

3.  Auxihum  a  clvibus  expectatum  non  adest.  Clves  et 
mllites  in  urbe  fortiter  pugnant,  sed  mox  erit  flnis  proelii. 
Urbs  expugnata  delebitur.     Multl  clves  erunt  servl. 

237.  VOCABULARY 

agmen,  agminis,  n.,   column,  porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate 

line  procul,  adv.,  at  a  distance 

finis,    finis,    m.,    end,    limit;  prospecto,    -are,    look    forth, 

plural,  country,  territory  look 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  road,  journey,  vallum,  -I,  n.,  rampart,  wall 

march  vigil,  vigilis,  m.,  sentinel 
moenia,  -ium,  n.,  pl.,  walls  (o/ 

a  city) 

a.  The  declension  of  iter  is  given  in  full  on  page  243. 
Its  cases  are  formed  in  accordance  with  the  same  prin- 
ciples  as  the  nouns  given  on  page  85. 


1  The  verb  sto  has  no  past  participle. 


100  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

238.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  The  soldier,  having  been 
warned,  hastened  to  the  camp.  2.  The  enemy,  having  been 
defeated,  will  be  slaves.  3.  The  boys,  having  been  praised, 
will  work  well.  4.  My  brother,  having  been  invited,  remained 
in  town.  5.  The  girl,  having  often  been  warned,  fears 
danger. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

239.  1.  Where  is  finis  sometimes  found  in  English  books? 
2.  What  is  an  itineraryf  3.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word 
portalf 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  the  complete  declension  of  portatus  and  monitus.  2.  Give 
the  form  of  amatus  which  will  agree  with  patria  as  subject;  with  the 
word  for  "woman"  as  object.     3.    Decline  vigil. 


LESSON  XXXVII 
PRINCIPAL  PARTS:    STEMS  OF  VERBS 

THE  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  THE  VERB 

240.  There  are  certain  forms  of  a  verb  which  show  us  im- 
portant  facts  regarding  the  conjugation  of  the  verb  in  the 
different  tenses.     These  are  called  principal  parts. 

The  principal  parts  of  a  Latin  verb  are  the  present  indicative 
active  (first  person  singular),  the  present  infinitive  active,  the 
perfect  indicative  active  (first  person  singular),  and  the  past 
passive  participle.  Any  form  of  a  verb  may  be  made  when 
these  are  known. 

The  principal  parts  of  porto  and  moneo  are  as  f ollows : 

porto,  portare,  portavi,  portatum 
moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitum 


FIRST  LATIN.  'LESSQNS  101 

a.  The  neuter  form  of  the  past  participle  is  given  in 
the  principal  parts  for  the  reason  that  the  past  parti- 
ciples  of  some  verbs  have  no  masculine  or  feminine  forms. 
But  for  most  verbs,  the  participle  is  declined  in  all  three 
genders.     Thus,  amatus,  -a,  -um,  territus,  -a,  -um,  etc. 

THE  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  FIRST  CONJUGATION  VERBS 

241.  All  first  conjugation  verbs  given  thus  far,  except  juvo, 
do,  and  sto,  form  their  principal  parts  like  porto.  The  princi- 
pal  parts  of  these  three  are  as  f ollows : 

do,  dare,  dedl,  datum 
juvo,  juvare,  juvi,  jutum 
sto,  stare,  steti 

a.  The  fourth  principal  part  of  std  will  be  explained 
later;  do  is  irregular  in  having  the  a  short  in  the  infinitive 
and  past  participle. 

THE  STEMS  OF  THE  VERB 

242.  If  from  the  present  infinitive  laudare  we  drop  -re  we 
have  left  what  is  known  as  the  present  stem.  The  stem  of  a 
verb  is  the  body  of  the  verb  to  which  tense  signs  and  endings 
are  added. 

A  verb  regularly  has  three  stems :  the  present,  the  perf ect,  and 
the  participial.  The  present  stem  is  found  by  dropping  -re 
from  the  present  active  infinitive,  and  the  perfect  stem  by 
dropping  -I  from  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect  indica- 
tive  active.  The  participial  stem  is  found  by  dropping  -um 
from  the  past  participle:  portatum,  stem  portat-;  monitum, 
stem  monit-. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  AND  STEMS 

243.  In  order  to  find  the  stems  of  a  verb,  it  is  necessary  to 
know  its  principal  parts.  These  facts  which  have  been  stated 
regarding  the  formation  and  use  of  stems  are  true  of  all  verbs 


102  Fi£ST  LATIN  LESSONS 

in  the  Latin  language.     It  is  therefore  very  important  that 
they  be  remembered. 

USE  OF  THE  STEMS 

244.  The  present,  the  imperfect,  and  the  future  indicative, 
active  and  passive,  are  formed  on  the  present  stem. 

The  perfect  stem  is  used  only  in  the  active  voice.  The 
perfect  active  indicative,  which  has  already  been  given,  and 
the  past  perfect  and  future  perfect  indicative,  which  will  be 
given  later,  are  formed  on  this  stem. 

Only  a  few  forms  are  made  on  the  participial  stem. 

THE  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  SECOND  CONJUGATION  VERBS 

245.  The  principal  parts  of  the  second  conjugation  verbs 
which  have  been  given  thus  far  are  as  follows: 

moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitum 

debeo,  debere,  debul,  debitum 

habeo,  habere,  habul,  habitum 

pareo,  parere,  parul 

timeo,  timere,  timul 

sileo,  silere,  silul 

maneo,  manere,  mansl,  mansum 

jubeo,  jubere,  jussl,  jussum 

moveo,  movere,  movl,  motum 

sedeo,  sedere,  sedl,  sessum 

video,  videre,  vldl,  vlsum 

respondeo,  respondere,  respondl,  responsum 

deleo,  delere,  delevT,  deletum 

audeo,  audere 

a.  Some  verbs  do  not  have  a  past  passive  participle. 
This  is  true  of  the  verbs  which  have  only  three  principal 
parts  in  the  list  above.  The  perfect  of  audeo  is  omitted 
at  this  time  because  it  is  not  formed  like  that  of  the 
other  verbs  above. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  103 

LESSON  XXXVIII 

PERFECT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  AND  THE  PAST  INFINITIVE 
THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  PORTO  AND  MONEO 

246.  The  perfect  indicative  passive,  unlike  the  other  tenses 
which  have  been  given,  is  not  formed  by  adding  personal 
endings  to  a  stem.  Instead,  the  past  passive  participle  is 
used  with  the  present  tense  of  the  verb  sum.  Two  separate 
words  are  used  to  represent  each  person  and  number.  The 
perfect  indicative  passive  of  porto  and  moneo  is  as  follows: 

Singular 

portatus  sum,  I  was  carried  or  I  have  been  carried 
portatus  es,  you  were  carried  or  you  have  been  carried 
portatus  est,  he  was  carried  or  he  has  been  carried 

Plural 

portati  sumus,  we  were  carried  or  we  have  been  carried 
portati  estis,  you  were  carried  or  you  have  been  carried 
portati  sunt,  they  were  carried  or  they  have  been  carried 

Singular 

monitus  sum,  I  was  warned  or  /  have  been  warned 
monitus  es,  you  were  warned  or  you  have  been  warned 
monitus  est,  he  was  warned  or  he  has  been  warned 

Plural 

monitl  sumus,  we  were  warned  or  we  have  been  warned 
monitl  estis,  you  were  warned  or  you  have  been  warned 
moniti  sunt,  they  were  warned  or  they  have  been  warned 

a.  The  forms  of  this  tense  are  translated  more  fre- 
quently  by  the  English  past  tense,  /  was  carried,  etc, 
than  by  the  present  perfect. 


104  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

b.  The  participle  used  in  forming  this  tense  agrees 
with  the  subject  in  gender  and  number. 

PAST  INFINITIVES 

247.  There  is  a  past  infinitive  in  Latin,  as  in  English.  Its 
forms  and  meanings  in  both  voices  are  as  follows: 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

I.   portavisse,  to  have  carried  portatus  esse,  to  have  been  carried 
II.   monuisse,  to  have  warned    monitus  esse,  to  have  been  warned 

a.  The  past  active  infinitive  is  formed  by  adding  -isse 
to  the  perfect  stem.  The  past  passive  infinitive  con- 
sists  of  the  past  passive  participle  and  the  present  infini- 
tive  of  sum. 

The  past  infinitive  of  sum  is  fuisse,  to  have  been. 

READING  EXERCISE 

248.  1.  Agrl  nostrl  ab  hostibus  vastatl  sunt,  et  multa  op- 
pida  occupata  sunt.  Auxilium  a  clvibus  nostrls  populo  Ro- 
mano  in  bello  olim  datum  est,  et  populus  Romanus  nunc  nos 
juvare  debet.     Auxilium  vestrum  postulamus. 

2.  Urbs  nostra  erit  in  (on)  illo  parvo  monte.  Locus  idoneus 
est  quod  flumen  non  longe  abest,  et  ex  eo  flumine  aquam  ha- 
bebimus.  Urbs  Roma  appellabitur.  Circum  urbem  erit 
murus.  Rlpa  ulterior  fluminis  nunc  est  in  terra  Etruscorum, 
sed  illa  terra  mox  erit  Romana.  Etrtiscos  superabimus.  No- 
men  urbis  nostrae  multls  gentibus  notum  erit. 

249.  VOCABULARY 

appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  call,  idoneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable 

name  mons,  montis,  -ium,  m.,  moun- 

aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water  tain 

circum,  prep.  with  acc,  around  nomen,  nominis,  n.,  name 

Etrusci,   -orum,    m.,    pl.,   the  Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome 

Etruscans  ulterior,  farther 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


105 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

250.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  Our  soldiers  have  often  been 
praised.  2.  The  cities  of  our  allies  have  been  seized  by  the 
enemy  (plural).  3.  Your  son  has  not  been  seen.  4.  But  I 
have  seen  your  daughter  in  the  street.  5.  The  money  has  not 
been  given  to  this  man. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

251.  1.  What  is  an  appellationf  2.  What  is  an  aqueductf 
3.  Find  two  compounds  of  circum.  4.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  nomenclaturef     5.   What  is  an  ulterior  motive? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  he  has  warned,  he  has  been  warned; 
they  have  ordered,  they  have  been  ordered;  we  have  praised,  we  have  been 
praised.  2.  Rewrite  the  first  sentence  of  1,  section  248,  changing  the 
verb  to  the  active  voice,  and  making  such  other  changes  as  are  necessary. 


THE  CAPITOLINE  HILL   (rESTORATION) 


106  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON  XXXIX 

THIRD  CONJUGATION  -O  VERBS,  PRESENT  INDICATIVE 

252.  Verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  have  the  ending  -ere 
in  the  present  active  infinitive.  This  ending  must  be  distin- 
guished  from  that  of  the  second  conjugation,  which  is  -ere 
(long  e).  There  are  two  classes  of  verbs  of  the  third  conjuga- 
tion,  one  class  with  the  ending  -6  and  the  other  class  with  the 
ending  -io  in  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present  active 
indicative. 

Those  of  the  first  class  are  conjugated  as  follows  in  the  pres- 
ent  indicative: 

duco,  I  lead 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Singular 

diico,  /  lead  dticor,  I  am  led 

ducis,  you  lead  diiceris,  you  are  led 

dticit,  he  leads  ducitur,  he  is  led 

Plural 

ducimus,  we  lead  ducimur,  we  are  led 

ducitis,  you  lead  dticiminl,  you  are  led 

ducunt,  they  lead  dticuntur,  they  are  led 

253.  One  or  more  forms  of  the  following  third  conjugation 
verbs  of  the  same  class  as  duco  have  appeared  in  the  preceding 
lessons : 

disco,  -ere,  didici,  — ,  learn 
edo,  -ere,  edi,  esum,  eat 
lego,  -ere,  legl,  lectum,  read 
scrlbo,  -ere,  scrlpsl,  scrlptum,  write 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  107 

READING  EXERCISE:   BONUS  DUX 

254.  Illa  legio  vincit,  quod  ducem  bonum  habet.  Is  bene 
diicit,  et  mllites  hostes  non  timent.  Sed  pars  copiarum 
nostrarum  habet  alium  ducem,  et  hi  mllites  in  periculo  sunt. 
Hostes  castra  oppugnabunt  et  occupabunt.  Ille  dux  nunc 
nuntium  mittit,  et  hic  ntintius  auxilium  postulabit.  Auxilium 
mittere  paramus.  Sine  bono  duce  milites  in  perlculo  sunt. 
Bonus  dux  semper  paratus  est,  et  hostes  eum  timent.  Castra 
in  loco  inlquo  non  ponit,  neque  mllites  ejus  sine  armls  sunt. 


255.  VOCABULARY 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  another  nuntius,  -I,  m.,  messenger 

duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead  pars,  partis,  -ium,  f.,  part 

iniquus,  -a,  -um,  unfavorable,  pono,    -ere,    posui,    positum, 

unjust  place,  pitch 

legio,  -onis,  f.,  legion  vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,    con- 

mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missum,  send  quer,  defeat 

a.  The  genitive  and  dative  singular  of  alius  are  not 
formed  like  those  of  regular  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declensions.  They  are  not  used  in  the  exercises 
of  this  book. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

256.  1.  Castra  nostra  in  rlpa  fluminis  poni — (subject  "we"). 
2.  Clves  cibum  ad  mllites  mitt — .  3.  Cibus  a  clvibus  ad  ml- 
lites  mitti — .  4.  Quis  illam  legionem  duci — ?  5.  Legio  nos- 
tra  ducem  bonum  habe —  (has) . 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

257.  1.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  meaning  of  alias1  as  an 
English  word.     2.   Give  two  English  words  from  the  present 

1  The  form  alias  is  reaily  a  Latin  adverb  which  is  derived  from  the  adjective  alius. 


108  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

stem  of  duco  and  two  from  the  participial  stem.  3.  What  is 
the  literal  meaning  of  particlef  4.  What  is  the  difference 
in  meaning  between  the  verbs  convince  and  convict,  both  of 
which  are  derived  from  vinco? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  pono,  jubeo,  and  postulo  in  the  present  indicative,  active 
and  passive.  2.  Give  the  third  person  plural,  active  and  passive,  of 
vinco,  habeo,  and  expecto.  3.  Conjugate  vinco  in  the  perfect  indicative, 
active  and  passive. 


LESSON  XL 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  -10  VERBS,  PRESENT  INDICATIVE 

258.     The  present  indicative  of  -io  verbs  of  the  third  con- 
jugation  is  as  follows: 

capio,  I  toke 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Singular  Singular 

capio,  I  take  capior,  I  am  taken 

capis,  you  take  caperis,  you  are  taken 

capit,  he  takes  capitur,  he  is  taken 

Plural  Plural 

capimus,  we  take  capimur,  we  are  taken 

capitis,  you  take  capiminl,  you  are  taken 

capiunt,  they  take  capiuntur,  they  are  taken 

a.  The  only  forms  in  which  the  verbs  of  this  class  differ 
from  those  of  the  first  class  in  the  present  tense  are  the 
first  person  singular  and  the  third  person  plural. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  109 

READING  EXERCISE:   CENTURIO  CUM  DUCE 
BARBARORUM  PUGNAT 

259.  Centurio  Romanus  gladium  et  scutum  capit  et  pro 
castrls  procedit.  Dux  barbarorum  quoque  procedit.  Hi  duo 
pugnant,  et  centurio  ducem  barbarorum  interficit.  Tum 
mllites  Romani  centurionem  excipiunt  cum  magnls  clamoribus, 
et  imperator  ei  praemium  dat. 

Gladium  et  scutum  capio  et  pro  castrls  procedo.  Cum  duce 
barbarorum  pugno,  et  eum  interficio.  Tum  mllites  et  impe- 
rator  me  laudant  et  mihi  praemium  datur.  Comites  mei  laetl 
sunt  quod  ita  laudor.  Pater  meus  quoque  laetus  erit  quod 
bonus  mlles  et  bonus  centurio  sum. 

260.  VOCABULARY 

capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captum,  take,     imperator,  -oris,  m.,  general 
capture  interficio,  -ficere,   -feci,   -fec- 

centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion  tum,  kill 

clamor,  -oris,  m.,  shout  procedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 

comes,  comitis,  m.,  companion        sum,  proceed,  advance 

duo,  duae,  duo,  two 

excipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tum,  receive 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

261.  1.  Mllites  gladios  et  sctita  capi — .  2.  Romanl  mul- 
tos  barbaros  in  proelio  interfici — .  3.  Ducem  nostrum  cum 
magnls  clamoribus  excipi — (subject  "we").  4.  Centurio  a 
mllitibus  cum  magnls  clamoribus  excipi — .  5.  Auxilium  a 
Romanis  non  mitti — . 

ENGLISH  DERIVATTVES  FROM  LATIN 

262.  1.  What  is  a  clamorous  throng?  Find  from  a  diction- 
ary  the  derivation  of  the  word  count  (a  title  of  nobility). 
3.  What  is  a  dual  empire?  4.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the 
derivation  of  emperor. 


110  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  interficio  and  mitto  in  the  present  indicative,  active 
and  passive.  2.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  they  make,  they  see, 
they  place,  they  send;  we  receive,  we  conquer,  we  order,  we  demand. 


LESSON  XLI 
ABLATIVE  OF  MEANS 

THE  ABLATIVE  WITHOUT  A  PREPOSITION 

263.  In  the  preceding  lessons  the  ablative  has  been  used 
as  the  object  of  certain  Latin  prepositions.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever,  the  ablative  is  used  without  a  preposition.  In  the  sen- 
tence  Puer  saxo  vulneratus  est,  the  boy  was  wounded  by  the 
stone,  the  phrase  by  the  stone  is  translated  by  the  ablative 
saxo,  without  any  preposition.  In  like  manner  in  the  sentence 
Galli  gladiis  pugnant,  the  Gauls  fight  with  swords,  the  ablative 
gladiis  is  used  without  a  preposition. 

THE  THTNG  BY  WHICH,  AND  THE  PERSON  BY  WHOM 
OR  WITH  WHOM 

264.  The  phrases  by  the  stone  and  with  swords  in  the  sentences 
above  denote  the  means  by  which  or  with  which  an  act  is  done. 
In  the  sentences  The  boy  was  helped  by  the  man  and  He  walks 
with  a  friend  the  phrases  by  the  man  and  with  a  friend  are  quite 
different  from  the  preceding  phrases.  In  the  first  of  these 
sentences  by  the  man  denotes  the  person  by  whom  the  act  was 
done,  and  will  be  translated  a  viro ;  in  the  second  with  a  friend 
denotes  the  person  in  company  with  whom  an  act  is  done  and 
will  be  translated  cum  amico. 

MEANS,  AGENT,  AND  ACCOMPANIMENT 

265.  A  word  used  to  express  the  means  with  which  an  act 
is  done,  as  saxd  and  gladiis  above,  is  said  to  be  in  the  ablaHve 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  111 

of  means.  A  word  denoting  the  person  by  whom  an  act  is 
done  is  said  to  be  in  the  ablative  of  agent,  and  a  word  denoting 
the  person  with  whom  one  is  associated  in  doing  an  act  is  said 
to  be  in  the  ablative  of  accompaniment.  The  ablative  of  means 
has  no  preposition,  the  ablative  of  agent  always  has  a  or  ab, 
and  the  ablative  of  accompaniment  commonly  has  cum.  In 
the  preceding  paragraph  viro  is  an  ablative  of  agent  and  amico 
an  ablative  of  accompaniment. 

READING  EXERCISE 

266.  1.  Gladio  me  defendo  et  scuto  me  tego.  Jaculum 
quoque  habeo.  Jaculum  in  (at)  hostes  jacio  cum  hi  non  longe 
absunt.  Hostes  interdum  jaculis  graviter  vulnerantur  aut 
interficiuntur.  In  capite  meo  est  galea.  Hostes  quoque 
gladios  et  scuta  et  galeas  habent.  Gladii  eorum  sunt  longl, 
sed  gladius  meus  non  longus  est.  Barbarl  saepe  longls  hastis 
pugnant.     Romani  hastas  non  habent. 

2.  Barbarl  nunc  agros  Etriiscorum  vastant  et  Etriiscos  e 
patria  expellere  cupiunt.  Etrtiscl  pro  patria  pugnant.  Terra 
Etruscorum  a  Roma  non  longe  abest,  sed  Etruscl  sunt  hostes 
Romanorum,  et  saepe  cum  els  bellum  gerunt. 

267.  VOCABULARY 

cupio,  -ere,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  wish  graviter,  adv.,  seriously,  heav- 

defendo,     -fendere,      -fendi,  ily 

-fensum,  defend  hasta,  -ae,  f.,  spear 

expello,  -pellere,  -puli,  -pul-  jacio,  -ere,  jeci,  jactum,  throw 

sum,  drive  out  longus,  -a,  -um,  long 

gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestum,  bear,  tego,  -ere,  texi,  tectum,  cover, 

carry,  carry  on,  wage  protect 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

268.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  The 
soldier  wounds  the  barbarian  with  a  sword.  2.  The  leader  of 
the  soldiers  was  killed  by  a  javelin.     3.   The  Gauls  and  Ger- 


112 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


mans  fought  with  spears.  4.  The  centurion  protects  his 
friend  with  a  shield.  5.  The  soldier's  head  is  protected  by  a 
helmet. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

269.  1.  What  is  an  indefensible  attitude?  2.  What  con- 
nection  in  meaning  can  you  see  between  reject  and  jacio? 
3.  What  is  longevity?  4.  What  is  the  meaning  of  cupidityf 
What  connection  can  you  see  between  the  meaning  of  this 
word  and  cupio? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  What  is  the  difference  in  the  form  of  translation  for  the  phrases  with 
by  in  the  sentences  He  was  wounded  by  a  javelin  and  H e  was  wounded  by 
the  enemy?  2.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  phrases  with  by 
which  would  require  a  preposition  if  translated  into  Latin.  3.  Write  two 
English  sentences  containing  phrases  with  by  or  with  which  would  be 
translated  into  Latin  without  a  preposition. 


THE   APPIAN   WAY  IN  THE  TIME  OF  AUGUSTUS 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  113 

LESSON  XLII 

FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  AUDIO 

270.-  The  present  active  infinitive  of  the  fourth  conjugation 
tnds  in  -Ire:  audid,  /  hear,  audire,  to  hear.  The  present 
indicati ve  is  as  f ollows : 

audio,  I  hear 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Singular 

audio,  I  hear  audior,  I  am  heard 

audls,  you  hear  audlris,  you  are  heard 

audit,  he  hears  audltur,  he  is  heard 

Plural 

audimus,  we  hear  audlmur,  we  are  heard 

audltis,  you  hear  audiminl,  you  are  heard 

audiunt,  they  hear  audiuntur,  they  are  heard 

a.  In  the  present  indicative  of  the  fourth  conjugation, 
as  seen  above,  the  characteristic  vowel  (I)  is  long,  except 
in  the  first  person  singular,  active  and  passive,  the  third 
person  singular,  active,  and  the  third  person  plural, 
active  and  passive.  The  third  conjugation  has  the  cor- 
responding  vowel  short. 

THE  PERFECT  SYSTEM  OF  THE  THTRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

271.  In  the  perfect,  active  and  passive,  verbs  of  the  third 
and  fourth  conjugations  are  conjugated  in  the  same  manner 
as  verbs  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations.  The  perfect 
and  the  participial  stems  are  found  from  the  principal  parts, 
as  has  already  been  explained  (p.  101),  and  the  tense  signs 
and  personal  endings  are  used  with  the  perfect  stems  in  exactly 
the  same  manner  as  with  the  perfect  stems  of  porto  and  moneo : 


114  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

duxi,  duxisti,  etc. ;  ductus  sum,  ductus  es,  etc. ;  audivi,  audivistl, 
etc;  audltus  sum,  auditus  es,  etc. 

READING  EXERCISE 

272.  1.  Sonum  multorum  pedum  audio.  Hostes  appro- 
pinquant.  Sctita  et  galeas  eorum  per  tenebras  video.  Castra 
nostra  expugnare  cupiunt,  sed  arma  parata  habemus.  Non 
solum  pro  patria  sed  etiam  pro  vlta  pugnabimus,  et  non 
facile  superabimur.  Dux  noster  cum  multls  mllitibus  mox 
aderit,  et  hl  nos  juvabunt.  Alil  mllites  nunc  castra  a  tergo 
muniunt,  et  ea  pars  mox  tuta  erit. 

2.  Sonus  multorum  pedum  audltur.  Sed  castra  muniuntur, 
et  mllites  Romanl  paratl  sunt.  Mllites  sciunt  numerum 
hostium  esse  magnum. 

3.  Hostes  sonum  pedum  nostrorum  audiunt.  Sciita  et 
galeas  nostras  per  tenebras  vident.  Castra  eorum  expugnare 
cupimus,  sed  arma  parata  habent,  et  alil  mllites  cum  duce 
bono  veniunt. 


273.  VOCABULARY 

audio,  -Ire,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  hear  scio,  scire,  sclvl,  scltum,  know 

munio,  -Ire,  -Ivl,  -Itum,  fortify  sonus,  -I,  m.,  sound 

non  solum  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  tenebrae,  -arum,  f.,  pl,  dark- 

only  .  .  but  also  ness 

pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot  venio,  -Ire,  venl,  ventum,  come 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

274.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  We  fortify  the  camp,  and 
we  prepare  arms.  2.  Loud  (great)  shouts  are  heard  in  the 
forest.  3.  The  sound  of  battle  is  heard  in  the  streets.  4.  Your 
brother  comes  alone  from  the  house.  5.  We  come  from  a  city 
of  your  allies. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  115 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

275.  1.  What  is  an  auditoriumf  2.  Give  an  adjective 
which  is  derived  from  audio.  3.  What  are  ?nunitionsf  4. 
What  is  a  pedestalf  Give  another  word  from  pes.  5.  What 
is  the  original  meaning  of  sciencef  6.  What  is  a  sonorous 
voice? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  munio  and  cupio  in  the  present  indicative,  active  and 
passive.  2.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  he  comes,  he  has  come; 
he  is  heard,  he  is  taken;  to  come,  to  take;  we  come,  we  have  come,  we  take. 


THEATER  OP  POMPEII 


116 


FIRST   LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON  XLIII 


IMPERFECT  OF  THE  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

276.  The  tense  sign  of  the  imperfect  indicative  in  the  third 
and  fourth  conjugations  is  -ba-,  as  in  the  first  and  second  con- 
jugations.  The  imperfect  indicative  of  duco  is  formed  exactly 
like  the  same  tense  of  moneo.  Verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation 
have  -ie-  before  the  tense  sign. 


ducebam,  I  was  leading 
diicebar,  I  was  being  led 


audiebam,  I  was  hearing 
audiebar,  I  was  being  heard 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE                            ACTIVE 
Singular 

PASSIVE 

ducebam 

ducebar                audiebam 

audiebar 

dticebas 

dticebaris              audiebas 

audiebaris 

ducebat 

ducebatur            audiebat 

audiebatur 

Plural 

ducebamus 

diicebamur           audiebamus 

audiebamur 

ducebatis 

diicebamini          audiebatis 

audiebaminl 

ducebant 

ducebantur          audiebant 

audiebantur 

a.  The  imperfect  of  capio  and  other  -id  verbs  of  the 
third  conjugation  is  exactly  like  the  imperfect  of  the 
fourth  conjugation:  capiebam,  capiebas,  etc. 


READING  EXERCISE 

277.  1.  In  ripa  fltiminis  jacebam  et  aquam  spectabam. 
Flumen  celeriter  fluebat.  Parvus  frater  meus  non  longe  a 
ripa  in  gramine  dormiebat.  \Mater  mea  et  sorores  sub  arbore 
cenam  parabant. 

2.  In  ripa  fluminis  jaceo  et  aquam  specto.  Flumen  celeriter 
fluit.  Parvus  frater  meus  non  longe  a  ripa  in  gramine  dormit. 
Mater  mea  et  sorores  sub  arbore  parant  cenam.     Cena  mox 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  117 

parata  erit,  et  mater  mea  me  vocabit.     Tum  fratrem  ex  somno 
excitabo,  et  ad  cenam  properabimus. 

3.  Frater  meus  in  rlpa  fluminis  jacebat  et  aquam  spectabat. 
Aqua  celeriter  fluebat.  Non  longe  a  ripa  in  gramine  dormie- 
bam.  Cena  a  matre  nostra  et  sororibus  nostrls  sub  arbore 
parabatur. 

278.  VOCABULARY 

arbor,  arboris,  f.,  tree  jaceo,  -ere,  -ui,  lie 

celeriter,  adv.,  swiftly  somnus,  -I,  m.,  sleep 

dormio,  -Ire,  -Ivi,  -Itum,  sleep  sub,  prep.    with   acc.    or   abl., 
fluo,  -ere,  fluxi,  flow  under 

gramen,  graminis,  n.,  grass 

a.  When  used  in  expressions  which  denote  motion 
sub  takes  the  accusative ;  when  used  in  expressions  which 
denote  rest  or  existence  it  takes  the  ablative. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

279.  1.  In  ripa  fluminis  puer  dormieba — .  2.  Soni  ex 
silva  audieba — .  3.  Romanl  castra  sua  muro  munieba — . 
4.  Patriam  nostram  armls  def endeba — (subject"we").  5.  Cen- 
turio  legionem  in  proelio  duceba — .  6.  Etrusci  cum  Romanls 
bellum  gereba — . 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

280.  1.  What  is  meant  by  arboreal  animals?  2.  What  is 
a  dormant  condition?  3.  Give  a  noun  which  is  derived  from 
dormio.  4.  What  is  the  relation  in  meaning  between  fluid 
and  fluo?     5.   What  is  the  literal  meaning  of  subscribef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  specto,  jaceo,  fluo,  and  venio  in  the  imperfect  indica- 
tive,  active  voice.  2.  Conjugate  voco,  jubed,  cupio,  and  miinio  in  the 
imperfect  indicative,  passive  voice.     3.    Decline  arbor  and  gramen. 


118  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

LESSON  XLIV 

THE  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUN 
USE  OF  THE  REFLEXIVE 

281.  In  the  sentence  He  defends  himself  the  object,  himself, 
denotes  the  same  person  as  the  subject  of  the  sentence. 
A  pronoun  which  is  thus  used  is  called  a  reflexive  pronoun.  A 
reflexive  pronoun  is  used  in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  or 
ablative  case  to  denote  the  same  person  as  the  subject  of  the 
sentence  in  which  it  stands. 

REFLEXIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  PERSON 

282.  The  reflexive  pronoun  meaning  himself,  herself,  itself, 
or  themselves  is  as  follows: 


Singulaj 

Plural 

Gen. 

SUl 

sui 

Dat. 

sibi 

sibi 

Acc. 

se  or  sese 

se  or  sese 

Abl. 

se  or  sese 

se  or  sese 

a.  The  reflexives  for  myself,  yourself  (yourselves) ,  our- 
selves,  are  the  same  as  the  words  meaning  me,  you,  us,  in 
the  different  cases  given  above.  Me  non  laudo,  I  do  not 
praise  myself;  Te  non  laudas,  you  do  not  praise  yourself.  It 
is  possible  to  tell  from  the  general  sense  of  the  sentence 
whether  one  of  these  forms  is  to  be  translated  as  a  re- 
flexive  or  as  a  personal  pronoun  (me,  you,  etc.) 

READING  EXERCISE 

283.  1.  Mllites  Romanl  fortiter  se  defendunt,  sed  hostes 
eos  premunt.  Nisi  auxilium  dabitur,  mox  hostes  eos  supera- 
bunt.  Mllites  putant  se  in  magno  perlculo  esse.  Sed  consul 
perlculum  videt,  et  duas  alias  legiones  mittit.  Consul  dux 
bonus  est,  neque  officium  suum  umquam  neglegit. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  119 

2.  Mllites  Romanl  fortiter  se  defendebant,  sed  hostes  eos 
premebant.  Consul  dux  bonus  erat,  neque  officium  neglegebat. 
Milites  perlculum  videbant,  sed  putabant  se  tiitos  esse  quod 
duae  aliae  legiones  veniebant. 

3.  Numerus  noster  non  est  magnus,  sed  fortiter  nos  defen- 
dimus.     Putamus  nos  tiitos  esse,  quod  ducem  bonum  habemus. 

284.  VOCABULARY 

consul,  consulis,  m.,  consul  premo,  -ere,  pressi,  pressum, 
neglego,  -ere,  neglexi,  neglec-         press,  press  hard 

tum,  neglect  puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  think 

nisi,  conj.,  unless  sui,  of  himself,  herself,  itself, 
numerus,  -I,  m.,  number  themselves 

officium,  -I,  n.,  duty  umquam,  adv.,  ever 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

285.  Translate  into  Latin:  1.  Our  allies  were  defending 
themselves,  but  they  were  demanding  our  aid.  2.  My  friend 
thinks  himself  to  be  in  danger.  3.  The  leader  of  the  enemy 
kills  himself.  4.  The  boy  wounds  himself  with  a  sword.  5. 
The  boy  defends  himself  bravely,  but  he  is  in  great  danger. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

286.  1.  What  is  a  consul,  as  a  modern  government  official? 
What  was  the  nature  of  the  duties  of  a  Roman  consul?  2.  Give 
an  adjective  derived  from  the  past  participle  of  neglego. 
3.  What  is  a  numeralf  4.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  phrase 
ex  officio.1 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  three  English  sentences,  illustrating  the  use  of  the  reflexive 
in  the  first,  second,  and  third  persons  (one  in  each  sentence).  2.  Con- 
jugate  premo  in  the  perfect  indicative,  active  and  passive.  3.  Decline 
together  the  words  for  this  duty. 

1  This  phrase  when  used  in  English  is  pronounced  ex  offishio. 


120 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


287. 


FIFTH  REVIEW  LESSON 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  XXXVI-XLIV 


agmen,  agminis 

tenebrae,  -arum 

jaceo,  -ere 

aqua,  -ae 

vallum,  -I 

jacio,  -ere 

arbor,  arboris 

vigil,  vigilis 

mitto,  -ere 

centurio,  -onis 

munio,  -Ire 

clamor,  clamoris 

alius,  -a,  -ud 

neglego,  -ere 

comes,  comitis 

idoneus,  -a,  -um 

pono,  -ere 

consul,  consulis 

iniquus,  -a,  -um 

premo,  -ere 

finis,  flnis 

longus,  -a,  -um 

procedo,  -ere 

gramen,  graminis 

ulterior 

prospecto,  -are 

hasta,  -ae 

duo 

puto, -are 

imperator,  -oris 

sul 

scio,  -Ire 

iter,  itineris 

tego,  -ere 

legio,  -onis 

appello,  -are 

venio,  -Ire 

moenia,  -ium 

audio,  -Ire 

vinco,  -ere 

mons,  montis 

capio,  -ere 

nomen,  nominis 

cupio,  -ere 

celeriter 

numerus,  -I 

defendo,  -ere 

graviter 

niintius,  -I 

dormio,  -Ire 

procul 

officium,  -1 

duco,  -ere 

umquam 

pars,  partis 

excipio,  -ere 

pes,  pedis 

expello,  -ere 

nisi 

porta,  -ae 

fluo,  -ere 

somnus,  -I 

gero,  -ere 

circum 

sonus,  -I 

interficio,  -ere 

sub 

WORD  STUDY— ADDITIONAL  PREFIXES 

288.  The  prepositions  ab  (from),  ad  (to,  toward),  circum 
(around),  trans  (across),  and  some  others  have  about  the  same 
meaning  when  used  as  prefixes  as  when  used  independently. 
Thus,  transporto  means  carry  across  or  convey  across.  Some 
prefixes,  however,  take  on  slightly  different  meanings  from 
those  which  they  commonly  have  as  separate  words. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  121 

THE  PREFIX  COM- 

289.  The  preposition  cum  (with)  appears  as  a  prefix  in  the 
form  com-  (by  assimilation  con-,  col-,  cor-,  co-).  Its  most 
frequent  meaning  as  a  prefix  is  together.  Thus  convenio 
means  come  together.  Sometimes  the  force  of  the  prefix  almost 
entirely  disappears,  leaving  the  word  which  it  was  used  to 
form  with  almost  the  same  meaning  as  the  original  word  to 
which  it  was  added.  The  word  comparo,  prepare,  differs  very 
little  in  meaning  from  the  simple  verb  paro,  to  which  com-  was 
added.  Occasionally  the  meaning  of  the  original  word  is 
emphasized  by  the  prefix.  The  English  word  corrupt  is  from 
a  Latin  word  in  which  com-  (becoming  cor-)  thus  serves  to 
emphasize  the  meaning  of  the  original  word. 

THE  PREPOSITION  IN  AS  A  PREFIX 

290.  The  preposition  in  (in,  on)  (sometimes  becoming  by 
assimilation  il-,  im-,  ir-)  appears  in  many  words.  Examples 
of  its  use  are  induco,  impono.  The  English  words  illuminate, 
illusion,  illustrate,  illustrious  have  ill-  at  the  beginning  because 
the  prefix  in  was  joined  to  a  word  beginning  with  l,  and  11 
resulted  from  the  assimilation  of  n  before  l. 

THE  INSEPARABLE  PREFIX  IN- 

291.  There  is  also  an  inseparable  prefix  in-,  meaning  not, 
which  is  an  entirely  different  word  from  the  preposition  given 
above.  It  is  found  in  many  adjectives,  such  as  immortalis 
(not  mortal),  impotens  (not  powerful),  inimicus  (not  friendly). 
Its  use  in  English  words  is  illustrated  by  incomplete,  illegal, 
impossible,  irregular.  This  prefix  is  used  in  some  English 
words  which  have  not  come  directly  from  Latin. 

EXERCISE 

Look  up  the  words  beginning  with  in  on  one  or  two  pages  of  your  English 
dictionary,  and  decide  which  are  formed  with  the  preposition  in  and  which 
with  the  inseparable  prefix  in-. 


122 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XLV 
THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS  (Continued) 

THE  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

292.     Verbs  of  the  third  and  fourth  conjugation  are  con- 
jugated  as  follows  in  the  future: 

ACTIVE 

Singular 

diicam,  I  shall  lead 
diices,  you  will  lead 
diicet,  he  will  lead 

Plural 

ducemus,  we  shall  lead 
ducetis,  you  will  lead 
ducent,  they  will  lead 


PASSIVE 
Singular 

diicar,  I  shall  be  led 
diiceris,  you  will  be  led 
ducetur,  he  willbe  led 

Plural 

ducemur,  we  shall  be  led 
ducemini,  you  will  be  led 
diicentur,  they  will  be  led 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

capiam 

capiemus 

capiar 

capiemur 

capies 

capietis 

capieris 

capiemini 

capiet 

capient 

capietur 

capientur 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

audiam 

audiemus 

audiar 

audiemur 

audies 

audietis 

audieris 

audiemini 

audiet 

audient 

audietur 

audientur 

TENSE  SIGN  OF  THE  FUTURE 

293.  We  have  seen  that  in  the  first  and  second  conjugations 
the  tense  sign  of  the  future  is  -bi-.  In  the  third  and  fourth 
conjugations  the  future  tense  sign  is  -e-,  which  is  replaced  by 
-a-  in  the  first  person  singular.  The  e  becomes  short  before 
the  personal  endings  -t,  -nt,  and  -ntur. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  123 

PRESENT  INFINITIVES  OF  THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS 


294. 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

I. 

portare,  to  carry 

portarl,  to  be  carried 

II. 

monere,  to  warn 

moneri,  to  be  warned 

III. 

ducere,  to  lead 

ducl,  to  be  led 

capere,  to  take 

capl,  to  be  taken 

IV. 

audire,  to  hear 

audlrl,  to  be  heard 

a.  In  the  first,  second,  and  fourth  conjugations  the 
final  e  of  the  active  endings  (-are,  -ere,  -Ire)  is  replaced 
by  l  in  the  passive,  while  in  the  third  conjugation,  the 
entire  ending  (-ere)  is  replaced  by  -I. 

READING  EXERCISE:   LOCUS  CASTRORUM 

295.  Castra  nostra  non  longe  ab  illo  monte  ponemus. 
Castra  vallo  muniemus,  quod  hostes  non  longe  absunt.  Castella 
erunt,  et  vigiles  ex  castellls  spectabunt.  Arma  parata  habe- 
bimus,  et  si  hostes  ad  castra  venient,  eos  repellemus.  Rex 
hostium  copias  suas  ducit,  et  magnum  numerum  sociorum 
habet.  Hi  socii  sunt  barbarl.  Exploratores  nostrl  in  silva 
latent  et  iter  hostium  spectant.  Inter  castra  nostra  et  hostes 
est  flumen  altum,  et  hostes  nullas  naves  habent.  Sed  non 
longe  ab  hoc  loco  est  pons  sublicius  in  flumine.  Mllites  nostrl 
hunc  pontem  fecerunt,  sed  postea  ex  eo  loco  repulsl  sunt,  et 
hostes  nunc  ad  rlpam  nostram  appropinquant. 

296.  VOCABULARY 

castellum,  -I,  n.,  fort,  redoubt  pons,  pontis,  -ium,  m.,  bridge 

explorator,  -oris,  m.,  scout  postea,  adv.,  afterwards 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  factum,  make,  repello,  -ere,  reppuli,  repul- 

do  sum,  drive  back,  repel 

lateo,  -ere,  -ui,  lurk,  be  con-  sublicius,  -a,  -um,   resting  on 

cealed  piles;  pons  sublicius,  a  pile 

navis,  navis,  -ium,  f.,  ship,  boat  bridge 


124  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

297.  1.  Exploratores  copias  nostras  per  silvam  duc — 
(will  lead).  2.  Multi  milites  in  proelio  interfici —  (will  be 
killed).  3.  Sonum  proelii  ex  hoc  loco  audi —  (we  shall  hear). 
4.  Ntintius  ad  oppidum  statim  mitte — .  5.  Legio  castra 
fortiter  defend —  (will  defend),  et  hostes  repell —  (will  be 
driven  back).  6.  Consul  perlculum  vide —  (will  see),  sed 
officium  suum  non  negleg —  (will  not  neglect). 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

298.  1.  What  is  a  castlef  What  do  you  suppose  was 
originally  the  chief  characteristic  of  such  a  building?  2.  What 
is  latent  heat?  3.  Give  an  adjective  and  a  verb  which  are 
derived  from  navis.  4.  What  is  the  difference  between  the 
meaning  of  repellent  and  repulsivef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  third  person  singular,  active  voice,  of  the  verbs  habeo, 
facio,  and  audio  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future.  2.  Give  the 
third  person  plural,  passive  voice,  of  the  verbs  laudo,  duco,  cupio,  and 
munio,  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future.  3.  Give  the  present 
passive  infinitives,  with  their  meanings,  of  laudo,  moveo,  mitto,  munio. 


ROMAN   HELMETS 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


125 


LESSON  XLVI 

RELATIVE  PRONOUN 
FORMS  OF  THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUN 

299.     The  forms  of  the  Latin  relative  pronoun,  meaning 
who,  which,  that,  or  what  are  as  follows: 


Singular 

Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 

Nom.      qui  quae  quod 

Gen.      cujus  cujus  cujus 

Dat.      cui  cui  cui 

Acc.       quem  quam  quod 

Abl.       quo  qua  quo 


Masc. 


Plural 

Fem.  Neut. 


qui  quae  quae 

quorum  quarum  quorum 

quibus  quibus  quibus 

quos  quas  quae 

quibus  quibus  quibus 


a.   The  genitives  cujus,  quorum,  quarum  are  trans- 
lated  whose,  of  whom,  or  of  which,  as  the  sense  requires. 

USE  OF  THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUN 

300.  The  relative  pronoun  is  used  to  connect  a  subordi- 
nate  clause  to  some  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  main  clause,  while 
the  interrogative  pronoun,  also  translated  by  who,  which,  or 
what,  introduces  a  question.  In  the  sentence  The  man  who 
lives  in  that  house  is  my  uncle,  the  clause  who  lives  in  that  house 
is  connected  with  man  by  who;  in  this  sentence,  therefore, 
who  is  a  relative  pronoun. 


AGREEMENT  OF  THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUN 

301.  The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in 
gender,  number,  and  person,  but  its  case  depends  on  its  use 
in  its  own  clause. 

Homo  quem  vides  amicus  meus  est,  the  man  whom  you 
see  is  my  frienol. 


126  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

READING  EXERCISE:    URBS  ROMA 

302.  Roma  est  magna  urbs  Italiae.  Fliimen  Tiberis  urbem 
in  duas  partes  dlvidit.  Antlquitus  urbs  tota  erat  in  fina 
rlpa  fltiminis,  et  trans  flumen  erant  agri  et  tecta  agricolarum. 
Sed  nunc  aedificia  in  utrisque  partibus  videmus.  Intra 
mfiros  sunt  septem  colles.  Olim  Roma  erat  parvum  oppidum, 
et  tinum  collem  habebat.  Is  collis,  in  quo  piima  urbs  erat, 
nomen  Palatium  habet.  In  Palatio  erant  tecta  in  quibus 
reges  et  multl  virl  claii  habitabant. 

Magna  urbs  quam  vides  est  Roma.  El  qul  in  ea  urbe 
habitant  sunt  Romanl.  Fliimen  quod  urbem  in  duas  partes 
dlvidit  est  Tiberis.  Collis  in  quo  reges  et  virl  clarl  tecta 
habebant  est  Palatium.  Homines  quorum  agrl  et  casae  antl- 
quitus  trans  fliimen  erant  interdum  cum  Romanls  bellum 
gerebant.  Ille  rex  cujus  mllites  priml  Romam  ceperunt  erat 
barbarus.     Sed  postea  barbarl  superatl  sunt  a  Romanls. 

303.  VOCABULARY 

antiquitus,  adv.,  long  ago,  in  qui,  quae,  quod,  who,  which, 

former  times  that 

divido,  -ere,  divisl,  divisum,  septem,  seven 

divide  Tiberis,  Tiberis,  m.,  the  Tiber 

intra,  prep.  with  acc,  within  (river) 

Palatium,  -I,  n.,  the  Palatine  unus,  -a,  -um,  one 

Hill  uterque,   utraque,   utrumque, 

primus,  -a,  -um,  first  each  (o/  twc) 

a.  The  genitive  and  dative  of  unus  and  uterque  are 
not  formed  in  accordance  with  the  regular  declension 
of  adjectives.  They  do  not  appear  in  the  exercises  of 
this  book. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

304.  Give  the  form  of  the  Latin  relative  pronoun  for  the 
italicized    words    in    the   following    exercise,    then    translate 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  127 

the  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  That  city  which  you  see  is 
Rome.  2.  The  river  which  divides  it  into  two  parts  is  the 
Tiber.  3.  The  town  to  which  Romulus  gave  a  name  was 
small.  4.  The  man  whose  house  you  see  is  my  brother. 
5.   The  messengers  whom  the  general  sent  have  been  captured. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

305.  1.  What  is  meant  by  antiquityf  2.  Give  three 
English  derivatives  from  the  participial  stem  of  divido. 
3.  What  are  intra-mural  athletics?  4.  Find  from  a  dictionary 
the  derivation  of  palace.  5.  What  is  the  meaning  of  quorum 
as  an  English  word? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following  phrases,  putting  the  nouns  in  the 
nominative:  the  boy  who,  the  boy  whom,  the  girl  who,  the  girl  whom,  the 
gift  which;  the  soldiers  whom,  the  soldiers  of  whom,  the  cities  of  which;  the 
town  in  which,  the  towns  in  which,  the  towns  which. 


LESSON  XLVII 
THIRD  DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES 

THIRD  DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES  OF  TWO  ENDINGS 

306.  We  have  previously  seen  that  many  adjectives  are 
declined  like  nouns  of  the  first  and  second  declensions.  There 
is  also  a  large  group  of  adjectives  which  are  declined  like 
nouns  of  the  third  declension.  It  is,  of  course,  to  be  under- 
stood  that  an  adjective  is  not  necessarily  of  the  same  declen- 
sion  as  the  noun  which  it  modifies. 

There  are  three  classes  of  third  declension  adjectives.  Those 
with  two  endings  in  the  nominative  singular  are  declined  as 
f  ollows : 


128 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

omnis 

omne 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

omnis 

omnis 

omnium 

omnium 

Dat. 

omni 

omni 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Acc. 

omnem 

omne 

omnls,  -es 

omnia 

Abl. 

omni 

omnl 

omnibus 

omnibus 

a.  In  the  masculine  and  feminine  these  adjectives 
are  declined  like  collis,  except  that  the  ablative  singular 
ends  in  -I.     The  neuter  is  declined  like  Insigne. 


TfflRD  DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES  WITH  THREE  ENDINGS 


17. 

Singular 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

Dat. 

acrl 

acrl 

acrl 

Acc. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

Abl. 

acrl 

acrl 

Plural 

acri 

Nom. 

acres 

acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

Dat. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Acc. 

acrls,  -es 

acrls,  -es 

acria 

Abl. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

a.  There  are  not  many  adjectives  of  this  class.  They 
differ  from  those  of  two  endings  only  in  the  nominative 
singular. 

READING  EXERCISE 

308.  1.  Hl  barbarl  sunt  acres,  sed  non  mllites  bonl  sunt, 
quod  imperata  non  faciunt.  Mlles  bonus  non  solum  fortis 
est,  sed  etiam  imperata  facit.  Victoria  facilis  erit,  quod 
mllites  nostrl  ducem  bonum  habent,  cujus  imperata  facient. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  129 

2.  Omnes  qui  bene  laborant  praemia  accipient.  Pecunia 
els  dabitur,  et  laudabuntur.  El  qul  male  laborant  nulla 
praemia  accipient,  neque  laudabuntur. 

3.  Frater  meus  mox  in  Americam  ex  Europa  perveniet- 
Quando  fratres  tui  pervenient? 

Fratres  mel  jam  in  America  sunt. 

309.  VOCABULARY 

accipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  jam,  adv.,  now,  already 

accept,  receive  omnis,  -e,  all 

acer,  acris,  acre,  fierce,  eager  pervenio,    -venire,    -veni, 
facilis,  -e,  easy  -ventum,  arrive 

fortis,  -e,  brave  quando,  adv.,  when 

imperatum,  -I,  N.,  command  victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

310.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  The 
brave  lieutenant  will  lead  the  legion  to  the  enemy's  camp. 
2.  All  the  boys  are  working  in  the  fields  today.  3.  Those 
victories  were  not  easy.  4.  My  brother,  who  came  from 
Europe,  gave  me  a  reward.  5.  The  book  which  you  have  is 
mine. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

311.  1.  Give  a  noun  derived  from  facilis.  2.  What  is 
meant  by  fortitudef  3.  Give  the  meanings  of  omnipotent, 
omniscient,  and  omnipresent.  4.  Complete  the  following 
formula:    victory  :  victoria  :  :  misery  :  x. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  legatus  fortis.  2.  Decline  together  victoria 
facilis.  3.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following,  putting  the  nouns  in  the 
nominative:  the  leader  whom,  the  leader  whose,  the  leaders  whose;  the  consul 
by  whom,  the  consuls  by  whom,  the  consul  to  whom  (as  indirect  object);  the 
ship  in  which,  the  ships  in  which,  the  ship  from  which. 


130 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XLVIII 


THIRD  DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES  OF  ONE  ENDING 

312.     Some   adjectives   of  the  third   declension   have   the 
same  form  in  the  nominative  singular  for  all  genders. 


f  elix,  fortunate 

potens,  powerful 

Singular 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

felix 

felix 

potens 

potens 

Gen. 

felicis 

felicis 

potentis 

potentis 

Dat. 

felicl 

fellcl 

potentl 

potentl 

Acc. 

felicem 

fellx 

potentem 

potens 

Abl. 

felicl 

fellcl 

Plural 

potentl,  -e 

potentl,  -e 

Nom. 

felices 

fellcia 

potentes 

potentia 

Gen. 

fellcium 

felicium 

potentium 

potentium 

Dat. 

fellcibus 

fellcibus 

potentibus 

potentibus 

Acc. 

fellcls,  -es 

fellcia 

potentls,  -es 

potentia 

Abl. 

fellcibus 

fellcibus 

potentibus 

potentibus 

a.  The  neuter  is  given  separately  because  it  differs 
from  the  masculine  and  feminine  in  the  accusative  sin- 
gular  and  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  plural. 

READING  EXERCISE 

313.  Is  homo  erat  rex  potens.  Nunc  exul  est,  et  paucos 
amlcos  habet.  Longe  a  patria  sua  habitat.  Clves  eum  in 
patria  esse  non  sinunt,  et  fllil  ejus  in  vincula  conjecti  sunt. 
Rex  non  erat  sapiens,  et  clves  sunt  fellces  quod  exul  est.  Comi- 
tes  ejus  eum  regem  appellant,  sed  rex  sine  potentia  est. 

Multl  eorum  qul  olim  reges  in  Europa  erant  nunc  sunt 
exules.     At  in  patria  nostra  fuit  ntillus  rex.     In  hac  terra 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  131 

populus  regit.     Gentes  Americae  felices  sunt  quod  reges  neque 
habent  neque  desiderant. 

314.  VOCABULARY 

at,  conj.,  but  potentia,  -ae,  p.,  power 

conjicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectum,  rule 

throw  sapiens,  gen.,  sapientis,  wise 

exul,  exulis,  m.,  exile  sino,  -ere,  sivi,  situm,  allow 

felix,  gen.  felicis,  happy  vinculum,  -i,  n.,  chain 
potens,  gen.  potentis,  powerful 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

315.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  Your 
friend  is  wise,  and  he  gives  you  good  advice  (consilium). 
2.  We  have  powerful  allies,  who  will  give  us  help.  3.  We 
are  happy  because  we  have  many  friends.  4.  Wise  men  did 
not  expect  an  easy  victory  in  that  war.  5.  The  consul  is  the 
friend  of  all  the  citizens  who  love  their  (native)  country. 
6.   The  boy  was  brave,  but  he  was  not  strong. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

316.  1.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  source  of  conjecture. 
2.  What  is  meant  by  felicity?  3.  What  is  a  potent  argument? 
4.   What  is  a  regent?' 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  terra  felix.  2.  Decline  together  femina  sapiens. 
3.  Give  the  ablative  singular  of  the  following  adjectives  in  all  genders: 
bonus,  miser,  fortis,  omnis.  4.  Rewrite  the  first  two  scntences  of  sec- 
tion  313,  changing  the  subjects  to  the  plural. 


132 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  XLIX 

FOURTH  DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS 

317.  In  the  fourth  declension  the  genitive  singular  ends  in 
-us.  The  nominative  singular  ends  in  -us  for  the  masculine 
and  feminine  and  in  -u  for  the  neuter.  Most  nouns  ending 
in  -us  are  masculine. 


exercitus,  m., 

army 

Singular 

Endings 

cornu,  n.,  i 

horn 

Endings 

Nom. 

exercitus 

-US 

Nom. 

cornu 

-U 

Gen. 

exercitiis 

-us 

Gen. 

corniis 

-us 

Dat. 

exercitul,  -ii 

-Ul,  -u 

Dat. 

cornu 

-u 

Acc. 

exercitum 

-um 

Acc. 

cornii 

-u 

Abl. 

exercitu 

-u 

Plural 

Abl. 

cornu 

-u 

Nom. 

exercitus 

-US 

Nom. 

cornua 

-ua 

Gen. 

exercituum 

-uum 

Gen. 

cornuum 

-uum 

Dat. 

exercitibus 

-ibus 

Dat. 

cornibus 

-ibus 

Acc. 

exercitus 

-us 

Acc. 

cornua 

-ua 

Abl. 

exercitibus 

-ibus 

Abl. 

cornibus 

-ibus 

a.   The  dative  and  ablative  plurals  of  a  few  masculine 
and  feminine  nouns  end  in  -ubus. 


READING  EXERCISE:   ROMA  DEFENDITUR 

318.  Rex  qul  ex  urbe  expulsus  est  cum  exercitii  hostium 
huc  venit  (is  coming).  Urbem  capere  et  multos  occldere 
cupit.  Multos  in  vincula  conjicere  etiam  cupit.  Impetum 
facere  nunc  parat.  Nobiles  qul  eum  ex  urbe  expulerunt 
perlculum  suum  magnum  esse  sciunt,  sed  non  ignavl  sunt,  et 
se  defendere  parant.     Niintil  in  omnes  partes  missl  sunt,  et 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  133 

vigiles  in  muro  sunt.  Rex  cum  socils  suis  nunc  in  conspectii 
est.  Hl  mox  usque  ad  ripam  ulteriorem  fliiminis  venient. 
Omnes  cives  cum  armls  convenire  incipiunt.  Consules  adsunt, 
et  omnes  pro  patria  pugnare  parati  sunt.  Fortis  Horatius 
inter  clves  pugnat.     Postea  de  fortl  Horatio  audiemus. 

319.  VOCABULARY 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight  nobilis,  -e,  noble;  m.  plur.,  the 

convenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven-  nobles 

tum,  assemble  occido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum, 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army  kill 

Horatius,  -I,  m.,  Horatius  usque,  adv.,   all   the  way,  as 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack  far  as 
incipio,    -cipere,    -cepi,  -cep- 

tum,  begin 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

320.  Translate  the  f ollowing  sentences  into  Latin :  1.  The 
consul  was  the  leader  of  the  army  which  captured  the  city. 
2.  The  centurion  was  killed  in  sight  of  the  legion.  3.  The 
barbarians  made  many  attacks  on  our  camp,  but  they  were 
repulsed.  4.  Our  (native)  country  has  always  been  safe 
without  large  armies.  5.  But  our  citizens  ought  to  be  pre- 
pared  to  defend  their  (native)  country. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

321.  1.  What  is  a  conventionf  2.  What  is  the  meaning  of 
impetus  as  an  English  word?  3.  What  is  the  incipient  stage  of 
a  f ever?    4.   What  is  the  meaning  of  inceptionf 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Decline  together  exercitus  noster.  2.  Decline  together  cornu 
longum.  3.  Give  the  ablative  singular  of  murus,  conspectus,  flumen, 
insigne.  4.  Write  the  third  person  singular  of  occido,  active  and  passive, 
in  all  the  tenses  which  have  been  learned. 


134 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  L 
CONJUGATION  OF  EO  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS 

PRESENT  SYSTEM  OF  EO 

322.     The  irregular  verb  eo,  go,  is  conjugated  in  the  present 
system  in  the  indicative  as  follows: 


PRESENT 

IMPERFECT 

FUTURE 

Singular 

Singular 

Singular 

eo 

Ibam 

Ibo 

Is 

Ibas 

Ibis 

it 

Ibat 

Ibit 

Plural 

Plural 

Plural 

Imus 

Ibamus 

Ibimus 

Itis 

Ibatis 

Ibitis 

eunt 

Ibant 

Ibunt 

a.  The  principal  parts  are  eo,  Ire,  ii  or  Ivi,  itum. 
The  perfect  is  formed  as  in  regular  verbs:  ii  (Ivi),  etc. 
The  second  person  of  the  perfect  is  Isti  in  the  singular  and 
Istis  in  the  plural.     The  third  person  singular  is  iit. 


COMPOUNDS  OF  EO 


323.  There  are  many  compounds  of  eo,  such  as  exeo,  go 
out,  redeo,  go  back,  transeo,  go  across.  They  are  conjugated 
like  eo,  with  the  syllable  ex-,  red-,  trans-,  etc,  prefixed. 
Thus,  exeo,  exis,  exit,  etc. 


READING  EXERCISE 

324.  1.  Puer  sero  ad  tectum  redlbat,  et  solus  per  silvam 
Ibat.  In  omnes  partes  spectabat,  quod  perlculum  timebat. 
Erat  ntillum  perlculum  in  silva,  sed  puer  erat  parvus,  et  non 
saepe  longe  a  tecto  Ibat  sine  patre  aut  matre  aut  fratribus. 
Tandem  lucem  vldit,  et  currere  coepit.     Lux  in  fenestra  erat,  et 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  135 

mater    puerum    expectabat.     Mater    laeta    erat    quod    puer 
tiitus  redlbat. 

2.  Copiae  Romanorum  iter  verterunt,  et  nunc  flumen 
transeunt  quod  inter  agros  sociorum  suorum  et  hostes  fluit. 
Sed  tamen  paucl  milites  in  hoc  loco  relictl  sunt,  qui  oppida 
sociorum  defendunt.  Post  proelium  totus  exercitus  huc 
redibit. 

325.  VOCABULARY 

coepi,  coepisse,  began  sero,  adv.,  late,  too  late 

cuxr6,-ere,cucurri,cursum,  run  tamen,  adv.,  still,  nevertheless 

eo,  ire,  ii  (Ivi),  itum,  go  tandem,  adv.,  at  length 

redeo,  -ire,  -ii  -itum,  return  transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  cross 

relinquo,  -linquere,  -liqui,  verto,  -ere,  verti,  versum,  turn 
-lictum,  leave 

a.   The  verb  coepi  is   commonly  used  instead  of  the 
perfect  of  incipio. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

326.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  I  go 
because  my  (native)  country  calls  me.  2.  We  have  turned  our 
course  (march),  and  we  shall  cross  the  river.  3.  All  the 
soldiers  who  have  returned  are  now  in  camp.  4.  We  were 
going  through  the  forest  in  the  evening  with  your  father. 
5.  The  small  boy  began  to  run,  because  he  was  afraid  (he 
feared).    6.  A  few  will  cross  the  river  which  is  behind  the  camp. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

327.  l.What  connection  in  meaning  can  you  see  between 
curro  and  the  noun  current  (i.  e.  the  current  of  the  river)? 
2.  What  is  the  meaning  of  relinquishf  3.  Find  from  a  diction- 
ary  the  derivation  of  relic.  4.  What  is  a  tandem  team? 
5.  What  is  meant  by  goods  in  transit?  6.  What  is  a  new 
version  of  a  story? 


136  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Conjugate  venio  and  exeo  in  the  future.  2.  Give  the  third  person 
singular  of  sedeo  in  the  present,  imperfect,  future,  and  perfect  tenses. 
3.  Rewrite  the  last  two  sentences  of  1,  section  324,  changing  the  verbs  to 
the  future  tense.  4.  Name  the  tense  of  each  verb  found  in  paragraph  2 
of  section  324. 


LESSON  LI 

EXPRESSIONS  OF  TIME 
THE  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME  AT  WHICH 

328.  The  time  at  which  or  within  which  an  act  takes  place 
is  regularly  expressed  in  Latin  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the 
ablative  case  without  a  preposition. 

Eo  anno  pater  meus  tectum  novum  aedificavit,  my  father 
built  a  new  house  that  year. 

a.  Commonly  these  expressions  of  time  have  the 
preposition  in  or  on  or  at  in  English:  in  that  year;  qn  the 
same  day;  at  the  appointeol  hour. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE  OF  DURATION  OF  TIME 

329.  In  English  we  sometimes  use  a  noun  without  a  prepo- 
sition  to  tell  how  long  an  act  or  a  situation  continues.  Thus, 
We  stayed  in  the  country  three  days.  We  may  also  say  We 
stayed  in  the  country  for  three  days.  The  expressions  three  days 
in  the  first  sentence,  and  for  three  days  in  the  second  mean 
exactly  the  same  thing.  In  Latin  a  word  which  is  thus  used 
to  denote  duration  of  time  is  put  in  the  accusative  without  a 
preposition.  Multas  horas  in  Insula  mansi,  I  remained  on 
the  island  many  hours  (or  for  many  hours). 

a.  The  ablative  of  time  answers  the  question  When? 
The  accusative  of  duracion  answers  the  question  How 
longf 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  137 

READING  EXERCISE:    VIGILIAE  CASTRORUM 

330.  Apud  Romanos  in  bello  nox  in  quattuor  vigilias 
dividebatur.  Duae  vigiliae  ante  mediam  noctem  erant  et 
duae  post  mediam  noctem.  Prlma  vigilia  mllites,  qui  vigiles 
appellabantur,  circum  vallum  castrorum  disponebantur.  Hi 
in  suls  locls  usque  ad  flnem  prlmae  vigiliae  manebant,  tum  ad 
tabernacula  discedebant,  et  alii  vigiles  succedebant.  Ita 
castra  totam  noctem  a  vigilibus  custodiebantur.  Prlma 
hlce  mllites  e  somno  excitabantur.  Hostes  non  facile  castra 
Romana  nocte  expugnabant,  quae  nullo  tempore  erant  sine 
vigilibus.  Barbarl  castra  sua  ita  non  custodiebant,  et  castra 
eorum  interdum  ab  hostibus  noctii  oppugnata  sunt  et  capta 
(sunt) . 

331.  VOCABULARY 

apud,  prep.  with  acc,  among,  quattuor,  four 

with  succedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 

custodio,    -Ire,    -Ivi,     -Itum,  sum,     succeed,    take     the 

guard  place  of 

discedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces-  tempus,  temporis,  n.,  time 

sum,  withdraw,  go  away  vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  watch 
disp6no,-ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 

tum,  arrange,  station 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

332.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  In 
the  first  watch  the  enemy  made  an  attack  on  the  redoubt. 
2.  Your  sister  remained  in  Europe  two  years.  3.  At  daybreak 
we  returned  to  the  town  with  the  army.  4.  We  walked  all 
night,  and  we  are  tired. 

ENGLISH  DERTVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

333.  1.  What  is  a  temporary  appointment?  2.  What 
is  a   custodidnf    Find  another  noun  which  is  derived  from 


138  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

custodio.  3.  What  two  meanings,  apparently  very  different, 
does  the  English  word  succeed  have?  Give  a  noun  which  is 
derived  from  the  past  participle  of  succedo.  4.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  the  English  word  vigilf 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Point  out  the  ablatives  and  the  accusatives  in  section  330  which  ex- 
press  ideas  of  time.  2.  Write  an  English  sentence  containing  an  expression 
of  time  at  which,  and  a  sentence  containing  an  expression  of  duration 
of  time. 


VIEW  OF  MODERN  ROME  FROM  THE  CAPITOLINE  HILL 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


139 


334. 


SIXTH  REVIEW  LESSON 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  XLV-LI 


castellum,  -I 
conspectus,  -iis 
exercitus,  -us 
explorator,  -oris 
exul,  exulis 
imperatum,  -I 
impetus,  -us 
navis,  navis 
pons,  pontis 
potentia,  -ae 
tempus,  temporis 
victoria,  -ae 
vigilia,  -ae 
vinculum,  -I 

acer,  acris,  acre 

facilis,  -e 

fellx,  gen.  felicis 

fortis,  -e 

nobilis,  -e 

omnis,  -e 

potens,  gen.  potentis 

primus,  -a,  -um 

sapiens,  gen.  sapientis 

sublicius,  -a,  -um 

quattuor 

septem 

qui,  quae,  quod 

unus,  -a,  -um 

uterque,  -traque,  -trumque 

accipio,  -ere 
coepl 
conjicio,  -ere 


convemo,  -ire 
curro,  -ere 
custodio,  -Ire 
discedo,  -ere 
dispono,  -ere 
divido,  -ere 
eo,  Ire 
facio,  -ere 
incipio,  -ere 
lateo,  -ere 
occldo,  -ere 
pervenio,  -Ire 
redeo,  -Ire 
rego,  -ere 
relinquo,  -ere 
repello,  -ere 
sino,  -ere 
succedo,  -ere 
transeo,  -Ire 
verto,  -ere 

antlquitus 

jam 

postea 

quando 

sero 

tamen 

tandem 

usque 

apud 
intra 

at 


140  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

WORD  STUDY:   LATIN  SUFFDIES 

335.  A  word  element  consisting  of  one  or  more  letters  or 
syllables  joined  to  the  end  of  a  word  is  called  a  suffix. 

It  is  usually  difficult  to  give  exact  meanings  to  Latin  suffixes. 
Often  we  can  only  say  that  they  are  used  in  forming  certain 
classes  of  words.  They  differ  from  prefixes  in  that  they  are 
not  usually  added  to  whole  words  to  form  new  ones.  Instead, 
words  with  which  suffixes  are  employed  are  usually  altered 
by  the  loss  or  change  of  one  or  more  letters  before  the  suffix. 
Thus,  civitas  is  derived  from  civis,  but  the  ending  -tas  instead 
of  being  added  to  civis  is  used  with  civi — . 

336.  Among  the  suffixes  which  are  used  in  forming  nouns 
are  -ia,  -tia,  -ium,  (-t)io,  -do,  -tas,  -tus,  -tus  (-sus). 

Examples  of  their  use  in  forming  nouns  from  other  nouns, 
from  adjectives,  and  from  verbs  are  the  following: 

(From  nouns)  (From  adjeclives)  (From  verbs) 

clvitas  (clvis)  altitudo  (altus)  adventus  (advenio) 

servitus  (servus)  amicitia  (amicus)  imperium  (impero) 

virttis  (vir)  celeritas  (celer)  oppugnatio  (oppugno) 

CHANGES  IN  SPELLING 

337.  There  are  numerous  English  adjectives  and  nouns 
which  end  in  -ant  or  -ent,  such  as  independent,  patient,  tenant, 
apparent,  constant.  Most  of  these  words  come  from  Latin 
present  participles,  which  have  stems  ending  in  -ant,  -ent,  or 
-ient.  These  different  endings  all  became  -ant  in  French,  and 
hence  we  have  some  words,  as  for  example  tenant,  with  the 
ending  -ant,  although  the  form  of  the  Latin  word  from  which 
it  comes  would  lead  us  to  expect  the  ending  -ent.  In  many 
cases,  however,  we  have  the  ending  which  we  should  expect 
from  the  spelling  of  the  original  Latin  word.  All  derivatives 
of  this  class  which  have  come  from  verbs  of  the  first  conju- 
gation  end  in  -ant. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  141 


EXERCISE 


Decide  whether  derivatives  from  the  verbs  constare,  militare,  vigilare, 
will  end  in  -ent  or  -ant.  Write  English  sentences  illustrating  the  use  of 
the  words  facility,  fortitude,  relinquish,  custodian. 


LESSON  LII 
THE  IMPERATIVE 


USE  OF  THE  IMPERATTVE 

338.  The  imperative  mood  is  used  to  express  commands. 
Thus,  Close  the  door;  Wait  till  I  come.  The  verbs  close  and 
wait  are  in  the  imperative  mood. 

THE  IMPERATIVE  OF  THE  FOUR  CONJUGATIONS 

339.  The  present  active  imperative  of  regular  verbs  of  the 
four  conjugations  in  Latin  is  as  follows: 

I  II 

Sing.      porta,  carry  (said  to  one  person)  mone 

Plur.     portate,  carry  (said  to  more  than  one)     monete 

III  IV 

Sing.      mitte  cape  audi 

Plur.     mittite  capite  audite 

a.  The  verbs  dico,  duco,  and  facio  have  the  irregular 
forms  dic,  duc,  and  fac  in  the  singular  of  the  present 
active  imperative.     In  the  plural  they  are  regular. 

b.  The  verb  do  difTers  from  other  first  conjugation 
verbs  in  that  the  a  is  short  in  the  plural  imperative 
date.     The  singular,  da,  is  regular. 

THE  IMPERATPVES  OF  EO  AND  SUM 

340.  The  imperatives  of  eo  are  I  (singular),  and  Ite  (plural).. 


142  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

Compounds  of  eo  form  their  imperatives  like  the  simple  verb. 
Thus  transi,  transite,  etc. 

The  imperatives  of  sum  are  es  (singular)  and  este  (plural). 

READING  EXERCISE:  ETRUSCI  ROMAM  CAPERE  TEMPTANT 

341.  "Gladios,  mllites,  sumite,  et  in  Romanos  impetum 
facite.  Nam  pontem  sublicium  frangere  cupiunt,  qul  est 
inter  nos  et  urbem  eorum.  Secures  habent  et  his  securibus 
lignum  caedunt.  Dux  eorum  est  fortis  Horatius,  qul  inter 
prlmos  verbera  diira  dat.  Eum  et  comites  ejus  ex  ponte 
pellite.  Nollte  sinere  Romanos  pontem  ita  frangere."  Ita 
dux  Etriiscorum  dlxit,  qui  Romam  capere  et  regem  Romanum 
restituere  cupiebat.  Is  rex  Romanus  erat  exul.  Romani 
tum  consules  habebant,  qul  exercitum  ducebant  et  urbem 
regebant.  Unus  ex  hls  consulibus  tum  erat  ignavus,  neque 
auxilium  dabat.  Sed  omnes  clves  fortiter  urbem  defenderunt. 
Pons  fractus  est,  et  urbs  ita  servata  est. 

342.  VOCABULARY 

caedo,  -ere,  cecidi,  caesum,  restituo,  -ere,  restitul,   resti- 

cut  tutum,  restore 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum,  say  securis,  securis,  -ium,  f.,  ax 

durus,  -a,  -um,  hard  sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptum, 

frango,   -ere,   fregi,   fractum,  take,  assume 

break  verbera,  -um,  n.  pl.,  blows 

nolite,  be  unwilling,  do  not  (found  also  in  a  few  singular 

pello,    -ere,    pepuli,    pulsum,  forms) 

drive 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

343.  Translate  the  f ollowing  sentences  into  Latin :  1.  Give 
your  book  to  the  boy  who  stands  behind  you.  2.  Send  money 
at  once,  if  you  are  my  friend.  3.  Soldiers,  break  down  the 
bridge  with  axes.  4.  Citizens,  defend  your  houses  bravely. 
5.  Warn  those  men  who  are  in  danger.  6.  Come  at  once  to 
\he  river,  boys. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 


143 


344.  1.  What  connection  in  meaning  can  you  see  between 
dico  and  dictionaryf  What  is  meant  by  diction?  2.  Give  a 
noun  which  is  derived  from  the  past  participle  of  frango. 
3.  What  is  the  difference  between  repel  and  propel?  4.  What 
preposition  is  combined  with  sumo  to  form  the  word  from 
which  assume  is  derived?  5.  What  is  meant  by  the  expression 
"to  make  restitution,,f 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  present  active  imperatives,  singular  and  plural,  of  ambuld, 
jubeo,  defendo,  cupio,  munio.  2.  Conjugate  defendo  in  the  present 
and  future  indicative,  active  and  passive.  3.  Explain  and  illustrate  the 
difference  between  the  use  of  the  accusative  and  the  ablative  in  expres- 
sions  of  time. 


ENTRANCE   TO   A   ROMAN   FORTIFIED   CAMP 


144  FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


LESSON  LIII 

CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM 

345.  The  verb  possum,  I  am  able  or  I  can,  is  irregular. 
It  is  a  compound  of  sum  and  the  adjective  potis,  able.  The 
present  system  in  the  indicative  mood  is  as  follows: 

PRESENT 
Singular  Plural 

possum,  I  am  able,  or  I  can         possumus,  we  are  able,  etc. 
potes,  you  are  able,  you  can  potestis,  you  are  able,  etc. 

potest,  he  is  able,  he  can  possunt,  they  are  able,  etc. 

IMPERFECT 
Singular  Plural 

poteram,  I  was  able,  I  could         poteramus,  we  were  able,  etc. 
poteras,  you  were  able,  etc.  poteratis,  you  were  able,  etc. 

poterat,  he  was  able,  etc.  poterant,  they  were  able,  etc. 

FUTURE 
Singular  Plural 

potero,  I  shall  be  able  poterimus,  we  shall  be  able 

poteris,  you  will  be  able  poteritis,  you  will  be  able 

poterit,  he  will  be  able  poterunt,  they  will  be  able 

a.  The  principal  parts  are  possum,  posse,  potui.  The 
perfect  is  formed  like  that  of  regular  verbs:  potui, 
potuisti,  etc. 

READING  EXERCISE:  CASTRA  ROMANA  OPPUGNANTUR 

346.  Hostes  castra  Romana  paene  circumvenerunt. 
Romanl  ex  castrls  effugere  non  possunt,  sed  fortiter  se  de- 
fendent.  Herl  duo  centuriones  ex  porta  exierunt  et  in  hostes 
impetum  fecerunt.     Unus  vulneratus  in   castra  sine  auxilio 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  145 

se  recipere  non  poterat.  Sed  alter  hostes  reppulit  et  comitem 
suum  servavit.  Signifer,  vir  fortis,  qul  erat  in  vallo,  inter- 
fectus  est.  Socil  auxilium  mlserunt,  et  Romanl  eas  copias 
expectant.  Sl  mox  venient,  hostes  castra  non  capient.  Ro- 
mani  enim  ex  castrls  impetum  in  hostes  facient,  et  socii  a 
tergo  eos  oppugnabunt.  Hostes  pellentur,  et  castra  serva- 
buntur. 

347.  VOCABULARY 

alter,    altera,    alterum,     the  paene,  adv.,  almost 

other  possum,    posse,    potui,     am 

circumvenio,    -venire,    -veni,  able,  can 

-ventum,  surround  recipio,   -cipere,  -cepi,   -cep- 

effugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  escape  tum,  takeback;  se  recipere, 

enim,  conj.,  for  (never  stands  withdraw,  retreat 

first  in  its  clause)  signifer,  signiferi,  m.,  stand- 

exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  out,  ard-bearer 

go  from 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

348.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  I 
cannot  hear  you  from  this  place.  2.  We  were  able  to  cross 
the  river,  but  we  were  not  able  to  capture  the  camp.  3.  The 
army  of  the  enemy  could  not  escape.  4.  The  citizens  who 
have  arms  will  be  able  to  defend  themselves.  5.  Why  do 
you  not  go?  Answer  me  (indirect  object)  at  once.  6.  The 
sound  of  the  horses'  feet  in  the  street  can  be  heard  from  this 
place. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

349.  1.  What  is  an  alternative  route?  2.  Find  from  a 
dictionary  the  meaning  of  circumvent.  3.  What  is  an  exitf 
4.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  statement  "He  was  the  recipient 
of  much  praise"?     5.   What  is  a  vulnerable  place? 


146  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Conjugate  possum  in  the  perfect,  giving  the  meaning  of  cach  form. 
2:  Give  the  third  person  singular  and  plural  of  possum  in  all  the  tenses 
which  have  been  studied.  3.  Rewrite  the  first  sentence  in  section  346, 
changing  the  verb  to  the  passive  voice.  4.  Conjugate  exeo  in  the  future 
indicative. 


LESSON  LIV 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 


THE  USE  OF  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 

350.  Thus  far,  the  personal  pronouns  /,  you,  he,  etc,  as 
subjects  of  the  verb,  have  been  indicated  in  Latin  by  the 
personal  endings  of  the  verb,  -6,  -s,  -t,  etc.  But  when  the 
importance  of  the  subject  is  emphasized  or  a  contrast  is  brought 
out  between  subjects  which  are  not  in  the  same  person,  a 
personal  pronoun  in  the  nominative  is  used  in  Latin  as  in 
English. 

The  other  cases  than  the  nominative  are  used  as  we  should 
expect,  except  that  the  genitive  of  the  pronouns  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  is  not  used  to  denote  possession.  The 
possessive  adjectives  meus,  tuus,  noster,  vester  take  the 
place  of  the  genitive  in  expressions  of  possession.  The  use 
of  the  genitive  singular  is  not  common. 

DECLENSION  OF  EGO  AND  TU 

351.  The  personal  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  persons, 
meaning  I  and  you,  are  declined  as  follows: 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

ego 

nos 

tu 

vos 

Gen. 

mel 

nostrum,  nostri 

tui 

vestrum,  vestrl 

Dat. 

mihi 

nobis 

tibi 

vobls 

Acc. 

me 

nos 

te 

vos 

Abl. 

me 

nobis 

te 

vobls 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  147 

a.  The  forms  nostrum  and  vestrum  are  used  in 
phrases  meaning  part  of  us,  many  of  us,  part  of  you,  and 
the  like.  A  genitive  of  this  sort  is  called  a  genitive  of 
the  whole.  In  the  phrase  pars  militum,  the  noun  militum 
is  a  genitive  of  the  whole. 

b.  The  forms  nostri  and  vestri  are  used  with  nouns 
which  denote  action  or  feeling,  to  denote  the  person  or 
thing  which  stands  as  object  of  the  action  or  feeling 
expressed.  They  are  not  employed  in  the  exercises  of 
this  book. 

c.  When  the  ablative  forms  me,  te,  nobis,  vobis,  and 
also  se  (Section  281)  are  used  as  objects  of  the  preposition 
cum,  they  have  cum  attached  as  a  final  syllable:  thus, 
mecum,  with  me,  tecum,  with  you,  nobiscum,  with  us,  etc. 

PERSONAL  PRONOUN  OF  THE  THIRD  PERSON 

352.  As  has  been  previously  seen,  the  demonstrative  is,  ea, 
id  serves  as  a  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  meaning  he, 
she,  it,  they,  etc.  The  nominative  may  be  used  for  emphasis 
or  when  it  is  needed  to  make  the  meaning  clear.  Sometimes 
the  forms  of  hic  and  ille  are  used  instead  of  is  as  the  pronoun 
of  the  third  person. 

READING  EXERCISE:   ROMANUS  ET  GALLUS 

353.  1.  (The  Roman  speaks.)  Ego  Romanus  sum,  tu 
Gallus  es.  Romani  cum  Gallls  bellum  gerunt,  et  exercitus 
noster  agros  Galliae  vastat.  Sed  ego  numquam  a  te  injuriam 
accepl,  et  nunc  mecum  in  urbe  nostra  tuto  manere  potes. 
Post  bellum  in  patriam  tuam  redlre  poteris,  et  tecum  Ibo. 

2.  (The  Gaul  speaks.)  Sed  uter  patriam  suam  magis  amat, 
is  qul  in  terra  hostium  ttitus  manet,  an  is  qul  in  bello  pugnat 
et  tecta  et  agros  clvium  suorum  defendit?  Ego  tecum  ttitus 
esse  possum,  sed  amlcl  mel  in  perlculo  sunt,  et  in  terra  hostium 
cum  honore  manere  non  possum.  Statim  redlre  et  pro  patria 
pugnare   cupio.    Amlcl  mel  me  ignavum   esse  putabunt  si 


148  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

in  urbe  tua  manebo.  Cum  pax  inter  Galliam  et  Romam 
erit,  iterum  ego  et  tii  amlcl  erimus. 

354.  VOCABULARY 

an,  conj.,  or  numquam,  adv.,  never 

ego,  I  pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace 

honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor  tu,  you  (of  one  person) 

injuria,  -ae,  f.,  injury,  tuto,  adv.,  safely 

injustice  uter,  -tra,  -trum,  which  (of 
magis,  adv.,  more  two)? 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

355.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  I 
shall  go  to  (in)  Europe;  you  will  remain  in  America.  2.  We 
are  good  citizens;  you  are  enemies  of  the  country  (not  terra). 

3.  Come  with  me,  and  I  will  show  you  a  beautiful  picture. 

4.  Many  of  us  go  to  the  mountains  or  (aut)  to  the  sea  in 
summer.  5.  We  have  not  been  helped  by  you  (plural),  and 
we  shall  not  help  you.     6.   Who  can  carry  these  books? 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

356.  1.  What  sort  of  person  is  an  egotistf  2.  Can  you 
find  another  word  besides  honor  which  has  the  same  spelling 
in  English  and  in  Latin?  3.  Give  an  adjective  which  is 
derived  from  injuria.  4.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  meaning 
of  nostrum  as  an  English  word. 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  for  the  following:  us  {direct  object),  by  us,  by  you 
(plural),  to  you  (plural,  indirect  object),  to  us  (indirect  object),  to  me  (indi- 
rect  object).  2.  Give  the  first  person  singular  and  plural  of  possum  in 
all  the  tenses  which  have  been  studied.  3.  Give  the  present  active 
imperatives  of  puto,  maneo,  and  accipio. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  149 


LESSON  LV 

PAST  PERFECT 
MEANING  OF  THE  PAST  PERFECT 

357.  The  past  perfect  tense  represents  an  act  as  completed 
at  some  specified  or  suggested  time  in  the  past.  The  English 
past  perfect  has  the  English  auxiliary  verb  had.  Thus,  I  had 
carried,  you  had  carried,  etc. 

FORMATION  OF  THE  LATIN  PAST  PERFECT  INDICATIVE    ACTIVE 

358.  The  past  perfect  indicative  active  of  the  Latin  verb 
has  the  tense  sign  -era-,  which  is  added  to  the  perfect  stem. 
The  endings  are  used  as  in  the  imperfect.  The  a  of  the  tense 
sign  is  short  befdre  the  endings  -m,  -t,  and  -nt. 

Singular 

portaveram,  I  had  carried  monueram,  /  had  warned 

portaveras,  you  had  carried  monueras,  you  had  warned 

portaverat,  he  had  carried  monuerat,  he  had  warned 

Plural 

portaveramus,  we  had  carried  monueramus,  we  had  warned 
portaveratis,  you  had  carried  monueratis,  you  had  warned 
portaverant,  they  had  carried        monuerant,  they  had  warned 

THE  PAST  PERFECT  PASSIVE 

359.  The  past  perfect  in  the  passive  voice  is  formed  by 
combining  the  past  participle  with  the  imperfect  tense  of 
sum. 

Singular 

portatus  eram,  I  had  been  carried  monitus  eram 

portatus  eras,  you  had  been  carried  monitus  eras 

portatus  erat,  he  had  been  carried  monitus  erat 


150  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


Plural 


portatl  eramus,  we  had  been  carried  moniti  eramus 

portatl  eratis,  you  had  been  carried  moniti  eratis 

portatl  erant,  theij  had  been  carried  monitl  erant 

READING  EXERCISE:   HOSTES  REPELLUNTUR 

360.  Ipse  imperator  hostium  illum  locum  cum  multls 
mllitibus  tenebat.  Parvum  agmen  circum  montem  miserat, 
et  hoc  agmen  ad  castra  nostra  appropinquabat.  Sol  surgere 
incipiebat,  sed  vigiles  loca  sua  nondum  rellquerant.  Mllites 
nostrl,  qul  excitatl  erant,  signa  et  arma  hostium  vlderunt,  et 
multl  celeriter  ad  vallum  cucurrerunt.  Alil  portas  aperuerunt 
et  in  hostes  impetum  fecerunt.  Hostes  non  diu  restiterunt, 
quod  satis  magnas  copias  non  habebant.  Castra  sua  petierunt, 
sed  multl  in  fuga  interfectl  sunt. 

361.  VOCABULARY 

aperio,  -Ire,  -ul,  -tum,  open  resisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  resist 

fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight  sol,  solis,  m.,  sun 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self  surgo,  -ere,  surrexi,   surrec- 
nondum,  adv.,  not  yet  tum,  rise 

peto,  -ere,  -Ivi,  -Itum,   seek,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  hold 
ask  f  or 

a.  Ipse  is  declined  exactly  like  ille  (section  149)  except 
that  the  neuter  singular  ends  in  -um  in  the  nominative 
and  accusative. 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

362.  1.  Saepe  in  eo  loco  sine  perlculo  ambulavera —  (sub- 
ject  "we").  2.  Ciir  pueros  non  monuera —  (subject  "you") 
qul  tecum  erant?  3.  Legio  diti  restitera — ,  et  multl  inter- 
fectl  erant.  4.  Quis  librum  vldit  quem  in  hoc  loco  rellqu — 
(subject  "I")f  5.  Imperator  cum  exercitu  venera — ,  et  urbs 
tiita  erat. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


151 


ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

363.  1.  What  is  a  petition?  What  is  a  partition?  2.  What 
is  a  solar  eclipse?  3.  What  are  surging  waves?  4.  What  is  a 
tenacious  memory? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Conjugate  possum  in  the  past  perfect  indicative.  2.  Give  the 
third  person  singular  of  peto  in  the  active  and  passive  indicative. 
3.  Decline  together  ipse  dux.  4.  Conjugate  surgo  in  the  perfect  and 
past  perfect,  active  voice. 


LESSON  LVI 


DECLENSION  OF  IDEM 
364.     The  declension  of  Idem,  same,  is  as  follows: 

Singular 


Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

Idem 

eadem 

idem 

Gen. 

ejusdem 

ejusdem 

ejusdem 

Dat. 

eidem 

eldem 

eldem 

Acc. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 
Plural 

eodem 

Nom. 

Idem  or  eldem 

eaedem 

eadem 

Gen. 

eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 

Dat. 

elsdem  or 

Isdem 

elsdem  or 

Isdem 

elsdem  or  Isdem 

Acc. 

eosdem 

easdem 

eadem 

Abl. 

elsdem  or 

Isdem 

elsdem  or 

Isdem 

elsdem  or  Isdem 

o.  The  forms  of  idem  are  seen  to  be  for  the  most  part 
identical  with  those  of  is  with  the  syllable  -dem  added. 
Before  d  the  final  -m  is  changed  to  -n. 


152  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

b.  Occasionally  Idem  is  used  as  a  pronoun  meaning 
the  same  person  (neuter,  idem,  the  same  thing).  But  it 
is  commonly  used  as  an  adjective  in  agreement  with  a 
noun. 

READING  EXERCISE:   ROMULUS  ET  REMUS 

365.  1.  Animum  attendite,  puerl  et  puellae;  fabulam 
vobis  narrabo.  Olim  duo  fratres  urbem  condere  incipiebant. 
IJnus  ex  hls  fratribus  erat  Romulus.  Frater  ejus  erat  Remus. 
Uterque  nomen  suum  urbl  dare  cupiebat,  et  inter  eos  erat 
controversia,  quod  duo  nomina  eldem  urbl  darl  non  poterant. 
Denique  nomen  Roma  ex  Romulo  urbl  datum  est.  Sed 
Remus  erat  Iratus  et  muros  urbis  irrlsit,  quod  parvl  erant. 
Tum  unus  ex  comitibus  Romull  Remum  interfecit. 

2.  Dux  meus  est  Romulus,  et  nomen  ejus  huic  urbl  dabitur. 
Nunc  urbs  est  parva,  sed  postea  magna  et  clara  erit,  et  omnes 
nomen  ejus  audient.  Cum  urbs  magna  erit,  magnos  mQros 
habebit;  homines  tum  eos  muros  non  irrldebunt. 

366.  VOCABULARY 

animus,  -I,  m.,  mind,  spirit  denique,  adv.,  finally 

attendo,      -tendere,      -tendi,  Idem,  eadem,  idem,  same 

-tentum,  turn  toward;  ani-  Iratus,  -a,  -um,  angry 

mum  attendere,  give  atten-  irrideo,  -ridere,  -risi,  -risum, 

tion  laugh  at 

condo,  -ere,   condidi,   condi-  narro,     -are,     -avi,     -atum, 

tum,  found,  establish  tell,  relate,  tell  a  story 

controversia,  -ae,  f.,  contro-  Remus,  -I,  m.,  Remus 

versy  Romulus,  -I,  m.,  Romulus 
EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

367.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  We 
are  citizens  of  the  same  town,  but  we  are  not  friends.  2.  These 
two  boys  were  running  to  the  same  place.  3.  Letters  were 
given  to  the  same  messenger  by  the  lieutenant  and  the  cen- 
turion.    4.   The  fields  of  Gaul  were  often  laid  waste  by  the 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


153 


same  enemies.  5.  We  shall  send  the  same  soldiers  again  to 
the  enemy's  camp.  6.  We  returned  to  the  same  city  in  the 
winter,  but  we  did  not  see  the  same  men  and  women. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

368.  1.  What  is  an  animated  manner?  2.  What  is  a 
controversial  manner?  3.  What  is  meant  by  an  irate  parent? 
4.   What  is  a  tedious  narrativef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Decline  together  Idem  legatus.  2.  Decline  together  eadem  urbs. 
3.  Conjugate  condo  in  the  perfect  and  past  perfect,  active  voice.  4.  Con- 
jugate  attendo  and  irrideo  in  the  future,  active  voice. 


VIEW  ON  THE    APPIAN  WAY 


154  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  LVII 
FUTURE  PERFECT:   SYNOPSIS  OF  VERBS 

MEANING  OF  THE  FUTURE  PERFECT 

369.  The  future  perfect  tense  represents  an  act  as  to  be 
completed  at  some  specified  or  suggested  time  in  the  future. 
Thus,  /  shall  have  finished  the  work  in  two  weeks.  The  future 
perfect  is  used  less  frequently  than  the  other  tenses  in  English. 
It  is  used  somewhat  more  frequently  in  Latin  than  in  English. 

FORMATION  OF  THE  FUTURE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

370.  The  future  perfect  indicative  active  of  the  Latin 
verb  has  the  tense  sign  -eri-,  which  is  added  to  the  perfect 
stem.  The  personal  endings  are  used  as  in  the  present  tense. 
The  l  of  the  tense  sign  disappears  before  -6  in  the  first  person 
singular. 

Singular 

portavero,  I  shall  have  carried  monuero 

portaveris,  you  will  have  carried  monueris 

portaverit,  he  will  have  carried  monuerit 

Plural 

portaverimus,  we  shall  have  carried  monuerimus 

portaveritis,  you  will  have  carried  monueritis 

portaverint,  they  will  have  carried  monuerint 

THE  FUTURE  PERFECT  PASSIVE 

371.  The  future  perfect  in  the  passive  voice  is  formed  by 
combining  the  past  participle  of  a  verb  with  the  future  indica- 

tive  of  sum. 

Singular 

portatus  ero,  I  shall  have  been  carried  monitus  ero 

portatus  eris,  you  will  have  been  carried  monitus  eris 

portatus  erit,  he  will  have  been  carried  monitus  erit 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  155 

Plural 

portatl  erimus,  we  shall  have  been  carried  moniti  erimus 

portati  eritis,  you  will  have  been  carried  monitl  eritis 

portatl  erunt,  they  will  have  been  carried  monitl  erunt 

THE  SYNOPSIS  OF  VERBS 

372.  A  group  of  verb  forms  made  up  by  taking  any  one 
person  of  a  verb  in  all  the  tenses  of  one  voice  and  number  is 
called  a  synopsis  of  that  verb.  The  synopsis  of  porto  in  the 
first  person  singular,  active  voice,  indicative  mood,  is  as 
follows: 

Pres.     porto  Perf.       portavl 

Impf.      portabam  P.  Perf.  portaveram 

Fut.       portabo  F.  Perf.  portavero 

READING  EXERCISE:  VERBA  MlLITUM  ANTE  PROELIUM 

373.  Ab  omnibus  partibus  est  silentium.  Nox  est  obscura, 
quod  luna  non  fulget.  Hostes  adventum  nostrum  non  vide- 
bunt,  et  in  castra  eorum  perveniemus  antequam  arma  para- 
verint.  Deinde  impetum  faciemus  et  multos  capiemus.  Hostes 
fugere  non  poterunt,  quod  castra  circumveniemus.  Cum 
captlvls  quos  ceperimus,  urbem  nostram  in  triumpho  intrabi- 
mus,  et  omnes  clves  nos  propter  victoriam  nostram  salutabunt 
et  laudabunt.  Laeti  urbem  et  amlcos  iterum  videbimus. 
Longe  a  patria  absumus,  et  paene  exules  sumus. 

Haec  ante  proelium  erant  verba  mllitum. 

374.  VOCABULARY 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  coming,  ar-  fulgeo,  -ere,  fulsi,  shine 

rival  intro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  enter 

antequam,  conj.,  before  silentium,  -I,  n.,  silence 

captivus,  -I,  m.,  prisoner  triumphus,  -I,  m.,  triumph 

deinde,  adv.,  next  verbum,  -I,  n.,  word 
fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  flee 


156 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

376.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  We 
shall  be  happy,  because  we  shall  have  seen  our  native  country 
again.  2.  I  shall  have  walked  for  a  long  time,  and  I  shall  be 
tired  out.  3.  When  you  (shall)  have  returned,  you  will  be 
unhappy.  4.  The  legion  will  have  driven  back  the  enemy, 
but  the  danger  will  remain.  5.  The  king  had  fled  with  a  few 
companions.  6.  The  Romans  often  led  barbarians  in  triumph 
through  the  streets  of  Rome. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

376.     1.   Give   a   noun   which   is   derived  from   adventus. 

2.  Complete  the  following  outline  of  derivation  by  replac- 
ing  the  dash  by   a  Latin  verb:    captive,  captivus,  . 

3.  Give  a  noun  which  is  derived  from  fugio.  4.  Find  from 
a  dictionary  the  meaning  of  refulgent.  5.  What  is  a  triumphal 
procession? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  third  person  plural  of  laudo  in  the  active  voice,  in  the 
six  tenses  which  have  been  studied.  2.  Give  the  third  person  singular 
of  mitto  in  the  active  and  passive  of  the  six  tenses  which  have  been  studied. 
3.   Conjugate  maneo  in  the  perfect  and  future  perfect,  active  voice. 


ROMAN  SPOONS  AND   BOWL 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  157 

LESSON  LVIII 

DATIVE  WITH  SPECIAL  VERBS 

377.  Most  verbs  meaning  to  please,  displease,  trust,  dis- 
trust,  believe,  persuade,  serve,  obey,  favor,  resist,  envy,  threaten, 
pardon,  and  spare  govern  the  dative. 

Equus  tibi  placet,  the  horse  pleases  you. 

a.  The  verbs  pareo  and  resisto,  previously  given,  are 
of  this  class. 

b.  The  English  equivalents  of  these  verbs  take  direct 
objects,  but  the  Latin  words  did  not  suggest  to  the 
Romans  a  direct  object.  Thus  persuadere  meant  make 
attractive  to,  and  placere  meant  be  pleasing  to. 

READING  EXERCISE 

378.  1.  Animum  attendite  et  audlte,  comites.  Illum 
collem  capere  jussl  sumus.  Duci  nostro  parebimus,  et  statim 
impetum  faciemus.  Copiae  hostium  nobls  non  diii  resistent, 
quod  paucae  sunt,  et  castra  eorum  non  facile  defendl  possunt. 
Brevl  tempore  illl  erunt  aut  captivl  aut  mortul. 

2.  Socils  nostrls  gratias  agimus  quod  auxilium  nobls  dederunt. 
Ex  maximo  bello  servatl  sumus,  et  iterum  in  terra  nostra  est 
pax.  Niiper  patria  nostra  in  magno  perlculo  erat,  sed  nunc 
hostes  ex  urbibus  agrlsque  expulsl  sunt.  Ab  omnibus  partibus 
voces  eorum  audimus  qul  propter  flnem  belll  laetl  sunt. 
Nunc  ipsum  nomen  belll  odimus. 

379.  VOCABULARY 

ago,   agere,   egi,   actum,   do,  mortuus,  -a,  -um,  dead 

drive  nuper,  adv.,  recently 

brevis,  -e,  short  odi,  odisse,  hate 

gratia,  -ae,  f.,  favor;  gratias  -que,  conj.,  and 

agere,  to  thank  vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice 

maximus,  -a,  -um,  greatest 


158  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

a.  The  conjunction  -que,  meaning  and,  is  joined  to 
the  second  of  the  two  words  which  it  connects.  Thus, 
collis  montesque  means  the  hill  and  the  mountains.  A 
word  or  syllable  which  is  thus  attached  to  the  end  of 
another  word  is  called  an  enclitic.  The  preposition  cum 
is  used  as  an  enclitic  with  the  ablative  forms  of  ego, 
tu,  qui,  and  the  reflexive  sui  (Section  351,  c). 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

380.  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  Latin:  1.  Boys, 
obey  your  father,  and  remain  at  home.  2.  The  boys  obeyed 
their  father  and  mother  and  remained  at  home.  3.  We  have 
resisted  the  enemy,  and  we  have  saved  the  town.  4.  I  hear 
the  voices  of  the  sentinels  who  are  in  f ront  of  the  camp.  5.  The 
consul  will  lead  the  prisoners  in  triumph  through  the  city. 
6.   The  citizens  thanked  us,  and  our  friends  praised  us. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

381.  1.  What  connection  in  meaning  can  you  see  between 
action  and  ago?  2.  What  is  brevityf  3.  What  is  meant  by 
the  maximum  capacity?  4.  What  is  the  meaning  of  odiumt 
5.   What  is  vocal  music? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  Latin  forfriend  in  the  sentences  "He  praises  his  friend" 
and  "He  pleases  his  friend."  2.  Write  two  English  sentences  contain- 
ing  direct  objects  which  will  be  translated  into  Latin  by  the  dative  and 
two  containing  direct  objects  which  will  be  translated  by  the  accusative. 
3.  Write  two  English  sentences  containing  indirect  objects.  4.  Write 
the  third  person  singular  of  ago,  active  and  passive,  in  all  six  tenses. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  159 


LESSON  LIX 

FORMS  OF  QUESTIONS 

382.  There  are  three  forms  of  Latin  questions  aside  from 
those  which  are  introduced  by  an  interrogative  pronoun  or 
adverb.  The  first  form  has  -ne,  added  to  an  important  word, 
usually  the  first  word,  the  second  form  is  introduced  by 
nonne,  and  the  third  by  num.  The  translation  of  these  three 
forms  is  illustrated  by  the  following: 

Venitne?  has  he  comef 

Nonne  venit?  has  he  not  come  (hasrtt  he  come)? 

Num  venit?  he  has  not  come,  has  hef 

a.  Sometimes  -ne  is  omitted,  and  a  question  of  the 
first  form  indicated  merely  by  the  interrogation  point. 

b.  In  answers  "yes"  is  often  expressed  by  ita  (liter- 
ally,  so).  Often  a  question  is  answered  by  repeating  the 
verb.  Thus,  "Venitne?"  "Has  he  come?"  "Venit,"  "He 
has."  The  answer  "no"  may  be  expressed  by  non  (or 
minime)  or  by  repeating  the  verb  with  a  negative.  Thus 
"Adestne?"  "Is  he  present?"  "Non  adest,"  "No." 

READING  EXERCISE:   PUER  IN  FLUMEN  CADIT 

383.  1.  Parvus  puer  in  flumen  cecidit.  In  perlculo  est, 
quod  flumen  altum  est. 

Num  puer  natare  potest? 

Minime.     Funem  demittite. 

Ego  in  flumen  desiliam  et  eum  juvabo. 

Potesne  tu.  natare? 

Ita.  Nonne  saepe  in  flumine  et  lacii  nato?  Da  mihi 
funem,  et  puerum  servabo. 

Nunc  puer  funem  prehendit.  Trahite,  amici,  puerum 
juvate. 

2.   Omnes  natare  sclre  debent.     Slc  aut  vitam  suam  ser- 


160  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

vare  aut  alios  juvare  poterunt.  Is  qui  bene  natat  non  timet 
cum  in  fhlmen  cadit. 

Sciuntne  amlci  tul  natare? 

Ita.  Nonne  nos  vldistis  in  fhimine  quod  non  longe  ab 
oppido  nostro  abest?     Ibi  saepe  natamus. 

384.  VOCABULARY 

cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  fall  lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake 

demitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis-  minime,  adv.,  least,  not  at  all 

sum,  let  down  prehendo,    -hendere,    -hendi, 

desilio,    -ire,    -ui,    desultum,  -hensum,  seize,  take  hold  of 

jump  down  traho,    -ere,    traxi,    tractum, 

funis,  funis,  -ium,  m.,  rope  drag,  draw,  pull 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

385.  Tell  which  form  of  question  is  illustrated  by  each  of 
the  first  four  sentences  which  follow.  Translate  all  the  sen- 
tences  into  Latin:  1.  Do  you  not  see  the  men  and  the  bridge? 
2.  The  river  is  not  deep,  is  it?  3.  Do  the  consuls  live  on  the 
Palatine?  4.  Did  not  our  soldiers  save  your  (native)  country? 
5.  Your  army  resisted  the  barbarians  bravely,  but  you  did 
not  have  sufnciently  large  forces.  6.  The  soldiers  obey  the 
lieutenant,  but  they  hate  him. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES  FROM  LATIN 

386.  1.  What  relation  in  form  can  you  see  between  cado 
and  accidentf  What  Latin  preposition  is  represented  by  the 
first  syllable  of  accidentf  2.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  mean- 
ing  of  desultory.  3.  What  is  a  prehensile-t&iled  monkey? 
4.   What  is  a  tractorf 

SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  English  sentences  illustrating  each  class  of  Latin  questions 
described  in  the  lesson.  2.  Give  the  present  active  infinitive  of  each 
verb  in  the  lesson.  3.  Decline  the  pronouns  ego  and  tu.  4.  Decline 
the  relative  pronoun. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


161 


387. 


SEVENTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


VOCABULARY  REVIEW,  LESSONS  LII-LIX 


adventus,  -tis 

animus,  -I 

captlvus,  -I 

controversia,  -ae 

fuga,  -ae 

funis,  fiinis 

gratia,  -ae 

honor,  honoris 

injuria,  -ae 

lacus,  -us 

pax,  pacis 

securis,  securis 

signifer,  -eri 

silentium,  -I 

sol,  solis 

triumphus,  -I 

,  ,  enugio,  -ere 

verbera,  verberum 

vox,  vocis 


ego,  gen.  mel  possum,  posse 

Idem,  eadem,  idem    prehendo,  -ere 
ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum        recipio,  -ere 


tu,  gen.  tui 
uter,  -tra,  -trum 

ago,  -ere 
aperio,  -Ire 
attendo,  -ere 
cado, -ere 
caedo,  -ere 
circumvenio,  -Ire 
condo,  -ere 
demitto,  -ere 
desilio,  -Ire 
dlco,  -ere 


alter,  altera, 

alterum 
brevis,  -e 
diirus,  -a,  -um 
Iratus,  -a,  -um 


exeo,  -lre 
frango,  -ere 
fugio,  -ere 
fulgeo,  -ere 
intro,  -are 
irrldeo,  -ere 
odl 


resisto,  -ere 
restituo,  -ere 
siimo,  -ere 
surgo, -ere 
teneo, -ere 
traho,  -ere 

antequam 

deinde 

denique 

magis 

minime 

nondum 

numquam 

nuper 

paene 

tiito 

an 

enim 
-que 


maximus,  -a,  -um    pello,  -ere 
mortuus,  -a,  -um      peto,  -ere 


ROMANCE  WORDS  FROM  LATIN 


388.  We  have  already  seen  (Lesson  I,  page  1)  that  the 
Romance  languages  are  of  Latin  origin. 

A  glance  at  the  following  table,  giving  the  numbers  from 
one  to  ten  in  Latin  and  in  the  modern  languages  derived  from 


162 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


Latin,  will  show  how  close  the  relation  is  between  these  lan- 
guages  and  Latin. 

Latin      Italian      French      Spanish      Portuguese      Roumanian      English 

iinus        uno  un  uno  um 

duo  due  deux  dos  dois 

tres  tre  trois  tres  trez 

quattuor  quattro  quatre  cuatro  quatro 

qulnque  cinque  cinq  cinco  cinco 

sex  sei  six  seis  seis 

septem     sette  sept  siete  sete 

octo         otto  huit  ocho  oito 

novem     nove  neuf  nueve  nove 

decem      dieci  dix  diez  dez 

a.  The  French  words  for  the  (Je,  la,  les)  are  derived 
from  Latin  ille.  The  word  for  is  (est)  is  spelled  in 
French  exactly  as  in  Latin  although  pronounced  differ- 
ently. 


un 

one 

doi 

two 

trei 

three 

patru 

four 

cinci 

five 

sesse 

six 

septe 

seven 

opt 

eight 

noua 

nine 

zece 

ten 

HGRATIUS 

Note. — New  words  occurring  in  this  play  and  the  following  plays  will 
be  found  in  the  complete  Vocabulary,  pages  323-352 


Personae 


Porsena:  rerc  Etruscorum. 

Sextus  Tarquinius :  fllius  Tarquinil 

Swperbl. 
Mamilius:    rex  Tusculi,  socius  Por- 

sennae. 

Scaena  I. 
Tarquinius  Superbus:  rex  Romano- 

rum,  exul. 
Vigiles:  Etrusci. 
Duces  Mllitum:  Etrusci. 


Scaena  II. 


Valerius  1 
Pulvillus/ 
Horatius  Cocles  1 
Spurius  Lartius  \ 
Titus  Herminius 


consules  Romdni. 


sendtores 
Romani 


Vigil  Secundus  / 
Cives :   Romdni 
Mllites:   Etrusci. 


SCAENA  PRIMA.    IN  CASTRIS  ETRUSCORUM 

Vesperl.  Porsena  ante  tabernaculum  suum  stat;  a  dextra 
Mamilius;  a  sinistra  Tarquinius  Superbus;  a  tergo 
Sextus   Tarquinius.      Ante    Porsenam    duces  mllitum 

imperata  expectant.     Longe  d  dextra  stant  vigiles;    hl 

Romam  prospectant. 

Por.    Bene   pugnavistis   hodie,    O   duces,   vos   et   milites 

Etrusci. 
Duc.    Gratias  tibi  agimus,  rex  maxime;   pro  patria  et  pro 

te  pugnavimus. 
Por.     Quo  nomine  hic  mons  appellatur,  ubi  jam  castra 

posuimus? 
Sex.     Janiculum  vocatur  hic  mons. 
Sup.     Janiculum  habemus;  facile  erit  Romam  capere. 

163 


164  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Por.     Quo  modo  Janiculum  cepistl,  Mamill?     Narra  nobls ! 

Duc.    Bene  nos  duxit  Mamilius,  O  rex  maxime!  10 

Por.     Hoc  scio;  attendite  animum  et  audlte ! 

Mam.  O  rex  maxime,  Janiculum  tenebat  Pulvillus  consul 
.  cum  centum  mllitibus;  juvenis  est  et  malus  dux; 
male  imperat,  neque  Romanl  illl  parere  volunt.  At 
diti  nobls  resistebant;  neque  facile  erat  illud  par- 
vum  agmen  de  monte  pellere.  Tandem  centum 
mllites  circum  montem  mlsl;  hl  a  tergo  Romanos 
subito  oppugnaverunt.  Pulvillus  pavidus  tergum 
vertit;  cum  qulnquaginta  hominibus  effugit; 
ceteros  occldimus.  Ille,  tertius  in  ordine  ducum  20 
[ducem  quendam  indicat],  prlmus  in  summum 
montem  pervenit.  Hostes  illum  vulneraverant  et 
signiferum  occlderant.  Statim  ille  signum  e  dextra 
mortui  rapuit  et  in  summo  monte  posuit. 

Por.  Benefecistl,  Mamill;  bene  fecerunt  tui  mllites.  Tii, 
dux  vulnerate,  huc  venl!  [Dux  tertius  appropin- 
quat.]    Accipe  hoc  praemium!    [Armillam  bracchio 

VOCATIVE  OF  NOUNS  IN  -IUS 

389.  Proper  nouns  ending  in  -ius,  and  also  the  common 
noun  filius,  form  the  vocative  by  replacing  the  ending  -ius  of 
the  nominative  by  -1.     Thus,  Cornelius,  vocative  Corneli. 


DECLENSION  OF  QUIDAM 

390. 

quldam,  a 

certain 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

quldam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Gen. 

cujusdam 

cujusdam 

cujusdam 

Dat. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Acc. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Abl. 

quodam 

quadam 

quodam 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


165 


circumdat.     Tum  dux  se  in  ordinem  recipit.]     Cras 

Romam  oppugnabimus. 
Duc.    [laetls  clamoribus.]     Cras  Romam  capiemus.  30 

Sup.     Cras  rex  iterum  ero  Romanorum. 
Sex.     Cras  omnes  inimlcos  occidam. 
Sup.     Cras  omnes  nobiles  in  vincula  conjiciam. 
Sex.     Vae  victls !  nos  enim  Roma  expulerunt. 
Sup.     Ignavi  homines  regem  habere  nolebant;  poenas  cras 

dabunt. 
Duc.    [murmurant.]     Fortes,    non    ignavl,    sunt    Romanl. 

Fortes  hostes  amamus;  ignavos  odimus  amlcos. 
Por.     Quando  et  quo  modo  Romam  oppugnabimus? 
Sex.     Statim  hoc  faciemus;  sl  enim  Romanl  pontem  subli-    40 

cium  frangent,  neque  Tiberim  translre  neque  ur- 

bem  intrare  poterimus. . 
Duc.    Nos  quidem   hodie   diti   pugnavimus;    sine   somno 

mllites  non  bene  pugnabunt. 
Sup.     Vigil!  Vigil! 
Vig.     Quid  vls,  rex? 


Nom.  quldam 

Gen.  quorundam 

Dat.  quibusdam 

Acc.  quosdam 

Abl.  quibusdam 


Plural 

quaedam 

quarundam 

quibusdam 

quasdam 

quibusdam 


quaedam 

quorundam 

quibusdam 

quaedam 

quibusdam 


CONJUGATION  OF  VOLO 

391.  The  irregular  verb  volo,  I  wish,  I  am  willing,  has  the 
following  principal  parts :  volo,  velle,  volui.  It  is  conjugated  as 
follows  in  the  present  indicative. 

Singular  Plural  NoTE-In  the  imperfect  and 

volo  volumus  future  indicative  volo  is  conju- 

vls  vultis  gated  exactly  like  duco :  volebam, 

vult  volunt  volebas,  etc,  volam,  voles,  etc. 


166  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Sup.     Quid  nunc  Romanl  faciunt? 

Vig.  Omnes  intra  moenia  se  receperunt.  Vigiles  tamen 
e  moenibus  prospectant. 

Por.     Fregeruntne  pontem?  50 

Vig.     Minime,  rex  maxime!     Stat  pons. 

Por.     Qualis  erit  nox? 

Yig.  Obsctira;  ntibilare  enim  coepit,  neque  ltina  fulgebit. 
Etiam  nunc  vigiles  Romanos  videre  non  possumus; 
non  jam  pons  in  conspectii  est;  hac  nocte  caeci 
erunt  vigiles. 

Por.  Bene  dlxistis,  vigiles.  Hoc  igitur  consilium  omnes 
audlte!  Quarta  vigilia,  dum  Romani  adhtic  dor- 
miunt,  ad  pontem  silentio  appropinquabimus. 
Antequam  illtic  pervenerimus,  nos  neque  videre 
neque  audlre  vigiles  poterunt.  Ntilla  mora  pon- 
tem  translbimus  et  portam  facile  rumpemus,  dum 
Romani  arma  petunt  et  tota  urbe  trepidant. 


Duc. 

Bonum  consilium  cepistl,  0  rex  maxime!     Vincemus. 

POR. 

Hoc  consilium,  duces,   mllitibus  ntintiate!     Deinde 

usque  ad  quartam  vigiliam  dormlte! 

Duc. 

Audlmus  et  parebimus. 

POR. 

Vigiles,  cum  quarta  vigilia  erit, 
excitate! 

e  somno  nos  omnes 

VlG. 

Audimus  et  parebimus. 

70 

DECLENSION  OF  ALIQUIS 

392 

.   aliquis,  some,  someone. 

Singular 

Masc.                                 Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

aliquis                 aliqua 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen. 

alicujus               alicujus 

alicujus 

Dat. 

alicui                  alicui 

alicui 

Acc. 

aliquem               aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl. 

aliquo                 aUqua 

aliquo 

FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  167 


SCAENA  SECUNDA.     ROMAE 

A  sinistrd  appdrent  moenia  urbis;  Tiberis  praeter  moenia 
fluit;  rlpam  ulteriorem  ad  portam  urbis  jungit  pons 
sublicius.  Vigiles  e  summls  moenibus  prospectant.  In 
rlpa  ulteriore  agmen  Etruscorum  ad  pontem  sublicium 
silentio  appropinquat,  sed  adhuc  procul  abest,  cum  sol 
surgere  incipit.     Prlma  luce  vigiles  hostes  vident. 

Vig.  I.    Audlsne  aliquid? 

Vig.  II.  Quam  timidus  es!     Ventus  aquam  agitat. 

Vig.  I.    Pedes  hominum  audio. 

Vig.  II.  Noli  hoc  credere.     Sol  mox  surget;    tum  videre 

poterimus. 
Vig.  I.    Aliquid  video.     Aliquid  se  movet. 
Vig.  II.  Agmen  est.     Hostes  sunt. 
Vig.  I.    Surgite,  RomanT.     Hostes  adsunt*. 
Vigiles.  Surgite,  Romanl.     Hostes  adsunt. 

[Clves  armatl  portam  aperiunt  et  prbspectant.     Valerius 
et  Pulvillus  in  pontem  currunt.] 

Val.       Frangite  pontem,  clves.  10 

Pul.       Tempus   non   dabunt   hostes.     Eheu,   nos   prlmos 

occident.     Quid  facere  possumus?     Quo  fugere 

debemus? 


Plural 


Nom. 

aliqul 

aliquae 

ahqua 

Gen. 

aliquorum 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

Dat. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Acc. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

168  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Val.  Sile,  ignave !  Ciir  heri  mllites  f rangere  pontem  non 
jussistl?  Tu  enim  imperator  eras.  Hodie  ego 
Romanis  impero.  [Pulvillus  in  urbem  redit. 
Multl  clves  in  portd  appdrent.]  Audlte,  clves !  Sl 
duo  vel  tres  hostibus  breve  temporis  spatium 
resistere  poterunt,  ceterl  pontem  frangent.  Ita 
urbem  servare  poterimus.  20 

Hor.      [inter  clves  appdret.]     Quid  dlcebat  consul? 

Civ.  Si  quis  hostibus  resistet,  nos  pontem  frangere 
poterimus. 

Hor.  Ego,  O  consul,  pontem  defendam.  Quis  mecum 
hoc  pro  patria  faciet? 

Spu.  [ex  clvibus  prodit.]  Ego  tibi  socius  ero,  fortis 
Horatl. 

Hor.      Tti  bonus  eris  socius.     Tecum  bene  pugnabo. 

Tamen  sl  tres  erimus,  totum  hostium  agmen  facile 
repellemus.  30 

Tit.  [ex  clvibus  prodit.]  Ecce  tertius  ero.  Pro  Roma  et 
Romanls  cum  hls  comitibus  pugnabo. 

Val.       Vobis  ago  gratias. 

Civ.        Vobls  gratias  agimus. 

[Etruscl  appropinquant.] 

Por.       Currite,  mllites!     Pontem  occupate! 
Val.       Properate  vos !    currunt  enim  hostes. 

[Tres  pontem  trdnseunt.] 

Hor.  Ego  medius  stabo;  tu,  Spurl,  a  dextra  sta,  Herminl, 
tti  a  sinistra ! 

[Etrusci  ad  pontem  adveniunt.] 

Por.       Oppugnate,  mllites!     Illos  tres  occldite  et  urbem 

intrate!  40 

Val.  Secures  sumite,  clves!  sumite  gladios!  frangite 
pontem ! 

Por.       Mamili,  mecum  mane!     Herl  satis  pugnabas. 
Sextus  contra  suam  urbem  homines  diicet. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  169 

Val.       Da  mihi  securem,  tu!     Ita,  ita,  lignum  frangite. 

[Ipse    pontem  ferit    dum    mllites    Etruscl    pontem 
oppugnant.] 

Spu.       Cave,  Hermini!  a  sinistra  oppugnabunt. 

Tit.        Paratus  sum;  ecce,  undique  veniunt. 

Hor.      Diira  verbera  date !     Non  multi  eodem  tempore  nos 

oppugnare  possunt. 
Pul.       [in  moenibus  appdret.]     Venlte,   vos,   ad   moenia!    50 

[Multl  clves  in  moenia  veniunt.]     Sagittas  mittite! 

Jacula  conjicite! 
Sex.       Mecum  venite,  milites!     Ego  Horatium  occidam. 

Mihi  quidem  non  resistet. 
Civ.        Cujus  vocem  audimus? 
Vig.  I.    Sextus  Tarquinius  hostes  diicit. 
Civ.        Apage,  perfide  Sexte !  Num  audes  Romam  revenlre? 
Sex.       Mox  alia  clamabitis,  cum  vos  in  vincula  conjiciam. 
Civ.        Occlde  Sextum,  O  Horatl!     Etiam  sl   hostes   nos 

vlcerint,  gaudebimus,  quod  perfidus  Sextus  mor-    60 

tuus  erit. 

[Sextus  Horatium  oppugnat;  Spurius  et  Titus  contrd 
alios  pugnant.] 

Pul.  Cavete,  sagittaril!  Nollte  nostros  occldere!  Ca- 
vete,  j  aculatores !  Supra  capita  nostrorum  j  acula 
conjicite! 

Vig.  II.  Uter  vincet?     Ecce  noster  illum  ferit! 

Civ.        Io  triumphe!     Mortuus  est  Sextus. 

Pul.       Minime,  surgit.     Horatl,  iterum  feri! 

[Alter  Hordtium  oppugnat,  dum  Mamilius  Sextum 
e  perlculo  trahit.] 

Civ.       Quis  auxilium  fert? 

Pul.       Mamilius. 

Civ.        Ecce,  Sextum  e  perlculo  trahit.  70 


Tu  etiam  noblscum  redl!     Sine  te  non  redibimus. 


170  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Vig.  I.    Nunc  redit;  ipse  Horatium  oppugnabit. 

Civ.       Eheu,  non  mortuus  est  Sextus. 

Val.       Auxilium  date,  clves;  ecce,  paene  fractus  est  pons. 

Civ.        Io,  Spurius  hostem  occidit;  nunc  alterum  ferit. 

Vig.  II.  Eheu !     Horatium  vulneravit  Mamilius. 

Civ.       Eheu!    Spuri,  auxilium  da! 

Vig.  I.    Ecce.     Mamilium  repellunt. 

Val.       [mdgnd  vdce.]     Redlte,  Romani!    paene  fractus  est 

pons.     Jam,  jam  redi,  Horatl! 
Civ.        Redlte,  Romanl !    paene  f ractus  est  pons !    Nos  ser-    so 

vavistis;  jam  vos  servate! 
Hor.      Redlte,  comites!    dum  tempus  manet,  redlte! 
Spu. 
Tit. 

Civ.        Redlte,  fortes  virl!     Jam  jam  cadit  pons. 
Hor.      Redite,    comites!     Vobls   hoc   impero.     Consilium 

habeo  bonum;  me  hostes  non  occldent. 

^    '      >Paremus.     Vale!     [Ad  portam  redeunt.] 

Civ.        Nollte  Horatium  relinquere! 
Spu.       Ipse  imperavit.     Paremus. 

[Spurius  et  Titus  urbem  intrant.] 

Civ.       Sero  redlbis,  Horatl.     Cadit  pons.  90 

Hor.  [Scutum  ad  clves  conjicit.]  Excipite,  cives,  sciitum! 
Non  honestum  est  scutum  relinquere.  [Gladium 
in  medios  hostes  conjicit.]  Vos,  hostes,  gladium 
excipite!  Tibi  me  committo,  Tiberis.  [Dum 
pons  cadit,  Horatius  in  flumen  desilit.] 

Pul.       Quid  facit?    Vulneratus  est;  non  potest  natare. 

Civ.       Ita;  flumen  transit;  ad  portam  natat. 

Val.       Demittite  f unes !     [Clves  funem  demittunt.] 

Crv.        Fiinem  prehendit.     Trahite!  trahite! 

Omnes.  Trahite!  trahite!  [Cives  Hordtium  ex  aqua  in 
portam  trahunt.] 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


171 


Val. 

PUL. 


fSenatus  tibi  gratias  agit. 


Civ.        Populus  Romanus  tibi  gratias  agit. 
Omnes.  Romam  servavisti. 


FINIS  FABDLAE. 


too 


uu\ 

tfMIH'-" 


RUINS  OF  THE  COLISEUM 


172 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  LX 
PRESENT  PARTICIPLE 

FORMATION  OF  THE  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE 

393.  The  present  active  participle  of  a  Latin  verb  ends  in 
-ns,  and  is  formed  on  the  present  stem.  The  present  par- 
ticiples  of  regular  verbs  in  the  four  conjugations  are  as  follows. 


I 

II 

III 

IV 

(porto) 

(moneo) 

(dtico) 

(capio) 

(audio) 

portans 

monens 

ducens 

capiens 

audiens 

carrying 

warning 

leading 

taking 

hearing 

a.   There  is  no  present  passive  participle  in  Latin. 


DECLENSION  OF  THE  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE 

394.  Like  other  participles,  the  present  participle  agrees 
in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  noun  or  pronoun  which 
it  modifies.  It  is  declined  as  an  adjective  of  the  third 
declension : 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem.  Neut.  Masc.  and  Fem.  Neut. 


Nom.    portans 
Gen.    portantis 
portantl 
portantem 


Dat. 
Acc. 
Abl. 


portans 
portantis 
portantl 
portans 


portantes 
portantium 
portantibus 
portantls  (-es) 


portante  (-1)   portante  (-1)    portantibus 


portantia 

portantium 

portantibus 

portantia 

portantibus 


Singular 


Nom.  monens  monens 

Gen.  monentis  monentis 

Dat.  monenti  monenti 

Acc  monentem  monens 


Plural 
monentes  monentia 

monentium  monentium 
monentibus  monentibus 
monentls  (-es)    monentia 


Abl.     monente  (-1)   monente  (-1)  monentibus        monentibus 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  173 

a.  The  use  of  the  Latin  present  participle  must  not 
be  confused  with  the  progressive  form  of  the  verb 
(Section  76,  a).  In  the  sentence  The  man  is  standing 
in  the  street  the  expression  is  standing  is  the  progressive 
form  of  the  verb,  and  will  be  translated  by  one  Latin 
word,  stat.  In  the  sentence  The  man  standing  on  the 
wall  is  my  brother,  the  word  standing  is  a  participle  mod- 
ifying  man,  and  will  be  translated  by  the  Latin  present 
participle,  stans. 

READING  EXERCISE:     A  SUCCESSFUL  HUNT 

395.  ( Ulysses  speaks.1)  Per  silvam  ambulans,  magnum 
cervum  vidl.  Ventus  flabat,  et  cervus  sonitum  pedum  meorum 
audire  non  poterat.  Arcum  meum  cepi  et  frontem  cervi 
prlma  sagitta  vulneravl.  Deinde  alteram  sagittam  mlsl,  et 
eum  interfecl.  Nunc  cervum  umeris  mels  ad  comites  porto. 
Hl  murmurant  et  Iratl  sunt,  quod  cibum  non  habent.  Similes 
animalibus  sunt,  quae  semper  cibum  postulant.  Nunc  in 
lltore  stantes  me  expectant.  Laetl  erunt  cum  me  appropin- 
quantem  videbunt.  Mox  cenam  parabimus.  Post  cenam  in 
silvam  redlbo,  quod  tectum  ibi  vldl.  Sed  niilll  virl  in  conspectii 
erant.     Itaque  hunc  locum  explorare  cupio. 

396.  VOCABULARY 

arcus,  -us,  m.,  bow  litus,  litoris,  n.,  shore 

cervus,  -I,  m.,  deer  similis,  -e,  like,  similar 

flo,  flare,  flavl,  flatum,  blow  sonitus,  -us,  m.,  sound 

frons,  frontis,  m.,  forehead  umerus,  -I,  m.,  shoulder 
itaque,  conj.,  and  so,  therefore 

a.   Frequently  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  dative  is 
used  with  similis :   similis  animali,  like  an  animal. 


» While  returning  from  Troy,  Ulysses,  one  of  the  Greek  heroes,  was  driven  to  the 
Bhores  of  a  certain  island.  This  reading  exercise  and  those  of  the  three  following  lessons 
represent  scenes  during  his  stay  on  the  island. 


174 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 
EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 


397.  1.  The  leader  returned  to  the  shore  carrying  a  deer. 
2.  We  hear  the  voices  of  the  soldiers  demanding  food.  3.  I 
saw  a  deer  running  through  the  forest.  4.  The  consul  is 
the  brother  of  that  (ille)  man  standing  on  the  bridge.  5.  We 
made  an  attack  on  the  legions  crossing  the  river. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

398.  1.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  derivation  of  arch  and 
archer.  2.  What  is  the  original  meaning  of  inflatedf  3.  What 
sort  of  ornament  is  a  frontletf    4.   What  is  a  similef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1 .  Write  the  declension  of  the  present  participles  of  duco  and  capio. 
2.  Point  out  all  the  present  participles  in  section  395,  and  name  the  case 
of  each.  3.  Give  the  present  active  and  past  passive  participles  of 
laudo  and  video.  4.  Decline  sonitus.  5.  Give  a  synopsis  of  flo  in  the 
third  person  singular,  active  voice. 


ROMAN  OIL  VAULT 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  175 

LESSON  LXI 

THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 
THE  INDEPENDENT  PARTICIPIAL  PHRASE 

399.  A  phrase  consisting  of  a  noun  or  pronoun  and  a 
participle  is  sometimes  used  in  a  sentence  without  being  closely 
connected  with  any  other  word  in  the  sentence.  Thus,  A  new 
leader  having  been  chosen,  we  may  expect  better  results.  In  this 
sentence  the  phrase  a  new  leader  having  been  chosen  is  not 
directly  connected  with  any  word  in  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 
Such  a  phrase  is  said  to  be  independent  of  the  rest  of  the 
sentence. 

THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

400.  The  case  which  is  used  in  Latin  for  such  independent 
constructions  is  the  ablative.  In  the  sentence  given  above 
as  an  example  the  word  for  leader  would  be  put  in  the  ablative 
in  Latin  and  the  participle  for  having  been  chosen  would  agree 
with  it  in  gender,  number,  and  case.  This  use  of  the  ablative 
is  called  the  ablative  absolute. 

Duce    capto    hostes    fugerunt.    The    leader    having    been 

captured,  the  enemy  fled. 
Filiis  meis   laudatis   laetus   sum,   my  sons   having   been 

praised,  I  am  happy 

401.  The  participle  used  in  agreement  with  the  noun  or 
pronoun  of  the  ablative  absolute  may  be  the  past  participle, 
as  in  the  sentences  which  have  been  given,  or  it  may  be  the 
present  participle. 

Barbaris  procedentibus   nostri   arma  parabant,   the   bar- 
barians  advancing,  our  men  prepared  arms. 

a.  In  the  ablative  absolute  the  past  participle  de- 
notes  an  act  taking  place  before  the  time  of  the  verb 
of  the  clause,  but  the  present  participle  denotes  an  act 
taking  place  at  the  same  time  as  that  of  the  verb. 


176  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

402.  Often  an  adjective  or  another  noun  is  used  instead 
of  a  participle  as  the  second  part  of  the  ablative  absolute 
construction. 

Amico  meo  invito  diutius  non  manebo,  my  friend  (being) 

unwilling,  I  shall  not  remain  longer. 
Caesare  duce  milites  semper  fortiter  pugnabant,  Caesar 

(being)  leader,  the  soldiers  always  fought  bravely. 

a.  The  participle  being,  which  is  often  used  in  trans- 
lating  an  ablative  absolute  of  which  the  second  part  is 
an  adjective  or  a  noun,  has  no  equivalent  in  Latin. 

b.  The  original  force  of  the  ablative  in  this  con- 
struction  may  be  seen  if  these  phrases  are  translated 
with  the  preposition  with. 

FREE  TRANSLATION  OF  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

403.  In  English,  independent  phrases  which  correspond 
to  the  literal  translation  of  the  ablative  absolute  are  not  very 
often  used.  It  is,  therefore,  frequently  necessary  to  translate 
the  ablative  absolute  by  a  clause  introduced  by  when,  after, 
if,  since,  or  although,  as  the  sense  of  the  main  clause  may 
suggest. 

Monte  occupato,  when  the  mountain  had  been  seized. 
Duce  capto,  after  the  leader  had  been  captured. 

a.  Various  prepositional  phrases,  also,  may  be  em- 
ployed  in  translating  this  ablative. 

Gallis  invitis,  against  the  will  of  the  Gauls. 
Caesare  consule,  in  the  consulship  of  Caesar. 

READING  EXERCISE:    A  DISSATISFIED  COMPANY 

404.  (The  sailors  speak).  Recte  ducem  nostrum  culpamus, 
qui  n5s  huc  dtixit.  Esurlmus,  neque  cibum  invenlre  possumus. 
Certe  dux  bonus  non  est,  neque  dl  immortales  eum  amant. 
In  silvam  cum  arcu  iit,  quia  cervi  in  silva  sunt,  sed  cervo 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  177 

interfecto  ipse  cibum  habebit,  et  nos  esuriemus.  Patria 
nostra  relicta,  in  bello  cum  eo  (homine)  pugnavimus,  sed  nunc 
nos  deseruit.  Hoc  duce  relicto,  navem  parabimus  et  ad 
patriam  redlbimus.  Ibi  amlcl  nos  expectant,  et  hi  nobis 
cibum  dabunt.  Sl  tiitl  illam  terram  iterum  videbimus,  num- 
quam  eam  relinquemus.  Satis  in  bello  pugnavimus  et  satis 
erravimus. 

405.  VOCABULARY 

certe,  adv.,  certainly,  surely  immortalis,  -e,  immortal 

culpo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  blame  invenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 

desero,  -ere,  -ui,  -tum,  desert         tum,  find 

deus,  -I  (nom.  pl.  di),  a  god  quia,  conj.,  because 

esurio,  -ire,  be  hungry  recte,  adv.,  rightly 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

406.  1.  Taking  the  bow  (the  bow  having  been  taken) 
the  man  hurried  toward  the  forest.  2.  On  seeing  the  enemy 
(the  enemy  having  been  seen)  the  soldiers  seized  (took)  their 
arms.  3.  Hearing  the  sound  of  battle  (abl.  absolute),  the 
soldiers  ran  to  the  gate  of  the  city.  4.  After  the  capture  of  the 
city  (the  city  having  been  captured),  the  king  was  killed. 
5.   If  the  gods  defend  (shall  defend)  our  city,  we  shall  be  safe. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

407.  1.  What  is  a  culpable  action?  2.  From  which  of 
the  principal  parts  of  desero  have  our  English  derivatives 
come?  3.  Find  a  noun  which  is  connected  in  derivation 
with  immortalis.     4.   What  is  the  original  meaning  of  inventt 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 


1.  Give  the  present  participles  of  culpo,  desero,  invenio.  2.  Point 
out  the  ablatives  absolute  in  section  404.  3.  Conjugate  esurio  in  the 
future  indicative  active.  4.  Write  two  English  sentences  which  would 
require  the  ablative  absolute  if  translated  into  Latin. 


178  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  LXII 


QUOTATIONS:  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

DIRECT  AND  INDIRECT  QUOTATIONS 

408.  1.  A  direct  quotation  is  one  which  repeats  the  exact 
words  of  the  speaker.     Thus,  He  said,  "I  will  come." 

2.  An  indirect  quotation  is  one  which  repeats  the  thought 
but  not  the  exact  words  of  the  original  speaker.  In  English 
an  indirect  quotation  is  often  introduced  by  the  conjunction 
that.     Thus,  He  said  that  he  would  come. 

a.   Sometimes    no    conjunction    is    used.     Thus,    He 
said  he  would  come. 

INDIRECT  QUOTATIONS  IN  LATIN 

409.  In  Latin,  a  simple  sentence  when  used  in  an  indirect 
quotation  has  its  verb  in  the  infinitive  and  its  subject  in  the 
accusative.  No  conjunction  is  used  to  introduce  indirect 
quotations  in  Latin. 

Dicit  puerum  in  silva  ambulare,  he  says  that  the  boy  is 
walking  in  the  forest. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

410.  The  name  indirect  discourse  is  given  to  the  use  of 
the  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  in  indirect  quotations, 
and  also  to  certain  other  expressions  which  are  not  exactly 
quotations.  In  such  sentences  as  /  heard  that  you  had  re- 
ceived  a  letter,  and  Everyone  thought  that  the  day  would  be 
pleasant,  the  clauses  introduced  by  that  take  the  same  form 
in  Latin  as  the  indirect  quotations  given  above.  That  is, 
their  verbs  will  be  infinitives  and  their  subjects  will  stand 
in  the  accusative. 

Indirect  discourse  is  used  with  verbs  of  saying,  hearing, 
knowing,  thinking,  believing,  seeing,  and  the  like. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  179 

Credo  te  librum  meum  habere,  I  believe  (that)  you  have 
my  book. 

a.  A  predicate  noun  or  adjective  used  with  an  in- 
finitive  in  indirect  discourse  is  in  the  accusative,  to 
agree  with  the  subject. 

Arbitramur  ducem  nostrum  fortem  esse,  we  think  (that) 
our  leader  is  brave. 

READING  EXERCISE:    THE  FAULT-FINDERS  REPROVED 

411.  (The  sailor  who  has  been  left  in  charge  speaks.)  Dico 
ducem  nostrum  fidelem  esse.  Quod  cibum  non  habemus, 
in  silvam  iit,  ubi  credo  eum  cibum  petere.  Feris  interfectls 
carnem  nobls  dabit.  Puto  vos  ignavos  esse  et  nihil  sclre. 
Mare  timetis  et  omnia  timetis.  Quod  esurltis,  ducem  bonum 
nostrum  culpatis  et  dlcitis  eum  vos  deseruisse.  Vos  non 
deseruit  neque  deseret.  Etiam  nunc  aliquem  video  quem 
esse  ducem  nostrum  credo.  Recta  ad  nos  venit,  et  aliquid 
grave  umerls  portat.  Habitus  ejus  ostendit  eum  esse  ducem 
nostrum.  Cervum  portat,  quem  in  silva  interfecit.  Mox 
cervus  in  (on)  igne  ponetur,  et  vos  cibum  habebitis. 

412.  VOCABULARY 

caro,  carnis,  f.,  flesh,  meat  ignis,  ignis,  -ium,  m.,  fire 

fera,  -ae,  f.,  wild  animal  mare,  maris,  n.,  the  sea 

fidelis,  -e,  faithful  nihil,  indeclinablet  N.,  nothing 

gravis,  -e,  heavy  recta,  adv.f  directly 
habitus,  -us,  m.,  appearance, 
garb 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

413.  1.  You  say  that  your  friends  love  you.  2.  I  think 
you  do  not  have  many  friends.  3.  The  sailors  believe  that 
their  leader  wishes  to  desert  them.  4.  I  say  that  our  leader 
is  faithful.  5.  Having  killed  a  deer  (a  deer  having  been 
killed),  the  leader  will  return  to  the  shore. 


180 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


VICTIMS  FOR  A  ROMAN  SACRIFICE 


ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

414.     1.   What   is   a   carnivorous   animal?  2.   Give   nouns 

derived   from  fidelis   and   gravis.     3.   Find  a   verb   derived 

from  ignis.     4.   What  are  marine  animals?  5.   What  does  a 
nihilist  desire  in  the  way  of  government? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Why  is  ducem,  of  the  second  line  of  Section  411,  in  the  accusative  case? 
2.  Give  the  present  active  and  past  active  infinitives  of  dico.  3.  Give 
the  present  passive  and  past  passive  infinitives  of  mitto.  4.  Decline 
habitus  in  the  singular  number.  5.  Write  two  English  sentences  which, 
if  translated  into  Latin,  would  take  the  construction  of  indirect  discourse. 


LESSON  LXIII 
NOUNS  OF  THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION:    IMPERSONAL  VERBS 

THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION 

415.  The  genitive  singular  of  the  fifth  declension  ends  in 
-ei  (after  a  consonant  -ei).  The  nominative  singular  always 
ends  in  -es.  The  nouns  dies,  day,  and  res,  thing,  are  declined 
as  f ollows : 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


181 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Endings 

Nom. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

-es,          -es 

Gen. 

diel 

dierum 

rei 

rerum 

-ei  (-ei)    -erum 

Dat. 

diel 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

-ei  (-ei)    -ebus 

Acc. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

-em,         -es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

-e,            -ebus 

a.  Dies  is  sometimes  masculine  and  sometimes 
feminine  in  the  singular,  but  always  masculine  in  the 
plural.  The  other  nouns  of  this  declension  are  feminine, 
except  one  compound  of  dies. 

b.  Only  dies  and  res  are  declined  in  full.  The  other 
nouns  of  this  declension  lack  some  or  all  of  the  plural 
forms. 

IMPERSONAL  VERBS 

416.  There  are  a  few  Latin  verbs  which  have  only  the 
third  person  singular,  the  infinitives,  and  (occasionally)  the 
participles.  Such  verbs  are  called  impersonal.  The  most 
important  are  oportet,  it  is  necessary  (or  proper),  and  licet, 
it  is  permitted. 

USE  OF  OPORTET 

417.  The  impersonal  verb  oportet  is  regularly  used  with 
an  infinitive  and  an  accusative  as  subject  of  the  infinitive. 
In  English  the  accusative  is  often  translated  as  subject  of 
the  verb  ought,  with  a  dependent  infinitive. 

Oportet  nautas  fortes  esse,  the  sailors  ought  to  be  brave 
(more  literally  it  is  proper  that  the  sailors  be  brave). 


ROMAN  LAMPS 


182 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


USE  OF  LICET 

418.     With  licet  a  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  person  who 
is  permitted  to  do  some  act,  and  the  infinitive  is  used  to  denote 

the  act  permitted.  In  Eng- 
lish  the  dative  is  often 
translated  as  the  subject 
of  may  or  might  with  a 
verb  representing  the  in- 
finitive. 

Eis  redlre  licet,  they  may 
return  (more  literally  it 
is  permitted  them  to  re- 
turn). 

a.  Frequently  the  dat- 
ive  is  translated  as  sub- 
ject  of  a  form  of  permit 
(or  allow)  with  a  depend- 
ent  infinitive.  The  sen- 
tence  above  may  be 
translated  they  are  per- 
mitted  to  return. 


THE  PYRAMID  OF  CESTIUS 


READING  EXERCISE:    FOOD  AT  LAST 

419.  Hic  nauta  ramos  siccos  portat,  ille  (nauta)  remum 
fractum  habet,  quem  in  litore  invenit.  Omnes  ignem  quam 
prlmum  accendere  et  cenam  parare  properant.  Nam  per 
omnem  diem  sine  cibo  in  lltore  fuerunt,  et  nunc  laetl  ducem 
appropinquare  vident  cum  cervo,  quem  umeris  portat.  Saepe 
murmuraverunt,  dlcentes  ducem  non  esse  fidelem,  sed  hanc 
rem  non  esse  veram  nunc  sciunt.  Oportet  eos  ducem  laudare, 
oportet  eos  ducl  gratias  agere,  qul  vltam  eorum  servavit. 
Sed  multl  ex  els  neque  bonl  neque  fortes  sunt.  Sl  licet  els 
cibum  habere,  nihil  aliud  volunt,  nihil  aliud  sciunt.  Non 
vident  ducem  fortem  vltam  eorum  servavisse. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  183 

420.  VOCABULARY 

accendo,    -cendere,    -cendl,  quam  primum,  as  soon  as  pos- 

-censum,  kindle,  light  sible. 

dies,  diei,  m.  or  f.,  day  ramus,  -1,  m.,  bough,  branch 

licet,  licere,  licuit,  impersonal,  remus,  -I,  m.,  oar 

it  is  permitted  res,  rei,  f.,  thing 

oportet,  oportere,  oportuit,  it  is  siccus,  -a,  -um,  dry 

proper  (or  fitting),  one  ought  verus,  -a,  -um,  true 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

421.  1.  On  that  day  (Section  328)  many  brave  men  were 
killed.  2.  I  have  often  heard  this  fact  (thing).  3.  You  are 
not  permitted  (it  is  not  permitted  to  you)  to  kindle  a  fire  in 
this  place.  4.  You  ought  to  announce  this  fact  (thing)  at 
once.     5.   You  know  that  the  days  are  long  in  summer. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

422.  1.  What  is  the  literal  meaning  of  sine  dief  How  is 
this  phrase  used  in  connection  with  the  meetings  of  assemblies? 
2.  What  connection  can  you  see  between  the  meaning  of 
licet  and  licensef  3.  Find  from  a  dictionary  the  meaning  of 
ramify.  4.  What  is  the  derivation  of  realt  5.  What  is  a 
veracious  narrative? 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Give  the  genitive  plural  of  porta,  ramus,  dux,  ignis,  exercitus,  dies. 
Give  the  ablative  singular  of  these  six  words.  2.  Give  the  forms 
of  licet  in  the  third  person  singular,  active  voice,  in  the  six  tenses  of  the 
indicative.  3.  Write  an  English  sentence  which  can  be  translated  into 
Latin  with  the  use  of  oportet.  Tell  what  would  be  the  case  of  the  subject 
of  this  sentence  when  translated  into  Latin.  4.  With  what  classes  of 
verbs  is  indirect  discourse  used? 


184 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


LESSON  LXIV 


CARDINAL  NUMERALS:    DECLENSION  OF  DUO  AND  TRES 

CARDINAL  NUMERALS 

423.  The  numerals  used  in  counting  or  in  telling  how 
many  persons  or  objects  are  meant  are  called  cardinal  numerals. 
The  Latin  cardinal  numerals  from  one  to  twenty  are  as  follows: 


unus,  -a,  -um,  one 
duo,  duae,  duo,  two 
tres,  tria,  three 
quattuor,  four 
quinque,  five 
sex,  six 
septem,  seven 
octo,  eight 
novem,  nine 
decem,  ten 


undecim,  eleven 
duodecim,  twelve 
tredecim,  thirteen 
quattuordecim,  fourteen 
qulndecim,  fifteen 
sedecim,  sixteen 
septendecim,  seventeen 
duodeviginti,  eighteen 
undevigintl,  nineteen 
viginti,  twenty 


DECLENSION  OF  DUO  AND  TRES 

424.     The  numerals  duo  and  tres  are  declined  as  follows: 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

tres 

tria 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

trium 

trium 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

tribus 

tribus 

duos  or  duo 

duas 

duo 

tres  (tris) 

tria 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

tribus 

tribus 

a.  With  the  exception  of  unus,  duo,  and  tres,  the 
numerals  given  above  are  not  declined.  The  declension 
of  unus  is  like  that  of  solus,  which  is  given  in  Section 
13  of  the  Appendix.  Tres  is  declined  like  the  plural 
of  omnis,  Section  11,  (2),  of  the  Appendix. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


185 


ROMAN  TABLE 


425.  READING  EXERCISE:     CONVERSATION 

DURING  THE  FEAST 

Nauta  I.    Haec  caro  dulcis  est. 

N.  II.         Ita  est;  gaudeo  quod  carnem  iterum  edo. 

N.  III.       Quam  callidus  dux  noster  est. 

N.  IV.        Gaudemus  quod  tam  callidum  ducem  habemus. 

N.  III.       Cervum   in   silva   invenit   et   frontem  ejus  sagitta 

transflxit. 
N.  N.  I  et  II.     Da  nobls  iterum  carnem. 
N.  V.         Similes  suibus  estis.     Nihil  ceterls  relinquetis. 
N.  N.  I  et  II.     Sed  per  omnem  diem  nullum  cibum  habuimus. 

Esuriebamus. 
N.  VI.       Nos    quoque    esuriebamus,    sed    non    sues    sumus. 

Non  oportet  duos  aut  tres  homines  totum  cervum 

edere. 
N.  N.  VII  et  VIII.     Cras    in    silvam    Ibimus.     Inde    multos 

cervos  referemus. 


186  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

N.  IX.       Vix  dux  callidus  noster  unum  invenit;  certe  vos  non 

facile  multos  invenietis. 
Dux.  Ipse  in  silvam  quam  prlmum  redlbo,  quia  tectum 

ibivldi.    Quisinhoctectohabitat?    Id  sclre  cupio. 

426.  VOCABULARY 

callidus, -a, -um,  shrewd,  wise  sus,  suis,  m.,  p.,  hog,  swine 

dulcis,  -e,  sweet,  delicious  transfigo,  -figere,  -flxl-,  -fix- 
edo,  -ere,1  edi,  esum,  eat  um,  pierce 

inde,  adv.  from  there  vix,  adv.,  scarcely,  with  diffi- 
refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatum,         culty 
bring  back 

EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

427.  1.  My  brother  has  gone  to  the  forest  with  two  com- 
panions.  2.  We  crossed  the  river  with  three  legions.  3.  Five 
sailors  remained  on  the  shore.  4.  I  saw  four  men  who  had 
been  in  Spain.  5.  Our  companions  ought  to  return  to  the 
ship  with  our  leader. 

ENGLISH  DERIVATIVES 

428.  1.  What  are  dulcet  tones?  2.  Find  from  a  dictionary 
the  meaning  of  the  Italian  phrase  Dolce  far  niente.  What  do 
you  suppose  is  the  origin  of  the  Italian  word  dolcet  3.  What 
is  the  origin  of  the  word  swine?  4.  What  is  the  origin  of 
the  words  refer  and  relatef 


SUGGESTED  DRILL 

1.  Write  the  declension  of  dulcis.  2.  Decline  together  duo  homines. 
3.  Decline  together  duae  puellae.  4.  Conjugate  transfigo  in  the  present 
indicative  passive  and  the  perfect  indicative  active.  5.  Give  the  accusa- 
tive  singular  and  the  genitive  plural  of  sus. 

1  In  classical  Latin  the  present  active  infimtive  of  this  verb  is  regularly  Ssse,  and  the 
third  person  singular  of  the  present  active  indicative  is  est.  In  this  book  edere  and  edit 
are  used  instead  of  the  classical  forms. 


CIRCE 


Personae. 


Ullxes,  qul  domum  iter  facit. 
Eurylochus,   quem    Ulixes  nautis 
praefecit. 


Scaena  I. 


Aegyptius 

Philippus 

Menexenus 

Alexander 

Cresius 

Ceterl  nautae 


nautae. 


Scaena  II. 
Naupactous  1 
Proxenus        >  nautae 
Rhodius 

Circe:  maga. 
Ancillae  quattuor. 
Minister. 
Coquus. 
Servus  alius. 


SCAENA  PRIMA.    IN  LITORE  INSULAE. 

In  saxo  stat  Eurylochus;  circum  eum  vlgintl  nautae,  alil  humi 
sedent,  alil  stant;  omnes  murmurant. 

Eur.    Nollte  ducem  nostrum  culpare! 

Aeg.     At  quis  nos  in  Insulam  desertam  diixit? 

Cet.     Responde,  O  Euryloche!     Nonne  Ullxes? 

Eur.     Sane,  magnus  Ullxes  vos  hiic  diixit;  sed  nollte  illum 

culpare ! 
Phi.      Ciir  non  oportet  nos  illum  culpare? 


DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS 

429.  Verbs  compounded  with  ante,  ob,  prae,  and  sub  fre- 
quently  have  a  dependent  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  dative  case. 
Legioni  praeest,  he  is  in  command  of  the  legion. 

a.  If  the  simple  verb  from  which  the  compound  is 
formed  would  take  an  object,  the  compound  verb  may 
take  both  the  accusative  and  the  dative:  Eurylochum 
nautis  praefeci,  I  placed  Eurylochus  in  command  of  the 
sailors. 

187 


188  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Cet.     Responde,  O  Euryloche.     Ctir  non  oportet  nos  illum 

culpare? 
Eur.     Quia  di  immortales  [palmds  tollit]  nos  et  illum  in  haec 

perlcula  addtixerunt.  10 

Men.   Sl  dl  Ullxem  non  amant,  non  jam  noster  erit  dux. 
Cet.     Recte  dlcis;  non  jam  noster  erit  dux. 
Ale.     [ventrem  tangit.]     Esurio ;  da  mihi  cibum,  Euryloche ! 
Omnes.     Esurlmus;  da  nobls  cibum,  Euryloche! 
Eur.     Nonne  magnanimus  Ullxes  in  medias  silvas  iit,  quia 

cibum  nobls  petere  volebat? 
Cre.     Num  hoc  credis?     Nos  quidem  hoc  non  credimus. 
Omnes.     Non  credimus.     Immo  vero  nos  deseruit. 
Aeg.     Sl  feras  arcti  occldet,  ipse  eas  edet. 
Omnes.     Ipse  carnem  edet  avium  et  bestiarum.  20 

Phi.      Nihil  nobls  referet.     Hoc  pro  certo  habeo. 
Omnes.     Nihil  nobls  referet.     Hoc  pro  certo  habemus. 
Eur.    O  stultl;  fidelis  est  noster  dux;  credite  illl! 
Men.    [qul  circum  se  spectat.]     Hominem  qul  advenit,  video. 
Cet.     Hostisne  an  amlcus  venit? 
Men.   Nescio;  adhiic  procul  abest. 

[Alil  nautae  nunc  stant.] 

Ale.     Ecce,  de  summo  colle  descendit. 

Cet.     Quo  habitii  est?    Quae  vestlmenta,  quae  arma  portat? 

b.  The  dative  is  sometimes  used  with  compounds  of 
ad,  circum,  com,  in,  inter,  post,  pro,  super.  If  the 
compounds  of  ad  and  in  denote  motion  the  accusative 
with  ad  or  in  is  regularly  used  instead  of  the  dative. 

ABLATIVE  OF  DESCRIPTION 

430.  The  ablative  modified  by  an  adjective  is  sometimes 
used  to  describe  a  person  or  thing.  Homo  magnd  virtute,  a 
man  of  (literally  with)  great  courage. 

a.  The  genitive  modified  by  an  adjective  is  also  used 
to  describe  a  person  or  thing.     In  many  phrases,  such  as 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  189 

Cre.     Arcum  sagittasque  fert;  recta  ad  nos  venit. 

Omnes.     Ulixes  est.  30 

Aeg.     Quid  umeris  portat? 

Phi.      Carnem  nobls  affert. 

Omnes.     O  magnanimum  Ulixem!   O  optimum  ducem! 

Ulixis  Vox.     Cervum  sagitta  occldl.    Cibum  vobls  affero. 

Carnem  edemus  omnes. 
Omnes.     Io,  Io!     O  magnanimum  Ullxem!     O  optimum 

ducem ! 
Eur.     Ligna  petite,  nautae!     Properate  vos ! 

[Dum  Ulixes  appropinquat,  nautae  ligna  per  lltus 
petunt  et  in  medio  cumulant.] 

Men.    Remum  fractum  invenl,  qul  in  lltore  jacebat. 
Ale.     Siccos  ramos  affero,  qui  de  arbore  ceciderunt.  40 

Cre.  fGrave  est  id  quod  portamus;  gubernaculum  ferimus 
Aeg.  \     navis  nostrae,  quod  mare  in  lltus  jecit. 
Pm.      Rostrum  navis  repperi;  ecce,  Minervae  imaginem 
undae  perdiderunt;  eam  vix  possum  agnoscere. 
[Ulixes  apparet  et  cervum  humi  deponit.] 

Eur.    Salve,  Ullxes!    Nautae,  ignem  accendite! 

Cet.     Non  possumus  ignem  accendere.     O  callidissime  om- 

nium  hominum  [Ulixi  hoc  dicunt]}  hoc  pro  nobls 

fac,  quia  esurlmus  et  quam  prlmum  cenare  volumus. 
Eur.     [Dum  Ulixes  ligna  confricat  et  ignem  accendit.]    Nunc 

callidus  et  magnanimus  est  is  qui  nuper  pessimus   50 

ducum  erat  et  Infldissimus. 
[Ulixes  in  saxo  considit;  nautae  in  summo  igne  cervum  totum 

ponunt.    Tum  circum  Ulixem  et  ignem  se  disponunt.] 

the  example  given  above,  either  the  genitive  or  the  abla- 
tive  may  be  used.  But  physical  traits  are  usually 
denoted  by  the  ablative,  and  measure  is  always  denoted 
by  the  genitive.  The  expression  a  four-foot  wall  will  be 
translated  murus  quattuor  pedum  (a  wall  offourfeet). 


190  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Uli.      Per  silvam  errabam,  cum  hunc  cervum  haud  procul 

vldl  — 
Men.   Dulcis  est  fumus. 
Uli.      Me  post  arborem  celavl — 

Ale.     [sonitum  labrls  facit.]     Dulcem  carnem  jam  gusto. 
Uli.      Ventus  adversus  flabat;  non  igitur  me  olfacere  cervus 

poterat. 
Cre.     Carnem  equidem  olfacio  dulcissimam. 
Uli.      Sagittam  arcumque  paravl.  60 

Aeg.     Nos  quidem  convivium  paramus. 
Uli.      Sagitta  prlma  cervl  frontem  transflxl.    Nonne  magna 

et  pulchra  sunt  cornua,  O  Euryloche? 
Phi.      Magna  et  pulchra  erit  cena. 
Men.   Jam  certe  tostus  est  cervus.     Licetne  mihi  statim 

edere? 
Omnes.     Statim  edere  volumus. 

Uli.      Edite,  comites!     Gaudeo  quod  non  jam  esurietis. 
Eur.    Vorate,  vos  qul  suibus  estis  similes;  nihil  nisi  cena 

cibusque  vobls  in  mentem  venit.  70 

[Nautae  cervum  dlvidunt  et  carnem  vorant; 
interea  Ulixes  narrat.] 

THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

431.  The  comparative  and  superlative  of  English  adjectives 
regularly  end  in  -er  and  -est:  long,  longer,  longest. 

In  Latin  the  comparative  regularly  ends  in  -ior  f  or  the  mascu- 
line  and  feminine  and  -ius  for  the  neuter,  and  the  superlative 
in  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum,  declined  like  bonus. 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

latus 

latior,  latius 

latissimus,  -a,  -um 

wide 

wider 

widest 

fortis 

fortior,  fortius 

fortissimus,  -a,  -um 

brave 

braver 

bravest 

fellx  (gen.  felicis) 

fellcior,  fellcius 

fellcissimus,  -a,  -um 

happy 

happier 

happiest 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


191 


Uli.      Postquam  cervum  occldl,  circum  me  spectare  coepl. 

Haud    procul    inter    arbores    apparebat    tectum 

domus.     Ftimus  inde  ascendebat. 
Ale.     Sine  dubio  torrebant  carnem. 

Cet.     Caro  dulcis  est!    Libenter  iterum  carnem  gustamus. 
Cre.     Nonne  usque  ad  domum  Ivistl,  O  dux? 
Uli.      Minime;  comitum  mihi  in  mentemvenit  fames.    Ad 

vos  igitur  quam  primum  praedam  meam  rettull. 
Aeg.     Cras  ad  illam  domum  Ibimus.  Quid  censetis,  comites? 
Cet.     Placet ;  ad  eum  locum  Ibimus. 
Men.    Fortasse  ibi  multam   carnem  et  bene  tostam  in- 

veniemus. 
Eur.     Glandes  saltem  in  silva  invenietis. 


80 


SCAENA  SECUNDA.     IN  ATRIO  CIRCAE. 

Nemo  in  dtrio  adest;  sed  per  jdnuam  quae  d  dextrd  est  nunc 
feminds  quae  rldent,  nunc  sues  qul  edunt  audltis.  A 
sinistrd  intrant  Ulixes  et  Eurylochus  et  tres  nautae, 
Naupactous,  Proxenus,  Rhodius. 

Nau.  Ubi  sunt  comites  nostrl? 

Pro.  Eos  qu5s  perdidimus,  neque  video  neque  audio. 

Rho.  At  voces  audio. 

Eur.  Sane,  feminas  quae  rldent  audls. 

Nau.  Nonne  sues  audltis,  comites,  qul  edunt? 


DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 

432.   The  comparatives  are  third  declension  adjectives,  and 
are  declined  as  f ollows : 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

latior 

latius 

latiores 

latiora 

Gen. 

latioris 

latioris 

latiorum 

latiorum 

Dat. 

latiorl 

latiorl 

latioribus 

latioribus 

Acc. 

latiorem 

latius 

latiores,  -Is 

latiora 

Abl. 

latiore 

latiore 

latioribus 

latioribus 

192  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Pro.     Silete,  femina  nunc  cantat. 

Uli.      Circe,  maga,  pessima  feminarum,  cantat  quia  nostros 

comites  perdidit.  90 

Rho.    Nonne  nos  etiam  perdet? 
Uli.      Priores  eam  oppugnabimus. 
Nau.    At  sl  baculum  illud  agitabit,  nonne  mortul  nos  omnes 

cademus? 
Uli.      Si  mihi  parebitis   et   omnia  quae   nunc   imperabo 

facietis,  eam  vincemus. 
Eur.     Tibi  parebimus,   O  dux  noster,  vir  callide!     Quid 

imperas? 
Nautae.     Tibi  parebimus  nos  omnes. 

Uli.     Apud  hanc  feminam  nollte  edere,  nollte  bibere.  100 

Omnes.     Nihil  hlc  edemus,  nihil  bibemus. 
Uli.     Etiam  sl  ego  cibum  et  poculum  accipiam,  vos  nolite 

idem  facere. 
Rho.    Cur  hoc  tibi  licet  quod  nos  facere  vetas? 
Uli.      Hunc  quem  teneo  florem  Mercurius  mihi  dedit. 
Pro.     Quo  modo  te  defendere  hic  flos  potest? 
Uli.      Dum  hunc  florem  olf acio,  Circe  me  laedere  non  poterit. 
Eur.     Silete  omnes;  aliquem  enim  audio  qul  januam  aperit. 
Uli.      Mementote  id  quod  imperavl,  et  parete! 

[Intrat  Circe  cum  ancillls  quattuor.] 

Cir.      Salve,  O  Ullxes.  110 

Anc.  I.      Salve,  O  Euryloche. 
Anc.  II.    Salve,  O  Naupactoe. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  IN  -ER 

433.  Adjectives  ending  in  -er  in  the  positive  form  the  super- 
lative  by  adding  -rimus,  -rima,  -rimum  to  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  masculine  instead  of  using  the  ending  -issimus. 

pulcher  pulchrior,  pulchrius       pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um 

miser  miserior,  miserius  miserrimus,  -a,  -um 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  193 

Anc.  III.  Salve,  O  Proxene. 

Anc.  IV.  Salve,  O  Rhodl. 

Uli.  Salve,  O  reglna.    Te,  quae  meum  nomen  scis,  quo 

modo  vocabo? 
Eur.    [ancillae  I.]         Quo  modo  nomen  meum  scls? 
Nau.    [ancillae  II.]       Quo  modo  nomen  meum  scls? 
Pro.     [ancillae  III.]     Quo  modo  nomen  meum  scls? 
Rho.    [ancillae  IV.]     Quo  modo  nomen  meum  scls?  120 

Cir.     Salvete,  omnes  advenae!  Nomen  meum  nollte  rogare, 

sed  vlnum  meum  bibite  et   carnes  meas  edite. 

[Manibus  plaudit.] 

[Intrat  minister  qul  qulnque  pocula  fert.] 

Min.    Adsum,  O  reglna. 

Ancillae.     Da  nobls  pocula.    [E  manibus  ministrl  quattuor 

pocula  accipiunt.     Circe  manibus  plaudit.     Intrat 

servus  qul  amphoram  fert.] 
Ser.     Adsum,  O  reglna ! 
Cir.     Appropinqua,  serve  !  [Dum  baculum  supra  amphoram 

agitat,  venenum  in  vlnum  demittit.]  Tibi,  O  Juppiter, 

vlnum  consecro. 
Uli.     [nautls.]     Cavete  vlnum.     [Servus  vlnum  in  pocula 

fundit.] 
Ser.     [voce  sonora.]    Aurea  mlrifico  complevi  pocula  vlno.  130 

SPECIAL  ADJECTIVES  IN  -LIS 

434.  The  following  adjectives  in  -lis  form  the  superlative  by 
replacing  the  genitive  ending  of  the  positive  with  -limus: 
facilis,    difficilis,    similis,    dissimilis,   humilis. 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

facilis  facilior,  -ius  facillimus,  -a,  -um 

similis  similior,  -ius  simillimus,  -a,  -um 

a.  Other  adjectives  in  -lis  form  their  superlatives  regu- 
larly  with  -issimus. 


194  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Cir.     Mihi  da  poculum,  O  minister. 

Min.    [voce  sonord.]    Te  vel1  callidiorem  hoc  vlnum  reddet, 

Ullxes. 
Uli.     Tum  ero  tam  callidus  quam  vulpes. 
Cir.     Hoc  tibi  promitto.    Accipe,  O  rex.    Reglna  tibi  vlnum 

offert. 
Anc.  I.        Accipe,  O  Euryloche;  ancilla  reglnae  tibi  vlnum 

offert. 
Anc.  II.      Accipe,  O  Naupactoe;  ancilla  reglnae  tibi  vlnum 

offert.  140 

Anc.  III.     Accipe,  O  Proxene;  ancilla  reglnae  tibi  vlnum 

offert. 
Anc.  IV.     Accipe,  O  Rhodl ;  ancilla  reglnae  tibi  vlnum  offert. 

[Viri  d  feminis  pocula  accipiunt.     Rhodius  se  post 
columnam  celat.] 

Uli.  Oculos  mihi  advertite.  [Intered  Eurylochus  et 
Naupactous  et  Proxenus  vlnum  huml  effundunt, 
sed  Rhodius  bibit.]  Vlnum  bibo,  gratus  quia  nos 
advenas  tam  benigne  excepistl,  O  reglna.  [Florem 
olfacit,  dum  vlnum  bibit.  Omnes  Ulixem  diu 
spectant.] 

Uli.  Quid  spectatis?  Bonum  est  vlnum  quod  hospitibus 
das,  O  reglna;  dl  tibi  praemium  meritum  dabunt. 

Cir.     [baculum  agitat.]     Vulpes  eris!     Hoc  impero. 


ADJECTIVES  COMPARED  IRREGULARLY 

435.   The 

following    important 

adjectives    are 

compared 

irregularly : 

bonus 

melior,  melius 

optimus,  ■ 

-a,  -um 

malus 

pejor,  pejus 

pessimus, 

-a,  -um 

magnus 

major,  majus» 

maximus, 

-a,  -um 

multus 

,  pliis 

plurimus, 

-a,  -um 

parvus 

minor,  minus 

minimus, 

-a,  -um 

1  Even. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  195 

Uli.     Quid  facis?    Quid  dlcis?    [Ridet.]    Eia!    Nunc  intel-  150 

lego;  tam  callidus  sum  quam  vulpes. 
Anc.  I.        Placetne  tibi  vlnum,  Euryloche?     Nonne  aliquid 

sentls? 
Eur.  Dulce  est  hoc  vlnum. 

Anc.  II.      Et  tu,  Naupactoe,  quid  dicis? 
Nau.  Numquam  antea  tam  dulce  vlnum  bibi. 

Anc.  III.     Nonne  optimum  est  vlnum,  O  Proxene? 
Pro.  Nectar  est,  dls  idoneum,  [sibi  dicit]  sed  non  ho- 

minibus. 
Anc.  IV.     Tibine  gratum  est  vlnum,  O  Rhodl? 

[Rhodius  suis  sonitum  facit  et  sui  similis  ex  atrio  currit, 
Ulixes  nihil  videt.] 

Nau.    Vidistlne  suem  qul  ex  atrio  currebat?  160 

Pro.     Ubi  est  Rhodius?     Multum  timeo. 

Eur.    Ullxl  credite. 

Uli.     At  aliquid  mihi  in  mentem  venit,  O  reglna.    Aliine 

hlc  adsunt  apud  te  hospites? 
Cir.     Multas  bestias  apud  me  habeo,  sed  homines  nullos. 
Uli.     Ante  hos  duos  dies2  comites  mel,  nautae,  ad  tuam 

domum  venerunt,  quia  esuriebant. 
Cir.     Ita  est.     Illls  cibum  dedl;  homines  brevi  hinc  dis- 

cesserunt. 

FORMATION  OF  ADVERBS 

436.  Most  adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives.  Those 
derived  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions 
regularly  end  in  -e.  Those  derived  from  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension  regularly  end  in  -ter  or  -iter. 

latus,  wide  late,  widely 

fortis,  brave  fortiter,  bravely 

audax  (gen.  audacis),  bold  audacter,  boldly 

prudens,  prudent  prudenter,  prudently 

1  Two  days  ago. 


196  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Ancillae.     [rident.]     Sues  tamen  apud  nos  manent.  170 

Natjtae.     Quid  dicere  vultis?    Non  sues  erant  comites  quos 
perdidimus,  sed  virT. 

[Circe  manibus  plaudit.     Intrat  coquus  qul  carnes 
in  patera  fert.] 

Coq.    Adsum,  O  reglna. 

Cir.     Quid  affers? 

Coq.     [voce  sonora.]    Ambrosiam  hospitibus  dulcem  fellcibus 

offers. 
Cir.     Bibistis,  0  hospites!     Nunc  edite! 
Uli.     [nautis.]     Cavete  carnes. 
Cir.     [baculum  supra  carnes  agitat.]     Tibi,   O   Juppiter, 

carnes    consecro.      [Deinde    Ulixi   offert.      Omnes  iso 

carnem  manibus  accipiunt.] 
Uli.     [subito  clamat.]    Ubi  est  Rhodius?    [Dum  omnes  cir- 

cumspectant,  nautae  carnes  rejiciunt.] 
Anc.  IV.      Ex  atrio  fugit — [parva  voce] — stis.     [Rident  ancil- 

lae.] 
Uli.     Carnem  edo  et  tibi,  O  reglna,  gratias  ago. 

[Omnes  diu  spectant.] 

Cir.     [baculum  agitat.]    Tandem  vulpes  eris!    Hoc  impero 
ego  cui  nomen  est  Circe. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

437.  The  comparative  of  an  adverb  is  the  same  as  the 
neuter  comparative  of  the  corresponding  adjective.  The 
superlative  of  an  adverb  is  f ormed  by  changing  the  ending  -us 
of  the  superlative  of  the  corresponding  adjective  to  -e. 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

late  (from  latus) 

latius 

latissime 

acriter  (from  acer) 

acrius 

acerrime 

facile  (from  facilis) 

facilius 

facillime 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  197 

Uli.  [magno  rlsu.]  Te  agnosco,  femina  dls  hominibusque 
Infesta,  improba  maga.  Nihil  efficere  potes.  [Gla- 
dium  stringit.]  Te  et  tuas  ancillas  occidam,  quia 
tot  homines  jam  perdidistis. 

Cir.     Ignosce  mihi,  O  optime  rex!     Non  iterum  homines  190 
laedam,  si  mihi  ignosces. 

Uli.     Sl  te  occidam,  hoc  pro  certo  habebo. 

Eur.  Ubi  sunt  nostri  comites?  Jube  eam,  O  Ullxes,  hoc 
dlcere. 

Cir.     Sl  tibi  hoc  dlcam,  nonne  ignoscere  vls? 

Uli.     Sl  hoc  facies,  vlves. 

Cir.  [baculum  agitat.]  O  sues,  qul  comites  Ullxis  fuistis, 
este  iterum  homines ! 

[Intrant  ceterl  nautae,  qul  comites  salutant.] 

Uli.     Noll  iterum  hominem  in  bestiae  formam  mutare! 

Hoc  jtira!  200 

Cir.     Hoc  juro. 

Ancillae  [lacrimant.]    Hoc  jtiramus,  quod  domina  juravit. 
Uli.     Ablte,  miserae. 

[Feminae  discedunt;  nautae  gaudent.] 

finis  fabulae. 

irregular  adverbs 

438.   The  following  adverbs  are  compared  irregularly  or  are 
from  adjectives  of  irregular  comparison.: 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE                SUPERLATIVE 

bene,  well 

melius             optime 

male,  badly 

pejus               pessime 

magnopere,  greatly 

magis              maxime 

multum,  much 

pliis                 plurimum 

parum,  little 

minus              minime 

The  comparison  of  adverbs  is  still  further  explained  in 

,he  Appendix,  Sections  17  and  18. 

POLYPHEMUS 

Personae 


Ulixes. 
Nautae  XII. 
Polyphemus. 


Alii  Cyclopes. 
Aries  et  oves. 


SCAENA  PRIMA.     IN  ANTRO  POLYPHEMI. 

A  dextrd  ovilia;    d  sinistrd  calathi  cdseo  pleni  et  crdterae  lacte 
plenae;  d  tergo  saxum  post  quool  nautae  se  celant. 
Ulixes  et  nautae  antrum  Polyphemi  intrant. 

Uli.         Ecce!    in    caverna    ingentl    sumus.     Sine    dubio 

Cyclopis  domus  est  quem  ntiper  vldimus. 
Nauta  I.  Sine  dubio  ejus  caverna  est.     Tantum  monstrum 

ego  numquam  vidl. 
N.  II.      Homini  dissimilis  videtur. 
N.  III.    Unum  modo  oculum  in  media  fronte  habet. 
N.  IV.     Oves  et  capros  in  agris  pascebat. 
Omnes.    Sine  dubio  in  hoc  antro  habitat. 
Uli.         Ita:   nam  hiic  spectate,  viri;   nonne  videtis  illos 

calathos  caseo  plenos?   et  ovllia  in  quibus  agnl    10 

sunt  et  haedl?  et  haud  procul  crateras  conspicio 

lacte  plenas. 
N.  V.       Certe,  avidus  est,  sl  haec  omnia  edere  potest! 
N.  VI.     Fortasse  nos  quoque  comedere  cupiet,  O  domine. 
N.  VII.   Redlre  ad  lltus  quam  prlmum1  optimum  erit. 
N.  VIII.  Mihi  quoque  id  optimum  videtur.     Sed  caseum 

noblscum  auferemus  et  agnos  paucos  haedosque. 

Nam  cibum  non  habemus  multum  in  navibus. 
Uli.         Nolo  jam  redlre,  viri.     Melius  erit  hic  manere  et 

dona  rogare  cum  Polyphemus  redlbit.  20 

1  As  soon  as  possible. 

198 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  199 

N.  IX.     Temerarius  est  Ulixes.     Nos  omnes  perlbimus. 
Uli.         Cenam  parate,  nautae.     Cum  cenaverimus,  forte 
ille  domum  redlbit. 

[Nautae  cenam  parare  incipiunt.] 

N.  X.       Heimihi!    Quid  audio?    Ipse  appropinquat. 
N.  XI.     Fugite,  amlci.     Vae  miserls  nobls. 
Uli.         Venlte  mecum,  virl.     In  intimam  cavernam  nos 
recipiemus. 

[Virl  se  post  saxum  celant,  unde  Polyphemum  spectant.] 

Adestne  ille? 

Jam  jam  gregem  in  cavernam  agit. 

Quid  nunc  facit?  30 

Agnos  et  haedos  extra  januam  reliquit:   sed  oves 

intra  cavernam  ducit. 
Ciir  tam  obsctira  caverna  fit? 
Janua  jam  clausa  est,  nam  saxum  magnum  ante 

januam  posuit. 

CONJUGATION  OF  FIO 

439.  The  verb  fio,  become,  be  made,  is  used  as  the  passive 
of  facio,  which  has  no  passive  forms  of  its  own  in  the  present, 
imperfect,  and  future.  It  is  conjugated  as  follows  in  the 
present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative. 


N. 

I. 

N. 

II. 

N. 

III. 

N. 

IV. 

N. 

V. 

N. 

VI. 

PRESENT 

IMPERFECT 

FUTURE 

Singidar      Plural 

Singular            Plural 

Singular         Plural 

flo 

flebam      fiebamus 

flam       fiemus 

f  Is 

flebas       flebatis 

fles         fietis 

fit         flunt 

flebat       flebant 

flet         flent 

a.  The  principal  parts  are  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

b.  The  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  are 
formed  regularly  with  the  past  participle  factus  and  the 
forms  of  sum.    Factus  sum,  factus  eram,  factus  ero,  etc. 


200  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

N.  VII.   Quid  Cyclops  nunc  agit? 

N.  VIII.  Oves  et  capras  mulget. 

N.  IX.     Nonne  ignem  nunc  accendit?  Flammae  hlcem  dant. 

N.  X.      Tacete  amlci.     Nos  audiet.  40 

Pol.         Hem!    Quid  audio?    Quis  adest?  [viros  videt]  Ohe! 
Qul  estis,  advenae?     Unde  venistis? 

N.  XI  et  XII.     Hei  mihi!     Quid  nos  agere  poterimus? 

Uli.  Nollte  timere,  amici.  Ego  pro  omnibus  respon- 
debo,  et  fortasse  benigne  nos  tractabit.  Graecl 
sumus,  qui  Troja  venlmus  et  domum  mare 
transimus.  Sed  Juppiter,  qul  nobls  Iratus  est, 
ventos  et  undas  nos  a  via  prohibere  sinit. 
Itaque  ad  tuam  Insulam  invlti  venimus.  Sed 
benignus  es,1  O  hospes,  nam  supplices  tui  sumus.  50 
Sl  tu  auxilium  nobls  dederis,  dl  te  remiinera- 
buntur. 

Pol.  Stultus  es,  aut  procul  ab  hac  terra  habitas,  sl  me 
talem  esse  putas.  Deos  enim  nos  Cyclopes 
neque    veneramur    neque    timemus.     Gratissima 

DEPONENT  VERBS 

440.  A  deponent  verb  is  one  which  is  passive  in  form  but 
active  in  meaning.  Its  principal  parts  are  passive  forms. 
The  endings  of  the  present  infinitives  of  deponent  verbs  of 
the  four  conjugations  are  as  follows: 

I  II  III  IV 

-ari  -eri  -1  -Iri 

a.  Examples  of  the  conjugation  of  deponent  verbs  are 
given  in  Section  33  of  the  Appendix.  Their  forms  are 
exactly  the  same  as  those  of  the  passive  voice  of  the  model 
verbs  before  given,  except  that  deponents  have  the  active 
form  for  the  future  infinitive.  Remuneror  in  line  51 
is  conjugated  like  the  passive  of  porto,  except  that 
its  future  infinitive  is  remuneraturus  esse. 


See  Section  340. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


201 


autem  cena  mihi  eritis,  tu  et  nautae  tui.  Duos 
enim  mane  et  duos  vesperl  edam  donec  omnes 
mortui  eritis.  [Diws  captos  occldit  et  comedit.] 


SCAENA  SECUNDA.     IN  EODEM  LOCO. 

Ulixes  cbnsilium  init. 

Postridie  mdne  Ulixes  et  octb  nautae  in  antrb  sedent 

et  inter  se  loquuntur. 

Polyphemus,  qui  dubs  nautas  hodie  comedit,  exiit. 

Nautae  Omnes.   Vae  nobis  miserls!    ad  patriam  nostram 

numquam  redlbimus. 
N.  V.       Crudelior  Cyclops  est  quam  fera;    duos  nostrum 

herl,  duos  hodie  comedit,  et  mox  omnes  ad  tinum 

devorabit. 
Uli.         Nollte  desperare,  virl;    dl  nos  etiam  nunc  juvare 

possunt,  et  ego  ipse  consilium  inlre  incipio. 
N.  VI.     Tua  consilia  nobls  non  placent;    nam  propter  te 

amlci  nostrl  quattuor  miserrime  perierunt. 
Omnes.   Vlsne  Cyclopem,  dum  noctti  dormit,  occldere,  O 

domine? 
Uli.         Id  facere  volo:   sed  etiam  sl  eum  internciam,  nos 

ex   antro    per    clausam    januam    effugere    non 

poterimus. 
Omnes.    Quam  priidens  dominus  noster  est!     Sed  quid  nos 

facere  jam  possumus? 
Uli.         Audlte  me.     Baculum  longum  quod  Cyclops  huml 

rellquit  conspicio.    Id  acuemus,  et  in  igne  adure- 

mus.     Vesperl,  cum  Polyphemus  redierit,  vlnum 

el  dabo;  nam — ut  meministis — optimum  vlnum 

mecum  hiic  attull.     Cum  ille  somno  vlnoque 

sepultus  erit,  oculum  ejus  baculo  ardentl  extin- 

guemus.     Tum  impotens  ille  et  imbecillus  flet. 
Omnes.    Sapientissimum  consilium  est.     Omnes  te  adjuva- 

bimus. 


70 


80 


202  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Uli.  Cras,  ubi  janua  aperta  erit,  cum  ovibus  nos  quoque 
exibimus.  Slc  ad  litus  et  naves  tandem  effugere 
poterimus. 

Omnes.    Omnium  pnldentissimus  dominus  noster  est. 

SCAENA  TERTIA.     IN  EODEM  LOCO. 

Polyphemi  oculum  Graecl  extinguunt. 
Vcsperi:     Ulixes  et  octb  nautae  Polyphemum  expectant. 

Uli.  Paratlne    estis,    virl?     Mox    enim    redlbit    Poly- 

phemus. 
Nautae.  Ita,  paratl  sumus.     Baculum  acutum  ardensque 

habemus.  90 

Uli.  QuI  in  oculo  Cyclopis  baculum  mecum  contorquere 

audebunt?     Quattuor  ad  hunc  laborem  sorte 

eligere  optimum  erit. 
Nautae.  Ita  vero :  id  f  aciemus. 

N.  VII.    Hlc  est  galea,  in  quam  sortes  conjicere  possumus. 
N.  VIII.  Hlc  lapides  nonnulll  sunt,  quos  in  galeam  conjicere 

possumus. 
N.  IX.     Ego  galeam  tenebo  et  quatiam. 

[IV    Nautae  sortes  accipiunt.] 

Uli.  Et  ego  qulntus  ero.     Dl  sortes  optime  rexerunt; 

vos  enim  quattuor  ipse  deligere  cupiebam.  100 

N.  X.       Aliquem  audio  qui  appropinquat ! 
Omnes.    Sine  dubio  Cyclops  ipse  adest. 
N.  XI.     Ita,  ovium  enim  balattis  audio. 
Omnes.    Post  saxum  recipiemus  nos,  donec  ille  dormiet. 


THE  ACCUSATIVE  OF  EXTENT 

441.     The  accusative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  express 
extent  in  space.    Puer  quinque   milia  passuum  ambulavit, 

the  boy  walked  five  miles. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  203 

[Polyphemus  cavernam  intrat,  oves  mulget,  duos  nauids 
captos  devorat.     Ulixes  crdteram  vino  plenam  ei  offert.] 

Uli.  Ecce,  Cyclops,  vlnum  tibi  offero.     Carnem  homi- 

num  edistl;  vlnum  nunc  bibe :  gratissimum  est. 

[Cyclops  bibit.] 
Pol.         Da  mihi  iterum  bibere.     Vinum  tuum  jucundum 

est.     Et  dic  mihi  nomen  tuum.       [Iterum  bibit.] 
Uli.  [Secum]     Eum  fallere  optimum  erit. 

Pol.         Iterum,     advena:      vlnum     tuum    me    multum  110 

delectat.  [Iterum  bibit.] 

Uli.  Nomen    meum    interrogavistl :     id    non    celabo. 

"Nemo"  nomen  meum  est:   "Neminem"  mater 

mea  paterque  et  socil  omnes  me  appellant. 
Pol.         Nemo,   pro  beneficiis  tuls  te  remunerari  cupio. 

Postremum  igitur  te  devorabo. 
Uli.  [secum]  Edepol !    Gratias  tibi  maximas  ago.    Post- 

rema  tibi  cena  ero. 

[Polyphemus  se  huml  jacit;  mox  somnus  eum  opprimit. 
IV  Nautae  ex  intimd  cavernd  exeunt.] 

Nautae.  Adestne  tempus,  domine?     Dormitne  Cyclops? 

Uli.  Ita,  graviter  dormit.  Nunc,  dl  patril,  adjuvate  nos.  120 

[Baculum  drdens  afferunt,  et  in  oculo  Polyphemi  vehementer 
contorquent.  Ille  cldmores  horribiles  tollit,  et  per  antrum 
furibundus  ruit.] 

Pol.  Vae  mihi!  Quid  factum  est?  Quis  oculum  meum 
extlnxit?     Ubinam  estis,  virl? 

[Alil  Cyclopes  extrd  cavernam  stant.] 

Alii  Cyc.  Cur  tantos  clamores  tollis,  Polypheme?  Nos 
dormlre  prohibuistl !  Quis  te  laedit,  aut  quis  te 
occldere  temptat? 

Pol.         Nemo  me  occldit,  amlcl. 


204  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Alii  Cyc.  At  si  nemo  in  caverna  tecum  est,  Juppiter  fortasse 
te  laedit.  Tu  autem  patrl  tuo  Neptuno  supplica. 

Uli.  Ohe  virl!   dolus  meus  et  nomen  simulatum  eum 

fefellerunt!  i3G 

N.  VII.    Quid  f acit  ille?    Quid  f acturus  est?    Potesne  videre? 

N.  VIII.  Saxum  summovit,  et  ipse  humi  ante  januam  sedet. 

N.  IX.     Nos,  dum  exlmus,  rapere  cupit. 

Omnes.    Quando  fugere  temptabimus,  O  domine? 

Uli.  Prlma  hlce,  cum  oves  ad  agros  exlbunt,  nos  quoque 

cum  els  exlbimus. 

SCAENA  QUARTA.     IN  EODEM  LOC6. 

In  cavernd  omnes  sedent. 

Uli.         Festlnate  viri!    Sol  mox  surget;  deinde  nos  fugam 

capere  poterimus. 
N.  XI.     Sed  qu5  modo  effugiemus,  domine?    Non  intellego. 
N.  XII.    Cyclops  enim  nos,  dum  exlmus,  capiet.  140 

Uli.  Singuli  homines  a  ternls  arietibus  ferentur.     Tres 

enim  arietes  colligabo,  quorum  medius  hominem 

442.  The  English  verb  has  only  present  and  past  participles. 
The  Latin  verb  has  also  future  participles.  The  futiire  active 
participle  of  laudo  is  laudaturus  (-a,  -um),  translated  going 
to  praise  or  about  to  praise. 

The  future  active  participle  may  usually  be  found  by  chang- 
ing  the  ending  -us  of  the  past  passive  participle  to  -urus.  It 
is  declined  like  the  adjective  bonus,  and  must  agree  in  gender, 
number,  and  case  with  a  noun  or  pronoun,  expressed  or  under- 

StOOQ.  past  passive  participle  Future  active  participle 

(laudo)  laudatus  laudaturus 

(moneo  monitus  moniturus 

(duco)  ductus  ductiirus 

(capio)  captus  captiirus 

(audio)  audltus  audlturus 

a.     The  future  participle  of  sum  is  futurus. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  205 

unum  portabit.     Slc  omnes  ad  lltus  incolumes 
perveniemus.     Agite  arietes  ad  me. 
N.  VII.    En  callidum  consilium! 

[Ulixes  arietes  ternos  colligat;  singull  homines 
sub  ternls  arietibus  ligantur.] 
N.  VIII.  Quo  modo  te  ipsum  servaturus  es? 
Uli.  Videsne  hunc  ducem  gregis?     Multo  grandior  et 

robustior  est  quam   ceteri.     Ejus  sub   ventre 
vellus  tenebo,  et  ipse  postremus  exlbo. 
N.  IX.     Ecce,  sol  surgit!   et  oves  exlre  incipiunt.  150 

Omnes.    Brevl  tempore  ad  lltus  perveniemus.    [voce  parvd.] 
Vale  Polypheme! 
[Omnes  e  caverna  efferuntur.     Ulixes  postremus 
sequitur.   Polyphemus  arietem  detinet.] 
Pol.         Quid,    Crasse?     Tti   postremus   hodie  exls?     Id 
mlror;  nam  antehac  prlmus  mane  exlre,  prlmus 
merldie   ad   rlvos   descendere,    prlmus   vesperl 
domum  redlre  solebas.     Bonus  amlcus  domini 
miseri  tul  semper  fuistl,  cujus  oculum  Nemo 
extmxit?     En  hominem  improbum!     Sed  haud 
impune  fllium  Neptunl  caecum  effecit! 
[Aries  tandem  alios  sequitur.     Polyphemus  nautas  et 
Ulixem  in  cavernd  frustrd  quaerit.] 

FINIS    FABULAE. 

443.  Frequently  the  f uture  active  participle  is  used  with 
forms  of  sum.  Thus,  laudaturus  sum,  I  am  going  to  praise, 
moniturus  est,  he  is  going  to  warn. 

444.  Latin  verbs  have  a  future  active  infinitive  formed  by 
using  the  future  jactive  participle  with  esse.  Thus,  laudaturus 
esse,  capturus  esse,  futurus  esse. 

When  a  subject  in  the  accusative  is  used  with  a  future  in- 
finitive  (Section  409),  the  participle  of  the  infinitive  must  agree 
with  the  subject  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 


REDITUS  ULIXIS 

Personae. 


Ulixes,   qui   Trojd  captd  domum 

redit. 
Telemachus:  filius  Ulixis. 
Eumaeus:   pdstor. 
Minerva:  dea. 

Scaena  I. 
Argus:   canis  Ulixis. 


Scaena  II. 
Penelope:   uxor  Ulixis. 
Antinous :   procus. 
Amphinomus:   procus. 
Alii  procl. 


SCAENA  PRIMA.    IN  LITORE  ITHACAE. 

A  sinistrd  stat  casa  Eumael;   prope  casam  jacet  Argus,  macer, 
Infirmus.      A  dextra  Ulixes  huml  dormit. 

Uli.  [se  ex  somno  excitat.]  Eheu!  Miserrimus  hominum 
sum.  Tot  pericula  enim  passus  et  tot  per  terras 
et  maria  vagatus,  ignotam  tandem  in  terram  a 
Phaeacibus  allatus  sum  et  hic  relictus.  [Intrat 
Minerva  speciem  vestesque  juvenis  gerens.]  Ecce 
autem!  Juvenis  adest;  ille  fortasse  me  adjuva- 
bit.  Salve,  O  amice!  Quae  terra  est  haec,  quo 
adveni?    Alienus  enim  sum,  neque  litus  cognosco. 

Min.      Amoena  est  terra  omnibusque  arboribus  et  frtictibus 

praedita;  Ithaca  est.  10 

Uli.  Quid  audio?  Ithaca  enim  omnium  terrarum  mihi 
est  carissima.  Cujus  etiam  est  ista  casa?  Nonne 
Eumael?  Quam  felix  sum!  Quam  benignl  mihi 
dl  immortales  sunt!  Vlvitne  Eumaeus?  Et 
Laertes  pater  meus?  Narra  mihi  de  uxore.  Re- 
sistitne  adhuc  Penelope  procls  meumque  reditum 
expectat? 
[Minerva  suam  formam  siimit  propriam.] 

Min.      Ecce,  O  patiens  Ullxes!    Dea  sum,  et  te  adjuvabo. 
Senem  squalidum  pannosumque  te  faciam.     [In 
206 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


207 


Uli. 


senem   squdlidum   pannosumque    Ulixem   mutat.] 
Haec  est  casa  Eumaei,  qui  semper  fidelis  te  et   20 
Penelopam  et  Telemachum  amat.     Ille  te  curabit, 
dum  ego  Spartam  abeo,  unde  Telemachum  re- 
diicam.     Ille  enim  te  petendl  causa  ante  duos 
annos  ab  Ithaca  discessit.     Cum  redierit,  tti  te 
revelabis;    deinde,  illo  adjuvante,  procos  inter- 
ficies.     Vale. 
O  benigna  Minerva!    nam  te  agnosco,  tibi  gratias 
ago.     [Exit  Minerva.     Eumaeus  ex  casa  egrealitur.] 
Salve,  O  pastor!    Auxilium  tuum  precor;  longum 
enim  iter  perfecl,  et  multa  et  diira  passus  valde   30 
esurio. 


THE  GERUND 


445.  The  Latin  gerund  is  a  neuter  noun  of  the  second  de- 
clension.  It  has  no  nominative  and  is  used  only  in  the  sin- 
gular.     The  gerunds  of  the  four  conjugations  are  as  follows: 


I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

Gen. 

portandl 

monendl 

ducendl 

audiendi 

Dat. 

portando 

monendo 

ducendo 

audiendo 

Acc. 

portandum 

monendum 

diicendum 

audiendum 

Abl. 

portando 

monendo 

ducendo 

audiendo 

a.  The  genitive  is  translated  of  carrying,  of  warning, 
etc.  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  translated  by 
carrying  or  with  carrying,  etc.  The  ablative  is  also  used 
with  prepositions.  The  accusative  is  used  only  with 
prepositions.     The  dative  is  not  often  used. 

b.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  form  in  -ing  used 
to  translate  the  Latin  gerund  is  not  a  present  participle 
but  an  English  gerund,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  a 
verbal  noun.  In  the  sentence  I  am  fond  of  walking  the 
word  walking  is  not  a  participle  but  a  gerund  (or  verbal 
noun). 


208  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Eum.  Ego  etiam  senex  et  miser  sum,  sed  te  adjuvabo; 
parum  tamen  cibi  habeo,  parum  opum  ex  eo  die 
quo  Ullxes  Trojam  discessit;  sed  id  quod  habeo 
tibi  dabo.     Veni  mecum  in  casam. 

Uli.  Di  te  servabunt;  miser  enim  ipse  miseros  adjuvas. 
[Ad  casam  appropinquant;  Ullxes  canem  conspicit.] 
Cujus  est  hic  canis? 

Eum.      Argus  vocatur,  fidelis  UlTxis  canis;    pridem  saga- 
cissimus  in  nostra  Insula  erat  et  omnium  canum 
validissimus  qui  feras  sequuntur.     At  absentem    40 
dominum  deslderat,  neque  longum  vitae  spatium, 
ut  credo,  ei  manet. 

[Eumaeus  casam  intrat.] 

Uli.       Arge,  Arge,  nonne  tuum  dominum  agnoscis? 

[Canis  caput  erigit  et  dominum  agnoscit.] 

Arg.  O  care  domine,  quot  post  annos  rediistl!  Eheu! 
Sero  venls.  Semper  te  amavi,  semper  expectavl. 
Nunc  tandem  te  redeunte  gaudeo  felixque  jam 
e  vlta  excedo.     Vale! 

Uli.       Vale,  fidelis  canis,  vale! 

[Argus  moritur.     Eumaeus  ex  casa  prodit.] 

Eum.      Cur  moraris? 

Uli.       Canis  mortuus  est.  50 

Eum.      Non  rursus  ergo  dominum  suum  videbit. 

Uli.       Nonne  tu  servus  Ullxis  eras? 

Eum.  Ita  eram,  sed  numquam  iterum  eum  hls  oculls 
videbo.  Laertes,  pater  ejus,  aetate  gravis  mox  de 
vlta  discedet.  Telemachus  procul  abest,  neque 
umquam  fortasse  domum  redlbit.  Penelope  in 
dies1  miserior  lacrimas  semper  fundit;  non  tamen 
virum  desperat.  Proci  autem  improbl  illam 
precantur:  "Memoriam  Ullxis  depone  et  alterum 
virum  e  nobls  elige."     Illa  tamen  recusat  neque   60 

1  Day  by  day. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  209 

cuiquam  ex  els  nubere  vult,  qul  opes  domini 
nostrl  edendo  bibendoque  vastant,  et  qul  dlcere 
audent — O  audaciam  [impudentem — "Sl  Tele- 
machus  redlbit,  eum  occldemus." 

Uli.       Et  mater  Ullxis  vlvitne  adhuc? 

Eum.      Eheu !    Noll  de  ea  loqul :  mortua  enim  est. 

Uli.  [lacrimds  dissimulat.]  At  quid  tu  putas?  Redlbitne 
Ullxes  annon? 

Eum.      Numquam :  certe  mortuus  est. 

Uli.       Non  vera  dlcis;  ipse  enim  eum  vldl,  dum  in  Insula    70 
Creta  erro.     Vlvus  mox  domum  redlbit.     Quid 
audio?    Aliquis  appropinquat — amlcus,  ut  vide- 
tur,  non  enim  ululant  canes. 

[Intrat  Telemachus.] 

Eum.  Salve,  O  Telemache!  quam  fellx  sum!  Saepe  enim 
mecum  dlxl:  "Telemachum  reductum  numquam 
videbo." 

Tel.  Et  tu,  salve,  O  fidelis  Eumaee!  Quid  novl  de  Ullxe 
mihi  dlces?     Equidem  enim  nihil  de  eo  audlvl. 

Eum.     Heu!  Heu!  Neque  ego.    Hic  senex  tamen,  ut  dlcit, 

eum  in  Insula  Creta  vldit;  noll  autem  el  credere;    so 
non  enim  credibilem  f abulam  narrat.     Ego  autem 
magno  cum  gaudio  ad  atrium  curram  tuum  redi- 
tum  nuntiandl  causa.     Tu  hlc  mane  et  cum  sene 
cibo  vlnoque  vlres  renova! 


DECLENSION 

OF  QUISQUAM 

446.     quisquam,  anyone 

Masculine  and  Feminine 

Neuter 

Nom. 

quisquam 

quicquam  (quidquam) 

Gen. 

cujusquam 

cujusquam 

Dat. 

cuiquam 

cuiquam 

Acc. 

quemquam 

quicquam  (quidquam) 

Abl. 

quoquam 

quoquam 

{Plural  lacking) 

210  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

[Eumaeus  exit.     Apparet  Minerva,  quam  solus  Ulixes 
videt  et  audit.] 

Tel.  [mortuum  Argum  conspicit.]  Mortuus  jacet  Argus, 
qui  dominum  suum  iterum  videndl  causa  tot 
annos  vlxit.  Frustra  ad  summam  senectutem 
diiravistl. 

Min.      Nunc,  O  Ullxes,  tempus  est!    Te  fllio  revela.    Con- 

silio  capto,  omnes  procos  interficies.     Te  igitur   90 
ex  sene  rursus  in  juvenem  mtitabo.     Fortis  es! 
Vale! 
[Minerva  Ullxem  in  juvenem  mutat  et  exit.] 

Tel.       [se  vertit.]    Eia  tu,  quis  es,  qul  modo  senex,  modo 

juvenis  fls?     Certe  Proteus  vel  alius  deorum  im- 

mortalium. 
Uli.       Non  deus  sum,  ml  flll!     Nonne  patrem  agnovistl? 
Tel.       Non  credo;    mortuus  enim  est  pater  meus  neque 

iterum  eum  videbo. 
Uli.       Nequaquam    mortuus,    sed    vlvus    domum    redil. 

Minerva  ipsa  me  mutavit.  100 

Tel.       O  pater  carissime !    [se  amplectuntur.]    Quam  gratus 

mihi  redls,  quam  procls  odiosus !     At  unde  venls? 

quo  modo   hiic   venistl?     Ciir   ita  moratus  es? 

Narra  mihi,  te  precor. 


ORDINAL  NUMERALS 

447.  Ordinal  numerals  are  used  to  number  objects  in 
order,  as  in  a  row  or  series,  as  first,  second,  third,  etc.  The 
first  twenty  Latin  ordinals  are  as  follows: 

prlmus  qulntus 

secundus  sextus 

tertius  septimus 

quartus  octavus 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  211 

Uli.  Mox  tibi  et  omnibus  perlcula  mea  narrabo.  Nunc 
autem  tempus  est  dellberare;  ego  et  tu  soll  procos 
interficiemus. 

Tel.      At  enim  multi  sunt ;  quid.nos  tam  paucl  possumus? 

Uli.       Veni  mecum  ad  atrium.     Crede  dls;    Minerva  et 

Juppiter  nobls  auxilium  dabunt.  110 

[Ulixes  iterum  in  senem  mendicum  mutdtur  et  cum 
Telemacho  exit.] 

SCAENA  SECUNDA.    IN  ATRIO  ULIXIS 

A  tergo  sedet  Penelope,  quae  telam  lente  texit.  Ab  utraque 
manu  accumbunt  proci;  alii  edunt,  alii  bibunt.  Prope 
Penelopam  in  muro  pendet  arcus  Ulixis.  Intrat  d 
sinistrd  Eumaeus. 

Eum.  Audlte,  O  reglna  et  prlncipes,  Telemachus  enim  ad 
Ithacam  rediit,  et  mox  ad  atrium  adveniet. 

Pen.      Quid  novl  de  Ullxe  refert? 

Eum.  Eheu!  Non  illum  vldit;  nihil  de  illo  audlvit.  Sed 
noll  tamen  lacrimare,  cara  domina;  gaudere  enim 
nunc  melius  erit,  quod  fllius  tuus  salvus  rediit. 

Pen.  Haud  tamen  lacrimas  retinere  possum,  quia  nunc 
post  reditum  Telemachl  necesse  est  mihi  virum 
ex  procls  eligere. 

nonus  quintus  decimus 

decimus  sextus  decimus 

undecimus  septimus  decimus 

duodecimus  duodevlcesimus 

tertius  decimus  undevlcesimus 

quartus  decimus '  vlcesimus 

a.  The  ordinals  are  declined  as  adjectives  of  the  first 
and  second  declensions.  Thus,  primus,  prima,  primum, 
etc.  Compound  ordinals,  such  as  tertius  decimus,  have 
both  parts  deciined. 


212  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Etjm.      Crede  autem  dls,  O  reglna!     Etiam  nunc  fortasse  120 
Ullxes  redlbit.  [Exit  Eumaeus  a  sinistra.] 

Ant.      Quam  molestus  nobls  est  Telemachus! 

Pro.      Sine  dubio  ex  atrio  nos  fugabit. 

Ant.  Quid  censetis,  amlcl  mel?  Nonne  eum  occldere 
debemus? 

Pro.      Verum  dlcis,  O  Antinoe;    eum  occldemus. 

Amph.  Nollte,  O  amlcl,  sanguinem  effundere.  Hoc  enim 
facere  semper  nefas  est,  et  nos  poenas  dabimus. 

Pen.      Quam  generosus  es,  O  Amphinome!    Tii  enim  solus 

me  adjuvas.  13C 

Pro.      Consilium   capiemus;    interficietur   Telemachus. 

Pen.  O  crudeles,  O  ingratl  vos  quibus  Ullxes  bene  f  aciebat ! 
Nonne  estis  memores?  Tuum  enim  patrem,  O 
Antinoe,  a  populo  e  regno  expulsum  Ullxes  non 
solum  protexit  sed  etiam  restituit.  Nunc  autem 
non  satis  est  tibi  illlus  atrium  spoliare  et  uxorem 
contumelia  afficere,  sed  cupis  etiam  fllium  ipsum 
occldere. 

[Intrat  a  sinistra  Telemachus.] 

Tel.      Salve,  O  mater  mea! 

Pen.      Salve,  O  care  flll!     [se  amplectuntur.]     Narra  mihi  hc 
de  erroribus  tuls.     Quid  novl  audlvistl? 

Tel.  Eheu!  Quamquam  multos  homines  de  patre 
rogavl,  nemo  tamen  eum  aut  vlvum  aut  mortuum 
vlderat.  Menelaus  autem  semper  iterabat :  ^NolI 
metuere;  Ulixes  enim  redlbit  et  procos  occldet." 

Pen.  Quam  fellx  ero,  sl  hoc  flet.  Nunc  enim,  ut  promlsl, 
necesse  est  mihi  odioso  cuidam  nubere. 

[Intrat    Ulixes  speciem  senis  mendld   gerens,   cum 
Eumaeo.] 

Tel.      Veni,  O  senex,  accipe  panem ! 

Uli.       Maximas  tibi  gratias  ago,  O  benigne  juvenis. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  213 

Amph.    Quis  est  ille?     Semper  mendlcis  bene  facere  fas  est.  150 

Venl,  O  mendlce,  panem  accipe ! 
Uli.       Dl  te  servabunt,  O  princeps,  quisquis  es. 
Ant.      [Eumaeo.]      Expelle    hunc    impudentem!      [Ulixi.] 

Heus  tii,  quare  alienum  atrium  invocatus  intras? 

nisi  exlbis  te  feriam. 
Uli.       O  optime,  misericordiam  precor.     Ipse  enim  olim 

tam  dlves  eram  quam  tu,  et  miserls  hominibus 

semper  benignus. 
Ant.      Vapulabis,  impudentissime !     Apage! 
Uli.       Superbus  es.     Cave  autem;    mors  enim  numquam  160 

procul  abest. 
Ant.      Accipe  plagas.     [Ulixem  ferit.] 
Amph.    Noll  ferlre  senem,  O  Antinoe;    fortasse  enim  deus 

est  dissimulatus  et  nos  piiniet. 
Pen.      O  crudelem  hominem!     Quando  Ulixes  redlbit! 
Tel.       Cave,  Antinoe;  tii  mox  mortuus  huml  jacebis. 
Ant.      Nunc  tempus  est  edere  et  bibere;   hac  nocte  enim, 

quia  Telemachus  jam  rediit,  Penelope  virum  e 

nobls  eliget.     Quis  nostrum,  O  cara  reglna,  gra- 

tissimus  tibi  esse  videtur?  170 

Pen.      Amatores  dona  offerre  debent,  non  spoliare. 
Pro.      Ecce!    Dona  tibi  offerimus.     Quis  optimum  dat? 

[Quisque  dona  ante  Penelopam  offert.] 
Pen.      Omnia  pariter  splendida  sunt;    sed  superest  vobis 

DECLENSION  OF   QUISQUE 


Neuter 

quidque 

cujusque 

cuique 

quidque 

quoque 


448. 

quisque,  each 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Nom. 

quisque 

quaeque 

Gen. 

cujusque 

cujusque 

Dat. 

cuique 

cuique 

Acc. 

quemque 

quamque 

Abl. 

quoque 

quaque 
(Plural  rare) 

214  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

nunc  novissimum  certamen.  In  atrio  pendet 
arens  Ullxis.  Quis  vestrum  eum  flectere,  nervum 
aptare,  sagittam  per  circulos  duodecim  mittere 
potest?  Omnibus  quidem  temptare  licet,  neque 
recusabitis.  Deinde  ei  tandem  nubam  qui  id 
facere  poterit  quod  vir  meus  haud  difficulter 
faciebat.  Incipite!  Eumaee,  deme  arcum,  ner-  iso 
vum,  sagittam!  [Exit  Penelope  d  tergo.] 

Pro.  Heu!  Heu!  Haud  facile  erit  nobls  hoc  facere,  qul 
edendo,  bibendo,  dormiendo,  tam  debiles  factl 
sumus. 

Ant.  Fortes  este!  Necesse  est  temptare;  nisi  tempta- 
bimus,  Achaei  ita  dlcent:  "Ubi  est  virtus  eorum 
qui  Penelopam  in  matrimonium  ducere  volunt?" 
Nec  frustra  equidem,  ut  puto,  temptabo.  Heus, 
Eumaee,  da  mihi  arcum. 

[Antinous  condtur  nervum  arcul  aptdre;    ne  flectere 

quidem  arcum  potest. 
Dum  ceterl  procl  temptant,  Ullxes  Eumaeum  retrahit.] 

Uli.       Noli  exclamare;    sed  audi  quod  dlcam.     Ullxes  in  190 
hoc  atrio  adest;    ego  enim  sum  Ullxes.     Nonne 
credis?      Specta   igitur   signum    quod   in    crtire 
semper  habeo. 

Eum.  O  care  domine !  signum  enim  haud  dubium  agnosco. 
Fugam  pete,  precor;  nisi  fugies,  proci  mox  te 
occldent. 

Uli.       Noli  timere,   sed  auxilium  mihi  da.     Refer  mihi 
arcum  meum;  ego  enim  solus  eum  flectere  possum 
et  sagittas  per  circulos  mittere.     Si  modo  arcum 
manibus  mels  tenebo,  leto  merito  procos  mox  200 
piiniam. 

Eum.  [proco  qul  arcum  jam  tenet.]  Redde  mihi  arcum; 
mendlcus  enim  temptare  vult. 

Pro.      Quam  rldiculus  est  ille  mendlcus!    Nugas  aufer' 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  215 

Ant.  Si  mendlcus  poterit,  Achael  ita  dlcent:  "Senex 
validior  est  quam  Penelopae  amatores." 

Tel.  Meus  est  arcus;  redde  mihi;  etiam  mendlco  licet 
vlres  ostendere. 

[Ulixes  arcum  accipit  et  flectere  incipit.] 

Pro.       Quam  apte  arcum  tractat !    Quam  validos  monstrat 

lacertos!     Solus  arcum  flectere   potest.     Ecce!  2ic 
nunc  nervo  sagittam  aptat.     Quam  perlte  arcum 
intendit!    Nunc  mittitur  sagitta.    Edepol,  omnes 
per  circulos  volavit. 

Uli.  Jam  alio  cursu  sagittas  mittam.  Ego  sum  Ullxes. 
Mors  tibi  adest,  Antinoe  odiose!  [Antinoum 
sagittd  transfigit.]  Slc  morieminl  omnes  procl, 
qul  tam  diti  meum  atrium  foedavistis. 

Pro.  Eheu!  Mortuus  est  Antinous.  Quo  modo  effugere 
poterimus?     [Procz  fugere  conantur.] 

Uli.       Eumaee,  claude  januam!  [Eumaeus  januam  claudit.]  220 

Amph.  [ante  pedes  Ulixis  se  jacit.]  Mihi  quidem  ignosce, 
O  Ullxes!  ego  enim  semper  te  amo  et  odl  procos. 

Uli.  Ciir  meo  in  atrio  mansistl?  Morieris,  stulte!  [Am- 
phinomum  transfigit.]  Telemache,  ml  flll,  et  Eu» 
maee,  state  prope  me  et  auxilium  date!  Nos 
tres  illos  sceleratos  interficiemus.  [Telemachus 
Eumaeusque  arma  rapiunt  et  se  Ulixi  socios 
jungunt.]  O  dl  benignl,  renovate  mihi  vlres, 
membra  mea  robusta  reddite! 
[Intrat  Minerva  militi  similis}  arma  et  tela  gerens. 
Prope  Ulixem  adstat.] 

Min.      Fortis  es,  O  Ullxes!    Fortiina  fortibus  favet.    Ego 

pro  te  pugnabo.  230 

[Procos  singulos  occidunt;  omnes  mortui  humi  jacent; 
intrat  Penelope  et  Ulixem  agnoscit.] 

FINIS  FABULAE 


EXERCISES  FOR  WRITING 

PAGES  163-164 

1.  The  sentinels  stand  in  front  of  the  tents  of  the  Etruscans.  2.  Ro- 
mans,  fight  for  your  country  and  for  your  friends.  3.  Senator,  remain 
in  the  city  and  warn  the  citizens.  4.  Soldiers,  obey,  and  resist  the 
Etruscans.  5.  Attack  the  enemy  suddenly  from  the  rear.  6.  Fifty 
men  escaped,  and  the  others  were  killed. 

PAGES  165-166 

1.  All  our  weapons  are  now  prepared.  2.  We  love  brave  friends,  and 
we  fear  brave  enemies.  3.  The  sentinels  roused  all  the  Etruscans. 
4.  The  king  himself  speaks;  hear  and  obey.  5.  The  city  is  no  longer 
in  sight,  but  we  can  see  the  bridge.  6.  On  the  right  stands  an  Etruscan, 
on  the  left  a  Roman. 

PAGES  167-168] 

1.  At  daybreak  we  shall  approach  in  silence.  2.  We  wish  to  break 
down  the  bridge,  but  time  is  not  given.  3.  Three  brave  Romans  appear 
on  the  bridge.  4.  The  city  will  be  defended  by  Horatius  and  his  brave 
companions.  5.  The  citizens  will  take  axes  and  break  down  the  bridge. 
6.    A  soldier  gives  an  ax  to  the  consul,  Valerius. 

PAGES  169-170 

1.  The  enemy  are  led  by  Sextus,  the  son  of  the  king.  2.  The  voice 
of  Sextus  is  heard,  and  the  Etruscans  appear  on  the  bank  of  the  river. 
3.  We  ourselves  shall  attack  the  faithless  Sextus.  4.  The  archers  will 
kill  many  Etruscans.  5.  Horatius  has  a  good  plan,  and  the  enemy  will 
not  kill  him.  6.  Throw  your  shields  to  the  citizens.  7.  I  shall  jump 
into  the  river  and  swim  to  the  gate  of  the  city. 

PAGES  187-188 

1.  The  gods,  by  whom  our  leader  is  not  loved,  have  brought  us  into 
these  dangers.  2.  The  sailors  who  stand  about  Eurylochus  murmur. 
3.  The  leader  will  give  food  to  the  sailors,  who  are  hungry.  4.  I  shall 
kill  animals  with  the  bow  which  I  carry.  5.  Your  leader,  who  is  faith- 
ful,  will  not  desert  you.  6.  The  men  whom  you  see  are  sailors.  7.  The 
deer  was  killed  by  an  arrow  of  Ulysses. 

216 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  217 

PAGES  189-191 

1.  Lay  down  these  branches  on  the  ground.  2.  Ulysses,  who  was 
wandering  through  the  forest,  saw  a  deer.  3.  The  forehead  of  the  deer 
was  pierced  by  an  arrow.     4.   The  deer  had  large  and  beautiful  horns. 

5.  The  woman  whom  you  see  is  Circe.  6.  The  sailors  are  seen  through 
the  door  which  is  at  the  left.  7.  Perhaps  our  companions  will  be  found 
in  the  halls. 

PAGES  192-193 

1.  The  voices  of  women  are  heard  through  the  door.  2.  The  woman 
who  was  singing  was  an  enchantress.  3.  The  flower  which  was  given  by 
Mercury  will  defend  me.  4.  Open  the  door  which  is  at  the  lef t.  5.  Men, 
do  not  drink  the  wine  which  Circe  has  given  you.  6.  The  jar  which  the 
servant  brings  (ferre)  is  full.  7.  The  golden  cups  were  received  by  the 
companions  of  Ulysses. 

PAGES  194-197 

1.  Rhodius,  who  had  concealed  himself  behind  a  column,  drank  the 
wine.  2.  All  the  maids  were  watching  Ulysses  and  his  friends.  3.  The 
wine  is  delicious  (sweet),  and  it  will  please  you.  4.  You  see  no  guests 
here,  but  you  see  beasts.  5.  We  did  not  throw  away  the  cups  which 
you  gave  us.  6.  We  do  not  see  Rhodius,  who  drank  the  wine.  7.  You 
have  changed  Rhodius  into  the  form  of  a  beast — I  am  certain  of  this. 

PAGES  198-199 

1.  The  sailors  see  a  large  cavern,  which  is  the  home  of  Polyphemus. 
2.  The  sheep  and  goats  sleep  in  the  cave  at  night.  3.  Without  doubt 
Ulysses  is  smaller  than  this  monster.  4.  It  is  best  to  return  to  the  sea 
at  once.     5.   The  sailors,  who  were  preparing  dinner,  saw  the  monster. 

6.  These  Greeks  flee  because  I  am  approaching.  7.  I  shall  drive  the 
sheep  into  the  cave,  but  I  shall  leave  the  lambs  outside  the  door. 

PAGES  200-201 

1.  The  Cyclops,  who  is  a  cruel  monster,  will  eat  us  all.  2.  Ulysses 
was  sitting  in  the  middle  of  the  cave  and  talking  with  the  sailors.  3.  The 
plan  which  I  have  formed  is  a  good  one  (is  good).  4.  In  the  morning 
the  Cyclops  will  go  out  from  the  cave  with  his  flock.  5.  My  plan  does 
not  please  the  sailors,  because  they  fear  Polyphemus.  6.  Four  sailors 
have  perished,  and  their  friends  wish  to  flee.  7.  The  wine  which  I  have 
brought  is  very  good. 


218  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

PAGES  202-204 

1.  Polyphemus's  eye  will  be  put  out  by  the  Greeks  with  a  sharp  staff. 
2.  I  cannot  twist  this  staff  without  help.  3.  The  gods  themselves  have 
chosen  the  best  men.  4.  I  have  asked  your  name;  do  not  conceal  it. 
5.  The  Cyclops  will  eat  nobody  tomorrow.  6.  Friends,  why  do  you 
stand  outside  the  door  of  the  cavern?  7.  Neptune,  who  is  my  father, 
does  not  help  me. 

PAGE  205 

1.  At  daybreak  we  shall  all  take  flight.  2.  We  shall  drive  the  sheep 
to  our  leader,  who  will  tie  them  together.  3.  This  ram,  which  has  a 
large  fleece,  will  carry  our  leader.  4.  Farewell,  friends,  whom  we  shall 
not  see  again.     5.   You  seek  us  in  vain,  because  you  are  blind. 


PAGES  206-207 

1.  Troy  has  been  captured,  and  we  are  returning  home.  2.  Eumaeus, 
who  was  in  the  cottage,  did  not  see  Minerva.  3.  We  are  the  most  un- 
fortunate  of  all  the  Greeks.  4.  The  suitors  are  now  happy,  and  they  do 
not  expect  your  return.  5.  The  immortal  gods  will  help  you,  because 
you  have  been  faithful.  6.  Minerva  will  go  away  to  Sparta,  where 
Menelaus  lives. 

PAGES  208-210 

1.  Eumaeus  was  an  old  man  who  had  always  been  faithful  to  his 
master.  2.  Ulysses  had  loved  this  dog,  and  he  recognized  him  at  once. 
3.  My  husband  is  far  away,  but  I  do  not  despair  of  him.  4.  The  servant 
eats  and  drinks  in  the  cottage  with  his  sons.  5.  My  friends  will  soon 
return  home  alive.  6.  I  have  seen  an  old  man  who  was  in  this  island. 
7.   The  story  which  you  tell  is  not  credible. 


PAGES  211-212 

1.  I  have  been  changed  from  a  young  man  into  an  old  man  by  Minerva. 
2.  Where  is  my  father,  and  why  has  he  delayed  thus?  3.  The  suitors 
saw  a  beggar,  who  entered  with  Telemachus.  4.  Hear,  O  queen,  I  have 
seen  your  son,  Telemachus.  5.  The  people  drove  your  father  from  his 
kingdom,  but  I  restored  him.  6.  What  news  has  Telemachus  heard 
about  his  father?  7.  Your  son  will  not  be  killed  by  the  cruel  suitors. 
8.    My  father  is  alive,  but  he  has  not  been  seen  by  Menelaus. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  219 

PAGES  213-215 

1.  I  have  received  bread  from  you,  and  I  will  help  you.  2.  We  will 
drive  this  impudent  man  out  of  (from)  the  hall.  3.  The  gods  will  punish 
you  (singular)  because  you  have  been  cruel.  4.  I  offer  you  a  splendid 
gift,  which  you  do  not  accept.  5.  Dear  friend,  you  see  your  master 
here  in  the  hall.  6.  The  suitor  who  was  holding  the  bow  was  not  able 
to  bend  it.  7.  The  old  man  to  whom  I  have  given  the  bow  will  now 
show  his  strength. 

PAGE  215 

1.  The  door  had  been  closed,  and  the  suitors  could  not  flee.  2.  Ulysses 
will  pierce  Amphinomus  also  with  an  arrow.  3.  Telemachus  stood  near 
his  father  and  helped  him.  4.  The  gods  are  kind;  for  they  have  restored 
my  strength.  5.  The  suitors  are  being  killed  one  by  one,  and  soon 
they  will  all  lie  dead  on  the  ground. 


MEDICUS 


Personae. 


Titus:    puer  Romdnus,  duodecim  Lticius    \  Titi  frdtres,  geminl, 

annos  ndtus.  Publius  /  septem    annos    ndti. 

Octavia:   Titimdter.  Medicus. 


SCAENA.     IN  CUBICULO  PUERORUM. 

A  sinistrd  stat  latus  lectulus;  ibi  dormiunt  tres  pueri,  Titus 
et  Lucius  et  Publius.  A  dextrd  est  fenestra,  d  tergo  jdnua. 
Gallus  extrd  cantat  et  pueros  e  somno  excitat. 

Tit.     Quota  hora  est? 

Luc.     [ad  fenestram  currit.]    Prima  fere  hora  est.    Sol  mox 

surget. 
Tit.     O   me  miserum!     Pensum   meum   non   fecl.     Quid 

Orbilius  dioet? 
Pub.    Immo  vero,  quid  faciet  Orbilius? 
Tit.     Jam  ferulam  sentio.    Ad  ludum  Ire  non  audeo. 
Luc.    Gaudeo  quia  nondum  ad  ludum  Imus,  ego  et  Publius. 
Tit.     Quales  fratres  estis!    Quia  vapulabo,  gaudetis. 
Luc.  et  Pub.     [saltant  et  cantant.]    Titus  vapulabit;  Titus    10 

vapulabit. 
Tit.     [Irdtus.]    Vos  etiam  vapulabitis. 

[Frdtres  loculis  ferit.] 

Luc.  et  Pub.     [lacrimant.]    Lacrimamus,  quia  Titus  vapu- 

labit.     Lacrimamus,  quia  Titus  vapulabit. 
Tit.     Quia  vos  vapulavistis,   lacrimatis.     Iterum  autem 
lacrimabitis,  nisi  bonum  consilium  mihi  invenietis; 
nam  ego  vapulare  hodie  nolo. 
Pub.    Consilium  habeo. 

220 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  221 

Tit.  et  Luc.     Dlc  nobls. 

Pub.    Manete;  cogito.  20 

Tit.     Festlna,  Publl;  O  me  miserum,  vapulabo. 

Luc.    Fortasse  malum  Piiblius  habet  consilium;  tum  vapu- 

labis,  Tite. 
Tit.     Nisi  statim  consilium  narrabis,  iterum  idem  accipies. 

[Loculos  silmit.] 

Pub.    Cogitavl.     Audite  consilium.     Vesperl  apud  Quln- 

tum  cenabas. 
Tit.     Illud  jam  sclmus. 
Pub.    Bene,  ibi  nimis  edistl. 
Tit.     Quid  dlcere  vls?     Semper  nimis  edo;  tu  quoque  et 

Liicius.  30 

Pub.    Sane,  at  tu  hodie  aegrotas,  quia  nimis  vesperl  edistl. 
Tit.     At  non  aegroto,  ml  frater! 

Luc.    O  stulte,  nonne  intellegis?     Hodie  aegrum  simulabis. 
Tit.     Intellego.    Euge,  Publi!  bonum  consilium  invenisti! 

Tti,  Lucl,  1  ad  matrem;  illl  de  morbo  meo  aliquid 

narra!     [Exit   Lucius.]     Publl,   in   aquam   hunc 

pannum  merge!     Festlna!     nam  matrem   audio; 

panno  meos  oculos  preme!    Heu!   heu!   quantum 

doleo ! 

[Octdvia  intrat  cum  Lucio.] 

Oct.  Hercle !    Quam  aeger  es !    Quid  habes,  ml  f 111?  40 

Tit.  Multum  doleo.    Nunc  calidus  sum,  nunc  frlgidus. 

Oct.  O  care  flll,  medicum  arcessam.     Quis  medicum  venlre 

jubebit? 

Luc.  Ego  medicum  arcessam,  mea  mater. 

Pub.  Et  ego  cum  Lucio  Ibo. 

Oct.  Ite,  parvull,  et  medicamentum  ferre  medicum  jubete. 

Luc.  Acerbum  medicamentum  secum  feret  medicus. 

Pub.  Acerbum  medicamentum.     [Exeunt  gemini.] 

Tit.  Ut  sitio,  mater  carissima! 


222  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Oct.     Miselle  puer!     Aquam  frlgidam  tibi  dabo.     Bibe!    50 

[Titus  bibit.] 

Tit.     Mater,    nunc    frigidus    sum.     Ecce!    membra    mea 

tremunt. 
Oct.     En,  vestlmentls  te  tegam. 
Tit.     Mater,  nimis  calidus  sum. 

Oct.     Eheu!  Qui  morbus  te  tenet?  Quando  medicus  veniet? 
Tit.     Aliquis  januam  pulsat. 

[Medicus  cum  pueris  intrat.] 

Med.   Salve,  domina!     Quis  aeger  est? 
Oct.     Salve,  medice!    Fllius  meus  aegrotat. 
Med.   Salve,  puer!     Aegerne  es?     [Titus  annuit.] 
Luc.  et  Pub.     Ita,  medice,  valde  aeger  est.  60 

Med.  Num  edere  potes?     [Titus  annuit.] 
Luc.  et  Pub.     Minime;  nihil  edere  potest. 
Med.   Ostende  mihi  linguam  tuam.    Hem!    Quid  herl  edistl? 
Tit.     Nescio,  medice. 
Luc.    Scio  equidem. 
Pub.    Et  ego. 

Luc.    Apud  Qulntum  vesperl  cenabat. 
Pub.    Nimis  edit — porcum. 
Luc.    Et  poma. 

Pub.    Et  Hba.  7c 

Luc.    Et  alia  multa. 
Oct.     Minime  mlrum,  si  hodie  aegrotas. 
Med.   Minime  mlrum  est.     Medicamentum  tibi  parabo. 

[Medicus  medicamentum  parat.] 

Luc.     Quale  medicamentum  paras? 
Pub.    Acerbumne  est  annon? 
Med.  Acerbum  est. 

Luc.  et  Pub.     Acerbum  est  medicamentum.     Acerbum  est 
medicamentum. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  223 

Med.  Da  mihi  poculum,  domina!     [Fundit.]     Nunc  bibe, 

puer!     [Titus  medicdmentum  gustat.]  80 

Tit.     Nolo  bibere.     Tale  poculum  numquam  bibam. 
Oct.     Ohe,  puer  improbe!     Quo  modo  aegrotare  desines, 

nisi  medicamentum  bibes? 
Lic.  et  Pub.    Titus    bibere  non  vult.     Titus  bibere  non 

vult. 
Med.  Necesse  est  bibere. 
Luc.  et  Pub.     Acerbum  est.    Gaudemus,  quia  acerbum  est 

medicamentum. 
Tit.     Aliquis  mox  vapulabit.     [Geminl  audiunt  et  silent.] 
Oct.     Statim  bibe;  sln  minus,  patrem  vocabo.  90 

Tit.     Nolo.     [Exit  Octavia.] 
Patris  Vox.     Tite,  audisne  me? 
Tit.     Ita,  mi  pater. 

Patris  Vox.     Nonne  medicamentum  bibere  vis? 
Tit.     Sane,  ml  pater,   bibere  volo.     [Dum  bibit,  Octavia 

intrat.] 
Oct.     Medicamentum  bibit  Titus. 
Med.   Bene ;  deinde  tranquille  dormies.    Mox  validus  iterum 

eris  et  robustus.     Vale,  domina;  valete,  puerl. 
Omnes.     Vale,  medice.     [Exit  Medicus.] 

Tit.     Jam  validior  sum.     Licetne  mihi  surgere,  mater?         100 
Oct.     Non  licet,  O  stulte.     Totum  diem  in  lectulo  jacebis. 

Et  ego  prope  te  manebo. 
Tit.     Non  necesse  est  tibi,   carissima  mater,   prope  me 

manere. 
Oct.     Meus  es  fllius.     Prope  te  manebo,  dum  aegrotas. 
Luc.  et  Pub.     Licetne  nobls  in  horto  ludere? 
Oct.     Ablte,  geminl,  et  in  horto  ludite. 
Luc.  et  Pub.     Titus  in  lectulo  manebit,  totum  diem  in 

lectulo    manebit.     [Exeunt    Lucius    et    Pilblius. 

Titus  pugnum  agitat.] 

FINIS  FABULAE. 


224 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 
America 


Samuel  F.  Smith 


Henry  Carey 


tPt** — r 

j 

1 

— h — 

=t= 

=£=\ 

1.  Te 

2.  Tu 

-J— i 

ca    -    n 
-  tor        e 

m 

j 

o, 
s 

• 

1. 

Pa     - 
u     - 

-t—i^ 

tri  -  a, 
ni  -  cus, 
-•-      -•- 

—%— 

Can 
U    - 

-•- 

— *— 

-  di    - 
nus 

JL 

— % 

da, 
a- 

/5»V      1       m 

€ 

*  •         1 

(gfc-^ f p 

._T^ L 

■ 

U 

W*M= — 1 

9 

F-= !■ 

1 

V 

1 

i 


*=t 


n 


^l 


i — * 


li     -      be  -  ra;     Te       re 
vum       De  -  us!      Lau  -  do 


fe  -  ret       Por  -   tus       et 
li  -  bens.     Pa    -    tri    -    a 


$ 


n       1 

y  i      '           i'        1     I 

1 

/h     f            J              !        1       J               J               J 

irh  ^    •  • 

■ 

■ 

s 

■ 

9 

J  . 

■ 

\\)                    «■           » 

•  .- 

1 

9 

ex    - 
lu     - 
-•-• 

ul    - 
ce    - 

-•- 

um 
at, 
f 

Et 
Li    - 

f 

tu     ■ 
be 

-•- 

■  mu    -    lus         se   - 

■  ra         ful    -    ge   ■ 
•*-         -•-•        -•- 

num; 
at, 

'•v     L  • 

i- 

L 

L            P 

e;.,     m 

L           p 

^b 

M 

i 

r         j          1 

i . 

§ 

■ 

i^    i            i 

i 

J 

e 


£S 


1 


s 


BEBSE^ 


13 


:<2: 


l 


I  I  I 

Li    -    be    -    ra      mon    -    ti  -  um  Vox     re    -    so  -  net. 

Vis        tu    -    a        mu    -    ni  -   at,  Om   -  ni    -    po-tens! 

n.r-  n 


i 


I 


r 

The  Latin  version  is  by  Professor  Georgre  D.  Kellogrg,  and  is  printed  by  permission. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


225 


Integer  Vitae1 


Horatius,  B.C.  65-8 


m 


Fr.  F.  Flemming,  c.  1811 

■I 1 1 


m 


E£ 


3EtES 


Sk- 


1.  In 


te    -   ger     vi     -     tae      sce   -   le 


ris   -  que 


M&> 


2.  Si    -     ve  per    Syr  -  tis  i    -  ter  aes  -   tu- 

3.  Nam  -  que  me     sil  -  va  lu    -  pus  in  Sa- 

4.  Qua   -   le  por  -  ten  -  tum  ne   -  que  mi  -   li- 

^.             .+  +.        J2.  -&.  .  ...  ...  M. 


1 


:p: 


--&■ 


£ 


fa^fc 


fe* 


te=t 


t=v- 


M 


-S: 


m 


-9 «- 


pu   -  rus  Non      e  -  get    Mau   -  ris  ja   -  cu  -  lis     ne- 

o    -    sas,  Si    -    ve    f  ac  -  tu    -     rus  per      in  -  hos  -  pi- 

bi   -    na,  Dum  me  -  am     can    -    to  La   -  la  -  gen    et 

ta   -  ris  Dau  -  ni  -  as      la     -     tis  a   -   lit  aes  -  cu- 


i 


&c=t 


tefc 


s^ 


*=3 


33 


que  ar-cu 
ta    -    lem 
ul    -    tra 
le    -     tis, 


&- 


w^ 


m 


I 

Nec  ve  -  ne  -  na 
Cau  -  ca  -  sum  vel 
Ter  -  mi  -  num  cu 
Nec    Ju  -  bae  tel 

*—t- 


£ 


* 


tis 
quae 
ris 
lus 

-&. 


gra  -  vi  -  da  sa- 
lo  -  ca  f  a  -  bu- 
va  -  gor  ex  -  pe- 
ge  -  ne-rat,  le- 


! 


(1)  For  English  translation  see  page  229. 


226 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


3= 


ti^ 


3 


I 


i^J 


122 


^ 


iS^- 


git 
lo 
di 
o 


I 
tis, 

sus 

tis, 

num 


J^j 


S£ 


Fus  -  ce, 
Lam  -  bit 
Fu  -  git 
A    -    -    ri 

— s» •— 


pha 

Hy 

in 

da 


re 
das 
er 
nu      - 


tra, 

pes. 

mem. 

trix. 


ii 


-j2- 


rsz: 


:^: 


Jz 


5  Pone  me  pigris  ubi  nulla  campis 
Arbor  aestiva  recreatur  aura, 
Quod  latus  mundi  nebulae  malusque 

Juppiter  urget; 

6  Pone  sub  curru  nimium  propinqui 
Solis,  in  terra  domibus  negata; 
Dulce  ridentem  Lalagen  amabo, 

Dulce  loquentem. 


Gammer  GURTON.English 
Henricus  Drury,  Latin 


Horner  Jacculo1 


Old  Nursery  Tune 


t>=±: 


tfft 


■rt—rr—fr 


%=& 


m 


EffiE 


,    f  Hor     -     ner  Jac  -  cu 
'  \  Vo  -  rans,  ceu    se  -  ri 


lo      se  -  dit     in      an  -  g 
as       a  -   ge  -  ret    fe   -  ri 


u  -  lo,  \ 
i  -  as,  / 


^S 


Crus 


tum 


dul 


ce    et 


a    -    ma 


bi 


le: 


ffi3 


<p  ;ji:  ;>■  /  j'  j>  }\\ 


In  -    quit    et       u  num    ex  -  tra  -  hens    pru    - 

"Hor-ner,  quam  f u   -  e   -  ris     no  -  bi   -  le       pu  -  e 


Se£ 


num 
-  ris 


i 


i 


Ex    -    em    -    plar         i 

(1)  For  English  words  see  pagre  229. 


mi 


ta 


bi 


le. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


227 


Author  unknown 
17th  or  18th  cent. 


** 


Adeste  Fideles1 

(PORTUGUESE  HYMN) 


John  Reading,  d.  1692 


J=v 


i£* 


2± 


^ 


1.  Ad  -  es     -    te,        fi    -    de 

2.  X      Can    -    tet     nunc      I 

3.  £      Er     -     go        qui      na 


I  I 

-    les,        Lae-ti    tri  -  um- 


-  O! 

-  tus 


Cho    -    rus      an- 


Di 


^=J 


ho- 


£.- 


_£2. 


± 


1 


y- 


m 


$=* 


§ 


-f»— 


t 


*■ 


phan  -  tes,      Ve    -    ni     -     te,       ve    -    ni     -      te        in 
ge    -     lo  -    rum,      Can    -    tet    nunc      au     -     la       cae- 
di     -     er    -    na,        Je    -    -     -     su,        ti    -    -  bi       sit 


■f«- 


T 1 ^ 1 


=P=* 


pftj*     ■ 

""^ 

—i 4- 

_i 

—4 , 

feT  i^-J.  -fr- 

*- 

A                        \         -         •' 

-*  » 

-8 — 

- — *^-15    i 

\--& 

P 

4-r- 

Beth    -     le  -  hem; 

Na 

-    tum    vi   - 

de     - 

te 

les    -    -    ti  -  um, 

Glo 

-     ri    -    a, 

glo    - 

ri-a 

glo    -    -    ri   -    a: 

Pa     - 

tris     ae  - 

ter     - 

ni 

m$-£— 

'  -T" 

-£*- 

V 

1 

■s-    t 

— r — t — 

-1 

=fh 

^T    f,    , 

P=t2 — 

=t= 

^ 

•       i 

1 

(1)  For  Eng-lish  words  see  page  229. 


228 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


m^mm 


t=\-\        1        I: 

M -I J- 


Re  -  gem     an  -    ge  -  lo  -  rum:  Ve  -  ni  -  te  a  -  do- 

In         ex   -  cel    -  sis  De    -    o!  Ve  -  ni  -  te  a   -  do- 

Ver  -  bum     ca    -    ro  fac  -  tum!  Ve  -  ni  -  te  a   -  do- 

*          -    *■  _  -J-  -J-   J  -J-  *■ 


#=* 


£=£ 


_ 


1 


U^m 


l=± 


S 


_i 


re    -     mus,    ve    -  ni   -  te       a  -  do 

J-     J-     i     i     i    j    J 


re    -    mus,    ve- 

J _ 


|_ 


_H 


ni  -  te      ad   -  o 


ir 


re 


mus 


Do 


mi  -  num. 


i 


J- 


i 


f .=• — 9 — 0- 


. 


r 

Domina  Maria1 


Gammer  Gurton,  English 
Henricus  Drury,  Latin 

I 


Old  Nursery  Melody 


# # •— 


£=£ 


4   1     i>— y>: 


s=fc 


O      me  -  a    Ma  -  ri 


To  -  ta  con-tra  -  ri  -  a, 


£==_ 


$=t3=t 


3 


_=£ 


£=. 


Quid   ti  -  bi  cres  -  cit   in    hor  -  to?  Tes  -  tae   et    cro  -  ta  -  li 


i 


I 


_* 


«3: 


_! 


-ft— fi-j: 


:__: 


j__ 


«* 


Sunt  mi  -  hi  flos  -  cu  -  li,    Cum  hy  -  a  -  cin  -  thi  -  no    ser  -  to. 

(1)  For  English  words  see  page  2X0. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  229 

ENGLISH  WORDS  OF  THE  LATIN  SONGS 

INTEGER  VITAE 

The  man  upright  in  life  and  free  from  guilt,  needs  not,  O  Fuscus, 
Moorish  darts  nor  bow  nor  quiver  loaded  with  envenomed  arrows,  whether 
his  journey  is  to  be  over  the  boiling  Syrtis  or  through  the  inhospitable 
Caucasus  or  in  the  places  washed  by  the  Hydaspes,  famed  in  story.  For 
while  in  the  Sabine  woods  I  was  singing  of  my  Lalage,  and  carefree  was 
wandering  beyond  bounds,  a  wolf  fled  from  me  though  I  was  unarmed. 
No  such  monster  does  the  warlike  Daunia  nourish  in  its  oak  forest,  nor 
does  the  land  of  Juba,  that  desert  nurse  of  lions,  produce  the  like.  Place 
me  where  on  the  lifeless  plains  no  tree  is  warmed  to  new  life  by  the  sum- 
mer  breeze,  a  region  over  which  hang  clouds  and  a  gloomy  sky;  place 
me  beneath  the  course  of  the  sun  as  it  draws  too  near  the  earth,  in  a  land 
devoid  of  human  dwellings;  still  will  I  love  Lalage  with  her  sweet  smile 
and  her  sweet  words. 

LITTLE  JACK  HORNER 

Little  Jack  Horner 

Sat  in  a  corner, 

Eating  a  Christmas  pie. 

He  put  in  his  thumb 

And  pulled  out  a  plum, 

And  cried,  "What  a  good  boy  am  I!" 

O  COME,  ALL  YE  FAITHFUL1 

O  come,  all  ye  faithful,  joyfully  triumphant; 
To  Bethlehem  hasten  now  with  glad  accord. 
Lo!  in  a  manger  lies  the  King  of  angels, 
O  come,  let  us  adore  Him,  Christ  the  Lord. 

Raise,  raise,  choirs  of  angels,  songs  of  loudest  triumph; 
Through  heaven's  high  arches  be  your  praises  poured. 
Now  to  our  God  be  glory  in  the  highest; 
O  come,  let  us  adore  Him,  Christ  the  Lord. 


1  The  words  of  this  hymn  are  based  upon  the  Latin  hymn  Adeste  Fideles,  but  they  are 
not  an  exact  translation. 


230  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

Amen,  Lord,  we  bless  Thee,  born  for  our  salvation; 
O  Jesus,  forever  be  Thy  name  adored; 
Word  of  the  Father,  late  in  flesh  appearing, 
O  come,  let  us  adore  Him,  Christ  the  Lord. 

MISTRESS  MARY 

Mistress  Mary, 

Quite  contrary, 
How  does  your  garden  grow? 

With  silver  bells 

And  cockle-shells 
And  hyacinths  all  of  a  row. 


APPENDIX 

THE  DERIVATION  OF  LATIN  WORDS 

1.  Many  Latin  words  are  derived  from  other  Latin  words 
by  the  use  of  syllables  or  letters  placed  at  the  beginning 
or  at  the  end  of  these  words.  A  syllable  placed  at  the 
beginning  of  a  word  is  called  a  Prefix;  a  syllable  placed  at 
the  end  is  called  a  Suffix.  Words  formed  with  a  particular 
prefix  or  suffix  regularly  have  special  meanings  given  them  by 
the  prefix  or  suffix  with  which  they  are  formed.  But  occasion- 
ally  changes  of  meaning  take  place,  so  that  it  is  not  always 
easy  to  see  the  relation  between  the  meaning  of  a  word  and 
that  of  the  word  from  which  it  is  derived. 

The  use  of  some  of  the  most  important  prefixes  and  suffixes 
is  as  follows: 

(1)  Nouns  ending  in  -tor  (occasionally  -sor)  indicate  the 
person  who  does  the  act  expressed  by  the  verb  from  which 
they  are  derived:    victor,  a  conqueror,  from  vinco. 

a.  Such  nouns  may  be  formed  from  moneo,  capio, 
duco,  audio,  and  many  other  verbs. 

b.  These  nouns  in  -tor  and  -sor  are  masculine.  There 
is  a  corresponding  feminine  form,  ending  in  -trix: 
victrix,  adiutrix,  administratrix. 

(2)  Names  of  qualities  are  formed  from  adjective  stems, 
with  the  endings  -tas  and  -tudo,  and  from  adjective  or  noun 
stems  with  the  ending  -tus.     These  nouns  are  all  feminine: 

Hbertas,  freedom,  from  liber. 
magnitudo,  greatness,  from  magnus. 
virtus,  manliness,  courage,  from  vir. 
231 


232  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

a.  Nouns  with  the  ending  -tas  may  be  formed  from 
gravis,  heavy,  levis,  light,  nobilis,  well-known,  noble.  Some 
of  these  words  came  to  be  used  as  collective  nouns, 
indicating  a  group  of  persons  possessing  the  quality 
named:  nobilitas,  originally  celebrity,  came  to  mean  the 
prominent  persons  of  a  state. 

b.  Nouns  with  the  ending  -tudo  may  be  formed  from 
latus,  broad,  altus,  high,  fortis,  brave. 

c.  Other  nouns  formed  like  virtus  are  servitus,  slavery, 
from  servus;  senectus,  old  age,  from  senex  (old). 

(3)  Nouns  formed  with  the  ending  -lus  (-ulus,  -ellus, 
-illus)  are  diminutives;  that  is,  they  indicate  a  small  object. 
The  ending  is  really  an  adjective  ending,  but  most  of  the 
words  thus  derived  have  come  to  be  used  as  nouns: 

fHiolus,  a  little  son,  from  filius. 

regulus,  a  petty  king,  chieftain  from  rex  (stem  reg-). 

a.  Nouns  ending  in  -r  change  the  final  r  to  1  when 
-lus  is  added:  libellus,  a  little  book,  from  liber;  agellus, 
a  little  field,  from  ager. 

(4)  Adjectives  ending  in  -osus  are  formed  from  nouns,  and 
mean  full  of  or  abounding  in  that  which  is  named  by  the 
nouns  from  which  they  are  derived: 

periculosus,  full  of  danger,  dangerous,  from  periculum. 
annosus,  full  of  years,  *aged,  from  annus. 
a.    An  adjective  meaning  abounding  in  space  may  be 
derived  from  spatium. 

(5)  Adjectives  ending  in  -ilis,  -alis,  -arius,  are  formed  from 
nouns  and  mean,  originally,  belonging  to,  connected  with,  etc, 
that  which  is  denoted  by  the  noun  from  which  they  are 
derived. 

hostilis,  hostile,  from  hostis. 
mortalis,  mortal,  from  mors. 
legionarius,  legionary,  from  legio. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  233 

(6)  There  are  also  certain  syllables  used  as  prefixes  with 
special  meanings. 

a.  The  syllable  re-  or  red-  means  back  or  again: 
redire,  to  come  back.    rescribere,  to  write  in  reply. 

b.  Sometimes  the  prefix  seems  to  have  lost  its  force, 
leaving  no  appreciable  difference  between  the  simple  verb 
and  the  derivative:  manere,  remanere. 

(7)  The  syllable  in-  prefixed  to  adjectives  means  not: 

injustus,  not  just. 
indignus,  not  worthy. 

a.  In  English  derivatives  from  these  words  the  prefix 
usually  becomes  un-:  unjust,  uncommon.  But  sometimes 
it  keeps  its  original  form:  incapable,  incorrect. 

b.  The  Latin  preposition  in,  meaning  in,  on,  or  against, 
used  to  form  compound  verbs,   is  a  different  word. 

(8)  The  syllable  per-  used  with  adjectives  and  adverbs 
means  very: 

perfacilis,  very  easy. 
permulti,  very  many. 

a.    per  when  used  with  verbs  means  through  or  else 
serves  to  emphasize  the  meaning  of  the  verb: 
perrumpere,  to  break  through. 
perfrui,  to  enjoy  thoroughly. 

(9)  The  syllable  dis-  or  di-  used  with  verbs  means  apart: 

discedere,  to  go  apart. 
dimittere,  to  send  apart  or  away. 

(10)  Most  prepositions  are  used  as  prefixes  to  form  com- 
pound  verbs,  usually  with  their  original  meaning.  Sometimes, 
however,  they  serve  merely  to  emphasize. 

educere,  to  lead  out. 
transeo,  to  go  across. 


234  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

THE  FORMATION  OF  ENGLISH  WORDS 
FROM  LATIN 

TERMINATIONS   DERIVED   FROM   LATIN 

2.  As  has  already  been  stated  (Lesson  I),  certain  changes 
in  spelling  have  occurred  in  many  of  the  Latin  words 
which  have  been  taken  into  English.  These  changes  in 
many  instances  have  affected  the  endings  and  have  given 
us  English  terminations  which  appear  in  a  large  number  of 
words  of  difTerent  groups.  These  English  terminations  are 
not  derived  from  the  nominative  ending  of  the  Latin  word, 
but  for  convenience  the  Latin  nominative  is  given  in  the  lists 
of  words  which  follow,  to  indicate  the  general  classes  to 
which  the  nouns  belong.  Some  of  the  most  important  of 
these  terminations  are  as  follows: 

NOUN   ENDINGS 

(1)  -ty  from  -tas   (gen.  -tatis) 

liberty  from  libertas;  dignity  from  dignitas;  humanity  from 
humanitas. 

(2)  -y,  -ce,  -cy  from  -ia  or  -tia. 

victory  from  victoria;  infamy  from  infamia;  temperance  from 
temperantia;  eloquence  from  eloquentia;  constancy  from  con- 
stantia;  frequency  from  frequentia. 

a.  Some  words  ending  in  -y  or  -e  are  derived  from 
words  in  -ium:  subsidy  from  subsidium;  study  from 
studium;  vestige  from  vestigium;  edifice  from  aedificium. 

(3)  -tude  from  -tudo   (gen.  -tudinis). 
multitude  from  multitudo,  altitude  from  altitudo. 

(4)  -tor  from  -tor   (gen.  -toris). 

The  words  orator,  victor,  dictator,  etc,  have  the  same 
form  in  Latin  as  in  English. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  235 

(5)  -ion  from  -io    (gen.   -ionis). 

nation   from   natio;    occasion    from    occasio;    station   from 
statio. 

(6)  -ure  from  -ura. 

nature    from    natura;    stature    from    statura;   culture    from 
cultura. 

(7)  -ment  from  -mentum. 

ornament  from  ornamentum;   document  from  documentum; 
monument  from  monumentum. 

ADJECTIVE   ENDINGS 

(8)  -il,  -ile  from  -ilis. 

civil  from  civilis;  hostile  from  hosrHis;  servile  from  servilis. 

(9)  -aZ  from  -alis. 

immortal  from  immortalis;  mural  from  muralis;  triumphal 
from  triumphalis. 

(10)  -ar  from  -aris. 

consular  from  consularis;  familiar  from  familiaris;  singular 
from   singularis. 

(11)  -ari/  from  -arius. 

legionary   from   legionarius;    mercenary   from  mercenarius; 
necessary  from  necessarius. 

(12)  -os6,   -ows  from  -osus. 

bellicose  from  bellicosus;   copious  from  copiosus;  seditious 
from  seditiosus. 

(13)  -an  (-anc)  from  -anus. 

Roman   from   Romanus;    veteran    from    veteranus;  human 
(also  humane)  from  humanus. 

(14)  -^a7  from  -idus. 

/iorna7    from    horridus;   /ngfid    from   frigidus;   paZZ^a7    from 
pallidus. 

(15)  -en^  from  -ens  (gen.  -entis). 

frequent  from  frequens;  patient  from  patiens;  innocent  from 
innocens;  sz7en^  from  silens. 

a.    These  Latin  forms  in  -ens  are  mainly  participles. 


236  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

(16)  -ior  (-or)  from  -ior. 

exterior,  interior,  junior,  senior,  superior,  inferior,  major, 
minor.  These  are  comparative  adjectives,  and  are  taken 
from  Latin  without  change  of  form. 

VERB  ENDING 

(17)  -ate  from  participial  forms  in  -atum. 

create  from  creo  (creatum);  demonstrate  from  demonstro 
(demonstratum) ;  migrate  from  migro  (migratum);  narrate 
from  narro   (narratum). 

Note.  Some  English  words  which  are  formed  with  the 
endings  given  above  are  not  derived  directly  from  the  Latin 
forms  which  they  most  closely  resemble.  When  these  endings 
had  come  to  be  used  extensively  in  English,  they  were  some- 
times  employed  in  the  formation  of  new  words  from  other 
English  words.  But  the  endings  were  originally  derived  from 
che  Latin. 

PREFIXES 

3.  The  use  of  Latin  prepositions  as  prefixes  in  the  forma- 
tion  of  other  words  is  very  important.  Many  words  formed 
with  these  prefixes  have  been  taken  into  English,  and 
the  prefixes  are  sometimes  used  with  English  words  to  form 
new  words.  The  spelling  of  these  prepositions  was  sometimes 
changed  because  of  the  first  letter  of  the  word  with  which 
they  were  used.  Thus  adficio,  from  ad  and  facio  became 
afficio,  hence  we  have  affect  from  the  past  participle  affectus. 
In  like  manner  occur  is  derived  from  occurro,  which  is  the 
compound  of  ob  and  curro.  The  most  important  prepositions 
used  as  prefixes  in  English  derivatives  are  the  following: 

(1)  a,  ab  (abs),  away  from,  from. 

avert,   absent. 

(2)  ad  (sometimes  becoming  ac,  af,  ag,  al,  ap,  ar),  to. 

adhere,  acquire,  affable,  aggression,  allusion,  approve. 
arrogant. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  237 

(3)  ante,   before. 

antecedent. 

(4)  circum,  around. 

circumnavigate. 

(5)  cum,  as  a  prefix  appearing  as  com  (sometimes  becom- 
ing  con,  col,  cor,  co),  with. 

composition,   contract,   collect,   correct,   cooperate. 

(6)  contra,  against 

contradict. 

(7)  de,  from,  down,  about. 

depend,   decline,   describe. 

(8)  ex,  e,  out,  out  of,  from. 

expose,  elect,  evade. 

(9)  extra,  beyond. 

extraordinary,    extradition. 

(10)  in  (sometimes  becoming  il,  im,  ir),  in,  into. 

invade,  illusion,  immigrant,  irrigate. 

(11)  inter,  intro,  between,  among. 

intervene,  intermission,  introduction. 

(12)  ob  (sometimes  becoming  oc,  of,  op),  against. 

observe,  occur,  offer,  oppress. 

(13)  per,  through. 

pervade,   perforate. 

(14)  post,  after. 

postpone,  postscript. 

(15)  prae    (in    English    derivatives    regularly  pre),   before. 

prefix,  predict,  precede. 

(16)  pro,  before,  for,  in  favor  of. 

proceed,  profess. 

(17)  sub  (sometimes  becoming  suc,  suf,  sup);  under. 

submit,  succeed,  suffer,  support. 

(18)  super,  above. 

superintend,  superfluous. 

(19)  trans  (sometimes  becoming  tra),  beyond. 

transport,  transition,  traverse. 


238  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

a.  In  addition  to  the  prepositions  which  have  been 
given  above,  there  are  a  few  Latin  prefixes  which  are 
never  used  as  separate  words.  The  most  important 
of  these  are  the  following: 

(1)  di-,  dis-,  apari,  not. 

distract,  dissimilar,  discontent. 

(2)  in-   (a  different  word  from  the  preposition),   not. 

inevitable,  incompetent. 

(3)  re-,  red,  back,  again. 

retract,  redemption. 

(4)  se-,  apart. 

secede,  seclude. 


FAMILIAR  LATIN  PHRASES 

The  following  list  of  phrases  includes  quotations  from 
Latin  which  are  frequently  found  in  English  literature,  and 
also  a  number  of  mottoes  and  phrases  which  are  in  common 
use: 

Ad  astra  per  aspera,  To  the  stars  through  difficulties  (motto 

of  Kansas). 
Ad  utrumque  paratus,  Prepared  for  either  event. 
Alter  ego  est  amlcus,  A  friend  is  one's  second  self. 
Aurl  sacra  fames,  Accursed  greed  for  gold. 
E  pluribus  unum,  One   (formed)   from  many  (motto  of  the 

United  States). 
Ex  animo,  Sincerely. 

Esse  quam  videri,  To  be  rather  than  to  seem. 
Fdta  viam  invenient,  The  fates  will  find  a  way. 
Fere   libenter   homines   id   quod   volunt   credunt,    Men   usually 

believe  willingly  that  which  they  wish. 
Flat  lux,  Let  there  be  light. 
Flat  iustitia,  Let  justice  be  done. 
Fortes  fortuna  iuvat,  Fortune  favors  the  brave. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  239 

Homo  sum,  humdni  nihil  d  me  alienum  puto,  I  am  a  man,  and 

I  regard  nothing  as  foreign  to  me  which  has  to  do  with 

humanity. 
Horribile  dictu,  Horrible  to  relate. 
In  hbc  signb  vinces,  In  this  sign  you  shall  conquer. 
Labbrdre  est  brare,  To  labor  is  to  pray. 
Labor  omnia  vincit,  Toil  conquers  all  things. 
Mens  sdna  in  corpore  sanb,  A  sound  mind  in  a  sound  body. 
Mens  sibi  cbnscia    recti,  A  mind  conscious  in  itself  (to  itself) 

of  right. 
Mirdbile  dictu,  Wonderful  to  say. 
Montdnl    semper    liberi,    Mountaineers    are    always    freemen 

(motto  of  West  Virginia). 
Ndn  prbgredi  est  regredi  Not  to  go  forward  is  to  go  backward. 
Nbn  sibi  sed  omnibus,  Not  for  one's  self  but  for  all. 
Pdce  tud,  With  your  permission. 
Possunt  quia  posse  videntur,   They  can  because  they  think 

they  can. 
Quod  erat  demonstrandum  (abbr.  Q.  E.  D.),  Which  was  to  be 

proved. 
Semper  pardtus,  Always  ready. 

Sic  itur  ad  astra,  Thus  one  rises  to  fame  (to  the  stars). 
Sic  semper  tyrannis,  Ever  thus  to  tyrants  (motto  of  Virginia). 
Sic  trdnsit  glbria  mundi,  Thus  passes  away  the  glory  of  the 

world. 
Sine  die,  Without  a  day  (said  of  an  assembly  which  adjourns 

without  a  date  fixed  for  meeting  again). 
Tempora  mutantur  et  nos  mutamur  in  illis,  The  times  change 

and  we  change  with  them  (in  them). 
Vincit  qui  patitur,  He  conquers  who  endures. 
Vincit  qui  se  vincit,  He  conquers  who  conquers  himself. 


240 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


VOCABULARY  FOR  ORAL  EXERCISES 

4.  The  following  vocabulary  of  grammatical  terms, 
together  with  a  few  additional  words,  is  given  for  the  con- 
venience  of  teachers  who  may  wish  to  use  Latin  in  giving 
directions  for  the  work  of  the  class  room. 

future,  futurum 


noun,  nomen 
adjective,  adjectivum 
pronoun,  pronomen 
verb,  verbum, 
adverb,  adverbium 
preposition,  praepositio 
conjunction,  conjunctio 
interjection,  interjectio 
case,  cdsus 

nominative,  nominativus 

genitive,  genitlvus 

dative,  dailvus 

accusative,  accusdtivus 

ablative,  abldtivus 

vocative,  vocdtivus 
gender,  genus 

masculine,  masculinum 

feminine,  femininum 

neuter,  neutrum 
person,  persona 

first,  prima 

second,  secunda 

third,  tertia 
number,  numerus 

singular,  singuldris 

plural,  plurdlis 
tense,  tempus 

present,  praesens 

imperfect,  imperfectum 


perfect,  perfectum 
past  perfect,  praeteritum 
perfectum 
future  perfect,  futurum 
perfectum 
voice,  vox 
active,  activa 
passive,  passiva 
mood,  modus 

indicative,  indicdtivus 
imperative,  imperdtivus 
infinitive,  infinitivus 
subjunctive,  subjunctivus 
deponent,  devonens 
transitive,  transitivum 
intransitive.  intransitivum 
impersonal,  impersonale 
conjugation,  conjugdtio 
declension,  declindtio 
blackboard,  tabula,  -ae 
paper,  charta 
chalk,  creta 
pencil,  stilus 
question,  interrogdtio 
answer,  responsum 
decline,  declino 
conjugate,  conjugo 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


241 


SUMMARY  OF  DECLENSIONS  AND  CONJUGATIONS 


NOUNS 


FIRST  DECLENSION,  a-stems 
Singular  Plural 


Nom.  rosa 

Gen.  rosae 

Dat.  rosae 

Acc.  rosam 

Abl.  rosa 


rosae 

rosarum 

rosis 

rosas 

rosis 


SECOND   DECLENSION,  o-stems 


Singular 


N. 

amlcus 

puer 

ager 

vir 

templum 

G. 

amici 

puerl 

agrl 

virl 

templl 

D. 

amlco 

puero 

agro 

viro 

templo 

Ac. 

amlcum 

puerum 

agrum 

virum 

templum 

Ab. 

amlco 

puero 

agro 

viro 

templo 

Plural 


N. 

amici 

puerl 

agrl  - 

viri 

templa 

G. 

amlcorum 

puerorum 

agrorum 

virorum 

templorum 

D. 

amlcls 

puerls 

agrls 

virls 

templls 

Ac. 

amlcos 

pueros 

agros 

viros 

templa 

Ab. 

amlcls 

puerls 

agrls 

virls 

templls 

Note. — The  vocative   singular  of  -us   nouns  ends  in 
amice. 


-e: 


242 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


7. 

THIRD   DECLENSION 

(1)    CONSONANT 

STEMS 

Singular 

N. 

lex 

mlles 

frater 

homo 

G. 

legis 

mllitis 

fratris 

hominis 

D. 

legl 

mllitl 

fratrl 

hominl 

Ac. 

legem 

mllitem 

fratrem 

hominem 

Ab. 

lege 

mllite 

Plural 

fratre 

homine 

N. 

leges 

mllites 

fratres 

homines 

G. 

legum 

mllitum 

fratrum 

hominum 

D. 

legibus 

mllitibus 

fratribus 

hominibus 

Ac. 

leges 

mllites 

fratres 

homines 

Ab. 

legibus 

mllitibus 

fratribus 

hominibus 

Note.  —  Some  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  have  a  nomi- 
native  ending  -s.  If  the  stem  ends  in  -c  or  -g,  the  combi- 
nation  of  the  final  -c  or  -g  of  the  stem  with  -s  gives  -x: 
dux,  nominative  from  the  stem  duc- ;  lex,  nominative  f rom  the 
stem  leg-.  If  the  stem  ends  in  -d  or  -t  the  final  consonant  is 
dropped  before  -s:  laus,  nominative  from  the  stem  laud-.  If 
the  vowel  i  stands  before  the  final  consonant  of  the  stem  it  is 
frequently  changed  to  e  in  the  nominative:  princeps,  nomina- 
tive  from  the  stem  princip-;  mfles,  nominative  from  the  stem 
milit-. 

Nouns  with  stems  ending  in  -tr  have  the  nominative 
ending  in  -ter:  frater  from  the  stem  fratr-;  mater  from  the 
stem  matr. 

Nouns  with  stems  ending  in  -din  and  -gin  replace  -in 
of  the  stem  by  -o  in  the  nominative:  virgo  from  the  stem 
virgin- ;  multitudo  f rom  the  stem  multitudin-.  The  nominative 
homo  is  formed  by  replacing  -in  of  the  stem  in  the  same 
manner. 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


243 


Singular 


N. 

fiumen 

caput 

corpus 

iter 

G. 

fliiminis 

capitis 

corporis 

itineris 

D. 

flumini 

capiti 

corporl 

itinerl 

Ac. 

flumen 

caput 

corpus 

iter 

Ab. 

fiumine 

capite 

Plural 

corpore 

itinere 

N. 

flumina 

capita 

corpora 

itinera 

G. 

fluminum 

capitum 

corporum 

itinerum 

D. 

fliiminibus 

capitibus 

corporibus 

itineribus 

Ac. 

flumina 

capita 

corpora 

itinera 

Ab. 

fluminibus 

capitibus 

corporibus 

itineribus 

Note. — Nouns  which  have  -in  as  the  stem  ending  change 
i  of  the  stem  to  e  in  the  nominative:  flumen  from  the  stem 
flumin-.  A  few  other  nouns  likewise  change  the  vowel  before 
the  final  consonant  of  the  stem  in  forming  the  nominative: 
caput  from  the  stem  capit-. 

Neuter  nouns  with  stems  ending  in  -er  or  -or  regularly 
have  the  nominative  in  -us:  corpus  from  the  stem  corpor-. 
The   nominative   iter   has  the  stem  itiner-. 

(2)   I-STEMS   AND   MIXED   STEMS 


N. 

collis 

Singular 
caedes 

nox 

G. 

collis 

caedis 

noctis 

D. 

colll 

caedl 

noctl 

Ac. 

collem 

caedem 

noctem 

Ab. 

colle 

caede 
Plural 

nocte 

N. 

colles 

caedes 

noctes 

G. 

collium 

caedium 

noctium 

D. 

collibus 

caedibus 

noctibus 

Ac. 

collls  (-es) 

caedls  (-es) 

noctls  (-es) 

Ab. 

collibus 

caedibus 

noctibus 

244 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 


Singular 

N. 

Insigne 

exemplar 

animal 

G. 

Insignis 

exemplaris 

animalis 

D. 

Insignl 

exemplarl 

animall 

Ac. 

Insigne 

exemplar 

animal 

Ab. 

Insigni 

exemplarl 

Plural 

animall 

N. 

Insignia 

exemplaria 

animalia 

G. 

Insignium 

exemplarium 

animalium 

D. 

Insignibus 

exemplaribus 

animalibus 

Ac. 

Insignia 

exemplaria 

animalia 

Ab. 

Insignibus 

exempl-aribus 

animalibus 

(3)   IRREGULAR   NOUNS 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

N. 

vis 

vlres 

bos           boves 

G. 

— 

vlrium 

bovis        boum 

D. 

— 

vlribus 

bovl         bubus  or  bobus 

Ac. 

vim 

vlrls  or  -es 

bovem      boves 

Ab. 

vl 

vlribus 

bove         bubus  or  bobus 

8.                  FOURTH 

DECLENSION,  u-stems 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

N. 

exercitus 

exercittis 

cornii 

cornua 

G. 

exercitfis 

exercituum 

cornus 

cornuum 

D. 

exercitul  or  -u      exercitibus 

cornii 

cornibus 

Ac. 

exercitum 

exercittis 

cornu 

cornua 

Ab. 

exercitu 

exercitibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

9. 

FIFTH  DECLENSION,  e-stems 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

N. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

G. 

diel 

dierum 

rel 

rerum 

D. 

diel 

diebus 

rel 

rebus 

Ac. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

Ab. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

10. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

ADJECTIVES 

FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

(1)  bonus,  good 


245 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc.              Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem.                Neut. 

N. 

bonus      bona 

bonum 

bonl 

bonae        bona 

G. 

boni         bonae 

boni 

bonorum 

bonarum  bonorum 

D. 

bono        bonae 

bono 

bonls 

bonls         bonls 

Ac. 

bonum    bonam 

bonum 

bonos 

bonas        bona 

Ab. 

bono        bona 

bono 

bonls 

bonls         bonls 

(2)  miser,  unhappy 


Singular 

N. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

G. 

miseri 

miserae 

miserl 

D. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Ac. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

Ab. 

misero 

misera 
Plural 

misero 

N. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

G. 

miserorum 

miserarum 

miserorum 

D. 

miserls 

miserls 

miserls 

Ac. 

miseros 

miseras 

misera 

Ab. 

miserls 

miserls 

(3)  pulcher,  beautiful 
Singular 

miserls 

N. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

G. 

pulchrl 

pulchrae 

pulchrl 

D. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Ac. 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchrum 

Ab. 

pulchro 

pulchra 

pulchro 

246 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


N.  pulchrl 

G.  pulchrorum 

D.  pulchrls 

Ac.  pulchros 

Ab.  pulchrls 


Plural 

pulchrae 

pulchrarum 

pulchrTs 

pulchras 

pulchrTs 


pulchra 

pulchrorum 

pulchris 

pulchra 

pulchris 


11. 


THIRD   DECLENSION 

(1)    THREE   TERMINATIONS— (I-STEMS) 

acer,  sharp 


Masc. 

Singula 

Fem. 

r 

Neut. 

Plural 
Masc.                   Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres           acres 

acria 

G. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrium        acrium 

acrium 

D. 

acrl 

acri 

acrl 

acribus       acribus 

acribus 

Ac. 

acrem 

acren 

l    acre 

acris,  -es     acrls,-es      acria 

Ab. 

acrl 

acrl 

acrl 

acribus       acribus 

acribus 

(2) 

TWO   TERMINATIONS— (i-STEMS) 

Singular 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

omnis,  all 

Plural 

Neut.                       Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

omnis 

omne 

omnes 

omnia 

G. 

omnis 

omnis 

omnium 

omnium 

D. 

omnl 

omnl 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Ac. 

omnem 

omne 

omnls  or  -es 

omnia 

Ab. 

omnl 

omnl 

(3)    ONE 

omnibus 

TERMINATION 

omnibus 

felix,  fortunate                              potens,  powerful 
Singular 

Masc.  and  Fem.                    Neut.                      Masc.  and  Fem.                      Neut. 

N. 

fellx 

fellx 

potens 

potens 

G. 

fellcis 

fellcis 

potentis 

potentis 

D. 

fellcl 

fellcl 

potentl 

potentl 

Ac. 

fellcem 

fellx 

potentem 

potens 

Ab. 

fellcl 

fellcl 

potentl,  -e 

potentl  -e 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


247 


Plural 


N.  felices 

G.  fellcium 

D.  fellcibus 

Ac.  fellcls,  -es 

Ab.  fellcibus 

12. 


fellcia 

fellcium 

fellcibus 

fellcia 

fellcibus 


potentes 
potentium 
potentibus 
potentls,  -es 
potentibus 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLES 


Singular 

Masc.  and  Fem.  Neut. 


N.  portans 

G.  portantis 

D.  portantl 

Ac.  portantem 


portans 
portantis 
portantl 
portans 


Plural 
Masc.  and  Fem. 

portantes 
portantium 
portantibus 
portantls,  -es 


Ab.     portante  (-1)    portante  (-1)    portantibus 


potentia 

potentium 

potentibus 

potentia 

potentibus 


Neut. 

portantia 

portantium 

portantibus 

portantia 

portantibus 


13. 


IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 


alius 

unus 

solus 

totus 

ullus 

nullus 

N. 

solus 

sola 

solum            i 

G. 

sollus 

solius 

sollus             i 

D. 

soll 

soll 

soll                 I 

Ac. 

solum 

solam 

solum 

Ab. 

solo 

sola 

solo                i 

alter 

neuter 

uter 

alter  altera  alterum 

alterlus  alterlus  alterlus 

alterl  alterl  alterl 

alterum  alteram  alterum 

altero  altera  altero 


(The  plurals  are  like  those  of  bonus  and  miser.) 
14.       REGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

latus 

latior,  latius 

latissimus,  -a,  -um 

fortis 

fortior,  fortius 

fortissimus,  -a,  -um 

fellx 

fellcior,  fellcius 

fellcissimus,  -a,  -um 

miser 

miserior,  miserius 

miserrimus,  -a,  -um 

facilis 

facilior,  facilius 

faciliimus,  -a,  -um 

248  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

15.     IRREGULAR   COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

bonus 

melior,  melius 

optimus,  -a,  -um 

malus 

pejor,  pejus 

pessimus,  -a,  -um 

magnus 

major,  majus 

maximus,  -a,  -um 

parvus 

mmor,  minus 

minimus,  -a,  -um 

multus 

— ,  plus 

plurimus,  -a,  -um 

16. 


DECLENSION   OF   COMPARATIVES 


Singula 

latior,  b 

r 

roader 

Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

N.      latior 
G.       latioris 
D.      latiorl 
Ac.     latiorem 
Ab.    latiore 

latius 

latioris 

latiorl 

latius 

latiore 

latiores 

latiorum 

latioribus 

latiores 

latioribus 

latiora 

latiorum 

latioribus 

latiora 

latioribus 

Singula; 

r 

plus, 

more 

Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

N 

pltis 
pluris 

pltis 

phlres 
pltirium 
pliiribus 
plurls  or  -es 
pliiribus 

plura 

pliirium 

pliiribus 

plura 

pluribus 

IV  . 

c 

u. 

Ab.    

17.  REGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

Positive                                      Comparative  Superlative 

late                                           latius  latissime 

fortiter                                     fortius  fortissime 

acriter                                      acrius  acerrime 

facile                                       facilius  facillime 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


249 


18.         IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

bene  melius  optime 

male  pejus  pessime 

magnopere  magis  maxime 

multum  plus  plurimum 

parum  mmus  minime 


prope 

propius 

proxime 

saepe 

saepius 

saepissime 

diu 

diutius 

diiitissime 

19. 

NUMERALS 

Roman  Numerals 

Cardinal 

Ordinal 

I. 

finus,  -a,  -um 

prlmus,  -a,  -um 

II. 

duo,  -ae,  -o 

secundus  or  alter 

III. 

tres,  tria 

tertius 

IV. 

quattuor 

quartus 

V. 

quinque 

qulntus 

VI. 

sex 

sextus 

VII. 

septem 

septimus 

VIII. 

octo 

octavus 

IX. 

novem 

nonus 

X. 

decem 

decimus 

XI. 

undecim 

undecimus 

XII. 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

XIII. 

tredecim 

tertius  decimus 

XIV. 

quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

XV. 

quindecim 

qulntus  decimus 

XVI. 

sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

XVII. 

septendecim 

septimus  decimus 

XVIII. 

duodevlginti 

duodevicesimus 

XIX. 

undevlgintl 

undevlcesimus 

XX. 

vlgintl 

vlcesimus 

XXI. 

unus  et  vlginti 
(vlgintl  unus) 

vlcesimus  prlmus 

XXVIII 

duodetriginta 

duodetrlcesimus 

XXIX. 

undetrtginta 

iindetrlcesimus 

250 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


XXX. 

trlginta 

trlcesimus 

XL. 

quadraginta 

quadragesimus 

L. 

qulnquaginta 

qulnquagesimas 

LX. 

sexaginta 

sexagesimus 

LXX. 

septuaginta 

septuagesimus 

LXXX. 

octoginta 

octogesimus 

XC. 

nonaginta 

nonagesimus 

C. 

centum 

centesimus 

CI. 

centum  (et)  unus 

centesimus  (et)  prlmus 

CC. 

ducentl,  -ae,  -a 

ducentesimus 

CCC. 

trecentl 

trecentesimus 

CCCC. 

quadringentl 

quadringentesimus 

D. 

qulngentl 

qulngentesimus 

DC. 

sescentl 

sescentesimus 

DCC. 

septingentl 

septingentesimus 

DCCC. 

octingentl 

octingentesimus 

DCCCC. 

nongentl 

nongentesimus 

M. 

mllle 

mlllesimus 

MM. 

duo  mllia 

bis  mlllesimus 

a. 

DECLENSION  OF  DUO,  TRES,  and  MILIA 

duo,  two 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

G. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

D. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Ac. 

duos,  duo 

duas 

duo 

Ab. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

tres,  three 

milia,  n.,  thousands 

Masc.  and  Fem.                 Neut. 

Neut. 

N. 

tres                tria 

mllia 

G. 

trium             trium 

milium 

D. 

tribus            tribus 

milibus 

Ac. 

tres,  trls       tria 

mllia 

Ab. 

tribus            tribus 

mllibus 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS       ' 

251 

PRONOUNS 

20. 

PERSONAL 

PRONOUNS 

First  person, 

ego,  I 

Second  person,  tu,  you  (thou) 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

N.      ego 

nos 

tu 

VOS 

G.       mel 

fnostrum 

tul 

fvestrum 

\nostrI 

\vestrl 

D.      mihi 

nobls 

tibi 

vobis 

Ac.    me 

nos 

te 

vos 

Ab.     me 

nobls 

te 

vobls 

a.  There  is  no  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person. 
Its  place  is  taken  either  by  a  demonstrative  pronoun 
(usually  is,  he,  ea,  she,  id,  it),  or,  if  the  antecedent  is  the 
subject  of  the  sentence  or  clause,  by  the  reflexive  pro- 
nouns. 


21. 


REFLEXIVE   PRONOUNS 


G. 
D. 
Ac. 
Ab. 


First  person,  Second  person,         Third  person, 

mei,  tui,  sui, 

of  myself  of  yourself  of  himself,  etc. 

Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

mel         nostrl  tul         vestrl  sul  sul 

mihi       nobls  tibi        vobls  sibi  sibi 

me  nos  te  vos  se    (sese)     se  (sese) 

me  nobls  te  vobls  se   (sese)     se  (sese) 


22. 


POSSESSIVES 

Singular 


Istpers.  meus,  -a,  -um,  my 
2d  pers.     tuus,  -a,  -um,  your  (of  one  person) 
,  '  fsuus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its  (reflexive) 

'  [ejus    (gen.    sing.   of  is)    his,   etc.  (not  reflexive) 


252 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 
Plural 


lst  pers.     noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our 

2d  pers.     vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your  (of  more  than  one  person) 

{suus,  -a,  -um,  their  (reflexive) 
eorum,    earum,    eorum    (gen.    plur.    of   is)    iheir 
(not  reflexive) 


( 

23. 

DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS 

(i) 

hic 

,  this 

Singulai 

. 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

hic 

haec 

hoc 

hl 

hae 

haec 

G. 

hujus 

hujus 

hujus 

horum 

harum 

horum 

D. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

hls 

hls 

Ac. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Ab. 

hoc 

hac 

Singular 

hoc 
(2) 

ille. 

hls 
,  that 

hls 
Plural 

hls 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

ille 

illa 

illud 

illl 

illae 

illa 

G. 

illlus 

illius 

illlus 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

D. 

illl 

illl 

illi 

illls 

illfc 

illls 

Ac. 

illum 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

illa 

Ab. 

illo 

illa 

illo 

illls 

illls 

illls 

(3)  is,  this. 

,  that,  he,  she,  it 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

is 

ea 

id 

il,  el 

eae 

ea 

G. 

ejus 

ejus 

ejus 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

D. 

ei 

ei 

el 

ils,  els 

ils,  els 

ils,  els 

Ac. 

eum 

eam 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Ab. 

eo 

•_ 
ea 

eo 

ils,  els 

ils,  els 

ils,  els 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


253 


24. 


THE  IDENTIFYING  PRONOUN 


Idem,  Ihe  same 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

Idem 

eadem 

idem 

G. 

ejusdem 

ejusdem 

ejusdem 

D. 

eidem 

eldem 

eldem 

Ac. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Ab. 

eodem 

eadem 
Plural 

eodem 

N. 

Idem  or 

gidem 

eaedem 

eadem 

G. 

eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 

D. 

Isdem  or 

eisdem 

Isdem  or  eisdem 

Isdem 

or  elsdem 

Ac. 

eosdem 

easdem 

eadem 

Ab. 

Isdem  or 

elsdem 

Isdem  or  elsdem 

Isdem 

or  elsdem 

25. 


THE  INTENSIVE   PRONOUN 
ipse,  self 


i 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsl 

ipsae 

ipsa 

G. 

ipslus 

ipsius 

ipslus 

ipsorurn 

ipsarum 

ipsorum 

D. 

ipsl 

ipsl 

ipsl 

ipsls 

ipsls 

ipsls 

Ac. 

ipsum 

ipsam 

ipsum 

ipsos 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Ab. 

ipso 

ipsa 

ipso 

ipsls 

ipsis 

ipsls 

26. 

THE 

RELATF 

^E  PRONOUN 

qui, 

who 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

qul 

quae 

quod 

qul 

quae 

quae 

G. 

cujus 

cujus 

cujus 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

D. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ac. 

quem 

quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Ab. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

254 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


27.  THE  INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc.           Fem. 

Neut, 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

quis      quae 

quid  or  quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

G. 

cujus    cujus 

cujus 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

D. 

cui        cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ac. 

quem   quam 

quid  or  quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Ab. 

quo       qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

a.  In  the  nominative  singular  masculine  the  adjective 
form  is  sometimes  qui.  In  the  nominative  and  accusative 
singular  neuter  it  is  always  quod. 


28. 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 
(1)  quisque,  each 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

quisque 

quaeque 

quidque,  quodque 

G. 

cujusque 

cujusque 

cujusque 

D. 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

Ac. 

quemque 

quamque 

quidque,  quodque 

Ab. 

quoque 

quaque 

quoque 

(The  plural  is  rare) 

(2) 

quisquam,  anyone 
Singular 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

N.      quisquam 

quicquam 

(quidquam) 

G.       cujusquam 

cujusquan 

L 

D.      cuiquam 

cuiquam 

Ac.     quemquam 

quicquam 

(quidquam) 

Ab.     quoquam 

quoquam 
(Plural  lacking) 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 
(3)  quidam,  a  certain 


255 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

quldam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

G. 

cuiusdam 

cujusdam 

cujusdam 

D. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ac. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Ab. 

quodam 

quadam 
Plural 

quodam 

N. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

G. 

quorundam 

quarundam  . 

quorundam 

D. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ac. 

quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Ab. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

(4)  aliquis,  some 

Singular 

quibusdam 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

N. 

aliquis  (aliqul) 

aliqua 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

G. 

alicujus 

alicujus 

alicujus 

D. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ac. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Ab. 

aliquo 

aliqua 

• 

Plural 

aliquo 

N. 

aliqul 

aliquae 

aliqua 

G. 

aliquorum 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

D. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ac. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Ab. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

256  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

VERBS 
29.  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

Principal  parts:    porto,  portare,  portavi,  portatum 
ACTIVE  VOICE 

INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

Singular  Plural 

porto,  I  carry  portamus,  we  carry 

portas,  you  carry  portatis,  you  carry 

portat,  he  carries  portant,  they  carry 

IMPERFECT 
Singular  Plural 

portabam,  I  was  carrying  portabamus,  we  were  carrying 

portabas,  you  were  carrying  portabatis,  you  were  carrying 
portabat,  he  was  carrying  portabant,  they  were  carrying 

FUTURE 

Singular  Plural 

portabo,  I  shall  carry  portabimus,  we  shall  carry 

portabis,  you  will  carry  portabitis,  you  will  carry 

portabit,  he  will  carry  portabunt,  they  will  carry 

PERFECT 
Singular  Plural 

portavi,  /  have  carried,  I  carried  portavimus,  we  have  carried,  etc. 
portavisti,  you  have  carried,  etc .  port a vistis,  you  have  carried,  etc . 
portavit,  he  has  carried,  etc.         portaverunt,    -ere,    they    have 

carried,  etc. 

PAST   PERFECT 
Singular  Plural 

portaveram,  I  had  carried  portaveramus,  we  had  carried 

portaveras,  you  had  carried         portaveratis,  you  had  carried 
portaverat,  he  had  carried  portaverant,  they  had  carried 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  257 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

Singular 
portavero,  I  shall  have  carried 
portaveris,  you  will  have  carried 
portaverit,  he  will  have  carried 

Plural 
portaverimus,  we  shall  have  carried 
portaveritis,  you  will  have  carried 
portaverint,  they  will  have  carried 

IMPERATIVE 
PRESENT 

Sing.     porta,  carry  (thou)     Plur.     portate,  carry  (ye) 

INFINITrTES 

Pres.     portare,  to  carry 

Past      portavisse,  to  have  carried 

Fut.      portaturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  carry 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.     portans,  carrying  Fut.      portaturus,  about  to  carry 

GERUND 

G.  portahdl,  of  carrying 

D.  portando,  to  (for)  carrying 

Ac.  portandum,  carrying 

Ab.  portando  from,  by  carrying 

30.  PASSIVE  VOICE 

INDICATrVE 
PRESENT 

Singular  Plural 

portor,  /  am  carried  portamur,  we  are  carried 

portaris,  -re,  you  are  carried  portaminl,  you  are  carried 

portatur,  he  is  carried  portantur,  they  are  carried 


258  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

IMPERFECT 

Singular 
portabar,  I  was  (being)  camed 
portabaris,  -re,  you  were  (being)  carried 
portabatur,  he  was  (being)  carried 

Plural 
portabamur,  we  were  (being)  carried 
portabamini,  you  were  (being)  carried 
portabantur,  they  were  (being)  carried 

FUTURE 

Singular 
portabor,  I  shall  be  carried 
portaberis,  -re,  you  will  be  carried 
portabitur,  he  will  be  carried 

Plural 
portabimur,  we  shall  be  carried 
portabiminl,  you  will  be  carried 
portabuntur,  they  will  be  carried 

PERFECT 

Singular 
portatus  sum,  I  have  been  carried 
portatus  es,  you  have  been  carried 
portatus  est,  he  has  been  carried 

Plural 
portatl  sumus,  we  have  been  carried 
portati  estis,  you  have  been  carried 
portatl  sunt,  they  have  been  carried 

PAST  PERFECT 
Singular 
portatus  eram,  I  had  been  carried 
portatus  eras,  you  had  been  carried 
portatus  erat,  he  had  been  carried 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

Plural 
portatl  eramus,  we  had  been  carried 
portatl  eratis,  you  had  been  carried 
portati  erant,  they  had  been  carried 

FUTURE   PERFECT 
Singular 
portatus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  carried 
portatus  eris,  you  will  have  been  carried 
portatus  erit,  he  will  have  been  carried 

Plural 
portatl  erimus,  we  shall  have  been  carried 
portatl  eritis,  you  will  have  been  carried 
portatl  erunt,  they  will  have  been  carried 

INFINITIVES 

Pres.      amarl,  to  be  loved 

Past      amatus  esse,  to  have  been  loved 

Fut.       amatum  Iri,  to  be  about  to  be  loved 

PARTICIPLE 

Past      portatus,  having  been  carried 


259 


ROMAN    BUCKLES 


260  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

31.      SECOND,  THIRD,  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitum 
duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 
capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum 
audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditum 


ACTIVE 

VOICE 

INDICATIVE 

PRESENT 

moneo 

dtico 

capio 

audio 

mones 

diicis 

capis 

audis 

monet 

ducit 

capit 

audit 

monemus 

ducimus 

capimus 

audimus 

monetis 

dticitis 

capitis 

audltis 

monent 

ducunt 

capiunt 

audiunt 

IMPERFECT 

monebam 

ducebam 

capiebam 

audiebam 

monebas 

dficebas 

capiebas 

audiebas 

monebat 

dticebat 

capiebat 

audiebat 

monebamus 

diicebamus 

capiebamus 

audiebamus 

monebatis 

diicebatis 

capiebatis 

audiebatis 

monebant 

ducebant 

capiebant 

audiebant 

FUTURE 

monebo 

diicam 

capiam 

audiam 

monebis 

diices 

capies 

audies 

monebit 

ducet 

capiet 

audiet 

monebimus 

ducemus 

capiemus 

audiemus 

monebitis 

ducetis 

capietis 

audietis 

monebunt 

diicent 

capient 

audient 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


261 


monueram,  etc. 
monuero,  etc. 


PERFECT 

duxi,  etc.  cepl,  etc. 

PAST   PERFECT 

dtixeram,  etc.     ceperam,  etc. 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

dtixero,  etc.         cepero,  etc. 

IMPERATrVE 
PRESENT 


audlvl,  etc. 

audiveram,  etc. 

audlvero,  etc. 


mone 

duc1 

cape 

audl 

monete 

diicite 

capite 

audite 

PARTICIPLES 

PRESENT 

monens 

ducens 

capiens 

FUTURE 

audiens 

moniturus 

ductiirus 

capttirus 

INFINITrVES 
PRESENT 

audittirus 

monere 

dticere 

capere 

PAST 

audlre 

monuisse 

duxisse 

cepisse 

FUTURE 

audlvisse 

moniturus 

esse 

ducturus 

esse    capttirus  esse 

GERUND 

audlttirus  esse 

monendi 

dticendi 

capiendl 

audiendl 

monendo 

ducendo 

capiendo 

audiendo 

etc. 

etc. 

page  141. 

etc. 

etc. 

1  See  section  339,  a. 

262 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


PASSIVE  VOICE 

32. 

INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

moneor 

ducor 

capior 

audior 

moneris,  -re 

diiceris,  -re 

caperis,  -re 

audlris,  -re 

monetur 

ducitur 

capitur 

audltur 

monemur 

ducimur 

capimur 

audlmur 

moneminl 

duciminl 

capiminl 

audlminl 

monentur 

diicuntur 

capiuntur 

audiuntur 

IMPERFECT 

monebar 

dticebar 

capiebar 

audiebar 

monebaris,  -re 

diicebaris,  -re 

capiebaris,  -re 

audiebaris,  -re 

monebatur 

ducebatur 

capiebatur 

audiebatur 

monebamur 

diicebamur 

capiebamur 

audiebamur 

monebamini 

diicebamini 

capiebaminl 

audiebaminl 

monebantur 

diicebantur 

capiebantur 

audiebantur 

FUTURE 

monebor 

diicar 

capiar 

audiar 

moneberis,  -re 

diiceris,  -re 

capieris,  -re 

audieris,  -re 

monebitur 

diicetur 

capietur 

audietur 

monebimur 

ducemur 

capiemur 

audiemur 

monebimini 

diiceminl 

capieminl 

audieminl 

monebuntur 

diicentur 

capientur 

audientur 

PERFECT 

monitus  sum       ductus  sum       captus  sum       audltus  sum 

PAST   PERFECT 

monitus  eram      ductus  eram      captus  eram      audltus  eram 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

monitus  ero         ductus  ero         captus  ero         audltus  ero 


monitus 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

PARTICIPLE 

PAST 

ductus  captus 


263 


auditus 


monen 


diicl 


INFINITrVES 
PRESENT 

capl 


audiri 


PERFECT 

monitus  esse        ductus  esse        captus  esse        audltus  esse 

FUTURE 

monitum  Irl         ductum  Irl         captum  Iri         audltum  Irl 

33.  DEPONENT   VERBS 

I.  conor,  conari,  conatus  sum 

II.  polliceor,  polliceri,  pollicitus  sum 

III.  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum 

IV.  potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum 


conor 

conaris,  -re 

conatur 

conamur 

conaminl 

conantur 


conabar 


INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 


II. 


polliceor 

polliceris,  -re 

pollicetur 

pollicemur 

polliceminl 

pollicentur 


III. 

sequor 

sequeris,  -re 

sequitur 

sequimur 

sequiminl 

sequuntur 


IMPERFECT 

pollicebar  sequebar 


IV. 

potior 

potlris,  -re 

potltur 

potlmur 

potiminl 

potiuntur 


potiebar 


264 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

FUTURE 

conabor 

pollicebor              sequar 

PERFECT 

potiar 

conatus  sum 

pollicitus  sum      secutus  sum 

PAST   PERFECT 

potitus  sum 

conatus  eram 

pollicitus  eram     secutus  eram 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

potltus  eram 

conatus  ero 

pollicitus  ero        secutus  ero 

INFINITIVES 
PRESENT 

potltus  ero 

conari 

polliceri                 sequl 

PAST 

potlri 

conatus  esse 

pollicitus  esse      secutus  esse 

FUTURE 

potltus  esse 

conaturus  esse 

pollicitiirus  esse  secuturus  esse 

potiturus  esse 

PARTICn>LES 
PRESENT 

conans  pollicens  sequens  potiens 

PAST 

conatus  pollicitus  secutus  potltus 

FUTURE   ACTIVE 

conaturus  polliciturus  secuturus  potlturus 

GERUND 

conandi,  etc.      pollicendl,  etc.      sequendi,  etc.    potiendi,  etc. 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 
IRREGULAR  VERBS 
34.  CONJUGATION  OF  SUM 

Principal  parts:    sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus 

INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

Plural 
sumus,  we  are 


265 


Singular 
sum,  I  am 
es,  you  are 
est,  he,  she,  it  is 


estis,  you  are 
sunt,  they  are 


IMPERFECT 


eram,  I  was 
eras,  you  were 
erat,  he,  she,  it  was 


ero,  I  shall  be 

eris,  you  will  be 

erit,  he,  she,  it  will  be 


eramus,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 


FUTURE 


erimus,  we  shall  be 
eritis,  you  will  be 
erunt,  they  will  be 


PERFECT 


ful,  I  have  been,  I  was  fuimus,  we  have  been,  we  were 

fuistl,  you  have  been,  you  were     fuistis,  you  have  been,  you,  were 
fuit,  he,  she,  it  has  been,  was      fuerunt  or  -ere,  they  have  been,  etc. 


PAST   PERFECT 


fueram,  I  had  been 
fueras,  you  had  been 
fuerat,  he,  she,  it  had  been 


fueramus,  we  had  been 
fueratis,  you  had  been 
fuerant,  they  had  been 


FUTURE   PERFECT 

fuero  /  shall  have  been  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been 

fueris,  you  will  have  been  fueritis,  you  will  have  been 

fuerit,  he,  she,  it  will  have  been    fuerint,  they  will  have  been 


266  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

IMPERATIVE 

PRESENT 
Singular  Plural 

2d  pers.     es,  be  (thou)  este,  be  (ye) 

PARTICIPLE 

Fut.    futurus,  about  to  be 

INFINITIVES 

Pres.     esse,  to  be 

Past      fuisse,  to  have  been 

Fut.      futiirus  esse  or  fore,  to  be  about  to  be 

35.  CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM 

Principal  parts:    possum,  posse,  potui 

INDICATIVE 

PRESENT  PERFECT 

Singular  Plural  Singular  Plural 

possum  possumus  potui  potuimus 

potes  potestis  potuisti         potuistis 

potest  possunt  potuit  potuerunt 


IMPERFECT 

PAST  ] 

PERFECT 

poteram               poteramus 

potueram 

potueramus 

poteras                poteratis 

potueras 

potueratis 

poterat                poterant 

potuerat 

potuerant 

FUTURE 

FUTURE 

PERFECT 

potero                  poterimus 

potuero 

potuerimus 

poteris                 poteritis 

potueris 

potueritis 

poterit                 poterunt 

potuerit 

potuerint 

INFINITIVES 

Pres.    posse 

Past 

potuisse 

FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 
36.  CONJUGATION  OF  FERO 

Principal  parts:    fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum 

INDICATIVE 
PRESENT 

Active  Passive 


267 


fero 
fers 
fert 


ferebam 


feram 


tuli 


tuleram 


tulero 


ferimus 

feror 

fertis 

ferris,  -re 

ferunt 

fertur 

IMPERFECT 

ferebamus 

ferebar 

FUTURE 

feremus 

ferar 

PERFECT 

tulimus 

latus  sum 

PAST   PERFECT 

tuleramus  latus  eram 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

tulerimus  latus  ero 


ferimur 
ferimini 
feruntur 


ferebamur 


feremur 


latl  sumus 


lati  eramus 


lati  erimus 


IMPERATIVE 

PRESENT 

2d  pers.  fer 

INFINITIVES 

Active 

Pres. 

ferre 

Past 

tulisse 

Fut. 

laturus  esse 

ferte 


Passive 
ferri 

latus  esse 
latum  Iri 


268  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

PARTICIPLES 

Active  Passive 

Pres.     ferens  Past     latus 

Fut.      laturus 

GERUND 

ferendl,  etc. 
37.  CONJUGATION  OF  EO 

Principal  parts:    eo,  ire,  ii  or  Ivi,  itum 

INDICATIVE 


PRESENT 

PERFECT 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular                    Plural 

eo 

Imus 

ii                       iimus 

Is 

Itis 

Istl  (iistl)          Istis  (iistis) 

it 

eunt 

iit                      ierunt 

IMPERFECT 

PAST   PERFECT 

Ibam 

Ibamus 

ieram                ieramus 

Ibas 

Ibatis 

ieras                  ieratis 

Ibat 

Ibant 

ierat                  ierant 

FUTURE 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

ibo 

Ibimus 

iero                    ierimus 

ibis 

Ibitis 

ieris                   ieritis 

lbit 

Ibunt 

ierit                   ierint 

a.    Forms  are  sometimes  found  in  the  perfect  system 
with  the  stem  Iv-,  as  Ivi,  Iveram,  etc. 

IMPERATrVE 

Pres.,  2d  pers.         I,  ite, 


INFINITIVES 


FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS 

PAXTICIPLES 


269 


Pres. 
Past 
Fut. 


lre 

iisse  or  Isse 

iturus  esse 


Pres.        iens  (gen.  euntis) 
Fut.  iturus 


38. 


PRESENT 

Singular  Plural 

flo  — 

fls  — 

fit  fiunt 


GERUND 

eundl,  etc. 

CONJUGATION  OF  FIO 
Principal  parts:    fio,  fieri,  factus  sum 

INDICATIVE 

PERFECT 
Singular  Plural 

factus  sum       facti  sumus 


factus  es 
factus  est 


factl  estis 
f actl  sunt 


IMPERFECT 


flebam 

flebas 

flebat 


flebamus 

flebatis 

flebant 


PAST  PERFECT 

factus  eram      factl  eramus 
factus  eras        factl  eratis 
factus  erat        factl  erant 


FUTURE 


FUTURE  PERFECT 


fiam 

fles 

flet 


flemus 

fletis 

flent 


factus  ero 
factus  eris 
factus  erit 


Pres.,  2d  pers.        fl, 

INFINITIVES 

Pres.    fierl 

Past     factus  esse 

Fut.      factum  Irl 


IMPERATrVE 

flte 


factl  erimus 
facti  eritis 
factl  erunt 


PARTICIPLE 

Perf.    factus 


270 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 


39. 


PRESENT 

Singular  Plural 

volo  volumus 

vis  vultis 

vult  volunt 


CONJUGATION  OF  VOLO 
volo,  velle,  volui,  be  willing 

INDICATIVE 

PERFECT 

Singular  Plural 

volul  voluimus 

voluisti  voluistis 

voluit  voluerunt 


IMPERFECT 


volebam  volebamus 

volebas  volebatis 

volebat  volebant 


PAST   PERFECT 

volueram  volueramus 

volueras  volueratis 

voluerat  voluerant 


FUTURE 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

volam              volemus 

voluero             voluerimus 

voles                voletis 

volueris             volueritis 

volet                volent 

voluerit             voluerint 

INFINITIVES 

PARTICIPLE 

Pres.        velle 

Pres.        volens 

Past         voluisse 

FIRST  LATIN   LESSONS  271 

REVIEW  OF  SYNTAX 

AGREEMENT 

40.  (1)  Adjectives  and  participles  agree  with  their  nouns 
in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

(2)  A  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender 
and  number,  but  its  case  depends  on  its  use  in  its  own  clause. 

(3)  A  noun  in  apposition  is  put  in  the  same  case  as  the 
word  which  it  explains. 

(4)  A  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and  number. 

CASES 
THE  NOMINATIVE 

41.  (1)  The  nominative  is  the  case  of  the  subject  or 
predicate. 

THE     GENITIVE 

42.  (1)  The  genitive  is  the  case  of  the  possessor.  (Genitive 
of  Possession.) 

(2)  With  words  denoting  a  part,  a  dependent  genitive  is 
used  to  denote  the  whole  of  that  to  which  the  part  belongs. 
(Genitive  of  the  Whole,  or  Partitive  Genitive.) 

(3)  The  genitive,  modified  by  an  adjective,  may  be  used 
to  describe  a  person  or  thing.     (Genitive  of  Description.) 

THE  DATIVE 

43.  (1)  The  indirect  object  is  put  in  the  dative  case. 
(Dative  of  Indirect  Object.) 

(2)  The  dative  is  used  in  dependence  on  adjectives  mean- 
ing  kind,  friendly,  pleasing,  dear,  useful,  near,  and  some  others. 
(Dative  with  Adjectives.) 

(3)  Most  verbs  meaning  to  please,  displease,  trust,  distrust, 
believe,  persuade,  serve,  obey,  favor,  resist,  envy,  threaten,  pardon, 
and  spare  govern  the  dative.     (Dative  with  Special  Verbs.) 

(4)  Verbs  compounded  with  ante,  ob,  prae,  and  sub,  fre- 
quently  have  a  dependent  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  dative. 


272  FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS 

This  construction  is  sometimes  found  also  with  compounds 
of  ad,  circum,  com-,  in,  inter,  post,  pro,  and  super.  (Dative 
with  Compounds.) 

THE  ACCUSATIVE 

44.  (1)  The  direct  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  accusative 
case.     (Accusative  as  Direct  Object.) 

(2)  A  noun  which  is  used  to  tell  how  long  an  act  or  a 
situation  continues  is  put  in  the  accusative.  (Accusative  of 
Duration  of  Time.) 

(3)  The  accusative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  express 
extent  in  space.     (Accusative  of  Extent  of  Space.) 

(4)  Certain  prepositions  have  their  obiects  in  the  accusative. 
(Accusative  with  Prepositions.) 

THE  ABLATIVE 

45.  (1)  Verbs  meaning  to  separate,  remove,  deprive  of,  be 
absent,  and  the  like,  take  the  ablative  of  separation,  often 
with  ab,  de,  or  ex.     (Ablative  of  Separation.) 

(2)  With  passive  verbs,  the  noun  or  pronoun  which  denotes 
the  person  by  whom  the  act  is  done  is  put  in  the  ablative 
with  a  or  ab.     (Ablative  of  Agent.) 

(3)  The  ablative  with  in  denotes  the  place  where  something 
is  or  where  some  act  occurs.     (Ablative  of  Place.) 

(4)  The  time  at  which  or  within  which  an  act  takes  place 
is  regularly  expressed  in  Latin  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the 
ablative  case  without  a  preposition.     (Ablative  of  Time.) 

(5)  The  ablative  with  the  preposition  cum  is  used  to  denote 
the  person  with  whom  one  is  associated  in  doing  an  act. 
(Ablative  of  Accompaniment.) 

(6)  The  ablative,  frequently  with  the  preposition  cum,  is 
used  to  express  manner.     (Ablative  of  Manner.) 

(7)  A  word  which  is  used  to  denote  the  means  employed 
in  accomplishing  an  act  is  put  in  the  ablative  without  a 
preposition.     (Ablative  of  Means.) 


FIRST  LATIN  LESSONS  273 

(8)  A  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  ablative,  together  with  an 
adjective,  a  participle,  or  another  noun  in  agreement,  may  be 
used  to  denote  some  circumstance  or  event  loosely  connected 
with  the  rest  of  the  sentence.     (Ablative  Absolute.) 

(9)  The  measure  or  degree  of  difference  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative.     (Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference.) 

(10)  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  indicate 
in  what  respect  a  statement  is  true.  (Ablative  of  Respect  or 
Specification.) 

(11)  The  ablative  modified  by  an  adjective  may  be  used 
to  describe  a  person  or  thing.     (Ablative  of  Description.) 

(12)  The  ablative  is  used  to  express  cause.  (Ablative  of 
Cause.) 

(13)  Utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  and  vescor  take  their  objects 
in  the  ablative.     (Ablative  with  Certain  Deponents.) 

THE  VOCATIVE 

46.  The  vocative  denotes  the  person  addressed. 

MOODS 
THE  INDICATIVE 

47.  The  indicative  is  used  in  statements  of  fact  and  in 
questions  which  imply  as  answer  a  statement  of  fact. 

THE  IMPERATIVE 

48.  The  imperative  is  used  to  express  commands. 

THE  INFINITIVE 

49.  (1)  The  infinitive  is  sometimes  used  to  complete  the 
meaning  of  another  verb,  by  denoting  an  action  of  the  subject 
of  the  verb  on  which  it  depends.     (Complementary  Infinitive.) 

(2)  The  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  is  used  with 
words  of  saying,  hearing,  knowing,  thinking,  believing,  seeing, 
and  the  like.     (Indirect  Discourse.) 

THE  GERUND 

50.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun,  used  only  in  four  cases 
and  in  the  singular  number.  The  cases  in  which  it  is  used 
are  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


I.    THE  STORY  OF  PERSEUS 


The  stories  of  Perseus  and  of  Hercules  which  follow 
are  also  included  in  A  Junior  Latin  Reader  of  the 
series  to  which  First  Latin  Lessons  belongs.  The  pur- 
pose  of  presenting  this  material  in  both  books  is  to 
meet  the  needs  of  different  types  of  schools  and  also 
of  classes  of  varying  degrees  of  ability.  Teachers  who 
do  not  desire  to  use  this  material  with  first-year 
classes  will  find  it  more  convenient  to  have  it  available 
in  the  second-year  book,  especially  in  schools  which 
provide  f ree  textbooks  and  in  which  second-year  pupils 
must  give  up  first-year  books  at  the  end  of  the  year. 


PERSEUS 

Perseus  and  his  mother  were  set  adrift  on  the  sea  by  Acrisius, 
king  of  Argos,  the  grandfather  of  Perseus,  because  an  oracle  had 
declared  that  Acrisius  would  some  day  perish  at  the  hands  of  his 
grandson. 

Jupiter,  however,  saved  the  mother  and  child,  bringing  them  to 
the  island  of  Seriphus,  where  they  were  kindly  received  by  Polydectes, 
the  king. 

When  Perseus  reached  manhood  he  was  ordered  by  Polydectes 
to  bring  him  the  head  of  Medusa,  an  undertaking  which  was  likely 
to  prove  fatal.  But  Apollo  and  Minerva  directed  him  on  his  journey 
and  gave  him  a  special  equipment  for  his  task.  With  the  aid  thus 
afforded,  he  accomplished  the  perilous  exploit  in  safety  and  escaped 
from  the  companions  of  Medusa,  who  sought  to  kill  him.  On  his 
way  back  he  rescued  Andromeda,  daughter  of  Cepheus,  the  king  of 
the  Ethiopians,  who  was  about  to  be  devoured  by  a  sea  monster. 
He  married  Andromeda  and  soon  after  returned  with  her  to  the 
island  from  which  he  had  been  sent  by  the  crafty  Polydectes.  Find- 
ing  that  his  mother  had  taken  refuge  from  the  king,  he  turned  the 
latter  into  stone  through  the  magic  power  of  the  head  of  Medusa. 
Afterwards,  while  taking  part  in  athletic  games  he  accidentally  killed 
his  grandfather,  Acrisius,  thus  fulfiUing  the  oracle  which  Acrisius 
had  vainly  sought  to  escape. 


THE  STORY  OF  PERSEUS 
1.   Set  Adrift 

Haec  narrantur  a  poetls  de  Perseo.  Perseus  fllius  erat 
Jovis,  maximi  deorum.  Avus  ejus  Acrisius  appellabatur. 
Acrisius  volebat  Perseum,  nepotem  suum,  necare;  nam  propter 
oraculum  puerum  timebat.  Comprehendit  igitur  Perseum, 
adhtic  Infantem,  et  cum  matre  in  arca  lignea  inclusit.  Tum 
arcam  ipsam  in  mare  conjecit.  Danae,  Persel  mater,  magno- 
pere  territa  est;  tempestas  enim  magna  mare  turbabat.  Per- 
seus  autem  in  sinu.  matris  dormiebat. 

2.   Cast  on  an  Island 

Juppiter  tamen  haec  omnia  vldit  et  fllium  suum  servare 
constituit.  Fecit  igitur  mare  tranquillum  et  arcam  ad  Insu- 
lam  Serlphum  perduxit.  Hujus  Insulae  Polydectes  tum  rex 
erat.  Postquam  arca  ad  lltus  appulsa  est,  Danae  in  harena 
quietem  capiebat.  Post  breve  tempus  a  piscatore  quodam 
reperta  est  et  ad  domum  regis  Polydectis  adducta  est.  Ille 
matrem  et  puerum  benigne  excepit  et  sedem  tiitam  in  flnibus 

1.  Haec,  these  things,  or  these  stories. 

2.  Acrisius :  predicate  nominative  af ter  the  passive  of  a  verb  of  calling. 

6.  Danae:  a  Greek  name,  with  genitive  ending  in  -es,  accusative  in  -en. 

7.  enim:  always  stands  after  one  or  more  words  of  its  sentence;  the 
same  is  true  of  autem,  line  8. 

11.  Seriphum:  in  apposition  with  insulam.  We  usually  say  in  English 
"the  island  of,"  "the  city  of,"  etc. 

12.  Postquam:  with  postquam  and  ubi  the  perfect  is  the  tense  most  fre- 
quently  employed.  In  translation,  with  the  English  equivalents  "after" 
or  "when,"  we  sometimes  employ  the  past  perfect  tense,  sometimes  the 


13.  piscatore  quodam:  the  forms  of  quldam  sometimes  precede  and 
sometimes  follow  the  word  they  modify. 

277 


278  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


JUPITER 


PERSEUS  279 

suis  dedit.     Danae  hoc  donum  libenter  accepit  et  pro  tanto 
beneficio  regl  gratias  egit. 

3.   Perseus  Sent  on  His  Travels 
Perseus  igitur  multos  annos  ibi  habitavit  et  cum  matre 
sua  vltam  egit  beatam.     At  Polydectes  Danaen  magnopere 
amabat   atque   eam   in  matrimonium  diicere  volebat.      Hoc     20 
tamen    consilium   Perseo   minime   gratum   erat.      Polydectes 
igitur   Perseum   dlmittere   constituit.     Tum  juvenem   ad   se 
vocavit  et  haec  dlxit:  "Turpe  est  vltam  hanc  ignavam  agere; 
jam  diidum  tti  adulescens  es;  quousque  hlc  manebis?     Tem- 
pus   est    arma    capere   et    virtutem    praestare.     Hinc  abl  et     25 
caput  Medusae  mihi  refer." 

4.   Perseus  Gets  His  Outfit 
Perseus,  ubi  haec  audlvit,  ex  Insula  discessit  et,  postquam 
ad    continentem    venit,    Medusam    quaeslvit.     Diu    frustra 

16.  dedit:  iis,  dative  of  indirect  object,  is  to  be  understood. 

18.  annos:  accusative  of  duration  of  time. 

21.  Perseo:  dependent  on  gratum. 

23.  haec  dixit,  spoke  as  follows. 

agere:  subject  of  est;  an  infinitive  used  as  a  noun  is  in  the  neuter  gender; 
hence  the  predicate  adjective,  turpe,  is  neuter. 

24.  jam  dudum  es,  you  have  long  been;  with  jam  dudum  a  present  tense 
is  translated  by  an  English  present  perfect,  an  imperfect  by  an  English 
past  perfect;  jam  dudum  eras  would  mean  you  had  long  been. 

25.  abi:  imperative  of  abeo.     What  is  the  imperative  of  eo? 

26.  refer:  the  verb  fero  has  as  its  present  imperative  in  the  singular 
number  the  form  fer.     Its  compounds  have  the  same  irregularity. 

27.  Perseus,  ubi:  in  Latin,  when  the  verbs  of  a  principal  and  a  subor- 
dinate  clause  denote  acts  by  the  same  person  or  thing,  the  noun  or  pronoun 
used  to  denote  the  subject  frequently  stands  before  the  subordinate  clause. 

haec:  the  neuter  plural  of  hic,  used  without  a  noun  (literally  these  things) , 
may  often  be  translated  this. 


1.  Decline  the  demonstrative  hic.  2.  In  section  1  point  out  a  prep- 
osition  governing  the  accusative.  3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  video, 
ago,  dico,  do.  4.  Give  the  meaning  of  gratias  ago.  5.  Give  the  genitive 
singular  and  nominative  plural  of  tempus.  6.  Explain  the  derivation 
and  the  meaning  of  the  English  word  "habitation." 


280  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

quaerebat;  nam  naturam  loci  ignorabat.  Tandem  Apollo  et 
3a  Minerva  viam  demonstraverunt.  Prlmum  ad  Graeas,  sorores 
Medusae,  pervenit.  Ab  his  talaria  et  galeam  magicam  ac- 
cepit.  Apollo  autem  et  Minerva  falcem  et  speculum  de- 
derunt.  Tum  postquam  talaria  pedibus  induit,  in  aera  as- 
cendit.  Diu  per  aera  volabat;  tandem  tamen  ad  eum  locum 
35  venit  ubi  Medusa  cum  ceterls  Gorgonibus  habitabat.  Gor- 
gones  autem  monstra  erant  specie  horribili;  capita  enim  earum 
serpentibus  omnino  contecta  erant;  mantis  etiam  ex  aere 
factae  erant. 

5.   The  Gorgon's  Head 

Res  erat  difficillima  abscidere  caput  Gorgonis;  ejus  enim 
O)  conspectti  homines  in  saxum  vertebantur.  Propter  hanc  cau- 
sam  Minerva  illud  speculum  dederat.  Perseus  igitur  tergum 
vertit,  et  in  speculum  Inspiciebat;  hoc  modo  ad  locum  venit 
ubi  Medusa  dormiebat.  Tum  falce  sua  caput  ejus  uno  ictu 
abscldit.  Ceterae  Gorgones  statim  e  somno  excitatae  sunt 
45  et,  ubi  rem  vlderunt,  Ira  commotae  sunt.  Arma  rapuerunt, 
et  Perseum  occldere  volebant;  ille  autem,  dum  fugit,  galeam 
magicam  induit  et,  ubi  hoc  fecit,  statim  e  conspectu  earum 
evasit. 

31.  galeam  magicam:  this  rendered  the  wearer  invisible. 
33.  pedibus,  on  hisfeet;  dative,  governed  by  the  compound  verb  induit. 
aera:  this  form  is  an  accusative  singular.     The  word  aer  is  a  Greek 
noun  carried  over  into  Latin;  it  keeps  its  Greek  accusative  ending. 

36.  specie  horribili,  of  horrible  aspect,  ablative  of  description. 

37.  aere:  from  aes. 

40.  vertebantur :  the  Latin  imperf ect  of ten  expresses  repeated  or  custo- 
mary  action. 

42.  speculum:  ancient  mirrors  consisted  of  polished  metal  plates. 

hoc  modo,  in  this  way;  the  ablative  case,  sometimes  with  the  preposition 
cum  and  sometimes,  as  here,  without  cum,  is  used  to  express  the  manner 
in  which  an  action  is  done. 

46.  dum  fugit,  while  he  fled,  while  fleeing;  a  clause  with  dum  meaning 
while  takes  the  present  indicative,  regardless  of  the  tense  of  the  principal 
verb. 


PERSEUS 


281 


MINERVA 


282 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


6.   The  Sea  Serpent 

Post  haec  Perseus  in  flnes  Aethiopum  venit.  Ibi  Cepheus 
quldam  illo  tempore  regnabat.  Hic  Neptunum,  maris  deum, 
olim  offenderat.  Neptiinus  autem  monstrum  saevissimum 
mlserat.  Hoc  cotldie  e  marl  veniebat  et  homines  devorabat. 
Ob  hanc  causam  pavor  animos  omnium  occupaverat.  Cepheus 
igitur  oraculum  dei  Hammonis  consuluit,  atque  a  deo  jussus 
est  flliam  monstro   tradere.     Ejus   autem  fllia,  nomine  An- 


49.  Cepheus  quidam,  a  certain  Cepheus,  or  a  man  named  Cepheus. 

50.  tempore:  ablative  of  time. 

Hic:  a  pronoun,  referring  to  Cepheus. 

53.  omnium,  of  all  (i.e.,  men);  the  masculine  plural  of  omnes  often  means 
all  men,  or  everybody;  the  neuter  plural  often  means  all  things,  or  everything. 

64.  oraculum:  the  word  may  mean  the  seat  of  an  oracle,  as  here,  or  the 
reply  given  by  an  oracle.  The  consultation  of  oracles  sprang  from  the 
belief  that  information  and  advice  could  be  obtained  from  certain  divini- 
ties.  Oracles  were  usually  given  by  oral  utterances  of  a  priest  or  priestess 
in  a  state  of  real  or  pretended  frenzy,  or  by  signs.  The  temple  (with  its 
oracle)  of  the  Egyptian  god  Hammon  stood  in  an  oasis  of  the  Libyan  desert. 

55.  monstro:  indirect  object  of  tradere. 

nomine:  ablative  of  respect. 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW 


adulescens 

turpis 

fugio 

etiam 

beneficium 

tiitus 

occido 

frustra 

conspectus 

perduco 

igitur 

domus 

quldam 

pervenio 

jam 

juvenis 

quaero 

libenter 

lltus 

adduco 

refero 

magnopere 

mare 

ago 

reperio 

minime 

sedes 

appello  (-are) 

servo 

olim 

tempestas 

commoveo 

trado 

omnlno 

vlta 

comprehendo 

verto 

tamen 

conjicio 

volo  (velle) 

tandem 

brevis 

constituo 

ceteri 

dlmitto 

cotldie 

dum 

tantus 

excipio 

diii 

PERSEUS  283 

dromeda,  virgo  formosissima  erat.  Cepheus,  ubi  haec  audl- 
vit,  magnum  dolorem  percepit.  Volebat  tamen  cives  suos  e 
tanto  perlculo  extrahere,  atque  ob  eam  causam  constituit 
imperata  Hammonis  facere. 

7.  A  Human  Sacrifice 

Tum  rex  diem  certam  dixit  et  omnia  paravit.  Ubi  ea 
dies  venit,  Andromeda  ad  lltus  deducta  est  et  in  conspectu 
omnium  ad  rupem  alligata  est.  Omnes  fatum  ejus  deplo- 
rabant,  nec  lacrimas  tenebant.  At  subito,  dum  monstrum 
expectant,  Perseus  accurrit,  et,  ubi  lacrimas  vldit,  causam 
doloris  quaerit.  Illi  rem  totam  exponunt  et  puellam  demon- 
strant.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  fremitus  terribilis  audltur;  simul 
monstrum,  horribill  specie,  procul  conspicitur.  Ejus  con- 
spectus  timorem  maximum  omnibus  injecit.  At  monstrum 
magna  celeritate  ad  lltus  contendit,  jamque  ad  locum  appro- 
pinquabat  ubi  puella  stabat. 


56.  Cepheus,  ubi:  the  order  of  words  is  explained  in  the  note  on  Per- 
seus,  ubi,  line  27. 

60.  diem:  in  the  plural,  dies  is  always  masculine,  in  the  singular  some- 
times  masculine,  sometimes  feminine. 

omnia,  all  things,  everything;  or  with  pardvit,  made  all  preparations; 
see  note  on  line  53. 

63.  nec  .  .  .  tenebant,  and  did  not  restrain;  neque  is  regularly  used  in 
Latin  for  and  not. 

dum  .  .  .  expectant,  while  they  were  awaiting;  for  the  present  tense  with 
dum,  see  note  on  line  46. 

64.  accurrit:  for  vivid  effect  a  past  event  or  situation  may  be  repre- 
sented  as  present.  The  present  in  this  use  is  called  the  historical  present; 
it  may  often  be  translated  by  the  English  past.  Several  other  exam- 
ples  occur  in  this  section. 

67.  specie:  the  case  use  is  the  same  as  in  line  36. 

68.  timorem  .  .  .  omnibus  injecit,  inspired  all  with  the  greatest  fear; 
literally,  threw  the  greatest  fear  into  all;  omnibus  is  a  dative  governed  by 
a  compound  verb,  like  pedibus  in  line  33. 

69.  magna  celeritate:  another  example  of  the  ablative  denoting  manner, 
like  hoc  modo,  line  42. 


284  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

8.   The  Rescue 

At  Perseus,  ubi  haec  vldit,  gladium  suum  rapuit,  et,  post- 
quam  talaria  induit,  in  aera  sublatus  est.  Tum  desuper  in 
monstrum  impetum  subito  fecit  et  gladio  suo  collum  ejus 
graviter  vulneravit.     Monstrum,  ubi  sensit  vulnus,  fremitum 

75  horribilem  edidit  et  sine  mora  totum  corpus  sub  aquam 
mersit.  Perseus,  dum  circum  litus  volat,  reditum  ejus  ex- 
pectabat;  mare  autem  interea  undique  sanguine  Inficitur. 
Post  breve  tempus  belua  rtirsus  caput  sustulit;  mox  tamen 
a  Perseo  ictti  graviore  vulnerata  est.     Tum  iterum  se  sub 

80    undas  mersit,  neque  postea  vlsa  est. 

9.   The  Reward  of  Valor 

Perseus,  postquam  in  lltus  descendit,  prlmum  talaria  exuit; 
tum  ad  riipem  venit  ubi  Andromeda  vlncta  erat.  Ea  autem 
omnem  spem  salutis  deposuerat  et,  ubi  Perseus  adiit,  terrore 
paene  exanimata  erat.     Ille  vincula  statim  solvit  et  puellam 

85  patrl  reddidit.  Cepheus  ob  hanc  rem  maximo  gaudio  affectus 
est.  Meritam  gratiam  pro  tanto  beneficio  Perseo  rettulit; 
praeterea  Andromedam  ipsam  el  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Ille 
libenter  hoc  donum  accepit  et  puellam  duxit.  Paucos  annos 
cum  uxore  sua  in  ea  regione  habitavit,  et  in  magno  honore  erat 

90     apud  omnes  Aethiopes.     Magnopere  tamen  cupiebat  matrem 

72.   sublatus  est:  perfect  passive  of  tollo. 

in  (monstrum),  on. 

80.  neque:  translate  as  in  line  63. 

83.  terrore,  with  terror;  the  ablative  denotes  cause. 

86.  Meritam  gratiam  rettulit,  made  a  deserved  requital,  or  repaid  the 
favor  as  it  deserved. 

pro,  in  return  for. 

88.  puellam  duxit,  married  the  girl.  Duco  has  reference  to  that  part 
of  the  ceremony  in  which  the  bridegroom  led  the  bride  to  his  own  house. 

1.  Decline  the  demonstrative  is.  2.  In  section  4  point  out  three  prep- 
ositions  governing  the  accusative.  3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  venio, 
accipio,  quaero,  discedo.  4.  Give  the  meaning  of  ob  eam  causam.  5.  De- 
cline  res.    6.  Find  the  derivation  and  the  meaning  of  "aerial." 


PERSEUS  285 

suam    riirsus    videre.      Tandem    igitur    cum    uxore    e    regno 
Cephei  discessit. 

10.    TURNED  ^O   STONE 

Postquam  Perseus  ad  Insulam  navem  appulit,  se  ad  locum 
contulit  ubi  mater  olim  habitaverat.  At  domum  invenit 
vacuam  et  omnlno  desertam.  Tres  dies  per  totam  Insulam  95 
matrem  quaerebat;  tandem  quarto  die  ad  templum  Dianae 
pervenit.  Huc  Danae  refiigerat,  quod  Polydectem  timebat. 
Perseus,  ubi  haec  cognovit,  Ira  magna  commotus  est;  ad 
regiam  Polydectis  sine  mora  contendit  et,  ubi  eo  venit,  statim 
in  atrium  irrupit.  Polydectes  magno  timore  affectus  est,  et  100 
fugere  volebat.  Dum  tamen  ille  fugit,  Perseus  caput  Me- 
dusae  monstravit;  ille  autem,  simul  atque  hoc  vldit,  in  saxum 
versus  est. 

11.   The  Oracle  Fulfilled 

Post  haec  Perseus  cum  uxore  sua  ad  urbem  Acrisil  rediit. 
Ille  autem,  ubi  Perseum  vldit,  magno  terrore  affectus  est.  105 
Nam  propter  oraculum  istud  nepotem  suum  adhtic  timebat. 
In  Thessaham  igitur  ad  urbem  Larissam  statim  refugit; 
frustra  tamen,  neque  enim  fatum  suum  vltavit.  Post  paucos 
annos   rex   Larissae   ludos   magnos   fecit;   ntintios   in   omnes 

93.  se  .  .  .  contulit,  betook  himself,  proceeded. 
97.  quod:  not  a  relative  pronoun. 

99.  eo:  an  adverb. 

100.  magno  timore  affectus  est,  was  very  badhj  frighiened.    What  is  it 
literally? 

102.  simul  atque,  as  soon  as;  the  same  rule  as  to  the  tense  of  the  verb 
applies  to  this  phrase  as  to  postquam  and  ubi;  see  note  on  line  12. 

106.  istud:  this  word  is  declined  like  ille,  and  usually  means  that  or 
that  of  yours.    Here  the  force  is,  that  oracle  of  which  you  know. 

107.  Larissam,  of  Larissa;  an  appositive  translated  like  Serlphum, 
line  11. 

108.  neque:  translate  as  if  non. 

109.  ludos  fecit,  gave  games. 

in  omnes  partes,  in  all  directions. 


286 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


10  partes  dlmlserat  et  diem  edlxerat.  Multi  ex  omnibus  urbibus 
Graeciae  ad  ludos  convenerunt.  Ipse  Perseus  inter  alios 
certamen  discorum  iniit.  At,  dum  discum  conjicit,  avum 
suum  casu  occldit;  Acrisius  enim  inter  spectatores  ejus  cer- 
taminis  forte  stabat. 


112.  discorum:  the  discus  was  a  flat  piece  of  stone  or  metal. 

113.  casu,  by  chance,  accidentally;  the  ablative  of  casus  without  a  prepo- 
sition  is  often  used  in  this  meaning. 


1.  Conjugate  video  and  quaero  in  the  future  active.  2.  Decline  the 
demonstrative  ille.  3.  What  case  is  dies  in  line  95,  and  why  used?  4. 
What  are  the  meanings  of  volo,  velle,  and  volo,  volare?  5.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  magno  terrore  affectus?  6.  Who  was  the  mother  of  Perseus? 
7.  Why  did  Perseus  need  the  mirror  when  he  slew  Medusa?  8.  What  was 
the  name  of  the  maiden  whom  Perseus  rescued  from  the  sea-monster9 
9.  How  did  Acrisius  meet  his  death? 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW 


lterum 

mox 

paene 

postea 

praeterea 

procul 

simul 

subito 

ubi 

undique 

apud 

post 

propter 


casus 

appropinquo 

redeo 

celeritas 

cognosco 

sentio 

certamen 

confero 

solvo 

clvis 

conspicio 

terreo 

impetus 

convenio 

timeo 

mora 

cupio 

tollo 

saltis 

deduco 

spes 

depono 

eo 

vinculum 

expono 

forte 

gero 

graviter 

gravis 

injicio 

huc 

pauci 

invenio 

ibi 

totus 

reddo 

interea 

II.     THE  STORY  OF  HERCULES 


HERCULES 

Hercules  was  a  Greek  hero,  celebrated  for  his  feats  of  strength. 
While  only  an  infant  he  strangled  two  serpents  which  had  been  sent 
by  Juno  to  destroy  him.  In  his  boyhood  he  devoted  himself  to 
athletic  pursuits,  and  in  a  fit  of  anger  he  slew  the  Centaur  who  was 
his  teacher  of  music.  Having  been  seized  by  the  King  of  Egypt  as 
a  victim  for  sacrifice,  he  killed  the  king,  as  well  as  the  priest  who 
was  about  to  sacrifice  him.  His  next  exploit  was  to  cut  off  the  ears 
of  the  envoys  of  the  Minyae  who  had  come  to  Thebes  to  demand 
tribute,  thus  causing  a  war,  in  which  the  Thebans  under  the  leader- 
ship  of  Hercules  were  victorious.  While  in  a  state  of  temporary 
madness  he  slew  his  children,  and  thereupon  was  ordered  by  the 
oracle  at  Delphi  to  give  himself  up  to  the  service  of  Eurystheus, 
King  of  Tiryns.  At  his  command  he  performed  the  celebrated 
Twelve  Labors,  as  f ollows :  1.  Slaying  the  Nemean  lion.  2.  Slaying 
the  Hydra  of  Lerna.  3.  Capturing  the  Cerynian  stag.  4.  Captur- 
ing  the  boar  of  Erymanthus.  5.  Cleaning  the  Augean  stables. 
6.  Killing  the  birds  of  Stymphalus.  7.  Capturing  the  Cretan  bull. 
8.  Capturing  the  horses  of  Diomede.  9.  Obtaining  the  girdle  of 
Hippolyte.  10.  Bringing  the  oxen  of  Geryon  from  the  island  of 
Erythia.  11.  Procuring  the  golden  apples  of  the  Hesperides. 
12.  Bringing  Cerberus  from  the  lower  world.  In  connection  with 
these  labors  he  also  performed  numerous  other  exploits. 

His  death  came  from  the  putting  on  of  a  poisoned  robe  which 
had  been  dipped  in  the  blood  of  the  Centaur,  Nessus.  After  his 
death  he  was  taken  by  Jupiter  to  Olympus. 


THE  STORY  OF  HERCULES 
1.   The  Infant  Prodigy 

Hercules,  Alcmenae  fllius,  olim  in  Graecia  habitabat.  Hic 
dicitur  omnium  hominum  validissimus  fuisse.  At  Jfino,  re- 
glna  deorum,  Alcmenam  oderat,  et  Herculem,  adhuc  Infantem, 
necare  voluit.  Mlsit  igitur  duas  serpentes  saevissimas;  hae 
media  nocte  in  cubiculum  Alcmenae  venerunt,  ubi  Hercules 
cum  fratre  suo  dormiebat.  Nec  tamen  in  cunis,  sed  in  sctito 
magno  cubabant.  Serpentes  jam  appropinquaverant  et 
sciitum    movebant;    itaque    pueri    e    somno    excitatT    sunt. 

2.   Hercules  and   the  Serpents 

Iphicles,  frater  Herculis,  magna  voce  exclamavit;  at  Her- 
cules  ipse,  puer  fortissimus,  haudquaquam  territus  est.  Par- 
vls  manibus  serpentes  statim  prehendit  et  colla  earum  magna 
vl  compressit.  Tali  modo  serpentes  a  puero  interfectae  sunt. 
Alcmena  autem,  mater  puerorum,  clamorem  audlverat  et 
marltum  suum  e  somno  excitaverat.  Ille  liimen  accendit  et 
gladium  suum  rapuit;  tum  ad  pueros  properabat,  sed,  ubi 
ad  locum  venit,  rem  mlram  vldit;  Hercules  enim  rldebat  et 
serpentes  mortuas  monstrabat. 

1.  Hic  dicitur  fuisse,  he  is  said  to  have  been. 

3.  oderat,  hated;  this  verb  has  only  the  tenses  formed  on  the  perfect 
stem;  the  perfect,  however,  is  translated  as  a  present,  the  past  perfect  as 
an  imperfect,  and  the  future  perfect  as  a  future. 

5.  media  nocte,  in  the  middle  of  the  night. 

289 


290  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


HERCULES  291 

3.  The  Music  Lesson 

Hercules  a  puero  corpus  suum  dlligenter  exercebat.  Mag- 
nam  partem  diei  in  palaestra  consiimebat;  didicit  etiam 
arcum  intendere  et  tela  conjicere.  Hls  exercitationibus  vlres  20 
ejus  confirmatae  sunt.  In  musica  etiam  a  Lino  Centauro 
erudiebatur.  (Centaurl  autem  equl  erant,  sed  caput  hominis 
habebant.)  Huic  tamen  artl  minus  dlligenter  studebat.  Hic 
Linus  Herculem  olim  culpabat,  quod  parum  studiosus  erat. 
Tum  puer  Iratus  citharam  subito  rapuit  et  summls  vlribus  25 
caput  magistrl  Infellcis  percussit.  Ille  ictii  prostratus  est,  et 
paulo  post  e  vlta  excessit,  neque  quisquam  postea  id  officium 
suscipere  voluit. 

4.   Hercules  Escapes  from  Being  Sacrificed 

De  Hercule  haec  etiam  inter  alia  narrantur.  Olim,  dum 
iter  facit,  in  flnes  Aegyptiorum  venit;  ibi  rex  quldam,  nomine  30 
Biislris,  illo  tempore  regnabat;  hic  autem,  vir  crudelissimus, 
homines  immolare  consueverat.  Herculem  igitur  corripuit  et 
in  vincula  conjecit.  Tum  nuntios  dlmlsit  et  diem  sacrificio 
edixit.     Mox  ea  dies  appetivit,  et  omnia  rlte  parata  sunt. 

18.  a  puero,  from  boyhood;  literally,  from  a  boy. 

19.  palaestra:  the  name  given  by  the  Greeks  to  the  place  in  which 
instruction  and  training  were  given  in  wrestling  and  boxing. 

23.  Huic  arti  .  .  .  studebat,  he  devoted  himself  to  this  art;  studeo  takes 
the  dative. 

25.  summis  viribus,  with  all  his  might. 

26.  Ille,  he  {i.e.,  Linus);  ille  is  here  used  as  a  pronourf. 

27.  paulo  post,  a  little  later. 

id  officium:  i.e.f  the  task  of  instructing  Hercules  in  music. 
29.  haec  inter  alia,  ihese  stories  among  others. 

31.  vir:  in  apposition  with  hic. 

32.  consueverat,  was  accustomed;  consuesco  means  become  accustomed; 
its  perfect  tense  therefore  means  has  become  accustomed,  i.e.,  is  accustomed; 
likewise  the  past  perfect  consueverat  means  had  become  accustomed,  i.e., 
was  accustomed. 

33.  sacrificio,  for  the  sacrifice,  dative. 


292  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

35  Manus  Herculis  catenls  ferreis  vlnctae  sunt,  et  mola  salsa  in 
caput  ejus  Inspersa  est.  Mos  enim  erat  apud  antlquos  salem 
et  far  capitibus  victimarum  imponere.  Jam  victima  ad  aram 
stabat;  jam  sacerdos  cultrum  siimpserat.  Subito  tamen  Her- 
cules  magno  conatii  vincula  perrupit.     Tum  ictti  sacerdotem 

40  prostravit,  altero  regem  ipsum  occidit. 

5.   Ear-Cropping 

Hercules,  jam  adulescens,  urbem  Thebas  incolebat.  Rex 
Thebarum,  vir  ignavus,  Creon  appellabatur.  Minyae,  gens 
bellicosissima,  Thebanls  flnitiml  erant.  Legati  autem  a  Mi- 
nyls  ad  Thebanos  quotannls  veniebant  et  centum  boves  postu- 
45  labant.  Thebanl  enim  olim  a  Minyls  superati  erant;  tributa 
igitur  regl  Minyarum  quotannls  pendebant.  At  Hercules 
clves  suos  hoc  stlpendio  llberare  constituit.  Legatos  igitur 
comprehendit  atque  aures  eorum  abscldit.  Legatl  autem 
apud  omnes  gentes  sacrl  habentur. 

6.   Defeat  of  the  Minyae 

50  Erglnus,  rex  Minyarum,  ob  haec  vehementer  Iratus  erat,  et 
cum  omnibus  copils  in  flnes  Thebanorum  contendit.  Creon 
adventum  ejus  per  exploratores  cognovit;  ipse  tamen  pugnare 
noluit;  nam  magno  timore  affectus  est.     Thebanl  igitur  Her- 

37.  capitibus :  dative  governed  by  a  compound  verb. 
40.  altero:  ictu  is  to  be  supplied. 

43.  Thebanls:  dative,  depending  on  the  adjective/IniftraL 

44.  veniebant:  the  imperfect  denoting  repeated  action;  they  came 
every  year.  • 

47.  cives  suos,  his  fellow-citizens.         stipendio,  from  tribute. 
49.  habentur,  are  regarded;  the  passive  forms  of  habeo  often  have 
this  meaning. 

53.  magno  timore  affectus  est:  see  note  on  Perseus,  100. 

1.  Dechne  omnis.  2.  Compare  validus  and  saevus.  3.  Giye  the  princi- 
pal  parts  of  moveo,  terreo,  comprimo,  rapio.  4.  Give  the  genitive  singular 
and  the  nominative  plural  of  caput  and  nomen.  5.  What  English  preposi- 
tions  are  most  frequently  used  in  translating  the  Latin  ablative  case? 
6.  Find  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  "culpable." 


HERCULES  293 

culem  imperatorem  creaverunt.  Ille  nuntios  in  omnes  partes 
dlmlsit  et  copias  coegit.  Tum  proximo  die  cum  magno  ex-  55 
ercitii  profectus  est.  Locum  idoneum  delegit  et  aciem  In- 
stmxit.  Tum  Thebani  e  superiore  loco  impetum  in  hostes 
fecerunt.  Illl  autem  impetum  sustinere  non  potuerunt,  itaque 
acies  hostium  pulsa  est  atque  in  fugam  conversa. 

7.   Madness  and  Murder 

Post  hoc  proelium  Hercules  copias  suas  ad  urbem  redtixit.  60 
Omnes  Thebanl  propter  victoriam  maxime  gaudebant.  Creon 
autem  magnls  honoribus  Herculem  decoravit,  atque  flliam 
suam  el  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Hercules  cum  uxore  sua 
vltam  beatam  agebat;  sed  post  paucos  annos  subito  in  furo- 
rem  incidit  atque  llberos  suos  ipse  sua  manti  occldit.  Post  65 
breve  tempus  ad  sanitatem  reductus  est,  et  propter  hoc 
facinus  magno  dolore  affectus  est;  mox  ex  urbe  effugit  et  in 
silvas  se  recepit.  Nolebant  enim  clves  sermonem  cum  eo 
habere. 

8.   Hercules  Consults  the  Oracle 

Hercules  magnopere  cupiebat  tantum  scelus  expiare.     Con-   70 
stituit  igitur  ad  oraculum  Delphicum  Ire;  hoc  enim  oraculum 


57.  in,  07i. 

59.  conversa:  supply  est;  the  other  forms  of  sum  are  also  sometimes 
omitted  in  the  perfect  passive. 

61.  gaudebant:  the  principal  parts  of  this  verb  are  gaudeo,  gaudere, 
gavlsus  sum;  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  tenses  are  active  in  form, 
the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  are  passive.  All,  however, 
are  active  in  meaning.    Such  a  verb  is  called  semi-deponent. 

64.  in  furorem  incidit,  become  insane. 

65.  ipse  sua,  his  own;  but  the  two  Latin  words  are  more  emphatic  than 
the  English  translation. 

68.  se  recepit,  betook  himself,  withdrew. 
sermonem  habere,  to  associate,  literally,  to  have  conversation. 
71.  oraculum  Delphicum:   the  most  famous  oracle  of  antiquity,   at 
Delphi,  in  Greece. 


294 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


erat  omnium  celeberrimum.  Ibi  templum  erat  Apollinis, 
plurimis  donls  ornatum.  Hoc  in  templo  sedebat  femina  quae- 
dam,  nomine  Pythia,  et  consilium  dabat  ils  qul  ad  oraculum 
75  veniebant.  Haec  autem  femina  ab  ipso  Apolline  docebatur, 
et  voluntatem  dei  hominibus  eniintiabat.  Hercules  igitur, 
qul  Apollinem  praecipue  colebat,  huc  venit.  Tum  rem  totam 
exposuit  neque  scelus  celavit. 

9.   The  Oracle's  Reply 

Ubi   Hercules  flnem  fecit,   Pythia   diu   tacebat.     Tandem 

80  tamen  jussit  eum  ad  urbem  Tlryntha  Ire  et  Eurysthel  regis 

omnia  imperata  facere.    Hercules,  ubi  haec  audlvit,  ad  urbem 

illam  contendit  et  Eurystheo  regl  se  in  servitiitem  tradidit. 

72.  omnium:  supply  ordculorum. 

73.  donis:  presented  by  states  and  by  individuals. 

Hoc  in  templo:  a  preposition  of  one  syllable  may  stand  between  a  noun 
and  a  modifier. 

80.  Tiryntha:  a  word  of  Greek  origin,  retaining  its  Greek  accusative 
form.    Proper  names  must  always  be  translated  by  the  nominative. 

82.  in  servitutem,  in  slavery. 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW 


adventus 

proximus 

gaudeo 

suscipio 

gens 

summus 

impero 

sustineo 

iter 

talis 

incido 

taceo 

mos 

Instruo 

officium 

quisquam 

interficio 

ita 

scelus 

nolo 

maxime 

servitus 

cogo 

odl 

quotannls 

vls 

colo 

pello 

vehementer 

voluntas 

conficio 

proficiscor 

vix 

consiimo 

recipio 

alter 

deligo 

sedeo 

itaque 

finitimus 

disco 

studeo 

idoneus 

doceo 

siimo 

HERCULES  295 

Duodecim  annos  in  servitute  Eurysthel  tenebatur,  et  duode- 
cim  labores,  quos  ille  imperaverat,  confecit.     Hoc  enim  iino 
modo  tantum  scelus  expiari  potuit.    De  hls  laboribus  plurima  85 
a  poetis  scripta  sunt.    Multa  tamen  quae  poetae  narrant  vix 
credibilia  sunt. 

10.   First  Labor — Slaying  the  Nemean  Lion 

Prlmum  ab  Eurystheo  jussus  est  Hercules  leonem  occldere, 
qul  illo  tempore  vallem   Nemaeam  reddebat  Infestam.     In 
silvas   igitur   quas   leo   incolebat   statim   se    contulit.      Mox  90 
feram  vldit,  et  arcum  quem  secum  attulerat  intendit;  ejus 
tamen  pellem,  quae  densissima  erat,  trajicere  non  potuit.    Tum 
clava  magna,  quam  semper  gerebat,  leonem  percussit.     Frus- 
tra  tamen,  neque  enim  hoc  modo  eum  occldere  potuit.    Tum 
demum  collum  monstrl  bracchils  suls  complexus  est  et  fauces  95 
ejus  summls  vlribus  compressit.     Hoc  modo  leo  brevi  tem- 
pore  exanimatus  est;  nulla  enim  resplrandl  facultas  el  daba- 
tur.    Tum  Hercules  cadaver  ad  oppidum  in  umerls  rettulit,  et 
pellem,  quam  detraxerat,  postea  pro  veste  gerebat.     Omnes 
autem  qui  eam  regionem  incolebant,  ubi  famam  de  morte   100 
leonis  acceperunt,  vehementer  gaudebant  et  Herculem  magno 
in  honore  habebant. 

11.   Second  Labor — Slaying  the  Lernaean  Hydra 

Post  haec  jussus  est  ab  Eurystheo  Hydram  necare.     Hoc 
autem  monstrum  erat   quod  novem    capita    habebat.     Her- 


85.  plurima,  a  great  many  things. 

89.  reddebat,  rendered. 

91.  secum:  the  preposition  cum  is  regularly  attached  as  an  enclitic  to 
a  personal,  a  reflexive,  or  a  relative  pronoun. 

94.  neque,  not,  as  in  Perseus,  108. 

97.  respirandi  facultas,  chance  of  breathing,  chance  to  breathe;  respirandi 
is  a  gerund. 

99.  pro  veste,  as  a  garment. 

103.  Hoc:  although  the  reference  is  to  Hijdram,  a  feminine  noun,  the 
demonstrative,  in  accordance  with  Latin  usage,  takes  the  gender  of  the 
predicate  noun  monstrum. 


296  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

105  cules  igitur  cum  amico  Iolao  profectus  est  ad  paludem  Ler- 
naeam,  quam  Hydra  incolebat.  Mox  monstrum  invenit  et, 
quamquam  res  erat  magni  periculi,  collum  ejus  laeva  pre- 
hendit.  Tum  dextra  capita  novem  abscldere  coepit.  Quotiens 
tamen  hoc  fecerat,   nova  capita  exoriebantur.     Diii  frtistra 

110  laboravit;  tandem  hoc  conatfi  destitit;  constituit  deinde  ar- 
bores  succidere  et  ignem  accendere.  Hoc  celeriter  fecit,  et, 
postquam  ligna  ignem  comprehenderunt,  face  ardente  colla 
adussit,  unde  capita  exoriebantur.  Nec  tamen  sine  magno 
labore  haec  fecit.    Auxilium  enim  Hydrae  tulit  cancer  ingens, 

ii5  qui,  dum  Hercules  capita  abscldit,  crtira  ejus  mordebat. 
Postquam  monstrum  tali  modo  interfecit,  sagittas  suas  san- 
guine  ejus  imbuit  itaque  mortiferas  reddidit. 

12.  Third  Labor — Capture  of  the  Cerynian  Stag 

Postquam  Eurystheo  caedes  Hydrae  nuntiata  est,  magnus 

timor  animum  ejus  occupavit.    Jussit  igitur  Herculem  cervum 

120  quendam  ad  se  referre;  noluit  enim  virum  tantae  audaciae  in 


107.  res:  while  the  word  "thing"  furnishes  a  starting-point  in  getting 
at  the  meaning  of  res,  a  more  exact  translation  should  always  be  given 
if  possible — e.g.,  fact,  affair,  circumstance;  here,  task  would  be  a  good 
translation. 

magni  periculi,  (one)  of  great  danger;  a  descriptive  genitive  in  the  predi- 
cate. 

109.  exoriebantur,  grew  out,  or  would  grow  out;  imperfect,  denoting 
repeated  action. 

110.  hoc  conatii,  from  this  undertaking;  an  ablative  thus  used  is  called 
an  ablative  of  separation. 

112.  comprehenderunt,  caught. 

113.  unde,  from  which. 

117.  reddidit:  supply  as  object  eds,  referring  to  sagittas. 
120.  tantae  audaciae:  genitive  of  description. 


1.  Decline  impetus.  2.  Conjugate  Instruo  in  the  perfect  active.  3. 
Give  the  principal  parts  of  possum,  pello,  deligo,  occldo.  4.  Give  the 
genitive  singular  of  scelus,  voluntds,  flnis,  leb.  5.  What  case  is  el  in  line  97, 
and  why  used?    6.  Find  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  "tacitly." 


HERCULES  297 

urbe  retinere.  Hic  autem  cervus,  cujus  cornua  aurea  fuisse 
traduntur,  incredibill  fuit  celeritate.  Hercules  igitur  prlmum 
vestlgia  ejus  in  silvls  animadvertit.  Deinde,  ubi  cervum 
ipsum  vldit,  summls  vlribus  currere  coepit.  Usque  ad  ves- 
perum  cucurrit,  neque  nocturnum  tempus  sibi  ad  quietem  125 
rellquit.  Frustra  tamen,  nullo  enim  modo  praedam  consequl 
poterat.  Tandem,  postquam  totum  annum  cucurrerat  (ita 
traditur),  cervum  cursu  exanimatum  cepit  et  vlvum  ad 
Eurystheum  rettulit. 

13.   Fourth  Labor — The  Erymanthian  Boar 
Post  haec  jussus  est  Hercules  aprum  quendam  capere,  qul  130 
illo   tempore   agros   Erymanthios   vastabat   et   incolas   hujus 
regionis  magnopere  terrebat.     Hercules   rem   suscepit  et  in 
Arcadiam  profectus  est.     Postquam  in  silvam  paulum  pro- 
gressus  est,  apro  occurrit.     Ille  autem,  simul  atque  Herculem 
vldit,  statim  refugit  et,  timore  perterritus,  in  altam  fossam   13» 
se  projecit.     Hercules  igitur  laqueum  quem  attulerat  injecit 
et  summa  cum  difficultate  aprum  e  fossa  extraxit.     Ille,  etsi 
multum  reluctabatur,   nullo  modo  se  liberare  potuit,   et  ab 
Hercule  ad  Eurystheum  vlvus  relatus  est. 

14.   Hercules  at  the  Centaur's  Cave 
De   quarto    labore,    quem   supra   narravimus,    haec   etiam   140 
traduntur.     Hercules,   dum  iter  in  Arcadiam  facit,   ad  eam 

121.  fuisse  traduntur,  are  said  to  have  been. 

122.  incredibili  celeritate,  of  incredible  swiftness;  ablative  of  description; 
either  the  ablative  or  the  genitive  of  description  may  stand  in  the  predicate. 

125.  sibi:  dative  after  rellquit,  but  may  be  omitted  in  translation. 

ad,  for. 

127.  ita  traditur,  so  the  story  goes. 

132.  rem:  see  note  on  line  107. 

134.  apro:  dative  governed  by  occurrit,  which  is  a  compound  of  ob  and 
curro. 

136.   injecit:  supply  el  (dative  with  a  compound  verb). 

140.  narravimus:  the  plural  as  used  by  the  writer  to  refer  to  himself 
was  formerly  common  in  English  also,  in  newspaper  editorials. 


298  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

regionem  venit  quam  Centaurl  incolebant.  Mox,  quod  nox 
jam  appetebat,  ad  antrum  devertit,  in  quo  Centaurus  quldam, 
nomine  Pholus,  habitabat. 

145  Ille  Herculem  benigne  excepit  et  cenam  paravit.  At  Her- 
cules,  postquam  cenavit,  vlnum  a  Pholo  postulavit.  Erat 
autem  in  antro  magna  amphora,  vlno  optimo  repleta,  quam 
Centaurl  ibi  deposuerant.  Pholus  hoc  vlnum  dare  nolebat, 
quod  reliquos  Centauros  timebat;  nullum  tamen  vlnum  prae- 

150  ter  hoc  in  antro  habebat.  "Hoc  vlnum,"  inquit,  "mihi  com- 
missum  est.  Sl  igitur  hoc  dabo,  Centaurl  me  interficient." 
Hercules  tamen  eum  irrlsit,  et  ipse  cyathum  vlni  ex  amphora 
hausit. 

15.   The  Fight  with  the  Centaurs 

Simul  atque  amphora  aperta  est,  odor  jucundissimus  un- 

155  dique  diffusus  est;  vlnum  enim  suavissimum  erat.     Centauri 

notum  odorem  senserunt  et  omnes  ad  locum   convenerunt. 

Ubi  ad  antrum  pervenerunt,  magnopere  Irati  erant,  quod 

Herculem  bibentem  vlderunt.    Tum  arma  rapuerunt,  et  Pho- 

lum    interficere    volebant.      Hercules    tamen    in    aditu    antri 

160  constitit,    et   impetum   eorum   fortissime   sustinebat.      Faces 

ardentes  in  eos  conjecit;  multos  etiam  sagittls  suls  vulneravit. 

Hae  autem  sagittae  eaedem  erant  quae  sanguine  Hydrae  olim 

.   imbtitae  erant.     Omnes  igitur  quos  ille  sagittls  vulneraverat 


143.  jam,  now,  or  by  this  time;  nunc  means  now  in  the  sense  of  at  the 
present  time. 

146.  Erat,  there  was.  Latin  has  no  word  corresponding  to  there  in  the 
sense  here  used.  The  position  of  a  verb  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence, 
however,  often  gives  the  same  effect. 

150.  inquit:  this  verb  is  regularly  used  with  direct  quotations  and 
stands  after  one  or  more  words  of  a  quotation;  it  corresponds  to  the 
English  "I  said,"  "he  said."  It  is  defective,  that  is,  it  lacks  some  forms 
of  person,  tense,  and  mood. 

153.  hausit,  drew. 

160.  constitit:  from  consisto. 

161.  fn,  at,  the  usual  meaning  of  in  with  words  meaning  to  throw. 


HERCULES  299 

veneno    statim    absiimptl    sunt;    reliqui    autem,     ubi     hoc 
vlderunt,  terga  verterunt  et  fuga  salutem  petierunt.  163 

16.   The  Fate  of  Pholus 

Postquam  reliqul  ftigerunt,  Pholus  ex  antro  egressus  est,  et 
corpora  spectabat  eorum  qul  sagittls  interfectl  erant.  Mag- 
nopere  autem  mlratus  est,  quod  tam  levi  vulnere  exanimati 
erant,  et  causam  ejus  rel  quaerebat.  Adiit  igitur  locum  ubi 
cadaver  cujusdam  Centaurl  jacebat  et  sagittam  e  vulnere  ito 
traxit.  Haec  tamen,  slve  casti  slve  consilio  deorum,  e  mani- 
bus  ejus  lapsa  est  et  pedem  leviter  vulneravit.  Ille  extemplo 
dolorem  gravem  per  omnia  membra  sensit,  et*  post  breve 
tempus  vl  venenl  exanimatus  est.  Mox  Hercules,  qui  re- 
liquos  Centauros  secutus  erat,  ad  antrum  rediit,  et  magno  175 
cum  dolore  Pholum  mortuum  vldit.  Multis  cum  lacrimls 
corpus  amlcl  ad  sepulttiram  dedit;  tum,  postquam  alterum 
cyathum  vlnl  hausit,  somno  se  dedit. 

17.   Fifth  Labor — Cleansing  the  Augean  Stables 

Deinde  Eurystheus  Hercull  hunc  laborem  graviorem  im- 
posuit.  Augeas  quldam,  qul  illo  tempore  regnum  in  Elide  iso 
obtinebat,  tria  mllia  boum  habebat.  Hl  in  stabulo  ingentis 
magnitiidinis  includebantur.  Stabuium  autem  illuvie  ac 
squalore  obsitum  erat;  neque  enim  ad  hoc  tempus  umquam 
purgatum  erat.     Hoc  jussus  est  Hercules  intra  spatium  tinlus 

164.  reliqul,  the  others. 

165.  fuga,  infiight;  the  ablative  denotes  means,  however. 

171.  sive  .  .  .  deorum,  either  by  chance  or  by  design  of  the  gods. 

179.  Herculi,  upon  Hercules;  the  dative  is  governed  by  the  compound 
verb  imposuit. 

181.  tria  mflia  boum,  three  thousand  cattle;  it  must  be  kept  in  mind 
that  the  singular  mille  is  usually  an  adjective,  while  the  plural  milia  is 
always  a  noun  used  with  a  dependent  genitive.  Boum  is  the  genitive 
plural  of  bos. 

183.  neque  umquam,  never. 


300 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


185  diel  purgare.  Ille,  etsi  res  erat  multae  operae,  negotium  sus- 
cepit.  Prlmum,  magno  labore  fossam  duodevlgintl  pedum 
fecit,  per  quam  fluminis  aquam  de  montibus  ad  murum 
stabull  perduxit.  Tum,  postquam  murum  perriipit,  aquam 
in  stabulum  immlsit  et  tall  modo,  contra  oplnionem  omnium, 

100  opus  confecit. 

18.   Sixth  Labor — The  Birds  of  Stymphalus 

Post  paucos  dies  Hercules  ad  oppidum  Stymphalum  iter 
fecit;    jusserat    enim    eum    Eurystheus    aves    Stymphalides 


185.  erat  multae  operae,  was  one  of  great  labor;  another  genitive  of 
description  standing  in  the  predicate,  as  in  line  107. 

186.  duodeviginti  pedum:  the  genitive  of  description  with  numerals  is 
regularly  employed  to  express  measure.    The  reference  is  to  width. 


1.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  jubeo,  refero,  trado,  curro.  2.  Decline  in 
full  the  phrase  illud  tempus.  3.  What  form  is  bibentem,  line  158?  4.  Give 
the  ablative  singular  of  fossa,  antrum,  nomen,  aditus,  dies.  5.  Where 
was  Arcadia?  6.  Give  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  the  English 
word  "vim". 


VOCABULARY  REVIEW 


aditus 

levis 

fero 

celeriter 

bracchium 

notus 

jaceo 

deinde 

cornii 

novus 

mlror 

fortiter 

cursus 

nullus 

obtineo 

supra 

facultas 

reliquus 

perterreo 

umquam 

mors 

vlvus 

peto 

unde 

negotium 

progredior 

opus 

aperio 

projicio 

etsl 

paltis 

coepi 

relinquo 

pellis 

committo 

sequor 

contra 

vestlgium 

consequor 

specto 

praeter 

consisto 

traho 

ingens 

curro 

HERCULES  301 

necare.  Hae  aves  rostra  aenea  habebant,  et  carne  hominum 
vescebantur.  Ille,  postquam  ad  locum  pervenit,  lacum  vldit; 
in  hoc  autem  lacu,  qui  non  procul  erat  ab  oppido,  aves  habi-  195 
tabant.  Niilla  tamen  dabatur  appropinquandl  facultas.  La- 
cus  enim  non  ex  aqua  sed  e  llmo  constitit;  Hercules  igitur 
neque  pedibus  neque  lintre  progredl  potuit. 

Tandem,  postquam  magnam  partem  diel  frustra  consumpsit, 
hoc  conatu  destitit  et  ad  Vulcanum  se  contulit  auxilium-  200 
que  ab  eo  petiit.  Vulcanus,  qul  a  fabrls  maxime  colebatur, 
crepundia,  quae  ipse  ex  aere  fabricatus  erat,  Herculi  dedit. 
Hls  Hercules  dlrum  crepitum  fecit,  et  aves  perterritae 
avolaverunt;  ille  autem,  dum  avolant,  magnum  numerum 
eorum  sagittls  transflxit.  -  205 

19.   Seventh  Labor — The  Cretan  Bull 

Tum  jussit  Herculem  Eurystheus  taurum  quendam  fero- 
cissimum  ex  Insula  Creta  vlvum  referre.  Ille  igitur  navem 
conscendit  et,  cum  prlmum  ventus  idoneus  fuit,  solvit.  Ubi 
tamen  Insulae  jam  appropinquabat,  magna  tempestas  subito 
coorta  est,  navisque  cursum  tenere  non  poterat.  Nautae  210 
paene     omnem     spem     salutis     deposuerunt;     tantus     timor 


193.  carae:  from  caro;  the  deponent  verbs  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior, 
vescor,  take  as  their  object  an  ablative,  not  an  accusative. 

196.  appropinquandl:  a  gerund  in  the  genitive  case,  like  respirandi, 
line  97. 

197.  constitit:  from  consto. 

198.  pedibus,  on  foot;  ablative  of  means,  here  suggesting  in  addition 
the  idea  of  manner. 

206.  ferocissimum,  very  savage.  The  translation  of  the  superlative  by 
very  is  frequently  necessary. 

208.  cum  primum,  as  soon  as.  With  this  phrase,  as  with  ubi,  postquam, 
simul  atque,  the  perfect  indicative  is  most  frequently  employed,  as  ex- 
plained  in  the  note  on  Perseus,  12. 

solvit,  set  sail. 

209.  Insulae:  the  verb  appropinquo  takes  either  a  dative,  as  here,  or 
ad  with  an  accusative. 


302  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

animos  eorum  occupaverat.     Hercules,  tamen,  etsl  navigandi 
imperltus  erat,  haudquaquam  territus  est. 

Post  breve  tempus  summa  tranquillitas  consecuta  est,  et 

215  nautae,  qul  se  ex  timore  jam  receperant,  navem  incolumem 
ad  terram  perduxerunt.  Hercules  e  navl  egressus  est,  et,  ubi 
ad  regem  Cretae  venit,  causam  veniendl  docuit.  Deinde, 
postquam  omnia  parata  sunt,  ad  eam  regionem  contendit 
quam  taurus  vastabat.     Mox  taurum  vldit,  et,  quamquam 

220  res  erat  magnl  perlcull,  cornua  ejus  prehendit.  Tum  ingentl 
labore  monstrum  ad  navem  traxit  et  cum  praeda  in  Graeciam 
rediit. 

20.   Eighth  Labor  —  Capture  of  the  Horses 

OF   DlOMEDE 

Postquam  ex  Insula  Creta  rediit,  Hercules  ab  Eurystheo  in 
Thraciam  missus  est  et  equos  Diomedis  reducere  jussus.     Hl 

225  equl  carne  hominum  vescebantur;  Diomedes  autem,  vir  cru- 
delissimus,  iis  projiciebat  peregnnos  omnes  qul  in  eam 
regionem  venerant.  Hercules  igitur  magna  celeritate  in 
Thraciam  contendit  et  hos  equos  ab  Diomede  postulavit. 
Quod   tamen   ille   hos   tradere   nolebat,    Hercules,    Ira   com- 

230  motus,  regem  interfecit  et  cadaver  ejus  equls  projicl  jussit. 

Ita  mlra  rerum  commtitatio  facta  est;  is  enim  qul  antea 

multos  cum  cruciatu  necaverat  ipse  eodem  supplicio  necatus 

est.     Ubi  haec  nuntiata  sunt,  omnes  qul  eam  regionem  in- 

colebant   maxima   laetitia   affectl   sunt,   et   Hercull  meritam 

235  gratiam  referebant.  Non  modo  maximls  honoribus  et  prae- 
mils   eum    decoraverunt,    sed    regnum    etiam    el    obtulerunt. 


212.  navigandi  imperitus,  ignorant  of,  unskilled  in,  navigation.  The 
genitive  of  the  gerund  here  depends  upon  an  adjective;  in  line  196  it  was 
used  with  a  noun,  facultas. 

215.  se  receperant,  had  recovered. 

225.  carne:  why  ablative?    See  note  on  line  193. 

234.  meritam  gratiam  referebant:  for  the  translation  consult  the  note 
on  Perseus,  86. 


HERCULES  303 

Ille  tamen  regnum  accipere  nolebat  et,  postquam  ad  mare 
rediit,  navem  occupavit.      Ubi  omnia  ad  navigandum  parata 
sunt,   equos  in   navem   collocavit;  deinde  idoneam  tempesta- 
tem  nactus,  sine  mora  e  portu  solvit  et  paulo  post  equos  in  240 
lltus  Argolicum  exposuit. 

21.   Ninth  Labor  —  The  Girdle  of  Hippolyte 

Gens  Amazonum  dicitur  omnino  ex  mulieribus  constitisse. 
Hae  summam  scientiam  rei  mllitaris  habebant  et  maximam 
virtutem  praebebant;  nam  etiam  cum  viris  proelium  com- 
mittere  audebant.  Hippolyte,  Amazonum  reglna,  balteum  245 
habuit  celeberrimum,  quem  Mars  el  dederat.  Admeta  autem, 
Eurysthel  fllia,  famam  de  hoc  balteo  acceperat,  et  eum  pos- 
sidere  vehementer  cupiebat.  Eurystheus  igitur  Herculem 
jussit  copias  cogere  et  bellum  Amazonibus  Inferre.  Ille 
nuntios  in  omnes  partes  dlmlsit  et,  postquam  magna  multi-  250 
ttido  convenit,  eos  delegit  qul  maximum  tisum  in  re  mllitarl 
habebant. 

22.   The  Girdle  Refused 

Hls  virls  Hercules  causam  itineris  exposuit;  illl  auctoritate 
ejus  adductl  iter  cum  eo  facere  constituerunt.     Tum  cum  ils 


238.  navem  occupavit,  went  on  board  his  ship. 

ad  navigandum,  for  sailing;  one  of  the  commonest  uses  of  the  gerund 
is  the  accusative  with  ad  in  expressions  of  purpose. 

239.  tempestatem,  weather;  with  what  meaning  has  the  word  been  used 
previously?     Compare  Perseus,  7. 

240.  nactus:  from  nanciscor.    The  past  participle  of  a  deponent  verb  is 
usually  active  in  meaning. 

paulo  post:  see  note  on  line  27. 

242.  constitisse:  from  consto. 

243.  rei  mflitaris,  military  science,  art  of  war. 

244.  proelium  committere,  to  engage  in  battle. 

249.  bellum  Amazonibus  Inferre,  to  make  war  on  the  Amazons. 
253.  His  viris:  dative  of  indirect  object. 
auctoritate:  ablative  of  cause. 


304  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

255  quibus  persuaserat  navem  conscendit  et,  ventum  idoneum 
nactus,  post  paucos  dies  ad  ostium  fiuminis  Thermodontis 
appulit.  Postquam  in  flnes  Amazonum  venit,  nuntium  ad 
Hippolytam  mlsit,  qul  causam  veniendl  docuit  et  balteum 
poposcit.     Ipsa  Hippolyte  balteum  tradere  volebat,  quod  de 

260  Herculis  virtiite  famam  acceperat;  quod  tamen  reliquae 
Amazones  nolebant,  negavit.  At  Hercules,  ubi  haec  nunti- 
ata  sunt,  belli  fortunam  temptare  constituit. 

Proximo  igitur  die  copias  eduxit.       Tum  locum  idoneum 
delegit  et  hostes  ad   pugnam   evocavit.     Amazones  quoque 

265  copias  suas  ex  castrls  eduxerunt  et  non  magno  intervallo 
aciem  Instruxerunt. 

23.   The  Battle 

Palus  erat  non  magna  inter  duos  exercitus;  neutrl  tamen 
initium  transeundl  facere  volebant.  Tandem  Hercules  sig- 
num  dedit  et,  ubi  paltidem  transiit,  proelium  commisit. 
270  Amazones  impetum  virorum  fortissime  sustinuerunt  et 
contra  oplnionem  omnium  magnam  virttitem  praestiterunt ; 
multos  quidem  eorum  occlderunt,  multos  etiam  in  fugam 
conjecerunt.  Virl  enim  novo  genere  pugnae  perturbabantur, 
nec  solitam  virttitem  praestabant.     Hercules  autem,  ubi  haec 


255.  quibus:  persuddeo  is  one  of  the  special  verbs  that  govern  the  dative. 

256.  post  paucos  dies:  in  this  phrase  post  is  employed  as  a  preposition. 
ad  ostium  Thermodontis:  the  Thermodon  was  a  river  in  Pontus,  a 

country  on  the  southern  coast  of  the  Black  Sea.  The  Amazons  were  also 
represented  as  dwelling  to  the  north  on  the  river  Don. 

259.  volebat,  was  willing. 

261.  nolebant:  the  words  balteum  tradere  are  to  be  understood. 

265.  non  magno  intervallo,  at  no  great  distance  (interval). 

267.  non  magna,  of  no  great  extent. 

neutri:  neither  side,  a  rather  frequent  meaning  for  the  plural  of  neuter. 

270.  Amazones  magnam  virtutem  praestiterunt :  the  Amazons  were 
said  to  have  ventured  to  attack  the  territories  of  other  nations,  and  to 
have  made  their  way  even  into  Attica,  the  district  about  Athens. 

274.  nec:  translate  and  not. 


HERCULES 


305 


AN  AMAZON 


306  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

275  vldit,  de  suls  fortunls  desperare  coepit.  Mllites  igitur  ve- 
hementer  cohortatus  ad  prlstinam  virtutem  tantum  dedecus 
deprecatus  est;  quibus  verbls  animl  omnium  erectl  sunt; 
nam  multl,  etiam  qui  vulneribus  confectl  erant,  proelium 
sine  mora  redintegraverunt. 

24.   Defeat  of  the  Amazons 

280  Diu  et  acriter  pugnatum  est;  tandem  tamen  ad  solis  oc- 
casum  magna  commutatio  rerum  facta  est,  et  mulieres  terga 
verterunt  atque  fuga  salutem  petierunt.  Multae  autem  vul- 
neribus  defessae,  dum  fugiunt,  captae  sunt;  in  quo  numero 
ipsa  erat  Hippolyte.     Hercules  summam  clementiam  praestitit 

285  et,  postquam  balteum  accepit,  llbertatem  omnibus  captlvls 
dedit.  Post  haec  socios  ad  mare  reduxit  et,  quod  non  mul- 
tum  aestatis  supererat,  in  Graeciam  proficlscl  matiiravit. 
Navem  igitur  conscendit  et,  tempestatem  idoneam  nactus, 
statim  solvit.     Antequam   tamen  in   Graeciam  pervenit,   ad 

290  urbem  Trojam  navem  appellere  constituit;  frumentum  enim 
quod  secum  habebat  jam  deficere  coeperat. 

276.  Milites  .  .  .  deprecatus  est,  urged  his  soldiers  to  (display)  their 
old-time  courage  (and)  deplored,  etc. 

277.  quibus:  translate  by  a  demonstrative,  these. 

278.  etiam  qui,  even  those  who. 

280.  Diu  .  .  .  pugnatum  est,  the  battle  was  long  and  fierce;  literally,  it 
was  fought  long  and  fiercely. 

ad  solis  occasum,  about  sunset. 

286.  haec,  this. 

non  multum  aestatis,  not  much  of  the  summer;  multum  is  neuter  of  the 
adjective  used  as  a  noun. 

290.  Trojam:  another  example  of  an  appositive  where  English  would 
use  a  phrase  with  of. 


1.  What  is  the  Latin  for  "after  a  few  days"?  2.  What  part  of  speech  is 
procul?  3.  Give  a  synopsis  of  do  and  consumo  in  the  third  person  singular, 
active  voice.  4.  Give  the  gerunds  of  video  and  venio  in  all  cases.  5.  Con- 
jugate  nolb  in  the  present  and  imperfect  indicative.  6.  Find  the  derivation 
and  meaning  of  "itinerary." 


HERCULES 


307 


25.  Laomedon  and  the  Sea  Monster 
Laomedon  quldam  illo  tempore  regnum  Trojae  obtinebat; 
ad  hunc  Neptfinus  et  Apollo  anno  superiore  venerant  et, 
quod  Troja  nondum  moenia  habebat,  ad  hoc  opus  auxilium 
obtulerant.  Postquam  tamen  horum  auxilio  moenia  confecta  295 
sunt,  nolebat  Laomedon  praemium  quod  proposuerat  per- 
solvere. 

Neptunus  igitur  et  Apollo,  ob  hanc  causam  Iratl,  mon- 
strum  quoddam  mlserunt  specie  horribill,  quod  cotldie  e  mari 
veniebat  et  homines  pecudesque  vorabat.  Trojanl  igitur,  300 
timore  perterritl,  in  urbe  continebantur,  et  pecora  omnia  ex 
agris  intra  mtlros  compulerant.  Laomedon,  hls  rebus  com- 
motus,  oraculum  consuluit;  a  deo  autem  jussus  est  flliam 
Hesionem  monstro  objicere. 

26.   The  Rescue  of  Hesione 
Laomedon,  ubi  hoc  responsum  renuntiatum  est,  magnum  305 
dolorem  percepit.     Sed  tamen,  quod  clves  suos  tanto  perlculo 

301.  continebantur:    here  equivalent  to  se  continebant,  were  confining 
themselves. 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW 


aestas 

tlsus 

deficio 

supersum 

auctoritas 

despero 

transeo 

commutatio 

defessus 

ediico 

cruciatus 

imperltus 

evoco 

acriter 

genus 

incolumis 

Infero 

^ntea 

initium 

neuter 

mattiro 

modo 

mulier 

prlstinus 

nanclscor 

quidem 

occasus 

nego 

quoque 

portus 

audeo 

perturbo 

rostrum 

cohortor 

posco 

cum 

signum 

colloco 

postulo 

socius 

consto 

praebeo 

supplicium 

coorior 

redintegro 

308  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

llberare  volebat,  oraculo  parere  constituit  et  diem  sacrificio 
dixit.  Sed,  sive  casti  slve  consilio  deorum,  Hercules  tempore 
opportunissimo   Trojam   attigit;  ipso  enim  temporis   piincto 

310  quo  puella  catenls  vlncta  ad  lltus  dediicebatur  ille  navem 
appulit.  Hercules,  e  navl  egressus,  de  rebus  quae  gerebantur 
certior  factus  est;  tum,  Ira  commotus,  ad  regem  se  contulit 
et  auxilium  suum  obtulit.  Rex  libenter  ejus  auxilium  accepit; 
deinde  Hercules  monstrum  interfecit  et  puellam,  quae  jam 

315  omnem  spem  salutis  deposuerat,  incolumem  ad  patrem 
reduxit.  Laomedon  magno  cum  gaudio  flliam  suam  accepit, 
et  Hercull  pro  tanto  beneficio  meritam  gratiam  rettulit. 

27.   Tenth  Labor — The  Oxen  of  Geryon 

Post  haec  jussus  est  Hercules  ad  Insulam  Erythlam  Ire 
bovesque  Geryonis  arcessere.     Res  erat  summae  difficultatis, 

320  quod  boves  a  gigante  Eurytione  et  a  cane  bicipite  custodie- 
bantur.  Ipse  autem  Geryon  speciem  horribilem  praebebat; 
habebat  enim  tria  corpora  inter  se  conjtincta.  Hercules 
tamen,  etsl  intellegebat  perlculum  magnum  esse,  negotium 
suscepit,  et,  postquam  per  multas  terras  iter  fecit,  ad  eam 

325  partem  Libyae  pervenit  quae  Europae  proxima  est.  Ibi  in 
utraque  parte  fretl  quod  Europam  a  Libya  dlvidit  columnas 
constituit,   quae  postea  Herculis  Columnae  appellatae  sunt. 

307.  oraculo:  dative  with  the  special  verb  parere. 
sacrificio,  for  the  sacrifice,  dative. 

309.  ipso  .  .  .  temporis  puncto  quo,  at  the  very  moment  at  which. 
312.  certior  factus  est,  was  informed;  literally,  the  words  mean  was  made 
more  certain. 

322.  inter  se,  together,  to  one  anoiher. 

323.  perlculum  magnum  esse,  that  the  danger  was  great;  an  example  of 
indirect  discourse. 

325.  Europae:  dative,  depending  on  the  adjective  proxima. 

in  utraque  parte,  on  both  sides. 

327.  Herculis  Columnae:  usually  referred  to  as  the  Pillars  of  Hercules; 
the  Rock  of  Gibraltar  and  a  hill  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Straits  doubt- 
less  gave  rise  to  this  legend. 


HERCULES  309 

28.   The  Golden  Ship 
Dum    hlc    moratur,    Hercules    magnum    incommodum    ex 
calore  solis  accipiebat.     Tandem  igitur,  Ira  commotus,  arcum 
suum  intendit  et  solem  sagittls  petiit.     Sol  tamen,  audaciam  330 
virl  admlratus,  lintrem  auream  el  dedit.     Hercules  hoc  donum 
libentissime   accepit;    nullam   enim  navem  in  hls  regionibus 
invenlre  potuerat.     Tum  lintrem  deduxit  et,  ventum  nactus 
idoneum,  post  breve  tempus  ad  Insulam  pervenit.     Postquam 
ex  incolls  cognovit  de  loco  ubi  boves  erant,  eo  statim  profec-  335 
tus  est  et  a  rege  Geryone  boves  postulavit.     Quod  tamen  ille 
hos  tradere  nolebat,   Hercules  et  regem  ipsum  et  gigantem 
Eurytionem  interfecit. 

29.   A  Miraculous  Hail-Storm 
Tum    Hercules   boves   per  Hispaniam  et  Liguriam  compei- 
lere   constituit.     Postquam  igitur  omnia  parata  sunt,   bcves   340 
ex  Insula  ad  continentem  transportavit.     Ligures  tamen,  gens 
bellicosissima,    dum  ille   per  flnes   eorum  iter  facit,   magnls 
copils  convenerunt,  atque  eum  longius  progredl  prohibebant. 
Hercules  magnam  difficultatem  habebat;  barbarl  enim  in  locls 
superioribus  constiterant,  et  saxa  telaque  in  eum  conjiciebant.   34f 
Ille  quidem  paene  omnem  spem  salutis  deposuerat;  sed  tem- 

330.  petiit,  attacked,  a  somewhat  infrequent  meaning  of  the  verb. 

331.  admiratus,  admiring;  the  past  participlcs  of  certain  deponent 
verbs  are  frequently  best  rendcred  by  an  English  present  participle. 

335.  eo:  an  adverb. 

337.  et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and. 

342.  fines:  not  boundaries. 

magnis  copiis,  with  large  forces,  ablative  of  accompaniment;  in  express- 
ing  accompaniment  cum  may  be  omitted  in  military  expressions  if  the 
noun  in  the  ablative  is  modified  by  an  adjective  other  than  a  numeral. 

343.  eum  .  .  .  progredi  prohibebant,  tried  to  prevent  him  from  proceed- 
ing.  The  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  often  depends  on  prohibeo. 
The  imperfect  tense  here  denotes  an  attempted  action. 

345.  constiterant:  from  consisto. 

346.  quidem:  this  word  often  means  it  is  true,  to  be  sure;  it  is  then 
followed  in  the  next  sentence  by  some  word  denoting  opposition  or  con- 
trast,  here  sed,  but,  nevertheless. 


310  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

pore  opportunissimo  Juppiter  imbrem  lapidum  ingentium  e 
caelo  demlsit.    Hi  magna  vi  ceciderunt  et  magnum  numerum 
Ligurum  occlderunt;  ipse  tamen  Hercules,  ut  in  talibus  rebus 
350  accidere  consuevit,  nihil  incommodi  cepit. 

30.   Passage  of  the  Alps 

Postquam  Ligures  hoc  modo  superati  sunt,  Hercules  quam 

celerrime  progressus  est  et  post  paucos  dies  ad  Alpes  per- 

venit.     Necesse    erat    hos   translre,    quod  in    Italiam    boves 

ducere   volebat;    res    tamen   summae    erat    difficultatis.      Hi 

355  enim  montes,  qui  Galliam  ulteriorem  ab  Italia  dlvidunt,  nive 
perennl  teguntur;  quam  ob  causam  neque  frumentum  neque 
pabulum  in  his  regionibus  invenlri  potest.  Hercules  igitur, 
artequam  ascendere  coepit,  magnam  copiam  frumenti  et 
pabuli  comparavit,  et  boves  oneravit.     Postquam  in  hls  rebus 

560  tres  dies  constimpserat,  quarto  die  profectus  est  et  contra 
omnium  opinionem,  boves  incolumes  in  ItaUam  tradiixit. 

31.  Cacus  Steals  the  Oxen 
Post  breve  tempus  ad  flumen  Tiberim  venit;  illo  tamen 
tempore  ntilla  erat  urbs  in  eo  loco.     Roma  enim  nondum 


349.  in  talibus  rebus:  i.e.,  when  favored  with  divine  help. 

350.  consuevit:  the  force  of  the  tenses  of  this  verb  is  explained  in  the 
note  on  line  32. 

nihil  incommodi,  no  harm;  literally  nothing  of  harm. 

351.  quam  celerrime,  as  rapidly  as  possible. 

355.  Galliam  ulteriorem:  i.e.,  Gaul  north  of  the  Alps;  the  valley  of  the 
Po  in  Italy  was  also  inhabited  at  one  time  by  Gallic  tribes  and  was  known 
to  the  Romans  as  Gallia  ciierior,  Nearer  Gaul. 

356.  quam  ob  causam,  for  this  reason;  for  the  position  of  the  preposi- 
tion  see  the  note  on  hoc  in  templo,  line  73. 

362.  Tiberim:  a  few  third  declension  nouns  have  -dm  instead  of  -em  as 
the  ending  of  the  accusative  singular. 


1.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  praesto,  solvo,  propono,  proficiscor.  2. 
Decline  civis  and  litus.  3.  Give  the  ablative  plural  of  vulnus,  annus,  rex, 
regnum,  dies.  4.  Conjugate  mitto  a,nd  jubeo  in  the  future  active.  5.  Who 
were  the  Amazons?  6.  Who  was  Neptune?  7.  What  was  the  Hydra? 
8.  How  many  labors  was  Hercules  to  perform? 


HERCULES  311 

condita  erat.  Hercules,  itinere  fessus,  constituit  ibi  paucos 
dies  moraii  atque  se  ex  laboribus  recreare.  Haud  procul  365 
a  valle  ubi  boves  pascebantur  antrum  erat,  in  quo  gigas 
quldam,  nomine  Cacus,  tum  habitabat.  Hic  speciem  terri- 
bilem  praebebat,  non  modo  quod  ingenti  magnitudine  corporis 
erat,  sed  quod  ignem  ex  ore  explrabat.  Cacus  autem  de 
adventu  Herculis  famam  acceperat;  noctii  igitur  venit  et,  370 
dum  Hercules  dormit,  quattuor  pulcherrimorum  boum  abri- 
puit.  Hos  caudls  in  antrum  traxit;  hoc  enim  modo  putavit 
Herculem  vestigils  deceptum  boves  non  inventurum  esse. 


32.   Hercules  Discovers  the  Theft 

Postero  die,  simul  atque  e  somno  excitatus  est,  Hercules 
furtum  animadvertit,  et  boves  amissos  undique  quaerebat.  375 
Hos  tamen  nusquam  repeiire  poterat,  non  modo  quod  locl 
naturam  ignorabat,  sed  quod  vestlgils  falsls  deceptus  est. 
Tandem,  ubi  magnam  partem  diel  frustra  consiimpsit,  cum 
reliquls  bobus  progredl  constituit.  At,  dum  proficlscl  parat, 
iinus  e  bobus  quos  secum  habuit  muglre  coepit.  Extemplo  3so 
il  qul  in  antro  incliisl  erant  miigltum  reddiderunt;  hoc  modo 
Hercules  locum  invenit.  Tum  vehementer  Iratus,  ad  spelun- 
cam  quam  celerrime  se  contulit.  At  Cacus  saxum  ingens 
dejecerat  et  aditum  speluncae  omnlno  obstriixerat. 

368.  ingenti  magnitudine :  ablative  of  description;  what  other  case 
might  have  been  employed? 

373.  Herculem  .  .  .  non  inventurum  esse,  that  Hercules,  deceived  by 
the  tracks,  would  not  find;  see  note  on  line  323. 

374.  die:  ablative  denoting  time  at  which.  What  idea  of  time  is  expressed 
by  dies  in  line  365? 

375.  boves  amissos,  the  lost  oxen;  the  participle  is  employed  as  an 
adjective. 

380.  unus  e  bobus:  with  cardinal  numbers  and  with  quldam  an  ablative 
with  ex  or  de  is  more  common  than  a  genitive;  the  latter,  however,  some- 
times  occurs,  as  in  line  371. 

383.  quam  celerrime:  see  note  on  line  351. 


312  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

33.   Recovery  of  the  Oxen 

385  Hercules,  quoniam  nullum  alium  introitum  reperlre  poterat, 
hoc  saxum  amovere  conatus  est;  sed  propter  ejus  magnitu- 
dinem  res  erat  difficillima.  Diu  laborabat,  neque  quidquam 
efficere  poterat.  Tandem  tamen  magno  conatu  saxum 
amovit  et  speluncam  patefecit.       Ibi  amissos  boves  magno 

390  cum  gaudio  conspexit.  Sed  Cacum  ipsum  vix  cernere  potuit, 
quod  spelunca  repleta  erat  fiimo  quem  ille  more  suo  evome- 
bat.  Hercules,  inusitata  specie  turbatus,  breve  tempus 
haesitabat;  mox  tamen  in  speluncam  irrupit  et  collum  mon- 
strl  bracchils  complexus  est.     Ille,  etsl  multum  rehlctatus  est, 

395  nullo  modo  se  llberare  potuit;  et,  quod  ntilla  facultas  respl- 
randl  dabatur,  mox,  quod  necesse  fuit,  exanimatus  est. 

34.   Eleventh  Labor  —  The  Golden  Apples 
of  the  hesperides 

Eurystheus,  postquam  boves  Geryonis  accepit,  laborem 
undecimum  Herculi  imposuit,  graviorem  quam  quos  supra 
narravimus.  Jussit  enim  eum  aurea  poma  ex  horto  Hesperi- 
400  dum  auferre.  Hesperides  autem  nymphae  erant  quaedam 
forma  praestantissima,  quae  in  terra  longinqua  habitabant,  et 
quibus  aurea  quaedam  poma  a  Jiinone  commissa  erant. 
Multi  homines,   auri   cupiditate  inducti,   haec  poma  auferre 

387.  neque,  but  not;  occasionally  neque  is  used  as  the  equivalent  of  sed 
non  instead  of  et  non. 

391.  more  suo,  according  to  his  custom;  the  ablative  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed  to  express  the  idea  of  "in  accordance  with." 

392.  breve  tempus:  accusative  of  duration  of  time. 

396.  quod  (a  thing)  which,  or  as;  neuter,  because  the  relative  refers  to 
the  fact  in  exanimatus  est. 

398.  Hercull:  see  note  on  line  179. 

quam:  supply  el  erant. 

400.  quaedam:  with  nymphae. 


HERCULES  313 

jam  antea  conati  erant;  res  tamen  difficillima  erat.  Nam 
hortus  in  quo  poma  erant  muro  ingenti  undique  circumdatus  405 
est;  praeterea  draco  quldam,  qui  centum  capita  habebat,  por- 
tam  Iiortl  dlligenter  custodiebat.  Opus  igitur  quod  Eurys- 
theus  Hercull  imperaverat  erat  summae  difficultatis,  non 
modo  ob  causas  quas  memoravimus,  sed  quod  Hercules 
situm  hortl  omnlno  ignorabat.  410 

35.   Atlas,  Who  Upheld  the  Heavens 

Hercules,  quamquam  quietem  vehementer  cupiebat,  con- 
stituit  tamen  Eurystheo  parere;  et  simul  ac  jussa  ejus  acce- 
pit,  proficlscl  matiiravit.  Multos  mercatores  interrogaverat 
de  sede  Hesperidum;  nihil  tamen  certum  reperlre  potuerat. 
Friistra  per  multas  terras  iter  fecit  et  multa  perlcula  subiit;  415 
tandem,  postquam  in  hls  itineribus  totum  annum  consumpsit, 
ad  extremam  partem  orbis,  quae  proxima  erat  Oceano,  per- 
venit.  Hlc  stabat  vir  quldam,  nomine  Atlas,  ingentl  magni- 
tudine  corporis,  qul  caelum  (ita  tradunt)  umerls  suis,  sustine- 
bat  et  in  terram  decidere  prohibebat.  Hercules,  tantum  420 
laborem  magnopere  mlratus,  post  paulo  in  colloquium  cum 


408.  Herculi,  had  imposed  upon  Hercules;  Hercull  is  a  dative  governed 
by  the  special  verb  imperaverat. 

412.  Eurystheo:  what  case  is  governed  by  verbs  of  obeying? 

417.  orbis:  supply  terrarum;  the  two  words  together  mean  the  world. 

419.  ita  tradunt,  so  legend  has  it,  as  the  legend  goes;  literally  so  they  hand 
down. 

umeris:  ablative  of  means,  but  to  be  translated  on  his  shoulders. 

caelum  decidere,  fromfalling  upon  the  earth;  see  note  on  line  343. 

421.  miratus,  wondering  at. 


1.  Conjugate  possum  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future.  2.  Decline 
dies.  3.  Conjugate  venio  in  the  past  perfect.  4.  Give  the  principal  parts 
of  aufero,  reddo,  irrumpo.  5.  What  is  the  meaning  of  quam  celerrime"? 
6.  Find  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  "ignite." 


314 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 


Atlante  venit  et,  postquam  causam  itineris  exposuit,  auxilium 
ejus  petiit. 

36.     A    SUBSTITUTE 

Atlas  autem  potuit  Hercull  maxime  prodesse;  ille  enim, 
425  quoniam  ipse  erat  pater  Hesperidum,  situm  horti  bene  sclvit. 
Postquam  igitur  audlvit  causam  itineris  Herculis,  "Ipse," 
inquit,  "ad  hortum  Ibo;  ego  si  hortabor,  flliae  certe  poma  sua 
sponte  tradent."  Hercules,  ubi  haec  audlvit,  magnopere 
gavlsus  est;  cupiebat  enim  rem  sine  vl  fierl.  Constituit  igitur 
430  oblatum  auxilium  accipere.  Sed  quod  Atlas  abitiirus  erat, 
necesse  erat  aliquem  caelum  umerls  sustinere.  Hoc  igitur 
negotium  Hercules  libenter  suscepit  et,  quamquam  res  erat 


424.  Hercull:  dative  with  prodesse,  benefit. 
427.  hortabor:  supply  eds  as  object. 
sua  sponte,  of  their  own  accord. 

429.  gavisus  est:  from  gaudeo. 

430.  abiturus  erat,  was  about  to  go  away;  the  future  active  participle  is 
often  thus  used  with  a  form  of  the  verb  sum. 

VOCABULARY  REVTEW 


colloquium 

accido 

efficio 

turbo 

cupiditas 

amitto 

indtico 

incommodum 

arcesso 

intellego 

longe 

lapis 

aufero 

memoro 

noctii 

mercator 

cado 

moror 

quam 

os 

circumdo 

pareo 

ut 

pabulum 

condo 

patefacio 

conjungo 

puto 

quoniam 

posterus 

conor 

reniintio 

ulterior 

custodio 

subeo 

uterque 

decipio 

tego 

demitto 

tradiico 

HERCULES  315 

summl  laboris,  totum  pondus  caeli  continuos  complures  dies 
solus  sustinuit. 

37.   Return  of  Atlas 

Atlas  interea  abierat  et  ad  hortum  Hesperidum,  qui  pauca  435 
milia    passuum    aberat,    se    quam    celerrime    contulerat.     Eo 
ubi  venit,  causam  veniendl  exposuit  et  a  flliabus  suls  poma 
vehementer  petlvit.     Illae  diu  haerebant;  nolebant  enim  hoc 
facere,  quod  ab  ipsa  Jiinone,   de  qua  ante  dictum  est,  hoc 
mQnus  acceperant.     Atlas  tamen  post  multa  verba  ils   per-  440 
suasit  et  poma  ad  Herculem  rettulit.     Hercules  interea,  qul 
plures    dies    expectaverat    neque    ullam    famam    de    reditti 
Atlantis  acceperat,  hac  mora  graviter  commotus  est.     Tan- 
dem   qulnto    die   Atlantem    vldit    redeuntem,    et  mox  magno 
cum  gaudio  poma  accepit;  tum,  postquam  gratias  pro  tanto   445 
beneficio  egit,  ad  Graeciam  proficlscl  matiiravit. 

38.   Twelfth  Labor  —  Cerberus,  the  Three-headed  Dog 

Postquam  aurea  poma  ad  Eurystheum  relata  sunt,  unus 
modo  relinquebatur  e  duodecim  laboribus  quos  Eurystheus  Her- 
culi   praeceperat.     Eurystheus   autem,   quod   Herculem   mag- 
nopere  timebat,  se  ab  eo  in  perpetuum  llberare  volebat.     Jus-  450 
sit  igitur  eum   canem   Cerberum   ex   Orco   in  lucem  trahere. 

435.  pauca  milia  passuum,  a  few  miles.  The  use  of  mille  in  the  plural 
is  explained  in  the  note  on  line  181. 

436.  E6:  an  adverb. 

437.  filiabus:  the  noun  filia  has  filiabus  (not  filiis)  as  the  dative  and 
ablative  plural;  dea  (goddess)  also  has  -abus  as  the  ending  of  these  cases; 
in  other  forms  these  nouns  have  the  regular  endings  of  the  first  declen- 
sion. 

439.  dictum  est,  we  have  spoken. 

448.  quos  Eurystheus  Hercull  praeceperat,  which  Eurystheus  had  im- 
posed  upon  Hercules;  the  compound  verb  praecipib  is  transitive  and  so 
takes  both  a  dative,  Herculi,  and  an  accusative,  quos. 

450.  in  perpetuum,  forever;  the  neuter  adjective  is  used  as  a  noun. 


316  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

Hoc  opus  omnium  difncillimum  erat;  nemo  enim  umquam  ex 
Orco  redierat.  Praeterea  Cerberus  iste  monstrum  erat  horri- 
bili  specie,  qui  tria  capita  serpentibus  saevls  clncta  habebat. 
455  Antequam  tamen  hunc  laborem  narramus,  non  alienum  vide- 
tur,  quoniam  de  Orco  mentionem  fecimus,  pauca  de  ista 
regione  proponere. 

39.   Orcus,  or  Hades,  the  Abode  of  the  Dead 

De  Orco,  qul  Idem  Hades  appellabatur,  haec  traduntur. 
Ut  quisque  e  vlta  discesserat,  manes  ejus  ad  Orcum,  sedem 

460  mortuorum,  a  deo  Mercurio  deducebantur.  Hujus  regionis, 
quae  sub  terra  fuisse  dlcitur,  rex  erat  Pluto,  cujus  uxor  erat 
Proserpina,  Jovis  et  Cereris  fllia.  Manes  igitur,  a  Mercurio 
deducti,  prlmum  ad  rlpam  veniebant  Stygis  fliiminis,  quo 
continetur  regnum  Phltonis.     Hoc  omnes  translre  necesse  erat 

465  qul  in  Orcum  veniebant.  Quoniam  tamen  in  hoc  flumine 
nullus  pons  erat,  manes  transvehebantur  a  Charonte  quodam, 
qul  cum  parva  scapha  ad  rlpam  expectabat.  Charon  pro  hoc 
officio  mercedem  postulabat,  neque  volebat  quemquam  sine 
hoc  praemio  transvehere.     Ob  hanc  causam  mos  erat  apud 

470  antlquos  nummum  in  ore  mortul  ponere;  eo  modo,  ut  puta- 
bant,  mortuus  ad  Stygem  veniens  pretium  trajecttis  solvere 
poterat.     II   autem   qui   post   mortem   in    terra   non    sepulti 

455.  alienum,  out  of  place. 

456.  pauca,  a  few  things. 

458.  Idem,  also,  a  frequent  meaning  of  the  word. 

459.  Ut,  when.    quisque,  each  person. 

manes:  a  plural  noun,  but  to  be  translated  as  singular. 

460.  Mercurio:  one  of  the  functions  ascribed  to  the  god  Mercury  was 
that  of  guide  of  souls  into  the  lower  world. 

464.  omnes  transire  necesse  erat,  all  must  cross.  The  subject  of  erat 
is  the  infinitive  clause  omnes  translre. 

465.  in  (flumine),  over. 

469.  mos  erat  .  .  .  ponere,  it  was  the  custom  to  place;  ponere  is  the 
subject  of  erat. 

470.  mortui,  of  the  dead  person. 


HERCULES  317 

erant  Stygem  translre  non  potuerunt,  sed  in  lltore  per  cen- 
tum  annos  errare  coactl  sunt;  tum  demum  licuit  Orcum 
intrare.  475 

40.   The  Realm  of  Pluto 

Postquam  manes  Stygem  hoc  modo  transierant,  ad  alte- 
rum  veniebant  flumen,  quod  Lethe  appellatum  est.  Ex  hoc 
fliimine  aquam  bibere  cogebantur.  Quod  ubi  fecerant,  res 
omnes  in  vlta  gestas  e  memoria  deponebant.  Denique  ad 
sedem  ipsam  Pliitonis  veniebant,  cujus  introitus  a  cane  Cer-  480 
bero  custodiebatur.  Ibi  Pluto,  nigro  vestltii  indutus,  cum 
uxore  Proserpina  in  solio  sedebat.  Stabant  etiam  non  procul 
ab  eo  loco  tria  alia  solia,  in  quibus  sedebant  Mlnos,  Rhada- 
manthus,  et  Aeacus,  judices  Inferorum.  Hl  mortuls  jiis  dlce- 
bant  et  praemia  poenasque  constituebant.  Boni  enim  in  485 
Campos  Elysios,  sedem  beatorum,  veniebant;  improbi  autem 
in  Tartarum  mittebantur,  et  multls  varilsque  supplicils  ibi 
excruciabantur. 


475.  intrare:  subject  of  licuit. 

478.  Quod  ubi  fecerant,  and  when  they  had  done  this.  The  Latin 
relative  pronoun  often  stands  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  and  refers  to 
an  antecedent  in  the  preceding  sentence.  When  thus  used  it  is  often  fol- 
lowed  by  ubi,  as  in  this  instance,  or  by  cum.  In  this  use  it  is  translated 
by  a  personal  or  a  demonstrative  pronoun. 

res  omnes  .  .  .  gestas,  freely,  all  the  experiences  of  life;  literally, 
all  things  done  in  life. 

482.  Stabant,  there  stood;  see  note  on  line  146. 

484.  mortuis  jus  dicebant,  dispensed  justice  to  the  dead. 

486.  Campos  Elysios :  in  early  Greek  literature  the  Elysian  Fields  were 
spoken  of  as  lying  in  the  far  west,  at  the  earths  extremity,  or  in  the 
Islands  of  the  Blest.  At  a  later  time  they  were  represented  as  a  part  of 
the  lower  world. 


1.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  cupio,  capio,  paro,  pareo,flo.  2.  Givethe 
ablative  plural  of  mercator,  filia,  filius,  orbis.  3.  Give  a  synopsis  of 
hortor  in  the  third  person  plural.  4.  Decline  reditus  in  the  singular  number. 
5.  What  is  the  case  of  iis,  line  440,  and  why  used?  6.  Explain  the  deriva" 
tion  and  meaning  of  "volition". 


318  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

41.   Charon's  Fekry 

Hercules,  postquam   imperia    Eurysthel    accepit,    in    Laco- 

490  niam  ad  Taenarum  statim  se  contulit;  ibi  enim  spelunca  erat 

ingenti  magnitudine,  per  quam   (ut  tradebatur)  homines  ad 

Orcum  descendebant.     Eo  ubi  venit  et  ex  incolls  situm  spe- 

luncae  cognovit,  sine  mora  descendere  constituit.    Nec  tamen 

solus    hoc    iter    faciebat.      Mercurius    enim    et    Minerva    se 

495  socios  ei  adjtlnxerant.     Ubi  ad  rlpam  Stygis  venit,  Hercules 

scapham   Charontis   conscendit.      Quod   tamen   Hercules   vir 

erat  ingentl  magnitiidine   corporis,    Charon  solvere  nolebat; 

arbitrabatur  enim  tantum  pondus  scapham  suam  in  medio 

fliimine  mersurum  esse.     Tandem  tamen,  minls  Herculis  ter- 

500  ritus,  Charon  scapham  solvit  et  eum  incolumem  ad  ulteriorem 

ripam  perduxit. 

42.   The  Twelve  Labors  Accomplished 

Postquam  fliimen  Stygem  tall  modo  transiit,  Hercules  in 
sedem  ipslus  Plutonis  venit  et,  postquam  causam  veniendi 
docuit,  ab  eo  facultatem  Cerberum  auferendl  petlvit.     Pliit5, 

505  qul  de  Hercule  famam  acceperat,  eum  benigne  excepit  et 
facultatem  quam  ille  petebat  libenter  dedit.  Jussit  tamen 
Herculem  imperata  Eurysthel  facere  et  postea  Cerberum  in 
Orcum  rursus  reducere.  Hercules  haec  pollicitus  est,  et  Cer- 
berum,  quem  non  sine  magno  perlculo  manibus  prehenderat, 

<»io  summo  cum  labore  ex  Orco  in  lucem  et  ad  urbem  Eurysthel 
traxit.     Eo   ubi  venit,    Eurystheus  ex   atrid   statim  refugit; 


491.  ut  tradebatur:  the  clause  has  the  same  sense  as  ita  trddunt,  line  419. 

492.  Ed,  to  that  place. 
495.  socios,  as  companions. 

498.  tantum  pondus  .  .  .  mersurum  esse,  that  such  a  weight  would 
sink,  etc. 

504.  auferendi:  the  genitive  of  the  gerund  of  a  transitive  verb  may 
have  a  direct  object,  here  Cerberum. 

510.  in  lucem,  into  the  light,  i.e.,  to  the  upper  world. 


HERCULES  319 

tantus  pavor  animum  ejus  occupaverat.  Postquam  autem 
paulum  se  ex  timore  recepit,  multis  cum  lacrimls  clamitavit 
se  velle  monstrum  sine  mora  in  Orcum  reducl.  Slc,  contra 
omnium  oplnionem,  duodecim  illl  labores  quos  Eurystheus  5i» 
praeceperat  intra  duodecim  annos  confectl  sunt.  Itaque 
Hercules,  servittite  tandem  llberatus,  magno  cum  gaudio 
Thebas  rediit. 

43.   Nessus,  the  Centaur 

Post    haec    Hercules    multa    alia    praeclara   perfecit,    quae 
nunc  perscrlbere  longum  est.    Tandem,  jam  aetate  provectus,   520 
Deianlram,  Oenel  flliam,  in  matrimonium  duxit;  post  tamen 
tres  annos  puerum  quendam,  nomine  Eunomum,  casu  occldit. 
More  antlquo  necesse  erat  Herculem  ob  eam  rem  in  exilium 
Ire;  itaque  cum  uxore  sua  e  finibus  ejus  clvitatis  exlre  matti- 
ravit.     Dum  tamen  iter  faciunt,  ad  flumen  quoddam  pervene-  525 
runt,  in   quo   ntillus    pons   erat,    et   dum   quaerunt   modum 
transeundl,  accurrit  Centaurus  quldam,  nomine  Nessus,  qui 
auxilium  viatoribus  obtulit.     Hercules  igitur  uxorem  suam  in 
tergum  Nessi  imposuit;  tum  ipse  flumen  nando  transiit.     At 
Nessus,  paulum  in  aquam  progressus,  ad  rlpam  subito  revertit  530 
et    Deianlram    auferre    conabatur.      Quod   ubi    animadvertit 
Hercules,  Ira  graviter  commotus,   arcum  intendit  et  pectus 
Nessl  sagitta  transfixit. 

513.  se  recepit,  recovered. 

514.  se  velle:  again  indirect  discourse,  that  he  wished;  velle  in  turn 
governs  an  infinitive  clause,  monstrum  .  .  .  reducl. 

518.  Thebas,  to  Thebes;  the  name  of  a  city  without  a  preposition  is  used 
to  express  the  place  to  which. 

619.  praeclara,  famous  exploits. 
quae:  object  of  perscribere. 

620.  longum  est,  it  would  take  too  long. 

623.  More:  an  ablative  expressing  accordance,  used  as  in  line  391. 
529.  nando,  by  swimming,  ablative  of  the  gerund  expressing  means  and 
manner. 

531.  Quod  ubi:  the  note  on  line  478  should  be  consulted. 


320  SUPPLEMENTARY  LATIN  READINGS 

44.   The  Poisoned  Robe 

Nessus   igitur,    sagitta   Herculis   transflxus,   moriens   humi 

535  jacebat;  at  nolens  occasionem  Herculem  ulclscendl  dlmittere, 
ita  locutus  est.  "Tii,  Deianlra,  verba  morientis  audl:  sl  vls 
amorem  marltl  tul  conservare,  aliquid  sanguinis  hujus  qul  e 
pectore  meo  effunditur  stime  ac  repone;  tum,  sl  umquam  sus- 
plcio  in  mentem  tuam  venerit,  vestem  marltl  hoc  sanguine 

540  Inficies."  Haec  lociitus,  Nessus  animam  efnavit;  Deianlra 
autem,  nihil  mall  suspicata,  imperata  fecit.  Post  breve  tem- 
pus  Hercules  bellum  contra  Eurytum,  regem  Oechaliae,  sus- 
cepit  et,  ubi  regem  ipsum  cum  fllils  interfecit,  Iolen,  flliam 
Eurytl,  captlvam  reduxit.     Antequam  tamen  domum  venit, 

545  navem  ad  Cenaeum  promunturium  appulit.  Ibi  in  terram 
egressus,  quod  Jovl  sacrificare  volebat,  aram  constituit.  Dum 
tamen  sacrificium  parat,  Licham,  comitem  suum,  domum  Ire 
et  vestem  albam  referre  jussit;  mos  enim  erat  apud  antlquos 
in  sacrificando  vestem  albam  gerere.     At  Deianlra,  arbitrata 

550  Herculem  amorem  erga  Iolen  habere,  vestem,  priusquam 
Lichae  dedit,  sanguine  Nessl  Infecit. 

45.  The  Death  of  Hercules 

Hercules,  nihil  mall  suspicatus,  vestem  quam  Lichas  attulit 
statim  induit.  Post  tamen  breve  tempus  dolorem  per  omnia 

535.  Herculem  ulclscendi:  the  genitive  of  the  gerund  with  a  direct 
object,  as  in  line  504. 

536.  morientis,  of  one  who  is  dying;  a  present  participle  (from  morior) 
used  as  a  noun. 

537.  aliquid  sanguinis  hujus,  some  of  this  blood. 
541.  nihil  mali,  no  harm. 

suspicata,  suspecting. 

544.  domum,  home;  the  accusative  of  this  noun,  like  that  of  the  names 
of  cities,  is  used  without  a  preposition  to  express  the  place  to  which. 

549.  sacrificando:  ablative  of  the  gerund  governed  by  a  preposition. 
arbitrata,  thinking. 

550.  Herculem  .  .  .  habere,  that  Hercules  was  in  love  with  Iole. 


HERCULES 


821 


membra  sensit;  sed,  quod  causam  ejus  rel  ignorabat,  magno- 
pere  mlrabatur.  Dolore  paene  exanimatus,  vestem  detrahere  555 
conatus  est.  Illa  tamen  in  corpore  haesit,  neque  ullo  modo 
divelll  potuit.  Tum  demum  Hercules,  quasi  furore  impulsus, 
in  montem  Oetam  se  contulit  et  in  rogum,  quem  summa 
celeritate  extriixit,  se  imposuit.  Hoc  ubi  fecit,  voluit  eos 
qui  circumstabant  rogum  quam  celerrime  accendere.  Omnes  560 
diti  recusabant;  tandem  tamen  pastor  quidam,  ad  misericor- 
diam  inductus,  ignem  subdidit.  Tum,  dum  omnia  fumo 
obscurantur,  Hercules,  densa  niibe  velatus,  a  Jove  in  Olym- 
pum  abreptus  est. 


662.  ignem  subdidit,  set  fire  to  (the  pile). 


1.  Decline  quisque.  2.  Give  a  synopsis  of  cogo  in  the  third  person 
singular,  active  and  passive.  3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  confero, 
descendo,  cognosco,  polliceor,  perscribo.  4.  Find  the  derivation  and  meaning 
of  "conservation."  5.  What  was  the  last  of  the  twelve  labors  of  Hercules? 
6.  What  was  the  result  of  drinking  from  the  river  Lethe?  7.  How  did 
Nessus  take  vengeance  on  Hercules?  8.  What  was  the  name  of  the  dog 
that  guarded  the  lower  world?  9.  Who  were  king  and  queen  of  the  lower 
world?     10.  What  were  the  Elysian  Fields? 


VOCABDLARY  REVIEW 


aetas 

complures 

exeo 

scio 

anima 

perpetuus 

flo 

suspicor 

clvitas 

solus 

hortor 

ulclscor 

comes 

tillus 

licet 

videor 

imperium 

lux 

mens 

aliquis 
quisque 

loquor 
morior 
perficio 

certe 
denique 

nemo 

absum 

polliceor 

sic 

pretium 

arbitror 
conservo 

pono 
reciiso 

priusquam 

alienus 

erro 

reverto 

ante 

LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


a,  ab,  prep.  with  abl.,  from,  away 

from;  by. 
abeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  away,  go. 
abripio,    -ripere,    -ripui,    -reptum, 

carry  ofT,  steal. 

abscido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum,  cut 

off. 
absens,  gen.  absentis,  absent. 
absum,  abesse,  afui,  afuturus,  be 

away,  be  absent,  be  distant. 
absumo,  -sumere,  -sumpsi,  -sump- 

tum,  destroy,  kill. 

ac,  see  atque. 

accendo,    -cendere,    -cendi,    -cen- 

sum,  kindle,  set  on  fire. 
accido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  happen. 
accipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  re- 

ceive,  accept. 
accumbo,  -cumbere,  -cubui,  -cubi- 

tum,  recline. 
accurro,  -currere,  -curri,  -cursum, 

run  up,  come  up. 
acer,  acris,  acre,  fierce,  eager. 
acerbus,  -a,  -um,  bitter. 
Achaei,  -orum,  m.  pl,  the  Achaeans. 
acies,  -ei,  f.,  line  of  battle. 
Acrisius,    -i,    m.,    Acrisius,    grand- 

father  of  Perseus. 
acriter,  adv.,  vigorously,  fiercely. 
acuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  sharpen. 

ad,  prep.    with   aec.,    to,    toward; 
until;  near;  at. 

adduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 

bring,  influence. 
adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  to,  come 

to,  approach. 
adeo,  adv.,  to  such  an  extent,  so. 
adhuc,  adv.,  as  yet,  still. 
aditus,  -us,  m.,  entrance. 


adjungo,   -jungere,   -junxi,   -junc- 

tum,  join  to,  attach. 
adjuvo,  -juvare,  -juvi,  -jutum,  help. 
Admeta,  -ae,  f.,  Admeta,  daughter 

of  Eurystheus. 
admiror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  admire. 
adsto,    -stare,    -stiti,    stand    near, 

stand. 
adsum,    -esse,    -fui,    -futurus,    be 

present,  be  at  hand,  be  here. 
adulescens,  adulescentis,  m.,  young 

man. 

aduro,  -urere,  -ussi,  -ustum,  burn, 

scorch,  sear. 
advena,  -ae,  m.,  stranger. 
advenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ventum, 

come  to,  approach,  arrive  at. 
adventus,  -us,  m.,  approach,  arrival. 
adversus,    -a,    -um,    opposite,    in 

front,  facing;  unfavorable. 
adverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -versum, 

turn  toward,  turn. 
Aeacus,  -i,  m.,  Aeacus,  a  judge  in 

the  lower  world. 
aedificium,  -i,  n.,  a  building. 
aeger,  -gra,  -grum,  ill,  sick. 
aegra,  see  aeger. 

aegroto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  be  sick. 
Aegyptius,  -a,  -um,  Egyptian;  subst., 

m.  pl.,  the  Egyptians. 
aeneus,  -a,  -um,  of  bronze. 
the  air. 
bronze. 
aestas,  -atis,  f.,  summer. 
aestate,  in  summer. 
aetas,  -atis,  f.,  age;  lifetime. 
Aethiopes,  -um,  m.  pl,  the  Ethi- 

opians,  a  people  of  Africa. 
affero,     (adfero),     afferre,     attuli, 

allatum,  bring  to,  bring. 


aer,  aeris,  m. 
aes,  aeris,  n. 


323 


AFFICIO 


324 


ANTIQUUS 


afficid  (adficio),  -ficere,  -feci,  -fec- 

tum,  affect,  treat. 
ager,  agri,  m.,  field,  farm,  land. 
agito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  drive,  dis- 

turb,  move;  wave,  shake. 
agmen,  agminis,  n.,  column,  line, 

army,  band. 
agnosco,  -noscere,   -novi,   -nitum, 

recognize. 
agnus,  -i,  m.,  lamb. 
ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  drive;  do; 

spend,  pass. 
agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer. 
albus,  -a,  -um,  white. 
Alcmena,  -ae,  f.,  Alcmena,  mother 

of  Hercules. 
alienus,  -a,  -um,  of  another,  an- 

other's,  strange,  unfavorable. 
alienus,  -i,  m.,  stranger. 
aliquis    (aliqui),   aliquid,   someone, 

somebody,    something,    anyone, 

anything. 
alius,   alia,   aliud,   another,   other; 

alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  .  another; 

pl.,  alii .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others. 
allatus,  participle  of  afifero. 
alligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  bind,  tie. 
Alpes,  -ium,  f.  pl.,  the  Alps  Moun- 

tains. 
alter,  altera,  alterum,  one  of  two, 

the    other    of    two,    a    second, 

another;  alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one 

.  .  .  the  other. 
altus,  -a,  -um,  high,  tall,  deep. 
amamus,  we  love. 
amant,  (they)  love. 
amas,  you  love. 
amat,  (he,  she,  it)  loves. 
amator,  -oris,  m.,  lover. 

Amazones,  -um,  f.  pl.,  the  Ama- 
zons,  a  fabulous  race  of  women 
warriors. 

ambrosia,  -ae,  f.,  ambrosia  (the 
food  of  the  gods). 


ambulant,  (they)  walk. 

ambulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  walk. 

America,  -ae,  f.,  America. 

amici,  friends. 

amicus,  -a,  -um,  friendly. 

amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 

amitto,   -mittere,   -misi,   -missum, 

lose. 
amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  love. 
amoenus,  -a,  -um,  pleasant. 
amor,  -oris,  m.,  love. 
amoveo,  -movere,  -movi,  -motum, 

move  away,  remove. 
Amphinomus,  -i,  m.,  Amphinomus, 

one  of  Penelope's  suitors. 

amphora,  -ae,  f.,  jar. 

amplector,  amplecti,  amplexus  sum, 

embrace;  se  amplectuntur,  they 

embrace  each  other. 
an,  conj.,  or. 

ancilla,  -ae,  f.,  maid-servant,  maid. 
Andromeda,    -ae,   f.,   Andromeda, 

the  daughter  of  Cepheus. 
anima,  -ae,  f.,  breath;  life. 
animadverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 

sum,  observe,  notice. 
animal,  -alis,  n.,  animal. 
animus,  -i,  m.,  mind,  spirit. 
annon,  conj.,  or  not. 
annuo,  -ere,  -ui,  nod,  nod  assent. 
annus,  -i,  m.,  year. 
ante,   prep.    with    acc,    before,   in 

front  of. 
antea,  adv.,  formerly,  before. 
antehac,  adv.,  before  this,  hereto- 

fore. 
antequam,  conj.,  before. 
Antinous,  -i,  m.,  Antinous,  one  of 

Penelope's  suitors. 
antiquitus,  adv.>  long  ago,  in  former 

times. 
antiquus,  -a,  -um,  ancient;  subst., 

m.  pl.,  the  ancients. 


ANTRUM 


325 


AVUS 


antrum,  -I,  n.,  cavern. 

apage,   interjection,    off   with   you, 

begone! 
aper,  apri,  m.,  wild  boar. 
aperio,    aperire,    aperui,    apertum, 

open. 
aperta,  see  apertus. 
apertus,  -a,  -um,  open. 
Apollo,   Apollinis,   m.,   Apollo,   god 

of  archery,  prophecy,  music,  poetry, 

and  medicine. 
appareo,  -ere,  -ui,  appear. 
appello,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    call, 

name. 
appello,   -pellere,    -puli,    -pulsum, 

drive  to,  bring  to;  with  or  without 

navem,  bring  to  land,  come  to 

land,  land. 
appeto,   -petere,  -petivi   or  -petii, 

-petitum,  approach. 
appropinquo,     -are,     -avi,     -atum, 

draw  near,  approach. 
apte,  adv.,  skillfully,  cleverly. 
apto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  adjust,  fit. 
apud,  prep.  with  acc,  among;  at  the 

house  of . 
aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water. 
ara,  -ae,  f.,  altar. 
arbitror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  think. 
arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree. 
arca,  -ae,  f.,  chest,  box. 
Arcadia,  -ae,  f.,  Arcadia,  a  district 

of  Greece. 
arcesso,  -cessere,  -cessivi,  -cessi- 

tum,  summon,  bring. 
arcus,  -us,  m.,  bow. 
ardens,  gen.  ardentis,  burning. 
ardeo,  -ere,  arsi,  arsum,  burn. 
arena,  see  harena. 
Argolicus,  -a,  -um,  of  Argolis   (a 

district  of  Greece). 
Argus,  -i,  m.,  Argus,  Ulysses's  dog. 
aries,  -etis,  m.,  ram. 
arma,  -orum,  n.  pl.,  arms,  weapons. 


armatus,  -a,  -um,  armed. 

armilla,  -ae,  f.,  bracelet. 

ars,  artis,  f.,  art. 

ascendo,  -scendere,  -scendi,  -scen- 

siun,  ascend,  climb,  mount. 
at,  conj.,  but. 
Atlas,  -antis,  m.,  Atlas,  a  giant  who 

held  up  the  heavens  on  his  shoulders. 
atque  (before  consonants  ac),  conj., 

and,  and  also. 
atrium,  -i,  n.,  atrium,  the  principal 

room  or  hall  of  a  house. 
attendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -tentum, 

turn  toward;   animum  attendere, 

give  attention. 
attingo,    -tingere,    -tigi,    -tactum, 

touch,  reach,  arrive  at. 
auctoritas,  -atis,  f.,  influence,  au- 

thority. 
audacia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness,  insolence. 
audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum,  dare. 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  hear,  listen 

to,  listen. 
auf er,  imperative  singular  of  aufero. 
aufero,   auferre,   abstuli,   ablatum, 

carry  off,  take  away,  bring  away. 
Augeas,  -ae,  m.,  Augeas,  a  king  of 

Elis. 
aureus,  -a,  -um,  of  gold,  gold  (as 

adjeciive). 
auris,  -is,  f.,  ear. 
aurum,  -i,  n.,  gold. 
aut,  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either 

.  .  .  or. 
autem,  conj.  (never  stands  first  in  a 

sentence),  but,  however,  on  the 

other  hand;  furthermore. 
auxilium,  -i,  n.,  help,  assistance. 
avidus,  -a,  -um,  greedy. 
avis,  avis,  f.,  bird. 
avolo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  fly  away. 

avunculus,     -i,     m.,     a     mother's 

brother,  uncle. 
avus,  -i,  m.,  grandfather. 


BACULUM 


326 


CENSEO 


B 

baculum,  -i,  n.,  wand,  staf?. 
balatus,  -us,  m.,  bleating. 
balteus,  -1,  m.,  girdle,  belt. 
barbari,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  the  barbar 

ians. 
barbarus,  -a,  -um,  barbarous. 
beatus,  -a,  -um,  happy. 
bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  warlike. 
bellum,  -I,  n.,  war. 
belua,  -ae,  f.,  wild  beast,  beast. 
bene,  adv.,  well;  bene  facere,  treat 

kindly  (with  dative). 
beneficium,  -I,  n.,  kindness,  favor. 
benigna,  see  benignus. 
benigne,  adv.,  kindly. 
benignus,  -a,  -um,  kind. 
bestia,  -ae,  f.,  beast,  wild  animal. 
bibo,  bibere,bibi,  drink. 
biceps,  gen.  bicipitis,  two-headed. 
bona,  see  bonus. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  good. 
bos,  bovis,  m.  and  f.,  bull,  ox,  cow; 

pl.,  cattle,  oxen. 
bracchium,  -i,  n.,  forearm,  arm. 
brevi,  adv.,  in  a  short  time. 
brevis,  -e,  short,  brief. 
Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Great  Britain. 
Busiris,  -idis,  m.,  Busiris,  a  king  of 

Egypt, 


Cacus,  -i,  M.,  Cacus,  a  giant  slain  by 

Hercules. 
cadaver,  -eris,  n.,  a  dead  body. 
cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casurus,  fall. 
caecus,  -a,  -um,  bUnd. 
caedes,  caedis,  f.,  killing,  slaughter. 
caedo,  -ere,  cecidi,  caesum,  cut. 
caelum,  -i,  N.,  sky,  heaven. 
calathus,  -i,  m.,  basket. 


calidus,  -a,  -um,  hot,  warm. 
callidissimus,  -a,  -um,  shrewdest, 

wisest. 
callidus,  -a,  -um,  skillful,  shrewd, 

wise. 
calor,  -oris,  m.,  heat. 
campus,  -i,  m.,  plain. 
cancer,  -cri,  m.,  crab. 
canis,  canis,  m.,  and  f.,  dog. 
canto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  sing;  crow. 
caper,  capri,  m.,  goat. 
capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captum,  take,  seize; 

capture,  receive;    consilium   ca- 

pere,  to  form  a  plan. 
captivus,  -i,  m.,  prisoner. 
caput,  capitis,  n.,  head. 
cara,  see  carus. 
caro,  carnis,  f.,  meat;  flesh;   plur., 

pieces  of  meat. 
carus,  -a,  -um,  dear,  precious. 
casa,  -ae,  f.,  cottage,  hut. 
caseus,  -i,  m.,  cheese. 
castellum,  -i,  n.,  fort,  redoubt. 
castra,  -orum,  n.  pl.,  camp. 
casus,  -us,  m.,  accident,  chance. 
catena,  -ae,  f.,  chain. 
cauda,  -ae,  f.,  tail. 
causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause,  reason;   abl. 

causa,   preceded   by  genitive,   for 

the  sake  (of),  for  the  purpose  (of). 
caveo,  -ere,  cavi,  cautum,  be  care- 

ful,  take  care,  beware  of. 
caverna,  *ae,  f.,  cavern,  cave. 
celeber,  -bris,  -bre,  famous. 
celeritas,  -atis,  f.,  speed,  swiftness. 
celeriter,  adv.,  swiftly. 
celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  conceal. 
cena,  -ae,  f.,  dinner. 
Cenaeum,  -i,  n.,  Cenaeum,  a  prom- 

ontory  of  the  Island  of  Euboea. 

ceno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  dine. 
censeo,  -ere,  censui,  censum,  think, 
believe. 


CENTAURUS 


327 


C0MPLE5 


centaurus,  -I,  m.,  a  Centaur,  a  myth- 

ical  creature  with  a  horse's  body 

and  a  man's  head. 
centum,  numeral  adj.,  hundred. 
centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion. 
Cepheus,  -i,  m.,  Cepheus,  a  king  of 

Ethiopia. 
Cerberus,    -i,    m.,     Cerberus,    the 

watch-dog  of  the  lower  world. 
Ceres,  -eris,  f.,    Ceres,   goddess  of 

agriculture. 
cerno,  -ere,  crevi,  certum  (cretum), 

discern,  see. 
certamen,  -inis,  n.,  contest. 
certe,  adv.,  certainly,  surely. 
certus,  -a,  -um,   certain,   definite; 

pro  certo,  as  certain. 
cervus,  -i,  m.,  stag,  deer. 
ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  the  other,  the  rest  of, 

the  others. 
Charon,    -ontis,    m.,    Charon,    the 

ferryman  over  the  River  Styx. 
cibus,  -i,  m.,  food. 
cingo,   -ere,    cinxi,    cinctum,     sur- 

round,  encircle. 
Circe,  Circae,  f.,  Circe,  an  enchant- 

ress. 
circulus,  -i,  m.,  circle;  ring,  hoop. 
circum,  prep.  with  acc,  around. 

circumdo,    -dare,    -dedi,    -datum, 

put  around,  surround. 
circumspecto,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

look  around. 
circumsto,  -stare,  -steti,  — ,  stand 

around. 
circumvenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 

tum,  surround. 

cithara,  -ae,  f.,  cithara. 

civis,  civis,  m.,  citizen. 

civitas,  -atis,  f.,  the  state,  state. 

clamito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  shout, 

cry  out. 
clamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  shout,  cry 

out. 


clamor,  -oris,  m.,  shout,  cry. 

clara,  see  clarus. 

clarus,  -a,  -um,  bright,   clear;  fa- 

mous. 
claudo,  -ere,  clausi,  clausum,  shut, 

close;  enclose. 
clausus,  -a,  -um,  closed. 
clava,  -ae,  f.,  club. 
clementia,  -ae,  f.,  mercy,  clemency. 
coepi,    coepisse,    coeptum,    began, 

has  begun. 
cogito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  consider, 

think. 
cognosco,  -noscere,  -novi,  -nitum, 

find  out,  know,  recognize. 
cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactum,  collect; 

compel. 
cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  encourage, 

urge  on. 
colligo,  -are,   -avi,   -atum,   tie  to- 

gether. 
collis,  collis,  m.,  hill. 
colloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  place,  put. 

colloquium,  -i,  n.,  interview,  con- 
versation. 

collum,  -i,  n.,  neck. 

colo,  -ere,  colui,  cultum,  cultivate, 

worship. 
columna,  -ae,  f.,  column,  pillar. 
comedo,  -edere,  -edi,  -esum,  eat  up. 
comes,  -itis,  m.  and  f.,  companion. 

committo,  -mittere,  -misi,  -missum, 
entrust;  proelium  committere, 
begin  battle,  engage  in  battle. 

commoveo,  -movere,  -movi,  -mo- 
tum,  arouse,  stir,  alarm. 

commutatio,  -onis,  f.,  change. 

comparo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  prepare. 

compello,  -pellere,  -puli,  -pulsum, 

drive. 
complector,    -plecti,    -plexus    sum, 

clasp,  embrace. 
compleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  fill. 


COMPLURES 


328 


CRAS 


comphires,  -plura  or  -pluria,  several, 

a  number  of . 
comprehendo,     -hendere,     -hendi, 

-hensum,  seize. 
comprimo,  -primere,  -pressi,  -pres- 

sum,  squeeze. 
conatus,  -us,  m.,  attempt,  effort. 
condo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  found, 

establish. 
confero,   -ferre,   contuli,   collatum, 

bring  together;  se  conferre,  be- 

take  oneself,  go. 
conficio,     -ficere,     -feci,     -fectum, 

finish,   complete;   weaken,   over- 

come. 
confirmo,       -are,       -avi,       -atum, 

strengthen,  establish. 
confrico,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    rub 

together. 
conjicio,    -jicere,     -jeci,    -jectum, 

throw,  hurl;  in  fugam  conjicere, 

put  to  flight. 
conjungo,  -jungere,  -junxi,  -junc- 

tum,  join. 

conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  try,  attempt. 

conscendo,      -scendere,      -scendi, 
-scensum,  chmb;  go  on  board. 

consecro,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   con- 

secrate. 
consequor,   -sequi,    -secutus    sum, 

follow,  overtake. 
conservo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  retain, 

preserve. 
consido,    -sidere,    -sedi,    -sessum, 

sit  down. 
consilium,    -i,    N.,     plan,     design, 

advice. 
consisto,    -sistere,    -stiti,    take    a 

stand. 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight,  view. 
conspicio,  -spicere,   -spexi,   -spec- 

tum,  observe,  see. 
constituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -stitutum, 

erect,  set  up;  determine,  decide 

upon. 


consto,  -stare,  -stiti,  -staturus,  con- 

sist. 
consuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi,  -sue- 

tum,  become  accustomed;  perfect, 

be  accustomed. 
consul,  -ulis,  m.,  consul. 
consulo,    -sulere,    -sului,    -sultum, 

consult. 
consumo,  -sumere,  -sumpsi,  -sump- 

tum,  consume,  spend. 
contego,    -tegere,    -texi,    -tectum, 

cover. 
contendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -tentum, 

hasten,  contend. 
continens,    -entis,     f.,     continent, 

mainland. 

contineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -tentum, 
shut  in,  confine. 

continuus,  -a,  -um,  successive. 

contorqueo,  -torquere,  -torsi,  -tor- 
tum,  turn,  twist. 

contra,  prep.  with  acc.,  against,  con- 
trary  to. 

controversia,  -ae,  f.,  controversy. 

contumelia,  -ae,  f.,  disrespect. 

convenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ventum, 
assemble,  come  together. 

converto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -versum, 

turn. 
convivium,  -i,  n.,  banquet. 
coorior,  -oriri,  -ortus  sum,  arise. 
copia,  -ae,  f.,  plenty,  supply;  plural, 

forces,  troops. 
coquus,  -i,  m.,  cook. 

Cornelia,  -ae,  f.,  Cornelia  (name  of 

a  woman  or  girl) . 
cornu,  -us,  n.,  horn;  flank  or  wing 

(o/  an  army). 
corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body. 
corripio,   -ripere,    -ripui,    -reptumj 

seize. 
cotidie,  adv.,  daily,  every  day. 
cras,  adv.,  tomorrow. 


CRASSUS 


329 


DEMO 


Crassus,  -I,  m.,  Crassus  (name  of  a 

ram  in  Polyphemus's  flock) . 
cratera,  -ae,  r.,  bowl. 
credibilis,  -e,  credible. 
credo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  believe, 

trust. 
creo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  elect,  choose. 
Creon,  -ontis,  m.,  Creon,  a  king  of 

Thebes. 
crepitus,  -us,  m.,  noise. 
crepundia,  -orum,  n.  pl.,  a  chikTs 

rattle,  a  rattle. 
Creta,  -ae,  f.,  Crete,  an  island  in 

the  Mediterranean  Sea. 
cruciatus,  -us,  m.,  torture. 
crudelis,  -e,  cruel. 
crus,  cruris,  n.,  leg. 
cubiculum,  -i,  n.,  bedroom. 
cubo,    -are,    cubui,    cubitum,    lie 

down,  lie. 
cuiquam,  dative  of  quisquam. 
culpo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  blame,  cen- 

sure. 
culter,  -tri,  m.,  knife. 
cum,  prep.  with  abl.,  with. 
cum,  conj.,  when. 
cum  primum,  as  soon  as. 
cumulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  pile  up. 
cunae,  -arum,  f.  pl.,  cradle. 
cupiditas,  -atis,  f.,  desire. 

cupio,  -ere,  cupivi,  cupitum,  wish, 
desire. 

cupit,  (he,  she,  it)  wishes. 

ciir,  adv.,  why. 

cura,  -ae,  f.,  care,  anxiety. 

curo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   care  for, 

take  care  of . 
curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursum,  run. 
cursus,  -us,  m.,  running,  course. 
custodio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  guard. 
cyathus,  -i,  m.,  cup. 
Cyclops,  Cyclopis,  m.,  a  Cyclops. 


Danae,    Greek    gen.  form  Danaes, 

f.,    Danae,   mother  of  Perseus. 
dant,  (they)  give. 
dat,  (he,  she,  it)  gives. 
de,  prep.  with  abl.,  down  from,  from; 

regarding,  concerning,  about. 
dea,  -ae,  f.,  goddess. 
debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  owe,  ought. 
debilis,  -e,  weak. 
decido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  fall  down. 
decipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  de- 

ceive. 
decoro,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   adorn, 

honor. 
dedecus,  -decoris,  n.,  disgrace. 

deduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 
lead,  conduct;  navem  deducere, 
to  launch  a  ship. 

defendo,  -ere,  defendi,  defensum, 
defend. 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired  out,   ex- 

hausted. 
deficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum,  fail, 

run  out. 
Deianira,  -ae,  f.,  Deianira,  wife  of 

Hercules. 

deinde,  adv.,  next,  then. 

dejicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  throw 

down. 
delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  delight. 
deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,   destroy, 

blot  out. 
delibero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  deliber- 

ate. 
deligo,  -ligere,  -legi,  -lectum,  choose, 

select. 
Delphicus,  -a,  -um,  of  Delphi,  at 

Delphi. 

demitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -missum, 
send  down,  let  down,  lower,  drop. 

demo,  -ere,  dempsi,  demptum,  take 
down. 


DEMONSTRO 


330 


DOMINA 


demonstro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  point 

out,  show. 
demum,  adv.,  at  last,  at  length. 
denique,  adv.,  finally,  at  last. 
densus,  -a,  -um,  dense. 
deploro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  deplore, 

lament. 
depono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -positum, 

put    down,    deposit,    lay    aside, 

give  up. 
deprecor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  deprecate. 
descendo,  -scendere,  -scendi,  -scen- 

sum,  come  down,  descend. 
desero,    -serere,    -serui,    -sertum, 

desert,  abandon. 
desertus,  -a,  -um,  deserted. 
desidero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  desire, 

long  for;  miss. 
desilio,  -ire,  -ui,   desultum,  jump 

down. 
desino,  -sinere,  -sii,  -situm,  cease. 
desisto,    -sistere,    -stiti,    -stitum, 

desist  from. 
despero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  despair, 

despair  of . 
desuper,  adv.,  from  above. 
detineo,    -tinere,    -tinui,    -tentum, 

detain. 
detraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,  -tractum, 

draw  off,  strip  off . 
deus,  -i,  m.,  a  god;  plur.   di,  the 

gods. 
deverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  turn  aside. 
devoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  devour. 

dextra,  -ae,   f.,  right  hand,  right 

(as  opposed  to  left). 
di,  plural  of  deus. 
Diana,  -ae,   f.,   Diana,  goddess  of 

hunting. 
dic,  imperative  singular  of  dico. 
dico,     -ere,     dixi,     dictum,     say; 

appoint. 
dies,  -ei,  m.  and  f.,  day. 
difficilis,  -e,  difficult. 


difficultas,  -atis,  f.,  difficulty. 
difficulter,     adv.,    with    difficulty; 

haud   difficulter,   with   no   diffi- 

culty. 
diffundo,  -fundere,  -fudi,  -fusum, 

spread,  diffuse. 
diligenter,  adv.,  industriously,  dili- 

gently. 
dimitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -missum, 

send  away,  send  out;  lose. 
Diomedes,  -is,  m.,  Diomede,  a  king 

of  Thrace. 
dirus,  -a,  -um,  dreadful. 
dis,    dative   and   ablative    plural   of 

deus. 
discedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

withdraw,  depart,  go  away. 
discimus,  we  learn. 
discit,  (he,  she,  it)  learns. 
disco,  -ere,  didici,  learn. 
discus,  -i,  m.,  discus,  quoit. 
dispono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -positum, 

station,  arrange. 

dissimilis,  -e,  unlike. 

dissimulatus,   -a,   -um,    concealed, 

disguised,  pretended. 
dissimulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   con- 

ceal. 
diu,  adv.,  for  a  long  time,  long. 
divello,    -vellere,    -velli,    -vulsum, 

tear  away. 
dives,  gen.  divitis,  rich. 

divido,  -ere,  divisi,  divisum,  divide, 

separate. 
do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  give. 
doceo,    -ere,    -ui,    doctum,    teach; 

explain. 
doleo,    -ere,    -ui,    -iturus,    suffer; 

grieve. 
dolor,  -oris,  m.,  sorrow,  grief,  pain. 
dolus,     -i,     m.,     trick,     treachery, 

deceit. 
domi,  at  home. 
domina,  -ae,  f.,  mistress,  madam. 


DOMINUS 


331 


ERYTHIA 


dominus,  -I,  m.,  master. 

domus,  -us  (-1),  f.,  home,  house; 

domum  (as  place  to  which),  home- 

ward. 
donec,  conj.,  until. 
donum,  -i,  n.,  gift. 
dormio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  sleep. 
draco,  -onis,  m.,  serpent,  dragon. 
dubium,  -i,  n.,  doubt. 
dubius,  -a,  -um,   doubtful;  haud, 

dubius,  unmistakable. 
duco,    -ere,    duxi,    ductum,    lead, 

bring;  marry. 
dudum,  adv.,  before,  formerly;  jam 

dudum,  this  long  time,   a  long 

time  ago. 
dulcis,  -e,  sweet,  delicious. 

dulcissimus,    -a,    -um,    sweetest, 
very  delicious. 

dum,  conj.,  while. 

duo,  duae,  duo,  two. 

duodecim,  numeral  adj.,  twelve. 

duodeviginti,  numeral  adj.,  eighteen. 

dur6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hold  out, 

endure. 
durus,  -a,  -um,  hard. 
dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader. 


E 


e,  ex,  prep.  with  abl,  from  within, 
out  of,  from. 

ecce,  interjection,  behold,  see! 

edepol,    interjection,    by    heavens. 
really! 

edico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  ap- 
point. 

edo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  give  out, 
give  f  orth. 

edo,  -ere,  edi,  esum,  eat. 

educo,    -ducere,    -duxi,    -ductum, 
lead  out. 


edunt,  (they)  eat. 


effero,  -ferre,  extuli,  elatum,  carry 

out. 
efficid,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum,  ac- 

complish,  render,  make. 

efflo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  breathe  out ; 

animam  efflare,  die. 
effugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  flee,  escape. 
effundo,   -fundere,   -fudi,   -fusum, 

pour  out;  sanguinem  effundere, 

shed  blood. 
ego,  mei,  pers.  pron.,  I. 
egredior,  -gredi,  -gressus  sum,  go 

out,  come  out;  disembark. 
eheu,  interjection,  alas,  oh!  oh  dear! 
eia,  interjection,  ah! 

eligo,  -ere,  elegi,  electum,  choose, 
select. 

Elis,   -idis,   f.,   Elis,   a  district  in 

Greece. 
Elysius,  -a,  -um,  Elysian. 
en,  i  Jerjection,  ah!  there! 
enim,  conj.  (never  stands  first  in  its 

clause),  for;  at  enim,  but  indeed. 
enuntio,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    pro- 

claim,  reveal. 

eo,  ire,  ii  or  ivi,  itum,  go. 

eo,  adv.,  to  that  place,  thither. 

epistula,  -ae,  f.,  letter. 

equidem,  adv.,  indeed,  for  my  part; 

sometimes  merely  emphasizing  the 

pronoun  I. 
equus,  -i,  m.,  horse. 
erga,  prep.  with  acc,   toward,   for. 

Erginus,  -i,  m.,  Erginus,  a  king  of 
the  Minyae. 

ergo,  adv.,  therefore. 

erigo,  -rigere,  -rexi,  -rectum,  lift 

up,  arouse,  encourage. 
erro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  wander. 
error,  -oris,  m.,  wandering. 
erudio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  instruct. 

Erymanthius,    -a,    -um,    Eryman- 
thian. 


ERYTHIA                   332  FABULA 

Erythia,  -ae,  f.,  Erythia,  an  island.  exeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  out. 

est,  (he,  she,  it)  is.  exerceo,    -ere,    -ui,    -itum,    train, 

este  (imperative  plural  of  sum),  be.  exercise. 

esurio,  -ire,  be  hungry,  hunger.  exercitatio,  -onis,  f.,  exercise. 

et,  conj.,  and.  exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army. 

etiam,  adu.,  also,  even.  exUium'  +  N->  exue' 

_                                              _  exonor,  -orin,  -ortus  sum,   come 

Etrusci,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  the  Etrus-  forth,  arise. 

cans.  expectat,     (he,    she,    it)    expects, 

Etruscus,  -a,  -um,  Etruscan.  awaits. 

etsi,  conj.,  though,  although,  even  if.  expecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  expect, 

euge,  interjection,  good,  hurrah!  await,  wait  for,  wait. 

Eumaeus,  -i,  m.,  Eumaeus,  a  servant  expello,    -ere,    expuli,    expulsum, 

of  Ulysses.  drive  out. 

Eunomus,  -i,  m.,  Eunomus,  a  youth  expio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  atone  for, 

slain  by  Hercules.  expiate. 

Europa,  -ae,  f.,  Europe.  expiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  breathe 

Eurylochus,  -i,  m.,  Eurylochus,  one  out- 

of  the  companions  of  Ulysses.  explorator,  -oris,  m.,  scout. 

Eurystheus,  -i,  m.,  Eurystheus,  a  expono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -positum, 

king  of  Tiryns.  set  forth,  explain;  set  ashore. 

Eurytion,   -onis,   m.,    Eurytion,    a  expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  take  by 

giant.  storm,  capture. 

Eurytus,  -I,  m.,  Eurytus,  a  king  of  extemplo,  adv.,  immediately. 

Oechalia.  extinguo,  -tinguere,  -tinxi,  -tinctum, 

evado,  -vadere,  -vasi,  -vasum,  es-  put  out,  extinguish. 

cape.  extra,  prep.  with  acc.,  outside  of; 

evoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  challenge.  as  odv.,  outside. 

stt««,a;    «««^^    TTrt«,«7    „««,;+,,«,  extraho,  -trahere.  -traxi,  -tractum, 

evomo,  -vomere,  -vomui,  -vomitum,  ,       '       .         »     ,       '                 ' 

vomit  forth.  araw  out'  save'  release- 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  farthest,  most 

ex'seee-  distantl 

exanimo,  -are,  -avi    -atum,  over-  extTU6.   -ere,   extruxi,    extructum, 

come,  exhaust,  kill.  heap  up>  build> 

excedo,  -cedere,   -cessi,   -cessum,  exu\t  exulis,  m.,  an  exile. 

withdraw,  depart.  exuo>   _erCj  ^   _utum>  take  offj 

excipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  re-  remove. 

ceive,  entertain. 
excito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  stir  up, 

rouse,  arouse.  p 
exclamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  cry  out, 

call  out.  faber,  -bri,  m.,  workman,  smith. 

excrucio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  torture.  fabricor,    -ari,    -atus    sum,    make, 

exemplar,    exemplaris,    n.,    copy,  fashion. 

specimen.  fabula,  -ae,  f.,  story,  play. 


FAC 


333 


FUMUS 


fac,  imperative  singular  of  facio. 

facile,  adv.,  easily. 

facilis,  -e,  easy. 

facinus,  facinoris,  n.,  crime,  deed. 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  factum,  make,  do. 

f  acit,  (he,  she,  it)  makes  or  does. 

facultas,   -atis,   f.,   means,   oppor- 

tunity. 
fallo,  -ere,  fefelli,  falsum,  deceive. 
falsus,    -a,    -um,    deceptive,    mis- 

leading. 
falx,  falcis,  f.,  sickle. 
fama,  -ae,  f.,  report,  reputation. 
fames,  famis,  f.,  hunger. 
far,  farris,  n.,  grain,  meal. 
fas,  indeclinable,  n.,  heaven's  will; 

translated  as  adjective,  right. 
fatum,  -i,  n.,  fate,  destiny. 
fauces,  -ium,  f.  pl.,  throat. 
faveo,    -ere,    favi,    fautum,    favor 

(takes  dative). 
fax,  facis,  f.,  torch,  firebrand. 
felix,  gen.  felicis,  happy,  fortunate. 
femina,  -ae,  f.,  woman. 
fenestra,  -ae,  f.,  window. 
fera,  -ae,  f.,  wild  animal,  animal. 
fere,  adv.,  almost,  about. 
ferio,  -ire,  strike. 
fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  carry,  bring, 

endure. 
ferox,  gen.  ferocis,  flerce. 

ferreus,  -a,  -um,  of  iron,  iron  (as 

adjective) . 

f ert,  third  person  singular  of  fero. 
ferula,  -ae,  f.,  ferule,  ruler. 
ferus,  -a,  -um,  wild. 
fessus,  -a,  -um,  weary,  tired. 

festino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hasten, 

hurry. 
fidelis,  -e,  faithful. 
figura,  -ae,  f.,  figure. 
filia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter. 


filius,  -i,  m.,  son. 

finis,    finis,    m.,    end,    limit;     pl. 

country,  territory. 
finitimus,    -a,    -um,    neighboring; 

finitimi,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  neighbors. 
fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  be  made,  be 

done,  become. 
flamma,  -ae,  f.,  flame. 
flecto,    -ere,    flexi,    flexum,    turn, 

bend. 
flo,  flare,  flavi,  flatum,  blow. 
flos,  floris,  m.,  flower. 
flumen,  -inis,  n.,  river. 
fluo,  -ere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  flow. 
foedo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  dishonor, 

disgrace. 
forma,  -ae,  f.,  form,  beauty. 
formosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  beautiful. 
fortasse,  adv.,  perhaps. 
forte,  adv.,  perhaps,  by  chance. 
fortis,  -e,  brave. 
fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 
fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  fortune. 
fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch. 
fractus,  -a,  -um,  broken. 
frango,  -ere,  fregi,  fractum,  break, 

break  down. 
frater,  fratris,  m.,  brother. 
fremitus,  -us,   m.,   a  roar,   a  loud 

noise. 
fretum,  -i,  n.,  strait,  channel. 
frigidus,  -a,  -um,  cold. 
frons,  frontis,  f.,  forehead,  brow. 
fructus,  -us,  m.,  fruit,  products. 
frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain. 
frustra,  adv.,  in  vain. 
fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight. 
fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugiturus,  flee. 

fugo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  drive  away^ 

drive,  put  to  flight. 
fulgeo,  -ere,  fulsi,  shine. 
fumus,  -i,  m.,  smoke,  odor. 


FUNDO 


334 


HESIONE 


fundo,    -ere,    fudi,    fusum,    pour; 

lacrimas  fundere,  shed  tears. 
funis,  funis,  m.,  rope. 
furibundus,  -a,  -um,  frantic,  mad; 

sometimes    translated    as    adverb, 

madly. 
furor,  -oris,  m.,  madness,  insanity. 
furtum,  -i,  n.,  theft. 


gratus,  -a,  -um,  pleasing,  welcome, 

grateful. 
gravis,  -e,  heavy;  difficult,  severe. 
graviter,    adv.,    heavily,    severely; 

greatly,  deeply. 
grex,  gregis,  m.,  flock,  herd. 
gubernaculum,  -i,  n.,  helm,  rudder. 
gusto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  taste. 


galea,  -ae,  f.,  helmet. 

Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaul,  a  country. 

gallus,  -i,  m.,  rooster. 

Gallus,  -i,  m.,  a  Gaul,  an  inhabitant 

of  Gallia. 
gaudeo,  -ere,  gavisus  sum,  be  glad, 

rejoice. 
gaudium,  -i,  n.,  joy,  happiness. 
gemini,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  twins. 
generosus,  -a,  -um,  noble-minded. 
gens,  gentis,  f.,  nation. 
genus,  generis,  n.,  kind,  sort. 
Germanus,  -a,  -um,  German. 
gero,   -ere,   gessi,   gestum,    carry, 

wear;  carry  on,  wage,  do. 
Geryon,  -onis,   m.,   Geryon,   name 

of  a  Spanish  giaat. 
gigas,  -antis,  m.,  giant. 
gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword. 
glans,  glandis,  f.,  acorn. 
Gorgo,  -onis,  f.,  a  Gorgon. 
Graeae,  -arum,  f.  pl.,  the  Graeae. 
Graecia,  -ae,  f.,  Greece. 
Graecus,  -i,  m.,  a  Greek;  plur.,  the 

Greeks. 
gramen,  graminis,  n.,  grass. 
grandis,  -e,  large. 
grata,  see  gratus. 
gratia,    -ae,    f.,    favor,    gratitude; 

gratias    agere,    thank;    gratiam 

referre,  requite,  repay  in  appro- 

priate  manner. 


H 

habent,  (they)  have. 

habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  have,  hold; 

regard. 
habet,  (he,  she,  it)  has. 
habito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  live,  dwell. 
habitus,  -us,  m.,  appearance. 
Hades,  -ae,  m.,  Hades,  the  abode  of 

the  dead. 
haedus,  -i,  m.,  kid. 
haereo,  -ere,  haesi,  haesurus,  stick, 

cling;  hesitate. 
haesito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hesitate. 
Hammon,  -onis,  m.,  Hammon,  an 

Egyptian  god. 
harena  (arena),  -ae,  f.,  sand,  shore, 

beach. 
hasta,  -ae,  f.,  spear. 
haud,  adv.,  not  at  all,  not;  haud 

procul,  not  far  away. 
haudquaquam,  adv.,  by  no  means, 

not  at  all. 
haurio,  -ire,  hausi,  haustum,  draw, 

drain;  drink. 
hei,  interjection,  oh,  woe!  hei  mihi, 

oh! 
hem,  interjection,  ha,  well! 
hercle,    interjection,    by    heavens, 

good  heavens! 
Hercules,     -is,     m.,     Hercules,     a 

famous  Greek  hero. 
heri,  adv.,  yesterday. 
Hesione,  Greek  gen.  form,  Hesiones, 

f.,  Hesione,  daughter  of  Laomedon. 


HESPERIDES 


335 


IMPUNE 


Hesperides,  -um,  f.  pl.,  the  Hes- 

perides. 
heu,  interjection,  alas! 
heus,  interjection,  here,  hello! 
Hibernia,  -ae,  f.,  Ireland. 
hic,  haec,  hoc,  this;  as  pronoun,  he, 

she,  it;  plur.,  these,  they. 
hic,  adv.,  here. 
hieme,  in  the  winter. 
hinc,  odv.,  from  here,  hence. 
Hippolyte,  Greek  gen.  form  Hippo- 

lytes,  f.,  Hippolyte,  queen  of  the 

Amazons. 
Hispania,  -ae,  f.,  Spain. 
hodie,  adv.,  today. 
homo,   hominis,   m.,    man,   human 

being. 
honestus,  -a,  -um,  honorable. 
honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  esteem. 
hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour. 
Horatius,  -i,  m.,  Horatius  (a  Roman 

name);    Horatius    Cocles,    name 

of  a  Roman  hero. 
horribilis,  -e,  horrible,  dreadful. 
hortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  urge. 
hortus,  -i,  m.,  garden. 
hospes,   hospitis,   m.,    host,    guest; 

friend. 
hostis,  hostis,  m.,  enemy. 
huc,  adv.,  to  this  place,  here. 
humerus,  see  umerus. 
humi,  adv.,  on  the  ground. 
Hydra,  -ae,  f.,  the  Hydra. 

I 
ibi,  adv.,  there. 
ictus,  -us,  m.,  blow,  stroke. 
idem,    eadem,    idem,    same,    the 

same. 
idoneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable,  fit,  favor- 

able. 
igitur,  adv.,  therefore. 
ignavus,  -a,  -um,  idle;   cowardly; 

masculine  form  as  noun,  coward. 


ignis,  ignis,  m.,  fire. 

ignoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  not  know. 

ignosco,   -ndscere,   -novi,   -notum, 

pardon  (takes  dative). 
ignotus,  -a,  -um,  unknown. 
ille,  illa,  illud,  that;  as  pronoun,  he, 

she,  it;  plur.,  those,  they. 
illuc,  adv.,  to  that  place,  there. 
illuvies,  no  genitive,  ablative  illuvie, 

dirt,  filth. 
imago,  -inis,  f.,  image,  likeness. 
imbecillus,  -a,  -um,  weak,  helpless. 
imber,  -bris,  m.,  rain,  storm. 
imbuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  dip,  wet. 
immitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -missum, 

send  in,  let  in. 
immo,    adv.,    on    the    other    hand; 

immo  vero,   rather,   much  more 

likely. 
immolo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  sacrifice. 
immortalis,  -e,  immortal. 
impello,    -pellere,    -puli,    -pulsum, 

impel,  urge  on. 
imperator,  -oris,  m.,  general,  com- 

mander. 
imperatum,  -i,  n.,  command,  order; 

imperata  facere,   to   obey  com- 

mands. 
imperitus,   -a,   -um,   inexperienced 

(in),  unskilled  (in). 
imperium,  -i,  n.,  authority;  com- 

mand. 
impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  command. 
impetus,  -iis,  m.,  attack. 
impiger,  -gra,  -grum,  industrious, 

energetic. 
impigra,  see  impiger. 
impono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -positum, 

place  upon,  impose. 
impotens,  gen.  impotentis,  weak. 
improbus,  -a,  -um,  wicked,  bad. 
impudens,  gen.  impudentis,  shame- 

less,  impudent. 
impune,  adv.,  with  impunity,  with- 

out  punishment. 


IN 


336 


IPHICLES 


in,  prep.  with  abl.  and  acc;  with  abl., 

in,  on;  over;  with  acc,  into,  on, 

against,  at. 
incido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  fall  in,   fall 

into. 
incipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  be- 

gin. 
includo,  -cludere,  -clusi,  -clusum, 

shut  up,  enclose. 
incola,  -ae,  m.,  f.,  inhabitant. 
incolo,  -colere,  -colui,  inhabit. 
incolumis,  -e,  unharmed,  safe. 
incommodum,    -i,    n.,    annoyance; 

harm. 
incredibilis,  -e,  incredible. 
inde,  adv.,  from  there,  thence. 
indico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  point  out. 
induco,    -ducere,    -duxi,    -ductum, 

induce,  move. 
induo,   -duere,   -dui,  -dutum,  put 

on;  clothe. 
ineo,  -ire,  -ii  (or  -ivi),  -itum,  enter, 

enter  upon;  form. 
infans,  -antis,  m.,  f.,  infant. 
infelix,  gen.  -felicis,  unfortunate. 
inferi,  -orum,  M.  pl.,  the  dead,  the 

shades. 
infero,  -ferre,  intuli,  illatum,  bring 

upon;  bellum  inferre,  make  war 

on. 
infestus,  -a,  -um,  unsafe,  hostile, 

hateful. 
inficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum,  stain, 

dye,  dip. 
infidissimus,  -a,  -um,  most  faith- 

less. 
infirmus,  -a,  -um,  weak. 
ingens,  gen.  -entis,  huge,  very  great. 
ingratus,  -a,  -um,  ungrateful. 
inimicus,  -i,  m.,  enemy. 
iniquus,  -a,  -um,  unfavorable,  un- 

just. 
initium,  -i,  N.,  beginning. 
injicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  throw 

upon;  inspire  in  (takes  dative). 


injuria,  -ae,  f.,  injury,  injustice. 
inquam,    inquis,    inquit,    employed 

with  direct  quotations,  say. 
insigne,    insignis,    n.,    decoration, 

badge. 
inspergo,  -spergere,  -spersi,    sper- 

sum,  sprinkle. 
inspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi,  -spectum, 

look  into,  look. 
instruo,  -struere,  -struxi,  -structum, 

draw  up. 
insula,  -ae,  f.,  island. 
intellego,    -legere,    -lexi,    -lectum, 

understand,  know. 
intendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -tentum, 

bend,  aim. 
inter,    prep.    with    acc,    between, 

among. 
interdum,  adv.,  sometimes. 
interea,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
interficio,    -ficere,    -feci,    -fectum, 

kill. 
interrogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  ask. 
intervallum,  -i,  n.,  distance. 
intimus,  -a,  -um,  innermost,  inte- 

rior  of . 
intra,  prep.  with  acc,  within. 
intro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  enter. 
introitus,  -us,  m.,  entrance. 
inusitatus,  -a,  -um,  unusual. 
invenio,    -venire,    -veni,    -ventum, 

find. 
invito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  invite. 
invitus,  -a,  -um,  unwilling. 

invocatus,  -a,  -um,  uninvited;  un- 

willingly. 
io,  interjection,  hurrah!   io  triumphe, 

hurrah,  triumph! 

Iolaus,  -i,  m.,  Iolaus,  a  companion  of 

Hercules. 
Iole,  Greek  genitive  form  Ioles,  f., 

Iole,  daughter  of  Eurytus. 

Iphicles,  -is,  m.,  Iphicles,  brother  of 
Hercules. 


IPSE 


337 


LECTULUS 


ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self,  himself,  etc. 

Ira,  -ae,  f.,  anger. 

Iratus,  -a,  -um,  angry. 

irrideo,  -ridere,  -risi,  -risum,  laugh 

at. 
irrumpo,  -rumpere,  -rupi,  -ruptum, 

rush  into. 
is,  ea,  id,  that;  he  she,  it. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  that  of  yours,  that. 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus;  yes. 
Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy. 
itaque,  conj.,  and  so,  therefore. 
iter,    itineris,    n.,    road,    journey, 

march. 
itero,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  repeat. 
iterum,  adv.,  again. 
Ithaca,  -ae,  f.,  Ithaca,  an  island, 

home  of  Ulysses. 


jaceo,  -ere,  -ul,  lie. 

jacio,  -ere,  jecl,  jactum,  throw. 

jaculator,  -oris,  m.,  javelin-thrower. 

jaculum,  -I,  n.,  javelin. 

jam,  adv.,  now,  already;  non  jam, 

no  longer;  jam  jam,  even  now, 

very  soon. 
Janiculum,  -I,  n.,  the  Janiculum,  a 

hill    across    the    Tiber  from    the 

Palatine. 
janua,  -ae,  ri,  door. 
jubeo,  -ere,  jussi,  jussum,  order, 

command. 
jucundus,   -a,   -um,   pleasant,    de- 

lightful. 
judex,  -icis,  m.,  judge. 
jungo,  -ere,  junxl,  junctum,  join, 

fasten  together. 
Juno,  -onis,  f.,  Juno,  queen  of  the 

gods. 
Juppiter,  Jovis,  m.,  Jupiter. 
juro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  swear. 


jus,  jiiris,  n.,  right,  law,  justice. 
jussum,  -I,  n.,  order,  command. 
juvenis,  -is,  m.,  young  man. 
juvo,  -are,  juvl,  jutum,  help,  assist. 


labor,  -oris,  m.,  labor,  task. 
labor,  labl,  lapsus  sum,  slip,  fall. 
laboro,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    work, 

labor. 
labrum,  -I,  n.,  lip. 
lac,  lactis,  n.,  milk. 
lacertus,  -I,  m.,  arm,  upper  arm. 
Laconia,  -ae,  f.,  Laconia,  a  district 

in  Greece. 
lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  tear. 
iacrimo,   -are,   -avl,   -atum,   weep, 

cry. 
lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake. 
laedo,  -ere,  laesl,  laesum,   harm, 

injure. 
Laertes,  -ae,  m.,  Laertes,  the  father 

of  Ulysses. 
laeta,  see  laetus. 
laetitia,  -ae,  f.,  joy,  happiness. 
laetus,  -a,  -um,  happy,  glad. 
laeva,  -ae,  f.,  the  left  hand. 
Laomedon,  -ontis,  m.,  Laomedon,  a 

king  of  Troy. 
lapis,  lapidis,  m.,  a  stone. 
laqueus,  -I,  m.,  noose. 
Larissa,  -ae,  f.,  Larissa,  a  city  of 

Thessaly. 
lateo,  -ere,  -ul,  lurk,  be  concealed. 
Latlna,  see  Latlnus. 
Latinus,  -a,  -um,  Latin. 
latus,  -a,  -um,  wide,  broad. 
laudamus,  we  praise. 
laudant,  (they)  praise. 
laudo,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  praise. 
lectulus,  -I,  m.,  couch,  bed. 


LEGATUS 


338 


MANES 


legatus,  -i,  m.,  ambassador,  envoy. 
legio,  -6nis,  f.,  legion. 
legit,  (he,  she)  reads. 
lente,  adv.,  slowly. 
leo,  -onis,  m.,  lion. 
Lernaeus,  -a,  -um,  of  Lerna,  a  marsh 
near  Argos. 

Lethe,  Greek  genitive  form  Lethes, 

f.,  Lethe,  the  river  of  forgetfulness 

in  the  underworld. 
letum,  -i,  n.,  death. 
levis,  -e,  light,  slight. 
leviter,  adv.,  slightly. 
libenter,  adv.,  willingly,  with  pleas- 

ure. 
liber,  libri,  m.,  book. 
liberi,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  children. 
libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  set  free, 

release. 
libertas,  -atis,  f.,  freedom,  liberty. 
libum,  -i,  n.,  cake. 
Libya,  -ae,  f.,  Libya,  a  country  of 

northern  Africa. 
licet,  licere,  licuit,  impersonal  verb, 

it  is  permitted,  it  is  allowed. 
Lichas,  -ae,  m.,  Lichas,  a  compan- 

ion  of  Hercules. 
ligneus,  -a,  -um,  wooden. 
lignum,   -i,    n.,    wood;   plur.,   fire- 

wood,  wood. 
ligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tie. 
Ligures,  -um,  m.  pl.,  the  Ligurians, 

the  people  of  Liguria. 
Liguria,  -ae,  f.,  Liguria,  a  district 

of  northern  Italy. 
lilium,  -i,  n.,  lily. 
limen,  -inis,  n.,  threshold,  door. 
limus,  -i,  m.,  mud,  mire. 
lingua,  -ae,  f.,  tongue,  language. 
linter,  -tris,  p.,  boat,  skiff. 
Linus,  -i,  m.,  Linus,  a  Centaur. 
litus,  litoris,  n.,  shore. 
loculi,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  book-satchel. 


locus,    -i,    m.    (pl.    usually   neuter, 

loca,  -orum),  place. 
longa,  see  longus. 
longe,  adv.,  far,  at  a  distance. 
longinquus,  -a,  -um,  distant. 
longus,  -a,  -um,  long. 
loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum,  speak, 

talk. 
Lucius,  -i,  m.,  Lucius  (name  of  a 

man  or  boy). 
ludo,  -ere,  lusi,  lusum,  play. 
ludus,  -i,  m.,  play,  game,  school. 
lumen,  -inis,  n.,  light,  a  light. 
liina,  -ae,  f.,  the  moon. 
liix,  lucis,  f.,  light;  prima  luce,  at 

daybreak. 


M 

macer,  -cra,  -crum,  lean,  thin. 
maga,  -ae,  f.,  enchantress. 
magicus,  -a,  -um,  magical,  magic. 
magis,  adv.,  more,  rather. 
magister,  -tri,  m.,  master,  teacher. 
magna,  see  magnus. 
magnanimus,    -a,    -um,    generous- 

spirited,  noble. 
magnitudo,  -inis,   f.,   size,   magni- 

tude. 
magnopere,  adv.,  greatly,  very,  very 

much. 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  large,  great. 
male,  adv.,  badly. 
malum,  -i,  n.,  evil. 
malus,  -a,  -um,  bad. 
malus,  -i,  m.,  mast. 
Mamilius,  -i,  m.,  Mamilius,  a  king 

of  Tusculum. 
mane,  aclv.,  in  the  morning. 
maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansum,  re- 

main,  wait. 
manes,  -ium,  M.  pl.,  departed  spirit, 

shade. 


MANET 


339 


MOLA 


manet,  (he,  she,  it)  remains. 
manus,    -us,    f.,    hand;    band    (of 

armed  men). 
Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus  (name  of  a 

man  or  boy). 
mare,  maris,  n.,  sea. 
maritus,  -i,  m.,  husband. 
Mars,  Martis,  m.,  Mars,  the  Roman 

god  of  war. 
mater,  -tris,  r.,  mother. 
matrimonium,  -i,  n.,  marriage;  in 

matrimonium  ducere,  marry. 
maturo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hasten, 

hurry. 
maxime,  adv.,  especially,  very,  very 

greatly. 
maximus,  -a,  -um,  greatest. 
me  (accusative  or  ablative  case),  me. 
mea,  see  meus. 
mecum,  with  me. 
medicamentum,  -i,  n.,  mcdicine. 
medicus,  -i,  m.,  doctor. 
medius,  -a,  -um,  middle,  middle  of, 

in  the  middle;  neuter  singular  used 

as  noun,  the  middle. 
Mediisa,  -ae,  f.,  Medusa,  aGorgon. 
melius,  neuter  comparative  of  bonus. 
membrum,  -i,  n.,  limb. 
memento,  pl.  mementote,  impera- 

tive  of  memini,  remember. 
memini,  meminisse,  remember. 
memor,  gen.  memoris,  mindful. 
memoria,  -ae,  f.,  memory. 
memoro,   -are,   -avi,   °atum,   men- 

tion,  relate. 
mendicus,  -a,  -um,  beggarly,  needy; 

masculine  as  noun,  beggar;  senex 

mendicus,  old  beggar. 
Menelaus,  -i,  m.,  Menelaus,  a  Greek 

hero. 
mens,  mentis,  f.,  mind. 
mentio,  -onis,  f.,  mention. 
mercator,  -oris,  m.,  merchant,  trad- 

er. 


merces,  -edis,  f.,  pay,  fee. 
Mercurius,    -i,    m.,    Mercury,    the 

messenger-god  and  god  of  traders. 
mergo,  -ere,  mersi,  mersum,  dip, 

plunge,  sink. 
meridie,  adv.,  at  noon. 
meritus,  -a,  -um,  deserved. 
metuo,  -ere,  -ui,  fear. 
meus,  mea,  meum,  my,  mine. 
mihi,  to  me,  me  (as  indirect  object). 
miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier. 
militaris,  -e,  military;  res  militaris, 

the  art  of  war. 
mille,  num.  adj.    (pl.  milia,   -ium, 

neuter  noun),  thousand. 
minae,  -arum,  f.  pl.,  threats. 
Minerva,    -ae,    f.,    Minerva,    the 

goddess  of  wisdom. 
minime,  adv.,  least,  not  at  all,  no. 
minister,  -tri,  m.,  attendant. 
Minos,  Minois,  m.,  Minos,  a  judge 

in  the  lower  world. 
minus,  adv.,  less. 
Minyae,  -arum,  m.  pl.,  the  Minyae, 

neighbors  of  the  Thebans. 
mirificus,  -a,  -um,  wonderful. 
miror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  wonder  at,  be 

surprised,  wonder. 
mirus,  -a,  -um,  strange,  remarkable. 
misellus,  -a,  -um,  poor  (little),  un- 

fortunate. 
miser,  misera,  miserum,  unhappy. 
misera,  see  miser. 
misere,  adv.  (superlative  miserrime) , 

miserably,  wretchedly. 
misericordia,  -ae,  f.,  pity. 
mitto,    -ere,    misi,    missum,    send, 

shoot. 

modo,  adv.,  only;  modo  .  .  .  modo, 
now  .  .  .  now. 

modus,  -i,  m.,  manner,  way. 

moenia,  -ium,  n.  pl.,  walls. 

mola,  -ae,  f.,  meal,  coarse  flour. 


MOLESTUS 


340 


NERVUS 


molestus,    -a,    -um,    troublesome, 

annoying. 
moneo,    -ere,    -ui,    -itum,    warn, 

advise. 
mons,  montis,  m.,  mountain. 
monstrat,  (he,  she)  points  out. 
monstro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  point 

out,  show,  display. 
monstrum,  -i,  N.,  monster. 
mora,  -ae,  f.,  delay. 
morbus,  -i,  m.,  illness,  disease. 
mordeo,  -ere,  momordi,  morsum, 

bite. 
morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum,  die. 
moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  delay. 
mors,  mortis,  f.,  death. 
mortifer,  -era,  -erum,  deadly. 
mortuus,  -a,  -um,  dead;   masculine 

singular  as  noun,  a  dead  person. 
mos,  moris,  m.,  custom. 
moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motum,  move. 
mox,  adv.,  soon. 
mugio,  -ire,  -ivi,  bellow. 
mugitus,  -us,  m.,  bellowing. 
mulgeo,  -ere,  mulsi,  mulsum,  milk. 
mulier,  -eris,  f.,  woman. 
multa,  see  multus. 
multi,  many. 

multitudo,  -inis,  f.,  multitude,  large 
number. 

multo,  adv.,  used  with  comparatives, 
much. 

multum,  adv.,  much,  greatly. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  much;  plur.  many; 
neuter  singular  as  noun,  much. 

munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  fortify. 

munus,  muneris,  n.,  service,  duty. 

murmuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  mur- 
mur,  complain. 

murus,  -i,  m.,  wall. 

musica,  -ae,  f.,  music. 

muto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  change. 


N 
nam,  conj.,  for. 
nanciscor,    nancisci,    nactus    sum, 

find,  obtain. 
narrat,  (he,  she,  it)  tells. 
narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tell,  relate, 

tell  a  story. 
nato,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  swim,  float. 
natura,  -ae,  f.,  nature. 
natus,    -a,    -um,    born;    duodecim 

annos  natus,  twelve  years  old. 
Naupactous,  -i,  m.,  Naupactous,  a 

companion  of  Ulysses. 
nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 
navigo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,     sail, 

navigate. 
navis,  navis,  f.,  ship,  boat. 
-ne,  an  enclitic  denoting  a  question 

to  be  answered  by  "yes"  or  "no." 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  even. 
nec,  see  neque. 
necesse,    indeclinable    adj.,    neces- 

sary,  inevitable. 
neco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  kill. 
nectar,    nectaris,    n.,     nectar,    the 

drink  of  the  gods. 
nefas,  indeclinable,  n.,  a  sin,  a  crime. 
neglego,  -ere,  neglexi,  neglectum, 

neglect,  disregard. 
nego,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  refuse. 
negotium,  -i,  n.,  business,  task. 
Nemaeus,    -a,    -um,    Nomean,    of 

Nemea  (a  city  in  Greece) . 
nemo,  dat.  nemini,  acc.  neminem, 

no  gen.  or  abl.,  m.,   f.,  no  one, 

nobody. 
nepos,  -otis,  m.,  grandson. 
Neptunus,  -i,  m.,  Neptune,   god  of 

the  sea. 
nequaquam,  adv.,  by  no  means. 
neque  or  nec,  conj.,  nor,  and  .  .  . 

not;   neque  .  .  .  neque,   neither 

.  .  .  nor. 
nervus,  -i,  m.,  bow-string. 


NESCIO 


341 


OCTO 


nescio,  -ire,  -ivi,  not  know. 

Nessus,  -i,  m.,  Nessus,  a  Centaur. 

neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  neither. 

niger,  -gra,  -grum,  black. 

nihil,  indeclinable,  n.,  nothing. 

nil,  same  as  nihil. 

nimis,  adv.,  too,  too  much. 

nisi,  conj.,  unless,  except,  if  not. 

nix,  nivis,  f.,  snow. 

no,  nare,  navi,  swim. 

nobilis,  -e,  noble;  m.  pl.  as  noun, 

the  nobles. 
noctu,  adv.,  at  night. 
nocturnus,  -a,  -um,  at  night,  night 

(as  adjective.) 
noli,  pl.  nolite,  be  unwilling,  do  not ; 

imperative  of  nolo. 
nolite,  see  noli. 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  be  unwilling,  not 

wish. 
nomen,  -inis,  n.,  name. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
nondum,  adv.,  not  yet. 
nonne,  a  word  used  to  introduce  a 

question  and  implying  an  affirma- 

tive  answer. 
nonnullus,    -a,    -um,    some;    plur., 

several. 
nos  (nominative  and  accusative),  we, 

us. 
noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our. 
notus,  -a,  -um,  known,  familiar. 
novem,  numeral  adj.,  nine. 
novi,    novisse,    know     (perfect    of 

nosco,  learn). 
novissimus,  -a,  -um  (superlative  of 

novus),  last,  latest. 
novus,   -a,   -um,   new;   quid   novi, 

what  news? 
nox,  noctis,  f.,  night. 
nubes,  nubis,  f.,  cloud. 
mibilo,  -are,  be  cloudy,  cloud  up. 

nubo,  -ere,  niipsi,  nuptum,  marry 

(takes  dative). 


nugae,   -arum,    f.    pl.,   jests,    non- 

sense;    aufer   nugas,    enough   of 

this  nonsense. 
nullus,  -a,  -um,  no,  none. 
num,   a  word  used  to  introduce  a 

question  implying  a  negative  an- 

swer. 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number. 

nummus,  -i,  m.,  a  coin. 

numquam,  adv.,  never. 

nunc,  adv.,  now. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  announce, 

report. 
nuntius,  -i,  m.,  messenger. 
nuper,  adv.,  recently,  a  little  while 

ago. 
nusquam,  adv.,  nowhere. 
nympha,  -ae,  f.,  nymph. 


6,  interjection,  O,  oh! 

ob,  prep.  with  acc,  on  account  of. 

objicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  offer. 

obscura,  see  obsciirus. 

obscuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  darken. 

obscurus,  -a,  -um,  dark,  dim. 

obsero,  -serere,  -sevi,  -situm,  cover, 

ffll. 
obstruo,   -struere,   -struxi,   -struc- 

tum,  stop  up,  bar. 
obtineo,    -tinere,    -tinui,    -tentum, 

hold,  possess. 
occasio,  -onis,  f.,  opportunity. 
occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting. 
occido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum,  kill. 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  seize. 
occurro,  -currere,  -curri,  -cursum, 

meet. 
Oceanus,  -i,  m.,  the  ocean. 
Octavia,  -ae,  f.,  Octavia  (name  of  a 

woman  or  girl). 
octo,  numeral  adj.,  eight. 


OCULUS 


342 


PASCO 


oculus,  -I,  m.,  eye. 

odi,    odisse,    osurus    (perfect   tense 

with  present  meaning),  hate. 
odiosus,  -a,  -um,  hateful. 
odor,  -oris,  m.,  smell,  odor. 
Oechalia,  -ae,  f.,  Oechalia,  a  town 

of  Euboea. 
Oeneus,  -i,  m.,   Oeneus,  father  of 

Deianira. 
Oeta,  -ae,  f.,  Oeta,  a  mountain  in 

Thessah/. 
offendo,  -fendere,  -fendi,  -fensum, 

offend. 
offero,     offerre,     obtuli,     oblatum, 

offer. 
officium,  -i,  n.,  serviee. 
ohe,  interjection,  hello,  hello  there; 

oh,  oho! 
olfacio,     -facere,     -feci,     -factum, 

smell. 
olim,  adv.,  formerly,  once  upon  a 

time. 
Olympus,  -i,  m.,  Olympus,  a  moun- 

tain  north  of  Greece. 
omnino,  adv.,  entirely. 
omnis,  -e,  all. 

onero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  load. 
opera,  -ae,  f.,  effort,  labor. 

opinio,  -onis,  p.,  opinion,  expecta- 

tion. 
oportet,  -ere,  -uit,  it  is  proper,  one 

ought. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  town. 
opportunus,  -a,  -um,  opportune. 

opprimo,  -primere,  -pressi,  -pres- 
sum,  overcome,  overpower. 

oppugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  attack. 

(ops),    opis,    f.,    power;    plur.    re- 
sources. 

optime,  adv.,  best,  in  the  best  way. 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  best. 

opus,  operis,  n.,  work,  task. 

oraculum,  -i,  n.,  oracle. 


Orbilius,  -i,  m.,  Orbilius  (a  Roman 

name). 
orbis,  orbis,  m.,   circle;  orbis  ter- 

rarum,  the  world,  the  earth. 
Orcus,  -i,  m.,  Orcus,  the  lower  world. 
ordo,  ordinis,  m.,  line,  rank,  order. 
orno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  adorn. 
6s,  oris,  n.,  mouth. 
ostendit,  (he,  she,  it)  shows. 
ostendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -tentum, 

show,  display. 
ostium,  -i,  n.,  door,  mouth. 
ovile,  ovilis,  n.,  sheep-pen. 
ovis,  ovis,  f.,  sheep. 


pabulum,  -i,  n.,  pasture,  feed  (for 

animals) . 
paene,  adv.,  almost. 
palaestra,   -ae,   f.,  wrestling-place, 

place  of  exercise. 
Palatium,  -i,  n.,  the  Palatine  Hill. 
palma,  -ae,  f.,  palm,  hand. 
paliis,  -udis,  f.,  swamp,  marsh. 
panis,  panis,  m.,  bread. 
pannosus,  -a,  -um,  ragged. 
pannus,  -I,  m.,  a  cloth. 
paratus,  -a,  -um,  ready,  prepared. 
pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  obey  (takes  dative). 
pariter,  adv.,  equally. 
paro,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,    prepare. 

obtain,  get. 
pars,    partis,    f.,    part,    direction, 

side. 
parum,  adv.  and  indeclinable  noun, 

too  little,  insufficiently,  little. 
parva,  see  parvus. 
parvulus,  -a,  -um,  little;  masculine 

plur.  as  noun,  little  boys. 
parvus,  -a,  -um,  small,  little. 
pasco,  pascere,  pavi,  pastum,  pas- 

ture;  in  passive,  graze. 


PASSUS 


343 


PLENUS 


passus,  -us,  m.,  pace;  miile  passus 

or  mllle  passuum,  a  mile. 
pastor,  -oris,  m.,  shepherd. 
patefacio,    -facere,   -fecl,  -factum, 

open,  lay  open. 
pater,  patris,  m.,  father. 
patera,  -ae,  f.,  a  flat  dish  or  bowl, 

a  platter. 
patiens,  gen.  -entis,  long-enduring. 
patior,  patl,  passus  sum,  endure. 
patria,    -ae,    f.,    native    country, 

country. 
patrius,  -a,  -um,  of  one's  father,  of 

oneJs  native  country. 

paucl,  -ae,  -a,  few,  a  few. 
paulo,  adv.,  a  Uttle,  somewhat. 

paulum,   adv.,   a  little,  somewhat; 

a  little  way. 
pavidus,    -a,    -um,    trembling,    a- 

larmed,  terrified. 

pavor,  -oris,  m.,  terror,  alarm. 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace. 

pectus,  pectoris,  n.,  breast. 

pecunia,  -ae,  f.,  money. 

pecus,  pecoris,  n.,  cattle,  flock,  herd. 

pecus,  pecudis,  f.,  a  head  of  cattle, 

beast;  plur.,  flock,  herd. 
pellis,  pellis,  f.,  skin. 
pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsum,  drive, 

rout. 
pendeo,  -ere,  pependl,  hang. 
pendo,  -ere,  pependl,  pensum,  pay. 
Penelope,  -ae,  f.,  Penelope,  wife  of 

Ulysses. 
pensum,  -I,  n.,  task,  lesson. 
per,    prep.    with  acc,   through,    all 

along. 
percipio,    -cipere,    -cepi,    -ceptum, 

perceive,  feel. 
percutio,  -cutere,  -cussl,  -cussum, 

strike. 
perdo,  -dere,  -didl,  -ditum,  destroy, 

ruin,  lose. 


perduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 

lead,  bring. 
peregrinus,  -I,  m.,  foreigner. 
perennis,  -e,  lasting  through  the 

year,  perpetual. 
pereo,  -Ire,  -il,  -iturus,  perish. 
perficio,  -ficere,  -fecl,  -fectum,  ac- 

complish,  complete. 
perfidus,  -a,  -um,  treacherous. 
periculosa,  see  perlculosus. 
perlculosus,  -a,  -um,  dangerous. 
periculum,  -I,  n.,  danger. 
perlte,  adv.,  skillfully. 
perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  continuous. 
perrumpo,   -rumpere,   -rupl,   -rup- 

tum,  break  through,  break. 
perscribo,  -scribere,  -scripsl,  -scrlp- 

tum,  describe  fully. 
Perseus,  -I,  m.,   Perseus,   a  Greek 

hero. 
persolvo,  -solvere,  -solvi,  -soliitum, 

pay. 
persuadeo,  -suadere,  -suasl,  -sua- 

sum,  persuade  (takes  dative). 

perterreo,  -terrere,  -terrul,  -terri- 
tum,  terrify. 

perturbo,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  throw 

into  disorder. 
pervenio,  -venire,  -venl,  -ventum, 

arrive,  come. 

pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot. 
pessimus,  -a,  -um,  worst. 
peto,  -ere,  petil  or  petlvl,  petltum, 
seek,  look  for;  ask,  ask  for;  attack. 

Phaeaces,  -um,  m.  pl.,   the  Phaea- 

cians. 
Pholus,  -I,  m.,  Pholus,  a  Centaur. 
pictura,  -ae,  f.,  picture. 
piscator,  -oris,  m.,  fisherman. 
placeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  please. 
plaga,  -ae,  f.,  blow. 
plaudo,  -ere,  plausl,  plausum,  clap. 
plenus,  -a,  -um,  full. 


PLURES 


344 


PROCUL 


phires,  plura  (plur.  of  plus),  more, 

several,  many. 
plurimus,  -a,  -um,  most,  very  much; 

plur.,  very  many. 
Pluto,  -onis,  m.,  Pluto,  god  of  the 

lower  world. 
poculum,  -I,  n.,  cup;  dose. 
poena,  -ae,  f.,  punishment;  poenas 

dare,  pay  the  penalty,  be  pun- 

ished. 
poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet. 
polliceor,  -eri,  pollicitus  sum,  prom- 

ise. 
Polydectes,     -is,     M.,     Polydectes, 

king  of  Seriphus. 
Polyphemus,    -I,    m.,  Polyphemus, 

a  Cyclops. 
pomum,  -i,  n.,  apple. 
pondus,  ponderis,  n.,  weight. 
pono,  -ere,  posui,  positum,  place, 

pitch. 
pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge. 
populus,  -i,  m.,  a  people. 
porcus,  -i,  m.,  pork. 
Porsena,  -ae,  m.,  Porsena,  a  king  of 

the  Etruscans. 
porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate,  door. 
porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  carry. 
portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor. 
posco,  -ere,  poposci,  demand,   re- 

quest,  ask  for. 
possideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -sessum, 

possess,  have. 
possum,  posse,  potui,  be  able,  can. 
post,  adv.  and  prep.  with  acc,  after, 

behind;  afterwards,  later. 
postea,  adv.,  afterwards,  thereafter. 
posterus,  -a,  -um,  following,  next. 
postquam,  conj.,  after. 
postremus,  -a,  -um,  last. 
postridie,  adv.,  on  the  next  day. 
postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  demand. 
potens,  gen.  -entis,  powerful. 
potentia,  -ae,  F.,  power. 


praebeo,  -ere,  praebui,  praebitum, 

exhibit,  show. 
praecipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 

impose  upon. 
praecipue,  adv.,  especially. 
praeclarus,  -a,  -um,  very  famous. 
praeda,  -ae,  f.,  booty,  prey. 
praeditus,  -a,  -um,  endowed  with, 

provided  with. 
praeficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum,  put 

in  charge  of,  put  in  command  of 

(takes  dative). 
praemium,  -i,  n.,  reward. 
praestans,  gen.  -stantis,  extraordi- 

nary. 
praesto,  -stare,  -stiti,  -stitum,  ex- 

hibit,  show,  furnish. 
praeter,   prep.   with  acc,   past;   in 

addition  to,  except. 
praeterea,  adv.,  in  addition,  besides. 
precor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  pray,  beg, 

beg  for,  implore. 
prehendo,  -hendere,  -hendi,  -hen- 

sum,  seize,  take  hold  of. 
premo,  -ere,  pressi,  pressum,  press, 

press  hard. 
pretium,  -i,  n.,  price. 
pridem,  adv.,  long  ago. 
primum,  adv.,  first,  in  the  first  place; 

quam  primum,  as  soon  as  possi- 

ble. 
primus,  -a,  -um,  first. 
princeps,  -cipis,  M.,  chief,  prince. 
prior,  prius,  first,  in  advance. 
pristinus,  -a,  -um,  former. 
priusquam,  conj.,  before. 
pro,  prep.  with  abl.,  for,  in  return 

for,  on  behalf  of;  before,  in  front 

of. 
probo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  approve, 

approve  of . 
procedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

proceed,  advance. 
procul,  adv.,  at  a  distance,  far. 


PROCUS 


345 


QUENDAM 


procus,  -1,  m.,  suitor. 

prodeo,  -ire,  -il,  -itum,  come  for- 

ward,  come  forth. 
proelium,  -I,  n.,  battle. 
proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus  sum, 

set  out,  start. 
progredior,   -gredi,   -gressus   sum, 

advance,  proceed. 
prohibeo,  -hibere,  -hibui,  -hibitum, 

forbid,  prevent,  hinder. 
projicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  hurl 

down;  throwto. 
promitto,  -mittere,  -misl,  -missum, 

promise. 
promunturium,  -I,  n.,  promontory. 
prope,  prep.  with  acc,  near. 
properant,  (they)  hasten. 
propero,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  hurry, 

hasten. 
propono,  -ponere,  -posul,  -positum, 

set  forth,  relate;  offer. 
proprius,  -a,  -um,  one's  own,  own. 
propter,  prep.  with  acc.,  on  account 

of. 
Proserpina,     -ae,     f.,     Proserpina 

(Proserpine),   queen  of  the  lower 

world. 
prospecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  look 

forth,  look,  look  toward. 
prosterno,  -sternere,  -stravi,  -stra- 

tum,  knock  down. 
prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  benefit, 

help. 
protego,    -tegere,    -texi,    -tectum, 

protect. 
Proteus,  -I,  m.,  Proteus,  a  sea-god 

who  assumed  many  differentforms. 
proveho,  -vehere,  -vexi,  -vectum, 

carry  forward;  aetate  provectus, 

well  on  in  years. 
Proxenus,  -I,  m.,  Proxenus,  a  com- 

panionof  Ulysses. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest,  next. 

prudens,  gen.  -entis,  prudent,  far- 
seeing. 


Publius,  -I,  m.,  Publius  (name  of  a 

man  or  boy). 
puella,  -ae,  f.,  girl. 
puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy. 
pugna,  -ae,  f.,  fight,  battle. 
pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  fight. 
pugnus,  -I,  m.,  fist. 
pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  beautiful. 
pulchra,  see  pulcher. 
pulso,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    knock, 

knock  at  or  upon. 
Pulvillus,  -I,  m.,  Pulvillus,  a  Roman 

consul. 

punctum,  -I,  n.,  point,  moment. 
punio,  -Ire,  -Ivl,  -Itum,  punish. 
purgo,    -are,    -avl,    -atum,    clean, 

cleanse. 
puto,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  think. 
Pythia,  -ae,  f.,  Pythia,  the  priestess 

of  Apollo  at  Delphi. 


quaero,  -ere,  quaeslvl,  quaesltum, 

inquire,  ask;  search  for. 
qualis,  -e,  what  sort  of,  what  kind 

of. 
quam,  adv.,  how,   as,  than;  quam 

primum,  as  soon  as;  with  super- 

latives,  as  .  .  .  as  possible. 
quamquam,  conj.,  although. 
quando,  adv.,  when? 
quantus,  -a,  -um,  how  large,  how 

great;  quantum   (as  noun),  how 

much;  (as  adverb),  how  greatly, 

how. 
quare,  adv.,  why. 
quartus,  -a,  -um,  fourth. 
quasi,  adv.,  as  if. 
quatio,  -ere,  — ,  quassum,  shake 
quattuor,  numeral  adj.,  four. 
-que,  enclitic  conj.,  and. 
quendam,  see  quldam. 


QUI 


346 


REPLEO 


qui,   quae,   quod,   rel.    pron.,   who, 

which,  that;  interrog.  adj.,  what? 
quia,  conj.,  because. 
quid,  what? 
quidam,    quaedam,     quoddam    or 

quiddam,  a   certain,   some   one, 

some. 
quidem,  adv.,  never  slands  first  in 

its  clause,  indeed,  certainly;  ne 

.  .  .  quidem,  not  even. 
quies,  -etis,  f.,  rest. 
quinquaginta,  numeral  adj.,  fifty. 
quinque,  numeral  adj.,  five. 
quintus,  -a,  -um,  fifth. 
Quintus,  -i,  m.,  Quintus  (name  of  a 

man  or  boy). 
quis,  quid,  who,  what? 
quisquam,  quicquam  or  quidquam, 

anyone,  anything. 
quisque,  quidque,  each,  each  one, 

each  man. 
quisquis,  quicquid,  whoever,  what- 

ever. 
quo,  adv.,  to  what  place,  whither, 

where. 
quod,  adv.,  because. 
quo  modo  (quomodo),  adv.,  how? 
quoniam,  conj.,  since,  because. 
quoque,  conj.,  never  stands  first  in  its 

clause,  also. 
quot,  indeclinable  adj.,  how  many. 
quotannis,  adv.,  every  year,  yearly. 
quotiens,  adv.,  as  often  as. 
quotus,  -a,  -um,  which  in  number? 

what?  quota  hora,  what  hour? 
quousque,  adv.,  how  long? 


ramus,  -i,  m.,  branch,  bough. 

rapio,  -ere,  rapui,  raptum,  seize. 

recipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 
take  back;  se  recipere,  to  with- 
draw,  to  betake  oneself,  to  re- 
cover. 


recreo,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   renew, 

refresh. 
recta,  adv.,  directly. 
recte,  adv.,  rightly. 
recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  refuse. 
reddo,   -dere,   -didi,   -ditum,   give 

back,  give;  render. 
redeo,    -ire,    -ii,    -itum,    go   back, 

return. 
redintegro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  renew. 
reditus,  -iis,  m.,  return. 
reduco,    -ducere,    -duxi,    -ductum, 

lead  back,  bring  back. 
refero,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatum,  bring 

back,     bring;     gratiam    referre, 

requite,     repay    in    appropriate 

manner. 
refugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugiturus, 

flee. 
regia,  -ae,  *.,  palace. 
regina,  -ae,  f.,  queen. 
regio,  -onis,  f.,  region,  district. 
regno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  reign,  rule. 
regnum,    -i,    n.,    kingdom,    royal 

power. 
rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectum,  direct,  rule. 
rejicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  throw 

away,  throw  back. 
relinquo,  -linquere,  -liqui,  -lictum, 

leave. 
reliquus,  -a,  -um,  remaining,  rest  of . 
reluctor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  struggle 

against,  resist. 
remuneror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  reward. 
Remus,  -i,  m.,  Remus,  the  brother  of 

Romulus. 
remus,  -i,  m.,  oar. 
renovo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  renew. 
renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  report. 
repello,  -pellere,  reppuli,  repulsum, 

drive  back,  repel. 
reperio,  reperire,  repperi,  repertum, 

find. 
repleo,  -plere,  -plevi,  -pletum,  fill. 


REPONO 


347 


SCELUS 


repono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -positum, 

put  away,  keep. 
res,  rei,  f.,  thing,  affair,  fact,  cir- 

cumstance. 
resisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  resist  (takes 

dative). 
respiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  breathe. 
respondeo,  -ere,  respondi,  respon- 

sum,  reply,  answer. 
responsum,  -i,  n.,  reply,  answer. 
restituo,    -stituere,    -stitui,    -stitu- 

tum,  restore. 
retineo,    -tinere,    -tinui,   -tentum, 

retain,  restrain. 
retraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,  -tractum, 

draw  back. 
rettuli,  perfect  of  refero. 
revelo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  reveal. 
revenio,   -venire,   -veni,    -ventum, 

come  back  (to),  return. 
reverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  (actire  requ- 

larly  in  perfect,  past  perfect,  and 

future  perfect   only),  or  revertor, 

-verti,  -versus  sum,  return. 
rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 
Rhadamanthus,  -i,  m.,  Rhadaman- 

thus,  a  judge  in  the  lower  world. 
Rhodius,  -i,  m.,   Rhodius,   a  com- 

panion  of  Ulysses. 
rideo,  -ere,  risi,  risum,  laugh. 
ridiculus,  -a,  -um,  absurd,  ridicu- 

lous. 
ripa,  -ae,  f.,  bank  (of  a  stream). 
risus,  -us,  m.,  laughter,  laugh. 
rite,  adv.,  in  a  proper  manner. 
rivus,  -i,  m.,  stream. 
robustus,  -a,  -um,  strong. 
rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  ask. 
rogus,  -i,  m.,  funeral  pile. 
Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome. 
Romanus,  -a,  -um,  Roman. 
Romanus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman. 

Romulus,    -i,    m.,     Romulus,     the 
founder  of  Rome. 


rosa,  -ae,  f.,  rose. 
rostrum,  -i,  n.,  beak,  prow. 
rumpo,  -ere,  rupi,  ruptum,  break 

down,  break. 
ruo,  -ere,  rui,  rush. 
rupes,  -is,  f.,  rock,  cliff. 
rursus,  adv.,  again. 


sacer,  -cra,  -crum,  sacred. 
sacerdos,     -otis,     m.,     f.,     priest, 

priestess. 
sacrificium,  -i,  n.,  sacrifice. 
sacrifico,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   offer 

sacrifice,  sacrifice. 
saepe,  adv.,  often. 
saevus,  -a,  -um,  fierce,  savage. 
sagax,  gen.  sagacis,  shrewd,  saga- 

cious. 
sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  arrow. 
sagittarius,  -i,  m.,  archer. 
sal,  salis,  m.,  salt. 
salsus,  -a,  -um,  salted. 
saltem,  adv.,  at  least. 
salto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  dance. 
saliis,  -utis,  f.,  safety. 
saluto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  greet. 
salve,   pl.    salvete,   hail,   welcome, 

how  do  you  do?   (Imperative  of 

salveo.) 
salvus,  -a,  -um,  safe. 
sane,  adv.,  of  course. 
sanguis,  sanguinis,  m.,  blood. 
sanitas,  -atis,  f.,  sanity. 
sapiens,  gen.  -entis,  wise. 
satis,  adv.,  enough. 
saxum,  -i,  n.,  stone,  a  stone,  rock. 
scaena,  -ae,  f.,  scene. 
scapha,  -ae,  f.,  skiff,  boat. 
sceleratus,  -a,  -um,  wicked;  mascu- 

line  as  noun,  wretch,  scoundrel. 
scelus,  sceleris,  n.,  crime. 


SCHOLA 


348 


SPARTA 


schola,  -ae,  f.,  school. 

scientia,  -ae,  f.,  knowledge,  skill. 

scio,    scire,    scivi,    scitum,   know, 

know  how. 
scribit,  (he,  she,  it)  writes. 
scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scriptum,  write. 
scutum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 
secundus,  -a,  -um,  second. 
securis,  -is,  f.,  ax. 
sed,  conj.y  but. 
sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessum,  sit,  be 

seated. 
sedes,  -is,  f.,  residence,  abode. 
semper,  adv.,  always. 
senator,  -oris,  m.,  senator. 
senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 
senectus,  -utis,  f.,  old  age. 
senex,  senis,  m.,  old  man. 
sentio,    -ire,    sensi,    sensum,    feel, 

notice,  think,  know. 
sepelio,  -ire,  -ivi,  sepultum,  bury. 
septem,  numeral  adj.,  seven. 
sepultura,  -ae,  f.,  burial. 
sepultus,    -a,    -um    (participle    of 

sepelio),  overcome. 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  follow, 

pursue. 
Seriphus,  -i,  f.,  Seriphus,  an  island 

in  the  Aegean  Sea. 
sermo,  -onis,  m.,  conversation. 
sero,  adv.,  late,  too  late. 
serpens,  -entis,  f.,  serpent. 
servitus,  -utis,  f.,  servitude,  slav- 

ery. 
servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  save,  pre- 

serve. 
servus,  -i,  m.,  slave,  servant. 
Sextus,  -i,  m.,  Sextus  (name  of  a 

man  or  boy);  Sextus  Tarquinius, 

son  of  Tarquinius  Superbus. 
si,  conj.,  if ;  si  quis,  if  anyone. 
sic,  adv.,  thus,  so. 
siccus,  -a,  -um,  dry. 


signifer,  -eri,  m.,  standard-bearer. 
signum,  -i,  n.,  sign,  mark,  standard, 

signal. 
silentium,  -i,  n.,  silence. 
sileo,  -ere,  -ui,  be  silent. 
silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest. 
similis,  -e,  hke,  similar. 
simul,  adv.,  at  the  same  time. 
simulatus,  -a,  -um,  pretended,  fic- 

titious. 
simulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  pretend. 
sin,  conj.,  but  if ;  sin  minus,  if  not. 
sine,  prep.  with  abl.,  without. 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  one  by  one,  one  at  a 

time. 
sinistra,  -ae,  f.,  left  hand,  left. 
sino,  -ere,  sivi,  situm,  permit,  allow. 
sinus,  -us,  m.,  a  fold,  bosom. 
sitio,  -ire,  -ivi,  thirst,  be  thirsty. 
situs,  -us,  m.,  site,  location. 
sive,  or  seu,  conj.,  whether,  or  if; 

sive  .  .  .  sive,  whether  .  .  .  or, 

either  .  .  .  or. 
socius,  -i,  m.,  ally,  comrade. 
sol,  solis,  m.,  the  sun. 
soleo,  -ere,  solitus  sum,  be  accus- 

tomed. 
solitus,  -a,  -um,  customary,  usual. 
solium,  -I,  N.,  throne. 
solum,  adv.,  only,  merely. 
solus,  -a,  -um,  alone,  only. 
solvo,  -ere,  solvi,  solutum,  loosen, 

unfasten,  pay;  of  ships,  with  or 

without  navem,  weigh  anchor,  set 

sail. 
somnus,  -i,  m.,  sleep. 
sonitus,  -us,  m.,  sound. 
sonorus,  -a,  -um,  sonorous. 
sonus,  -i,  m.,  sound. 
soror,  -oris,  f.,  sister. 
sors,  sortis,  f.,  lot. 
Sparta,  -ae,  f.,  Sparta,   a  city  of 

Greece. 


SPATIUM 


349 


TAENARUM 


spatium,  -I,  n.,  space. 
species,  -ei,  f.,  appearance,  aspect. 
spectator,  -oris,  m.,  spectator. 
specto,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   watch, 

look  at,  look. 
speculum,  -i,  n.,  mirror. 
spelunca,  -ae,  f.,  cave,  cavern. 
spes,  spei,  f.,  hope. 
splendidus,  -a,  -um,  splendid. 
spolio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  plunder. 
(spons,  spontis,)  f.,  only  abl.  sponte, 

usually  with  mea,   tua,    sua,   of 

one's  own  accord,  voluntarily. 
Spurius,  -i,  m.,  Spurius,  a  Roman 

name;  Spurius  Lartius,  a  Roman 

senator. 
squalidus,  -a,  -um,  squalid,  dirty. 
squalor,  -oris,  m.,  squalor,  filth. 
stabulum,  -i,  n.,  stable,  stall. 
statim,  adv.,  at  once,  immediately. 
stella,  -ae,  f.,  star. 
stipendium,  -i,  n.,  tribute. 
sto,  stare,  steti,  staturus,  stand. 
stringo,     -ere,     strinxi,     strictum, 

strip,  draw. 
studeo,  -ere,  studui,  apply  oneself. 

study  {takes  dative). 
studiosus,  -a,  -um,  studious. 
stultus,  -a,  -um,  foolish. 
Stymphalis,  gen.  -idis,  Stymphalian. 
Stymphalus,  -i,  m.,  Stymphalus,  a 

town  of  Greece. 
Styx,  Stygis,  f.,  the  Styx,  a  river  of 

the  lower  world. 
suavis,  -e,  sweet,  agreeable. 
sub,  prep.  with  acc.  and  abl.,  under. 
subdo,    -dere,    -didi,    -ditum,    put 

under,  set  to. 
subeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  undergo. 
subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 
sublicius,  -a,  -um,  resting  on  piles; 

pons  sublicius,  a  pile  bridge. 
succedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

succeed,  take  the  place  of. 


succido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum,  cut 

down. 
sui,  sibi,  se,  se,  third  person,  sing. 

and  pl.  reflexive  pronoun,  of  him- 

self,  herself,  itself,  themselves. 
suibus,  dative  and  ablative  plural  of 

sus. 

sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  be. 
summoveo,  -movere,  -movi,  -motus, 

remove. 
summus,  -a,  -um,  highest,  greatest, 

utmost;  highest  part  of,  top  of. 
sumo,    -ere,     sumpsi,     sumptum, 

take,  take  up,  assume. 
sunt,  (they)  are. 

superbus,  -a,  -um,  haughty,  proud. 
superior,  -ius,  higher,  preceding. 
supero,  -are,  -avi,   -atum,  defeat, 

overcome. 
supersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  re- 

main,  be  left. 
supplex,  gen.  supplicis,  suppliant. 
supplicium,  -i,  n.,  punishment. 
supplico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  pray  to. 
supra,  adv.,  above,  before. 
surgo,    -ere,    surrexi,    surrectum, 

rise. 
sus,  suis,  m.,  hog;  pl.,  swine. 
suscipio,    -cipere,    -cepi,    -ceptum, 

undertake. 
suspicio,  -onis,  f.,  suspicion. 
suspicor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  suspect. 
sustineo,   -tinere,   -tinui,   -tentum, 

hold  up,  withstand. 
suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its,  their, 

in    reflexive    meaning;    his    own, 

her  own,  its  own,  their  own. 


tabernaculum,  -i,  n.,  tent. 
taceo,  -ere,  tacui,  tacitum,  be  silent. 
Taenarum,    -i,    n.,    Taenarum,    a 
promontory  on  the  coast  of  Greece. 


TALARIA 


350 


TRANSPORTO 


talaria,  -ium,  n.  pl.,  winged  sandals. 

talis,  -e,  such. 

tam,  adv.,  so;  tam  .  .  .  quam,  as 

.  .  .  as. 
tamen,  adv.,  nevertheless,  still,  how- 

ever. 
tandem,  adv.,  at  length. 
tango,  -ere,  tetigi,  tactum,  touch. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great,  so  large; 

tantus   .  .  .   quantus,    as    large 

.  .  .  as. 
Tarquinius,  -i,  m.,  Tarquinius  Su- 

perbus,  a  king  of  Rome. 
Tartarus,  -i,  m.,  Tartarus,  the  place 

of  punishment  in  the  lower  world. 
taurus,  -i,  m.,  bull. 
tectum,  -i,  n.,  house,  roof. 
tecum,  with  3'ou. 
tego,    -ere,    texi,    tectum,    cover, 

protect. 
tela,  -ae,  f.,  web  (a  piece  of   cloth 

in  a  loom). 
Telemachus,    -i,    m.,    Telemachus, 

the  son  of  Ulysses. 
telum,  -i,  n.,  weapon. 
temerarius,  -a,  -um,  rash. 
tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  storm,  weath- 

er. 
templum,  -i,  N.,  temple. 
tempto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  try. 
tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time. 
tenebrae,  -arum,  f.  pl.,  darkness. 
teneo,  -ere,   tenui,  hold,  hold   to; 

keep  back. 
tergum,  -i,  n.,  back. 
terni,  -ae,  -a,  three  by  three,  by 

groups  of  three. 
terra,  -ae,  f.,  land,  the  earth. 
terreo,      -ere,      terrui,      territum, 

frighten. 
terribilis,  -e,  terrible,  dreadful. 
terror,  -oris,  m.,  terror,  fright. 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  third. 
texo,  -ere,  texui,  textum,  weave. 


Thebae,  -arum,  f.   pl.,  Thebes,  a 

city  of  Greece. 
Thebani,  -orum,  m.  pl.y  the  Thebans. 
Thermodon,  -ontis,  m.,  the  Ther- 

modon,  a  river  in  Asia  Minor. 
Thracia,  -ae,  f.,  Thrace. 
Tiberis,  -is,  m.,  the  Tiber,  o  river  of 

Italy. 
tibi,  to  you,  you  (as  indirect  object). 
timeo,  -ere,  -ui,  fear. 
timet,  (he,  she,  it)  fears. 
timidus,  -a,  -um,  timid,  cowardly. 
timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear. 
Tiryns,  Tirynthis,  f.,  Tiryns,  a  city 

in  Greece. 
Titus,  -i,  m.,  Titus  (name  of  a  boy 

or    man);    Titus    Herminius,    a 

Roman  senator. 
tollo,  -ere,  sustuli,  sublatum,  raise, 

lift. 
torreo,  -ere,  torrui,  tostum,  roast. 
tostus,  -a,  -um,  roasted. 
tot,  indeclinable  adj.,  so  many. 
totus,  -a,  -um,  the  whole,  all. 
tracto,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    treat; 

handle. 
trado,    -dere,    -didi,    -ditum,    sur- 

render,  give  up;  report. 
traduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 

lead  across,  bring  across. 
traho,   -ere,   traxi,   tractum,    drag, 

draw,  pull. 
trajectus,  -us,  m.,  crossing,  passage. 
trajicio,     -jicere,     -jeci,     -jectum, 

pierce. 
tranquille,  adv.,  quietly. 
tranquillitas,  -atis,  f.,  a  calm  at  sea. 
tranquillus,  -a,  -um,  calm,  still. 
trans,  prep.  with  acc,  across. 
transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  cross. 
transfigo,     -figere,     -fixi,     -fixum, 

pierce. 
transporto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  carry 

across,  transport. 


TRANSVEHO 


351 


VERBERA 


transveho,  -vehere,  -vexi,  -vectum, 

convey  across. 
tremo,  -ere,  -ui,  tremble. 
trepido,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,   be   in 

confusion,  hurry  about  in  alarm. 
tres,  tria,  three. 
tributum,  -i,  n.,  tribute;  plur.,  trib- 

ute,  indemnity. 
triumphus,  -i,  m.,  triumph. 
Troja,  -ae,  f.,  Troy. 
Trojani,  -orum,  m.  pl.,  the  Trojans. 
tu,  gen.  tui,  you  (ofone  person). 
tua,  see  tuus. 
tum,  adv.,  then. 

turbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  disturb. 
turpis,  -e,  disgraceful. 
Tusculum,  -i,  n.,  Tusculum,  a  town 

notfarfrom  Rome. 
tuto,  adv.,  safely. 
tutus,  -a,  -um,  safe. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  your,  yours  (of  one 

person). 

U 
ubi,  adv.,  where,  when. 
ubinam,  adv.,  where  in  the  world? 

where? 
ulciscor,  ulcisci,  ultus  sum,  punish, 

take  vengeance  on. 
Ulixes,  Ulixis,  m.,  Ulysses,  a  Greek 

hero. 
iillus,  -a,  -um,  any. 
ulterior,  -ius,  farther. 
ululo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  howl,  bark. 
umerus,  -i,  m.,  upper  arm,  shoulder. 
umquam,  adv.,  ever. 
unda,  -ae,  f.,  wave. 
unde,  adv.,  from  where,  whence. 
undecimus,  -a,  -um,  eleventh. 
undique,  adv.,  on  all  sides,  from  all 

sides. 
unus,  -a,  -um,  one;  ad  unum,  to  a 

man. 


urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 

usque,    adv.,    all    the    way,    even; 

usque  ad,  as  far  as,  until. 
usus,  -us,  m.,  experience. 
ut,  adv.,  as,  when,  how. 
uter,  -tra,  -trum,  which  of  twof 
uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each 

of  two,  both. 
uxor,  -oris,  f.,  wife. 


vacuus,  -a,  -um,  vacant,  empty. 
vae,  interjection,  woe,  alas  (for) ! 
vagor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  wander. 
valde,  adv.,  very,  very  much. 
vale,  farewell,  good-by  (imperative 

of  valeo). 
valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iturus,  be  well,  be 

strong. 
Valerius,  -i,  m.,  Valerius,  a  Roman 

consul. 
validus,  -a,  -um,  strong,  well. 
valles,  vallis,  f.,  valley. 
vallum,  -i,  n.,  rampart,  wall. 
vapulo,   -are,   -avi,   -atum,    (active 

forms  translated  as   passive),   be 

beaten,  be  whipped. 
varius,  -a,  -um,  various,  different. 
vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  lay  waste, 

destroy. 
vehementer,  adv.,  violently,  strong- 

ly,  earnestly,  very  much,  very. 
vel,  adv.,  even;  conj.,  or. 
vellus,  velleris,  n.,  fleece. 
velo,    -are,    -avi,   -atum,    envelop, 

veil. 
venenum,  -i,  n.,  poison,  magic  drug. 
veneror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  worship, 

reverence. 
venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventum,  come. 
venter,  ventris,  M.,  stomach,  belly. 
ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind. 
verbera,  -um,  n.  pl.,  blows. 


VERBUM 


352 


VULPES 


verbum,  -I,  N.,  word. 

vero,  adv.,  in  truth,  indeed.     See 

immo. 
verto,  -ere,  verti,  versum,  turn. 
verus,    -a,    -um,    true;    verum    or 

vera  as  noun,  the  truth. 
vescor,  vesci,  feed  upon. 
vesper,  -eri,  m.,  evening. 
vesperi,  in  the  evening. 
vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your,  yours  (of 

more  than  one  person) . 
vestlgium,  -i,  n.,  footstep,  track. 
vestimentum,  -i,  n.  garment,  cover- 

let,  blanket. 
vestis,  vestis,  f.,  garment,  clo-hing. 
vestitus,  -us,  m.,  clothing. 
veto,  -are,  vetui,  vetitum,  forbid. 
via,  -ae,  f.,  street,  road,  way. 
viator,  -oris,  m.,  traveler. 
victi,  -orum,  m.  pl.  (past   participle 

of  vinco  as  noun),  the  conquered, 

the  vanquished. 
victima,  -ae,  f.,  victim  (forsacrifice). 
victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 
videmus,  we  see. 
vident,  (they)  see. 
video,  -ere,  vidi,  visum,  see. 
videor,  -eri,  visus  sum,  seem. 
videt,  (he,  she,  it)  sees. 
vigil,  vigilis,  m.,  sentinel. 
vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  watch  (a  division  of 

time). 
viginti,  numeral  adj.,  twenty. 
vincio,  -ire,  vinxi,  vinctum,  bind. 


vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  conquer, 

defeat. 
vinculum,  -I,  n.,  chain,  bond. 
vinum,  -I,  n.,  wine. 
vir,  viri,  m.,  man,  husband. 
vires,  plural  of  vis. 
virgo,  virginis,  f.,   young  woman. 

maiden,  virgin. 
virtus,  -utis,  f.,  manhood,  manly 

spirit,  courage. 
vis,  f.,  violence,  force;  plur.,  vlres 

virium,  strength. 
vis,  second  person  of  volo,  wish. 
vita,  -ae,  f.,  life. 
vlto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  avoid. 
vivo,   -ere,   vixi,   vlctum,  live,   be 

alive. 
vivus,  -a,  -um,  alive. 
vix,  adv.,  scarcely,  with,  difficulty. 
voco,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  call. 
volo,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus,  fly. 
volo,  velle,  volul,  wish,  be  willing. 
voluntas,  -atis,  f.,  will,  wish. 
voro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  devour. 
vos,    you    (plural    nominative    and 

accusative) . 
vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice;  magna  vox,  a 

loud  voice;  parva  vox,  a  low  voice. 
Vulcanus,  -I,  m.,  Vulcan,  the  god  oj 

fire. 
vulneratus,  -a,  -um   (participle  of 

vulnero  as  adj.),  wounded. 
vulnero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  wound. 
vulnus,  vulneris,  n.,  a  wound. 
vulpes,  vulpis,  f.,  fox. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


about,  de,  prep.  with  abl. 

accept,  accipio,  -cipere,  -cepl,  -cep- 
tum. 

again,  iterum,  adv. 

aid,  auxilium,  -I,  n. 

alive,  vivus,  -a,  -um. 

all,  omnis,  -e. 

ally,  socius,  -I,  m. 

alone,  solus,  -a,  -um. 

also,  quoque;  etiam,  advs. 

always,  semper,  adv. 

America,  America,  -ae,  f. 

Amphinomus,  Amphinomus,  -I,  m. 

and,  et,  -que,  conjs. 

animal,    bestia,    -ae,    f.;     animal, 
animalis,  n. 

announce,  nuntio,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 

answer,      respondeo,       -spondere, 

-spondl,  -sponsum. 
appear,  appareo,  -ere,  -ui. 
approach,  appropinquo,  -are,  -avl, 

-atum. 
archer,  sagittarius,  -I,  m. 
army,  exercitus,  -fis,  m. 
arrow,  sagitta,  -ae,  f. 
ask,  interrogo,  -are,  -avT,  -atum. 
at  once,  statim,  adv. 
attack  (noun),  impetus,-  -us,  m. 
attack  (verb),  oppugno,  -are,  -avl, 

-atum. 
away,  be  away,  be  distant,  absum, 

abesse,  aful,  afuturus. 
ax,  securis,  securis,  f. 

B 

bank,  rlpa,  -ae,  f. 
barbarian,  barbarus,  -I,  m. 


battle,  proelium,  -l,  n. 

be,  am,  sum,  esse,  ful,  futurus. 

beast,  bestia,  -ae,  f. 

beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 

because,  quod,  conj. 

began,  coepl,  coepisse. 

beggar,  mendlcus,  -I,  m. 

behind,  post,  prep.  with  acc. 

believe,  credo,  -dere,  -didl,  -ditum 

bend,  flecto,  -ere,  flexl,  flexum. 

best,  optimus,  -a,  -um. 

bird,  avis,  avis,  f. 

blind,  caecus,  -a,  -um. 

body,  corpus,  corporis,  N. 

book,  liber,  librl,  m. 

bow,  arcus,  -us,  m. 

boy,  puer,  puerl,  m. 

branch,  ramus,  -I,  m. 

brave,  fortis,  -e. 

bravely,  fortiter,  adv. 

bread,  panis,  panis,  m. 

break   down,    frango,    -ere,    fregl, 

fractum. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bring,  bring  into,  adduco,  -ducere, 

-duxl,  -ductum. 
brother,  frater,  fratris,  m. 
but,  sed,  conj. 
by,  a,  ab,  prep. 


call,  voco,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
camp,  castra,  -orum,  n.  pl. 
can,  am  able,  possum,  posse,  potul. 
capture,  capio,  -ere,  cepl,  captum. 
carry,  porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
cave,  antrum,  -I,  n.  ;  caverna,  -ae,  f. 
cavern,  caverna,  -ae,  f. 
centurion,  centurio,  -onis,  m. 


353 


354 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


certain,  certus,  -a,  -um;  to  be  cer- 
tain,  pro  certo  habere;  a  certain 
(person  or  thing),  quidam, 
quaedam,  quoddam. 

change,  mtito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

choose,  deligo,  -ligere,  -legi,  -lectum. 

Circe,  Circe,  Circae,  f. 

citizen,  civis,  civis,  m. 

city,  urbs,  urbis,  f. 

close,  claudo,  -ere,  clausi,  clausum. 

cloud,  nubes,  nubis,  f. 

column,  columna,  -ae,  f. 

come,  venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventum. 

companion,  comes,  comitis,  m. 

conceal,  celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

consul,  consul,  consulis,  m. 

cottage,  casa,  -ae,  f. 

country,  terra,  -ae,  f.;  (native) 
country,  patria,  -ae,  f. 

credible,  credibilis,  -e. 

cross,  transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum. 

cruel,  crudelis,  -e. 

cup,  poculum,  -i,  n. 

Cyclops,  Cyclops,  Cyclopis,  m. 


danger,  periculum,  -i,  n. 

daughter,  filia,  -ae,  f. 

day,  dies,  diei,  m.,  f. 

daybreak,  prima  lux. 

dead,  mortuus,  -a,  -um. 

dear,  carus,  -a,  -um. 

deep,  altus,  -a,  -um. 

deer,  cervus,  -i,  m. 

defeat,  supero,  -are,  -avi,   -atum; 

vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum. 
defend,     defendo,     -ere,     defendi, 

defensum. 
delay,  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
demand,  postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
desert,  desero,  -ere,  ui,  -tum. 


despair    of,    despero,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum. 
destroy,  deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum. 
dinner,  cena,  -ae,  f. 
divide,  divido,  -ere,  divisi,  divisum. 
dog,  canis,  canis,  m. 
door,  janua,  -ae,  f. 
doubt,  dubium,  -i,  n. 
drink,  bibo,  -ere,  bibi. 
drive,  ago,  -ere,  egi,  actum. 
drive  back,  repello,  -ere,  reppuli, 

repulsum. 
drive  out,  expello,   -pellere,   -puli, 

-pulsum. 

E 

easy,  facilis,  -e. 

eat,  edo,  -ere,  edi,  esum. 

eight,  octo,  indeclinable  numeral. 

enchantress,  maga,  -ae,  f. 

enemy,    inimicus,    -i,    m.;    hostis, 

hostis,  m. 
enter,  intro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
escape,     effugio,     -fugere,     -fugi, 

-fugiturus. 
Etruscan,  Etriiscus,  -i,  m. 
Eumaeus,  Eumaeus,  -i,  m. 
Europe,  Europa,  -ae,  f. 
evening,  in  the  evening,  vesperi. 
expect,  expecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
eye,  oculus,  -i,  m. 

F 

fact,  see  thing. 
faithful,  fidelis,  -e. 
faithless,  perfidus,  -a,  -um. 
far,  longe,  adv. 
farewell,  vale,  pl.  valete. 
farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
fear,  timeo,  -ere,  -ui. 
few,  a  few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a. 


VOCABULARY 


355 


field,  ager,  agrl,  m. 

fierce,  ferus,  -a,  -um. 

fifty,     qulnquaginta,     indeclinable 

numeral. 
fight,  pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
find,      invenio,      -venire,      -veni, 

-ventum. 
fire,  ignis,  ignis,  m. 
first,  primus,  -a,  -um. 
flee,  fugio,  -ere,  fugl,  fugitiirus. 
fleece,  vellus,  velleris,  n. 
flight,  fuga,  -ae,  f. 
flock,  grex,  gregis,  m. 
flower,  flos,  floris,  m. 
food,  cibus,  -I,  m. 
foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. 
for,  on  behalf   of,  pro,  prep.  with 

abl. 
forces,  copiae,  -arum,  f.  pl. 
forehead,  frons,  frontis,  f. 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  f. 
form  (noun),  forma,  -ae,  f. 
form    (a   plan),   capio,   -ere,    cepl, 

captum. 
fonnerly,  olim,  adv. 
fortify,  miinio,  -Ire,  -Ivl,  -Itum. 
friend,  amlcus,  -I,  m. 
from,  e,  ex;  de;  a,  ab,  preps. 
front,  in  front  of,  ante,  prep.  with 

acc.',  pro,  prep.  with  abl. 
full,  plenus,  -a,  -um. 


garden,  hortus,  -I,  m. 

gate,  porta,  -ae,  f. 

Gaul  (a  country),  Gallia,  -ae,  f. 

Gaul  (an  inhabitant  of  ihe  country 

ofGaul),  Gallus,  -I. 
general,  imperator,  -oris,  m. 
Germans,  Germani,  -orum,  m.  pl. 
gift,  donum,  -I,  n. 


girl,  puella,  -ae,  f. 

give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 

go,  eo,  Ire,  il  (Ivi),  itum;  go  out, 

exeo,  -Ire,  -il,  -itum;   go  away, 

abeo,  -ire,  -il,  -itum. 
goat,  caper,  capri,  m. 
god,  a  god,  deus,  del  (pl.  dl),  m. 
golden,  aureus,  -a,  -um. 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um;  very  good, 

optimus,  -a,  -um. 
Greek,  a,  Graecus,  -I,  II. 
ground,  on  the  ground,  huml. 
guest,  hospes,  hospitis,  m. 
hall,  atrium,  -I,  n. 
happy,  felix,  gen.  felicis. 

H 

hasten,  propero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

hate,  odl,  odisse. 

have,  habeo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum. 

he,  is,  gen.  ejus. 

head,  caput,  capitis,  n. 

hear,  audi5,  -Ire,  -Ivi,  -Itum. 

helmet,  galea,  -ae,  f. 

help  (noun),  auxilium,  -I,  n. 

help  (verb),  juvo,  -are,  juvl,  jutum. 

here,  hlc,  adv. 

himself,    herself,    itself,    sui,    sibi, 

se  (sese). 
his,  her,  its,  when  reflexive,  suus,  -a, 

-um;  when  not  reflexive,  ejus. 
hold,  teneo,  -ere,  -ul. 
home,  domus,  -iis,   f.;    at  home, 

domi. 
horn,  cornu,  -us,  n. 
horse,  equus,  -I,  m. 
house,  tectum,  -I,  n. 
hungry,  be  hungry,  hunger,  esurio, 

-Ire. 
hurry,  propero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
husband,    vir,    virl,    m.;    marltus, 

-I,  M. 


356 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


if,  si,  conj. 

immortal,  immortalis,  -e. 

impudent,  impudens,  gen.  impuden- 

tis. 
in,  in,  prep.  with  abl. 
in  front  of ,  ante,  prep.  with  acc. ;  pro, 

prep.  with  abl. 
in  vain,  friistra,  adv. 
industrious,  impiger,  -gra,  -grum. 
inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m.,  f. 
into,  in,  prep.  with  acc. 
invite,  invito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
Ireland,  Hibernia,  -ae,  f. 
island,  insula,  -ae,  f. 
it,  is,  ea,  id. 

J 
jar,  amphora,  -ae,  f. 
javelin,  pilum,  -i,  n. 
jump,  desilio,  -sihre,  -silui,  -sultum. 


kill,  interficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum. 
kindle,   accendo,   -cendere,   -cendi, 

-censum. 
kind,  benignus,  -a,  -um. 
king,  rex,  regis,  m. 
kingdom,  regnum,  -I,  n. 
know,  scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum. 


lamb,  agnus,  -i,  lf. 

large,  magnus,  -a,  -um. 

lay  down,  depono,  -ponere,  -posui. 

-positum. 
lay  waste,  vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
lead,  duco,  -ere,  dtixi,  ductum. 
leader,  dux,  ducis,  m. 
left,  left  hand,  sinistra,  -ae,  f. 
legion,  legio,  -onis,  f. 
letter,  epistula,  -ae,  f. 


lie,  jaceo,  -ere,  -ui. 

lieutenant,  legatus,  -i,  m. 

light,  lux,  lucis,  f. 

little,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 

live,  habito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

long,  longus,  -a,  -um. 

long,  for  a  long  time,  diu,  adv. 

look    around,    circumspecto,    -are, 

-avi,  -atum. 
love,  amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

M 

maid,  maid  servant,  ancilla,  -ae,  f. 

man,  vir,  viri;  homo,  hominis,  M. 

many,  multi,  -ae,  -a. 

march  (noun),  iter,  itineris,  n. 

Marcus,  Marcus,  -i,  M. 

master,  dominus,  -i,  m. 

me,  as  direct  object,  me;   as  indirect 

object,  mihi. 
Menelaus,  Menelaus,  -i,  m. 
Mercury,  Mercurius,  -i,  m. 
messenger,  ntintius,  -i,  m. 
middle,  middle  of,  medius,  -a,  -um. 
mine,  see  my. 
money,  pecunia,  -ae,  f. 
monster,  monstrum,  -i,  n. 
moon,  ltina,  -ae,  f. 
morning,  in  the  morning,  mane,  adv. 
mother,  mater,  matris,  f. 
mountain,  mons,  montis,  m. 
murmur,     murmuro,     -are,     -avi, 

-atum. 
my,  mine,  meus,  -a,  -um. 


N 


name,  nomen,  nommis,  n. 
native  country,  patria,  -ae,  f. 
near,  prope,  prep.  with  acc. 
Neptune,  Neptunus,  -i,  m. 
news,  what  news,  quid  novi. 


VOCABULARY 


357 


night,    nox,    noctis,    f.;    at    night, 

noctu,  adv. 
no   [adjective),  nullus,  -a,  -um;  no 

longer,  non  jam. 
nobody,    nemo,    dat.    nemini,    acc. 

neminem    (gen.    and    abl.    from 

ntillus) . 
not,  non,  adv. 
now,  nunc,  adv. 


obey,  pareo,  -ere,  -ui. 

offer,  offero,  -ferre,  obtuli,  oblatum. 

often,  saepe,  adv. 

old  man,  senex,  gen.  senis,  m. 

on  all  sides,  undique,  adv. 

once,  at  once,  statim,  adv. 

one  by  one,  singuli,  -ae,  -a. 

open,  aperio,  -ire,  -ui,  -tum. 

others,  the  others,  reliqui,  -orum; 

ceteri,  -orum,  m.  pl. 
ought,     debeo,     -ere,     -ui,     -itum; 

(impersonal)  oportet,  -ere,  -uit. 
our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum. 
outside,  extra,  prep.  with  acc. 


Palatine,  Palatinus,  -i,  m. 
part,  pars,  partis,  f. 
perhaps,  fortasse,  adv. 
perish,  pereo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus. 
permit,  it  is  permitted,  licet,  licere, 

licuit. 
picture,  pictura,  -ae,  f. 
pierce,     transfigo,     -figere,     -fixi, 

-fixum. 
place,  locus,  -i,  m.  (pl.  loca,  -orum, 

N.). 

plan,  consilium,  -i,  n. 
please,  placeo,  -ere,  -ui. 
poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 
powerful,  potens,  gen.  potentis. 


praise,  laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
prepare,  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
prepared;  paratus,  -a,  -um. 
present,  donum,  -i,  n. 
prisoner,  captivus,  -i,  m. 
protect,  tego,  -ere,  texi,  tectum. 
punish,  punio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum. 
put  out,  extinguo,  -tinguere,  -tinxi, 
-tinctum. 

Q 

queen,  regina,  -ae,  f. 


ram,  aries,  arietis,  m. 

read,  lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum. 

rear,  tergum,  -i,  n. 

receive,     accipio,     -cipere,     -cepi, 

-ceptum. 
recognize,    agnosco,    -ere,    agnovi, 

agnitum. 
redoubt,  castellum,  -i,  n. 
remain,  maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  man- 

sum. 
renew,  renovo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
repulse,  repello,  -ere,   reppuli,  re- 

pulsum. 
resist,  resisto,  -ere,  restiti. 
restore,  restituo,  -stituere,  -stitui, 

-stitutum. 
return  (noun),  reditus,  -iis,  m. 
return  (verb),  redeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum. 
reward,  praemium,  -i,  n. 
right,  right  hand,  dextra,  -ae,  f. 
river,  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 
Roman  (noun),  Romanus,  -i,  m. 
Roman    (adjective),    Romanus,    -a, 

-um. 
Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  f. 
Romulus,  Romulus,  -i,  m. 
rose,  rosa,  -ae,  f. 
rouse,  excito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
run,  curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursum. 


358 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


S 

safe,  tutus,  -a,  -um. 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

same,  Idem,  eadem,  idem. 

save,  servo,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 

say,  dlco,  -ere,  dlxl,  dictum. 

school,  schola,  -ae,  f. 

sea,  mare,  maris,  N. 

see,  video,  -ere,  vldl,  vlsum. 

seek,  quaero,  -ere,  quaeslvl,  quae- 

sltum. 
seem,    videor,    viderl,    vlsus    sum 

(passive  of  video) . 
seize,  occupo,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
self,  himself,  herself,  itself,  ipse, 

ipsa,  ipsum. 
senator,  senator,  -oris,  m. 
send,  mitto,  -ere,  mlsl,  missum. 
sentinel,  vigil,  vigilis,  m. 
servant,  servus,  -I,  m. 
Sextus,  Sextus,  -I,  m. 
sharp,  acutus,  -a,  -um. 
sheep,  ovis,  ovis,  f. 
shield,  scutum,  -I,  n. 
ship,  navis,  navis,  f. 
shore,  lltus,  lltoris,  n. 
shout,  clamor,  clamoris,  M. 
show,  ostendo,  -dere,  -dl,  -tum. 
sight,  conspectus,  -us,  m. 
silence,  silentium,  -I,  n. 
sing,  canto,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
sister,  soror,  sororis,  f. 
sit,  sedeo,  -ere,  sedl,  sessum. 
slave,  servus,  -I,  m. 
sleep,  somnus,  -I,  m. 
small,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 
soldier,  mlles,  mllitis,  m. 
sometimes,  interdum,  adv. 
son,  fllius,  -I,  m. 
sound,  sonus,  -I,  m. 
Spain,  Hispania,  -ae,  f. 
Sparta,  Sparta,  -ae,  f. 


spear,  hasta,  -ae,  f. 

speak,  loquor,  loqul,  locutus  sum. 

splendid,  splendidus,  -a,  -um. 

staff,  baculum,  -I,  n. 

stand,  sto,  stare,  stetl,  statum. 

stand     about,     circumsto,     -stare, 

-stitl,  -statum. 
star,  stella,  -ae,  f. 
story,  fabula,  -ae,  f. 
street,  via,  -ae,  f. 
strength,  vires,  vlrium,  f.  pl. 
strong,  validus,  -a,  -um. 
suddenly,  subito,  adv. 
sufficiently,  satis,  adv. 
suitor,  procus,  -I,  m. 
summer,    aestas,    aestatis,    f.;    in 

summer,  aestate. 
sweet,  dulcis,  -e. 
swim,  nato,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
sword,  gladius,  -I,  m. 


take,    capio,    -ere,    cepl,    captum; 

sumo,  -ere,  siimpsl,  sumptum. 
talk,  loquor,  loqul,  lociitus  sum. 
tell,  narro,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
tent,  tabernaculum,  -I,  n. 
thank,    gratias    ago     (agere,     egl, 

actum). 
that  (pl.  those),  ille,  illa,  illud;  is, 

ea,  id. 
themselves,  sul,  sibi,  se  (sese). 
thing,  rcs,  rel,  f. 
think,  puto,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
this,  hic,  haec,  hoc;  is,  ea,  id. 
through,  per,  prep.  with  acc. 
Tiber,  Tiberis,  Tiberis,  M. 
throw,    jacio,    -ere,    jecl,    jactum; 

conjicio,  -jicere,  -jecl,  -jectum. 
throw  away,  rejicio,  -jicere,   -jeci, 

-jectum. 
thus,  ita,  adv. 


VOCABULARY 


359 


tie    together,    colligo,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum. 
time,  tempus,  temporis,  n. 
tired,  tired  out,  defessus,  -a,  -um. 
Titus,  Titus,  -1,  m. 
to,  ad,  in,  preps.  with  acc. 
today,  hodie,  adv. 
tomorrow,  cras,  adv. 
toward,  ad,  prep.  with  acc. 
town,  oppidum,  -I,  n. 
triumph,  triumphus,  -I.  M. 
Troy,  Troja,  -ae,  f. 
turn,  verto,  -ere,  vertl,  versum. 
twist,  contorqueo,  -torquere,  -torsi, 

-tortum. 
two,  duo,  duae,  duo. 


Ulysses,  Ullxes,  Uiixis,  m. 
uncle,  avunculus,  -I,  m. 
unfortunate,  miser,  misera,  miserum. 
unhappy,  miser,  misera,  miserum. 


vain,  in  vain,  frustra,  adv. 
victory,  victoria,  ae,  f. 
voice,  vox,  vocis,  f. 


W 


w 

walk,  ambulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
wander,  erro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 


war,  bellum,  -I,  n. 
warn,  moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
watch  (noun),  vigilia,  -ae,  f. 
watch    (verb),    specto,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum. 
weapons,  arma,  -orum,  n.  pl. 
well,  bene,  adv. 
where,  ubi,  adv. 
which,  relative  pronoun,  qui,  quae, 

quod. 
who,  interrogative,  quis,  quid;   rela- 

tive,  qui,  quae,  quod. 
why,  cur,  adv. 
window,  fenestra,  -ae,  f. 
wine,  vlnum,  -I,  n. 
winter,  hiems,  hiemis,  f.  ;  in  winter, 

hieme. 
wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis. 
wish,  volo,  velle,  volul. 
with,  cum,  prep.  with  abl. 
without,  sine,  prep.  with  abl. 
woman,  femina,  -ae,  f. 
work,  laboro,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 
wpund,  vulnero,  -are,  -avl,  -atum. 


year,  annus,  -1,  m. 

yesterday,  herl,  adv. 

young  man,  juvenis,  -is,  m. 

your,  of  one  person,  tuus,  -a,  -um; 

of  more  than  one  person,  vester, 

-tra,  -trum. 


INDEX 

(Numbers  refer  to  sections,  unless  page  reference  is  specified.) 


a,  ab,  with  ablative,  126  b. 

as  prefix,  180,  288. 
Ablative  Case,  absolute,  399-403. 

of  accompaniment,  264-265. 

of  agent,  264-265. 

of  cause,  App.  45  (12). 

of    degree    of    difference,    App. 
45  (9). 

of  description,  430. 

of  manner,  App.  45  (6). 
.     of  means,  263-265. 

of  respect,  App.  45  (10). 

of  separation,  App.  45  (1). 

of  time  at  which,  328. 

with  prepositions,  55,  126  b. 

with  utor,  etc,  App.  45  (13). 

ACCENT,  p.  XV. 

Accusative  Case,  as  direct  object, 
26. 
of  duration  of  time,  329. 
of  extent,  441. 
with  prepositions,  137. 
ad,  with  accusative,  see  Accusative. 

as  prefix,  180,  233-234,  288. 
Adjectives,  defined,  (3)  p.  xix. 
agreement  of,  18,  25,  32,  39,  56, 

87,  93,  112. 
comparison  of,  431,  433,  434,  435 
declension  of  comparatives,  432 
numeral,  cardinal,  423-424. 

ordinal,  447. 
interrogative,  161-162. 
position  of,  14. 
possessive,  18  a,  120. 
predicate,  (9)  p.  5,  410  a. 
substantive  use  of,  113. 
first   and   second   declension    of, 

111,  118. 
third  declension  of,  306-307,  312. 
Adverb,  defined,  (11)  p.  8. 
comparison  of,  437-438. 
formation  of ,  436,  438. 
Agreement,  of  adjectives,  18,  25, 
32,  39,  56,  87,  93,  112. 
of  appositives,  62. 


of  participles,  235. 
of  relative  pronouns,  301. 
of  verbs,  (19)  p.  28. 
aliquis,  declension  of,  392. 
alius,  genitive  and  dative  of ,  255  a. 
Alphabet,  p.  xiii. 
ante,  with  accusative,  137. 
Antecedent,  defined,  (5)  p.  xx. 
Apposition,  and  appositive,  defined 
(18)  p.  23. 
cases  in  apposition,  62. 
Article,  defined,  (3)  a,  p.  xx. 

lack  of  in  Latin,  13. 
Assimilation  of  Consonants,  233- 

234,  289-291. 
Cardinal  Numerals,  423-424. 
Case,  defined,  (13)  p.  10. 

of  English  nouns  and  pronouns, 

(13)  p.  10. 
names  of  Latin  cases,  26,  32,  39. 
Case  Endings,  first  declension,  24, 
37,  59,  61. 
second  declension,  104,  105,  106. 
third  declension,  105,  202. 
fourth  declension,  317. 
fifth  declension,  415. 
castra,  form  and  meaning,  126  a. 
circum,  as  prefix,  180-181,  288. 
coepi,  use  of ,  325  a. 
Comparative  Adjectives,  deele*- 

sion  of,  432. 
Comparison,    of    adjectives,    431 
433-435. 
of  adverbs,  437-438. 
Compound  Verbs,  with  dative,  429 
Conjugation,    first,    76.    77,    123 
154,  155,  167,  184,  225,  246, 
247,  358,  359,  370,  371. 
second,  143,  144,  154,  155,  167 
184,  225,  246,  247,  358.  359,' 
370  371. 
third/252,258,  276,  292. 
fourth,  270,  276,  292. 
see  under  eo,  fero,  fio,  possum, 
sum,  volo. 


361 


362 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Conjunctions,  defined,  (15)  p.  17. 
cum,  preposition,  with  ablative,  55. 

enclitic,  351  c. 

as  a  prefix,  289. 

Dative  Case,  with  adjectives,  48. 

with  compound  verbs,  429. 

with  special  verbs,  377. 

as  indirect  object,  37,  39. 

position  of,  49  (2). 
Declension,  defined,  83  a. 

how  determined,  61  a. 

first  declension,  59,  61. 

second,  83,  84,  92,  98,  99,  104, 
106. 

third,  200,  201,  207,  212,  213,  218, 
219. 

fourth,  317. 

fifth,  415. 

of  comparative  adjectives,  432. 
Demonstrative    Pronouns    and 

Adjectives,  132,  149,  172. 
Deponent  Verbs,  defined,  440. 
Derivatives,  English,  from  Latin, 
5-9,    68-70,    130-131,   233-234, 
288-291,  337. 
Description,  ablative  of,  430. 

genitive  of,  430  a. 

"do"  in  negative  sentences,  19. 
duo,  declension  of,  424. 

ego,  declension  of,  351. 

Emphatic     Forms    of      English 

Verbs,  76  a. 
Enclitics,  351  c,  379  a,  382. 
eo,  conjugation  of,  322,  340. 

compounds  of,  323. 
e,  ex,  with  ablative  case,  55. 

use  of  in  distinction  from  a  and 

ab,  126  b. 
as  a  prefix,  131,  181. 
Expletive  "there"  not  translated 
into  Latin,  54. 

fero,  conjugation  of,  App.  36. 
fio,  conjugation  of,  439. 
Future  Tense,  see  Tense. 
Future  PerfectTense,  see  Tense. 

Gender,  of  nouns  and  pronouns, 
(22)  p.  34. 
in  first  declension,  85. 
in  second  declension,  86. 


in  third  declension,  219. 

in  fourth  declension,  317. 

in  fifth  declension,  415  a. 
Genitive  Case,  English,  defined, 
(13)  p.  10;  32. 

Latin  genitive  defined,  31-32. 

of  description,  430  a. 

of  possession,  31. 

of  the  whole,  App.  42  (2). 

position  of,  49  (1). 
Gerund,  defined,  445. 

declension  of,  445. 

uses  of,  445. 
Grammar,     elementary    principles 
of,  (D-(25). 

hic,  declension  of,  132. 
as  adjective,  132. 
as  pronoun,  174. 

idem,  declension  of,  364. 
ille,  declension  of,  149. 

as  adjective,  149. 

as  pronoun,  174. 
Imperative    Mood,    defined,    338. 

conjugation  of,  339-340. 
Imperfect  Tense,  see  Tense. 
Impersonal  Verbs,  416-418. 
in,  preposition  with  ablative,  55. 

as  a  prefix,  290. 
in-,  inseparable  prefix,  291. 
Indicative  Mood,  defined,  123  b, 

App.  47. 
Indirect  Discourse,  408-410. 
IndirectObject,  defined,  (14)  p.  14. 

dative  of,  in  Latin,  37,  39. 

English    phrase    with    "to"    as 
equivalent,  38. 
Infinitive    Mood,    defined,     (21) 
P,  31. 

future,  444. 

present,    of    regular    verbs,    77, 
143,  294. 

past,  of  regular  verbs,  247. 

of  deponent  verbs,  440. 

of  sum,  189  a. 

complementary,  App.  49  (1). 

in  indirect  discourse,  409. 
Interrogative  Pronoun  and  Ad- 

jective,  160-162. 
Intransitive  Verbs,  defined,  (20) 

p.  29. 
ipse,  declension  of,  App.  25. 


INDEX 


363 


is,  declension  of,  172. 
as  adjective,  173. 
as  pronoun,  172-173, 


352. 


Latin,  in  ancient  times,  1. 

modern    Latin     (Romance    lan- 
guages),  2-4. 
Latin  Element  in  English,  5. 
Latin  terms  in  law  and  medicine, 

7. 
forms  of  English  derivatives  f rom 

Latin,  8-9. 
new  words  from  Latin,  6. 
licet,  use  of,  416,  418. 

meus,  use  of,  350. 

Mood,    see    Imperative,    Indica- 

TIVE,    INFINITIVE. 

"my,"  an  adjective  in  Latin,  18  a. 

-ne,  sign  of  a  question,  382. 
Nominative    Case,    defined,    (13) 
p.  10. 

as  subject,  26. 

in  predicate,  (9)  p.  5,  12,  410  a. 
nonne,  sign  of  a  question,  382. 
nos,  declension  of,  351. 
noster,  use  of,  350. 
Noun,  defined,  (1)  p.  xix. 
num,  sign  of  a  question,  382. 
Number,  of  nouns  and  pronouns, 
(12)  p.  10. 

of  verbs,  (19)  p.  28. 
Numerals,     adjectives,     cardinal, 
423-424. 

ordinal,  447. 

ob,  as  a  prefix,  233-234. 
Object,  direct,  defined,  (10)  p.  5; 
12. 

accusative  of,  26. 
Object,     indirect,     defined,     (14) 
p.  14. 

dative  of,  37. 

phrases    in    English    equivalent 
to,  38. 
oportet,  use  of,  416-417. 
Order  of  Words,  in  Latin,  14,  49. 

verb  and  adjective,  14. 

position  of  genitive,  49  (1). 

position  of  dative,  49  (2). 
Ordinal  Numerals,  447. 


Participles,  defined,  (25)  p.  98. 

agreement  of,  235. 

future,  442-443. 

past,  235. 

present,  393. 

declension  of,  394. 
use  of,  394  a. 
Past  Perfect  Tense,  see  Tense. 
Perfect  Tense,  see  Tense. 
Person  of  Nouns  and  Pronouns, 
(16)  p.  19. 

of  verbs,  (19)  p.  28. 
Personal  Endings   of  Verbs   in 
Latin,  active,  78. 

passive,  124. 

in  perfect  tense,  225  b. 
Personal  Pronouns,  350-352. 
Possessives,  of  the  first  and  second 
persons,  18  a,  120. 

of  the  third  person,  reflexive,  194. 

of  third  person,  not  reflexive,  195. 

omission  of,  195  a. 
possum,  conjugation  of,  345. 
Predicate,  defined,  (9)  p.  5. 

adjective,  (9)  p.  5;  410  a. 

noun,  (9)  p.  5;  12,  410  a. 
Prefixes,  inseparable,  182,  291. 

changes  in  spelling,  183. 

prepositions  as,    131,    180,    181, 
233,  234,  288,  290. 
Prepositions,  defined,  (17)  p.  21. 

with  English  nouns,  (17)  p.  21. 

with  Latin  ablative,  55,  126  b. 

with  Latin  accusative,  137. 

as  prefixes,   131,   180,   181,    183, 
233,  234,  288-290. 
Present  Tense,  see  Tense. 
Principal  Parts  of  Verbs,  240, 

241,  243,  245,  253. 
Progressive   Forms   of  English 
Verbs,  76  a,  123  a,  154,  394  a. 
Pronoun,  defined,  (4)  p.  xx. 

omitted  in  Latin  as  subject,  44. 

antecedent  of,  (5)  p.  xx. 

classes  of ,  (6)  p.  xx. 

interrogative,  160,  162. 

personal,  declension  of,  351. 
use  of,  350,  352. 

reflexive,  281-282. 

relative,  299-301. 


364 


FIRST  LATIN  BOOK 


Pronunciation,  xiii-xix. 
Roman  method,  xiii-xv. 
English  method,  xvi-xix. 

-que,  enclitic  use  of,  379  a. 
Questions,  f  orms  of  with  -ne,  nonne, 

num,  382. 
quidam,  declension  of,  390. 
quis,  declension  of,  160,  162. 
quisquam,  declension  of,  446. 
quisque,  declension  of,  448. 
Quotations,    see    Indirect    Dis- 

COURSE. 

Reflexive  Pronouns,  281-282. 
Relative  Pronouns,  299-301. 
Romance  Languages,  2-4. 
numerals,  from  Latin,  388. 

Signs  of  Tenses,  see  Tense. 
Special  Verbs  with  the  Dative, 

377. 
Stem  of  Verbs,  present,  242. 

perfect,  242. 

participial,  242. 

use  of,  244. 
sub,  with  ablative  and  accusative, 

277a. 
Subject,  defined,  (8)  p.  4;  12. 

SUBSTANTIVE    USE    OF   ADJECTIVES, 

113. 
Suffixes,  Latin,  335-336. 
sum,  conjugation  of,  71,  189,  226, 

247,  340. 
suus,  use  of,  194. 
Synopsis  of  Verbs,  372. 

Tense,  defined,  (24)  pp.  62-63. 
present,  71,  76,  123,  144,  270. 
imperfect,  154-155,  167,  276. 
imperfect     and     perfect     dis- 
tinguished,  227. 
future,  184  a,  293. 
perfect,   224,   225,   246,   271;   per- 

sonal  endings  of,  225  6. 
past  perfect,  357-359. 


future  perfect,  369,  370,  371. 
signs  of  tenses,  imperfect,  155  o; 
future,  184  a,  293;  past  perfect, 
358;  future  perfect,  370. 
"there,"  as  an  expletive,  54. 
Time,  at  which,  ablative,  328. 

duration,  accusative,  329. 
"to,"  in  English  phrases  equivalent 
to  indirect  objects,  38. 
in  English  phrases  denoting  place 

to  which,  138. 
in  English  phrases  after  verbs  of 
motion,  138. 
Transitive   Verbs,    defined,    (20) 

p.  29. 
tres,  declension  of,  424. 
tu,  declension  of,  351. 
tuus,  use  of,  350. 

Verbs,  defined,  (2)  p.  xix. 

agreement  of,  (19)  p.  28. 

number  of,  (19)  p.  28. 

person  of,  (19)  p.  28. 

transitive   and   intransitive,    de- 
fined,  (20)  p.  29. 

compound  verbs  with  dative,  429, 

deponent  verbs,  440. 

impersonal  verbs,  416-418. 

position  of,  14. 
vester,  use  of,  350. 
vir,  declension  of,  104  a. 
vis,  declension  of,  App.  7(3). 
Vocative  Case,  defined,  105. 

form  of,  105,  389. 
Voice,  defined,  (23)  p.  49. 
volo,  conjugation  of,  391. 
vos,  declension  of,  351. 

Word  Order,  14,  49. 
Word  Study,  68-70,  130-131,  180- 
183,  233-234,  288-291,  335-337. 

"yes,"    how    expressed    in    Latin, 

382  6. 
"you,"    English    uses    and    Latin 

equivalents,  71  a. 
"your,"  an  adjective  in  Latin,  18  a. 


.1   u 


VB  36262 


605550 

1 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

• 

